UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS
LIBRARY
6
Volume
®
Je 06-10M
Return this book on or before the
Latest Date stamped below. A
charge is made on all overdue
books. Seem
University of Illinois Library
Cle £r \
PETES CTY OmpE DEO,
CREATE , -
’
pale
BMERICAN GEOLOGIST:
A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF GEOLOGY
AND
ALLARD SCIENCES
Editor: N. H. WINCHELL, Ainneapolis, Minn.
ASSOCIATE EDITORS:
FLORENCE Bascom, Bryn Mawr, Pa.
SAMUEL CALVIN, Jowa City, Jowa.
JOHN M. CLarRKE, Albany, N. Y.
HERMAN L. FAIRCHILD, Rochester, N. Y. PERSIFOR FRAZER, Philadelphia, Pa.
ULyssEs S. GRANT, Avanston, Jil. OLIVER PERRY Hay, Mew York, XN. Y.
GEORGE P. MERRILL. Washington, D.C. CHARLES S. PROSSER, Columbus, Chio.
WARREN UPHAM, S?. Paul, Minn.
IsRAEL C. WHITE, Morgantown, W. Va.
HORACE V. WINCHELL, Butte, Montana.
VOLUME XxXXxVI
JuLy TO DECEMBER, 1905
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN,
THE GEOLOGICAL PUBLISHING Co.
1905 ey
ard
We io
eTOED SO vr (eren wh
AV a '
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign
http://www.archive.org/details/panamericangeolo361905desm
CONTENTS.
JULY NUMBER.
CiareNce LutHer Herrick. [Portrait], W. G. Tight..........
Tue Hicw AttirupE Conopiain. [Plate II]. Ida H. Ogilvie..
GENETIC AND STRUCTURAL RELATIONS OF THE IGNEOUS ROCKS OF
THE Lower NEponseT VALLEY. [ Part I]. W. O. Crosby....
EpitorIAL COMMENT.
Another meteorite in the Supreme Court..................
Review oF RECENT GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE.
Contributions to Devonian paleontology, 1903, H. S. Wil-
liams and E. M. Kindle, 49. Bearing of some paleontological
facts on nomenclature and classification of sedimentary for-
mations, Henry Shaler Williams. .........0.0.0cccccceecee
MontHiy AvuTHor’s CATALOGUE OF AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL LIr-
SMe MAMMA 4 PREC 2 Eh, share, oa arena eA clio Ge doors on am cfc wid Coo S ae
CoRRESPONDENCE.
Estimation of the silica in the Bedford limestone, Nicholas
LEPINE Sob BiG ARO BBR AE eS OR OE Re bree
PERSONAL AND ScIENTIFIC NEws.
AUGUST NUMBER.
Apert A. WricutT, G. Frederick Wright. [Portrait, Plate III.]
GENETIC AND STRUCTURAL RELATIONS OF THE IGNEOUS ROCKS OF
THE Lower NEPONSET VALLEY, MaAssAcuusetts, [II], W. O.
IG ee ee HEARERS eae
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE EASTERN OUTCROP OF THE Kansas PER-
MIAN, J. H. Beede and E. H. Sellards, [Plates IV and V]..
THE FUNDAMENTAL COMPLEX BEYOND THE SOUTHERN END OF THE
ROG UMOUMPAINS. GHGS: Ie. IGEYES. icc cciereisoloe co neeses wes
Review oF RECENT GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE.
The Two Islands and what came of them, Thos. Condon,
122; Ice or Water: Another appeal to Induction from the
scholastic methods of modern Geology, Sir Henry H.
Howorth, 125; The rocks of Tristan d’Acunha brought back
by H. M. S. Odin, 1904, with their bearing on the question
of the permanence of ocean basins, FE. H. L. Schwartz, 126;
Geological Survey of New Jersey, Annual report for the year
1904, Henry B. Kiimmel, 126; The Geology of the Perry
basin in southeastern Maine, Geo. O. Smith, and David
White, 127.
Monturty AvutHor’s CATALOGUE OF AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL Lit-
93213
34
47
49
AYs
II2
ted
SEPTEMBER NUMBER.
PLEISTOCENE FEATURES IN THE SYRACUSE REGION, H. L. Fairchild,
fu sttes Wi lecariael as Vall) site eaten enz area as etonah noes Reena ere a a
Notes ON THE PERMIAN FORMATIONS OF Kawnsas, Charles S.
PGS SBI Mee wee Mad coos endes stale es erences roe atte este Re Se ice <
Tue AtLtantic HicHLANDS SECTION OF THE New JERSEY CRE-
racic, J. K. Prather, [Plates VIII, IX, X]c2..-ss7258 Blacher. cectege wereancie imo tee satel ais
MontuHty AurHor’s CATALOGUE OF AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL LIT-
ERATURE (ce c%s acne sco no or Ore one Oe een een ees ote enna
The American Geologist. December. 1905.
135
143
162
179
188
199
230
244
250
261
262
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. i
CoRRESPONDENCE.
Economic Geology in Peru, V. F. Marsters, 265; Mateo
OOO aio, Ciera 5 bia, s.'s bao 'e 6.25 00 'Gie, «erable, 5 av te 5% 266
Pee ATA, SCIENTIFIC NEWS ~ 00% 0c 200 csc d ens veces veleles 267
NOVEMBER NUMBER.
GiactAL MovEMENTS IN SOUTHERN SWEDEN, G. F. Wright,
Vis enicid stk anc wilan sa Gciee .e bo nelee os eves 269
Botson PLAINS OF THE SOUTHWEST, W. G. Tight............... 271
GLACIAL LAKES AND MARINE’ SUBMERGENCE IN THE HvupDSON
PAAMPLATN VALLEY, Warren Uphant ...2.....0020ceeteuneee 285
- THE JURASSIC HORIZON AROUND THE SOUTHBRN END OF THE ROCKY
AMMAR TE ROE IC OMEN ng vial Sa tasclae Vac ce es bee ob eee we 289
Biesinsrruro GEouocicA DE Mexico, F..N. Guild.........2000 00% 203
SERPENTINES IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF PHILADELPHIA, Anna J.
UPR oye ete tas hte ES ITS Sy Als >, Glove now #0 wes Die 206
AN EXPLANATION OF THE PHENOMENA SEEN IN THE BECKE METH-
OD OF DETERMINING INDEX OF REFRACTION, IV. O. Hotchkiss... 305
Consolidation of the GroLocist with “Economic Geology’... 309
Review oF RecENT GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE.
The secondary origin of Certain Granites, R. A. Daly, 312;
La Montagne Pelée et ses eruptions, A. Lacroix, 316; Min-
erals in Rock Sections: the practical methods of determining
them with the microscope, L. M. Luquer, 319; Geology of
Western ore deposits, Arthur Lakes, 319; Grundztige der
Gesteinskunde, Teil I and II, Ernest Weinschenck, 319;
Structural and Field Geology, James Geikie, 320; Economic
Geology of the United States, Hemrich Ries, 321.
Montuty AvutTHor’s CATALOGUE OF AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL Lit-
“Ra DINE Sg eBly ie Srp eo aE era gee nae 2 323
CoRRESPONDENCE.
Per OrMIPeTONS GeENETA Vy eacea sti style oe vee ws oa ae eae 330
LARSON eA TDS CLON TERT CR INE WIS! ics seiniscttinaln sess slelersi St era's’ oles 331
DECEMBER NUMBER.
Cun Ar iNnex, Volumes: Ito: XOORVL oo fie ce dew de ce ese es 333
a ae A ST SE EY PT DB ES
Errata, Vor. XXXVI.
Page 320, line 6, for “comparisons” read companions.
Page 332, line 4 from the bottom, for “62” read 26.
oane
‘ 4
r
i oy
ie
_ a
(7%
es
4
\
-
‘
-
'
PAs
« "dl
“a
ee
vd
of a
2 . pt One ey r Gr
* oi eG ae
a A MAL
as ®) U
s%
nil y
be eh ew were he aeet MEET oS wis ate
f ‘ < oy =
f os > my tan at.
Sy je ae een a de a 7 =" a
4 ;
~ WR wees Cat he eid ees Ne
=~ "> nt
-
,
'
: = LIBRARY
rays FS See OF THE
ete ciel. ¢ UNIVERSITY of ILLINOIS |
) ’
\
> \
- ra P .
Y.
THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST,
VoL. XXXVI. PLATE I
The portrait of Dr. Herrick, vol XXXVI , plate 1, was badly printed. The binder
will please substitute this.
THE
mote RICAN GEOLOGIST.
VOL. XXXVI, JULY, 1005. No. I.
CLARENCE LUTHER HERRICK.
> By W. G. Tieut, Albuquerque, New Mex.
PORDRATT, PLATE £-
When a great and good man is taken from the midst
of his life work and those whom he has served are called
upon to realize their loss, there is ever a desire to perpetuate
his memory and to preserve such knowledge concerning
him as wiil be of further service to humanity. In preparing
a fit memorial to Dr. Herrick the writer realizes his own
inability to do justice to the man and his work. Perhaps
no other outside of his immediate family was better ac-
quainted with him than myself. Having lived with him in
the home, in the camp, in the school room and laboratory
and being in almost constant correspondence with him for
a long term of years when circumstances separated us, his
death is a very deep personal loss. Dr. Herrick has many
pupils scattered over the world who feel that they owe much
to him and in whom he took a very deep interest and pride.
Of this large number there were two boys who were a little
nearer to Dr. Herrick’s heart than any of the others. Not
because they were any better or brighter but because of
the circumstances connected with their coming together.
These two were Herbert L. Jones and myself. When Dr.
Herrick went to Denison university in 1885 and started his
career as a teacher he was a compaiatively young man, be-
ing only twenty-seven years old, but his characteristic earn-
estness and enthusiasm were so manifest that he attracted
_ to himself out of a graduating class of thirteen these two
boys and through his influenee both remained at Denison
for a year of post-graduate work. We were the first resident
2 The American Geologist. pct
post-graduate students Denison ever had. Prof. Jones de-
voted his life to the study of Botany, contributing several
important articles to science. He taught science in the pre-
daratory department of his Alma Mater for several years,
was assistant botanist at Harvard for a time, resigning to
accept the professorship of Botany at Oberlin college,
where he served but one year, when called from his labors
by Death, at the very opening of his career. It was because
we two boys were first on his long list of devoted pupils
that we were held with special regard by him. Yet in
spite of the intimacy of my relations with him through all
these years that have intervened it 1s with misgiving that
I undertake the sad task of presenting this tribute to his
life and character.
In order that my views may not be colored too much
by my own personal feeling and sense of personal apprecia-
tion it is my purpose to express myself largely through the
words of others and to present such views as have been
given by them as will in my judgment bring out the salient
features of Dr. Herrick’s life and work. In a letter written
to Rev: J. L. Cheney,- Cleveland, Ohios Sepr, 27, 51904
brother C. J. Herrick says: “His was a life very difficult for
any one person to estimate, for his work was in so diverse
fields that few men have even a speaking acquaintance with
all of them. His life may be roughly divided into four
periods. Very early in his career he seems to have laid out
at least in a rough way a rather ambitious plan of action
including for the first part of his life miscellaneous research
and study in the broad field of general natural history—a
general broad foundation. Then was to follow a period of
intense specialization in the circumscribed field of zoological
work leading up to a mastery of anatomy, and physiological
and comparative psychology on the basis of the mechanism
of the nervous system and to the philosophical correlation.
So far as I am aware my brother never announced this or
any other program, and I doubt if such a thing was ever
definitely formulated even in his own mind;. yet from some
of his conversations which I remember years ago I believe
that some such plan was in his mind. While the four peri-
ods referred to above were marked by extraneous events,
Clarence Luther Herrick—Tight. 3
apparently artificial or arbitrary, yet I think it may be said
that the ideal scheme was in the end fairly achieved, though
with great deviation in the details of the working.”
FIRST PERIOD. 1858-1884.
The son of a Baptist clergyman, Dr. Herrick was born
near Minneapolis, Minn., June 21, 1858. He grew up ina
home far from neighbors as a solitary child with few play-
mates and very early showed his bent for the study of
nature. - While still in the Minneapolis high school he col-
lected extensively and left at graduation a case of over a
hundred mounted bird skins and other specimens in the high
school. It was during this period that his father got him an
eight dollar microscope. With this crude instrument and
without library facilities he worked over the fresh water
fauna of the neighboring brooks and pools so thoroughly
that before graduating from the university of Minnesota, in
1880, he had published several articles of value on the fresh.
water crustacea of Minnesota and four years after gradua-
tion, with somewhat better facilities, published a report
on the microcrustacea of Minnesota which is still standard.
These years and those of his university course were filled
with many bitter struggles, not the least of which was with
poverty and the lack of materials for study. But notwith-
standing these, he completed his course in three years, at
the same time partly supporting himself by assisting on the
Minnesota natural history survey. He had also showed
so obvious a native gift with his pencil that upon his gradu-
ation the president of the university said that he was uncer-
tain whether to advise him to devote his life to science or
art. But there was no uncertainty in the mind of the young
man. Continuing his work with the geological and natural
history survey of Minnesota after graduation, he published
many papers in rapid succession on the fauna of the state
and began an extensive report, the first volume of which
was completed in 1885. This was a large quarto on the
mammals of the state fully illustrated with many colored
plates and pen drawings. It was accepted for publication,
but for lack of funds in the survey, never saw the light.
Years afterward, in 1892, a small octavo was published by
4 The American Geologist. duly aCe
the survey made up of the more popular parts of this work.
He spent a year in Leipzig at the University during 1881-
*82. And in 1883 he was married to Miss Alice Keith, of
Minneapolis.
He took his Masters and Doctors degree from the uni-
versity of Minnesota.
SECOND PERIOD. 1884-1889.
Called to the chair of Geology and Natural History of
Denison university, Granville, Ohio, in the summer of 1884,
he spent the fall of that year at Denison, then returned to
Minneapolis to complete the work begun by him on ‘the
Minnesota survey and in the fall of 1885 moved with his
family to Denison. It had been his intention to continue
his zoological work there, and there was great activity in
this line during the entire period, but the routine excursions
made as a part of the instruction of his geology classes
showed him so much of interest in the local strata that his
chief labors while in Granville, were upon the fossils and
stratigraphy of the Waverly free stones and shales of Ohio.
This work was abruptly cut short by his removal from Gran-
ville in 1889, and while never rounded out as he would have
liked is probably his most important geological work. In
1885 he founded the Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories
of Denison university, in which the greater part of his re-
searches and those of his pupils on Ohio geology were
published.
His phenomenal success as a teacher during this and
subsequent periods was due to factors some of which are
easily seen—others hard to define. After his attractive per-
sonal qualities and magnetic enthusiasm I should place his
deep philosophical insight and the fearless way in which he
opened up his profoundest thinking to even his most ele-
mentary pupils. The ability to do this without befogging
the air was an exceedingly rare gift and was stimulating to
even a dullard. He knew the philosophical classics thor-
oughly from original sources and the trend of his thinking
was very early foreshadowed in the translation of Lotze’s
Outlines of Psychology, published in 1885 in Minneapolis,
with its appended chapters on the nervous system.
Clarence Luther Herrrick—Tight. 5
THIRD PERIOD. 1889-1894.
Upon his acceptance of the chair of Biology in the uni-
yersity of Cincinnati in 1889, the geological studies with
which the preceding five years had been so fully occupied
were summarily brought to a close and he threw himself
with renewed energy into the study of the nervous system.
Extensive papers on the brains of different animals appear-
ed in rapid succession of which the most valuable are two
series, one on the brains of various fishes, the other on
those of reptiles. In 1891 the Jougnal of Comparative Neur-
ology was founded and served as the medium of publication
for most of these researches. The founding of this journal
can best be designated as a piece of characteristic audac-
ity. It was a purely private enterprise with no funds as-
sured and very little outside co-operation promised. But
without counting the cost he plunged boldly in, expecting
a constituency to be developed as the work went on. In this
he has not been disappointed wholly, though recognition
of financial needs has lagged sadly behind that of the scien-
tific excellence of the journal. At the close of 1891 he re-
signed his chair in the university of Cincinnati to accept a
chair of Biology in the university of Chicago, then being re-
organized. The early part of 1892 was spent in Europe,
chiefly in Berlin. Upon his return the adjustment at Chic-
ago presented unexpected difficulties and after a series of
misunderstandings he withdrew from the institution, declin-
ing an offer to return. to Germany for further study on
full salary. He was immediately elected to his old post in
Denison university with an assistant and the privilege of
devoting only a part of his time to teaching, the remainder
to be spent either at home or abroad in the further prosecu-
tion of his research.
A Waverly Trilobite. Bul. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. Vol.
ie Part, 5
Some American Norytes and Gabbros. (With E. S. Clark
and J. L. Deming). Am. Geol., Vol. I., No. 6.
Science in Eutopia. American Naturalist, vol. xxii, pp. 698-
702.
The Geology of Licking County, Ohio. Part III. and IV. The
Subcarboniferous and Waverly groups. Bul. Sci. Lab.
Denison Univ. Vol. III., Part I.
Geology of Licking County. Part IV. List of Waverly Fos-
sils, continued. Bul. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. Vol. IV.
Baniel
Educational Briefs. Bul. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. Vol. IV,
Part, 1 i
Lotze’s Ontology. The Problem of Being. Bul. Sci. Lab.
Denison Univ. Vol. IV., Part II.
Notes upon Waverly Group in Ohio. American Geologist,
Vol. III., No. II.
Investigation of the Waverly Group in Ohio. American
Geologist, Vol. IiI., No. I.
A Contribution to the Histology of the Cerebrum. The Cin-
cinnati Lancet Clinic. N. S., vol. xxiii, pp. 325-327.
Additions and Corrections to Miller’s North American Pale-
ontology. American Geologist, Vol. V., No. 4.
Notes on the Brain of the Alligator. Journal Cincinnati
Society of Natural History. Vol. xii, pp. 129-162, 9 plates.
Suggestions upon the Significance of the Cells of the Cere-
bral Cortex. The Microscope, Vol. X., No. II., pp. 33-38,
2 plates.
The Central Nervous System of Rodents. Preliminary Pa-
per. (With W. G. Tight). Bul. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ.,
Vol. v, pp. 35-95, 19 plates.
The Philadelphia Meeting of the International Congress of
Geologists. American Naturalist, vol. v, pp. 379-388.
The Commisures and Histology of the Teleost Brain. Anat.
Anz. Vol. VI., No. 23-24, pp. 676-681, 3 Figs.
Biological Notes upon Fiber, Geomys and Erethyzon. Bul. Sci.
Lab. Denison Univ., Vol. VI., Part I. pp. 5-25. (With C. J.
Herrick).
The Cuyahoga Shale and the Problem of the Ohio Waverly.
Bul. Geological Soc: of America, vol. ii, pp. 31-48, 1 pl.
22
1892
The American Geologist. aay LUOe
The Evolution of the Cerebellum. Science, vol. xviii, pp. 188-
189.
Contributions to the Comparative Morphology of the Central
- Nervous System. I. Illustrations of Architectonic of the
Cerebellum. Journ. Comp. Neur., vol. I., pp. 5-14, 4 plates.
Contributions to the Comparative Morphology of the Central
Nervous System. IJ. Topography and Histology of the
Brain. of Certain Reptiles. Journ. Comp. Neur. Vol. I., pp.
14-37, 2 plates. :
Laboratory Technique. A New Operating Bench. Jour.
Comp. Neur. Vol. I., p. 88.
Editorial. The Problems of Comparative Neurology. Journ.
Comp. Neur., Vol. I., pp. 93-105.
Notes upon Technique. Journ. Comp. Neur. Vol. I., pp. 133-
134.
Contributions to the Comparative Morphology of the Central
Nervous System. III. Topography and Histology of the
Brain of Certain Ganoid Fishes. Journ. Comp. Neur. Vol.
I., pp. 149-182, 4 plates.
Editorial: Neurology and Psychology. Journ. Comp. Neur.,
Vol. I., pp. 183-200.
Contributions to the Morphology of the Brain of Bony
Fishes. (Part I. by C. Judson Herrick). Part II. Studies
on the Brain of Some American Fresh Water Fishes.
Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. I., pp. 228-245, 3 plates, and pp.
3338-358, 2 plates. j
The Mammals of Minnesota. A Scientific and Popular Ac-
count of their Features and Habits. Bul. No. 7, Geol. &
Nat. Hist. Survey of Minn., 300 pp, with 23 figures and 8
plates.
Notes upon the Anatomy and Histology of the Prosenceph-
alon of Teleosts. Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, No. 2, pp. 112-120, 2
plates.
Additional Notes on the Teleosts Brain. Anat. Anz., vol. vii.,
No. 13-14, pp. 422-431, 10 figures.
Notes Upon the Histology of the Central Nervous System of
Vertebrates. Festschrift zum siebenzigsten Geburtstage
Rudolf Leukharts, pp. 278-288, 2 plates.
The Cerebrum and Olfactories of the Opossum, Didelphys
virginica. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. II., pp. 1-20, and Bul.
Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., Vol. VI., Part 2, pp. 75-94, 3 plates.
A Contribution to the Morphology of the Brain of Bony
Fishes. Part II. Studies on the Brain. of Some American
Fresh Water Fishes. (Continued). Journ. Comp. Neur.,
Vol. II., pp. 21-72, 8 plates.
Neurologists and Neurological Laboratories. No. 1. Prof.
Gustav Fritsch, with portrait. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. II.
The Psycho-Physical Basis of Feeling. Journ. Comp. Neur.
Vol. II., pp. 111-114.
1893
1894
1895
Clarence Luther Herrick---Tight. 23
Instances of Erroneous Inference in Animals. Jour. Comp.
Neur., Vol. 2, p. 114.
Editorial: Instinctive Traits in Animals. Jour. Comp. Neur.
Vols H.; pp: 115-136.
Histogenesis and Physiology of the Neryous Elements. Jour.
Comp. Neur., Vol. II., pp. 137-149.
Intelligence in Animals. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. II., pp.
157-158.
Embryological Notes on the Brain of the Snake. Journ.
Comp. Neur., Vol. II., pp. 169-176, 5 pls.
Localization in the Cat. Journ. Comp. Neur, Vol. II., pp.
190-192. ;
The Scope and Methods of Comparative Psychology. Deni-
son Quarterly, Vol. 1., pp. 1-10, 134-141, 179-187, 264-281.
Articles in Wood’s Reference Hand Book of the Medical
Sciences, Vol. [X.,sSuppl., as follows: (1) The Comparative
Anatomy of the Nervous System. (2) The Histogenesis of
the Elements of the Nervous System. (3) The Physiolo-
gical and Psychological Basis of Emotions. (4) Waller’s
Law.
The Evolution of Consciousness and of the Cortex.
Science, Vol. XXI., No. 543, pp. 351-352.
The Development of Medullated Nerve Fibers. Journ. Comp.
Neur., Vol. III., pp. .11-16, 1 plate.
Editorial: The Scientific Utility of Dreams. Journ. Comp.
Neur., Vol. III., pp. 17-34.
The Hippocampus in Reptilia. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. III.,
pp. 56-60. ;
Observations upon the so-called Waverly Group of Ohio. Ohio
Geological Survey, vol. vii, pp. 495-515.
* Contributions to the Comparative Morphology of the Central
Nervous System II. Topography and Histology of the
Brain of certain Reptiles (Continued). Journ. Comp.
Neur., Vol. III., pp. 77-106, 5 plates, and pp. 119-140, 6 plates.
Report upon the Pathology of a case of General Paralysis.
Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. III., pp. 141-162, and Bul. No. 1
of the Columbus State Hospital for the Insane, 5 plates.
The Callosum and Hippocampal Region in Marsupial and
‘Lower Brains. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. III., pp. 176-182,
2 plates.
The Seat of Consciousness. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. IV.,
pp. 221-226.
How the Entomologist Saved the Party. Forest and Stream,
Vol. 45, No. 18.
Pockets. Forest and Stream. Vol. 45, No. 12.
A Day with a Naturalist on a New Mexican Ranch. Forest
and Stream, Vol. 45, No. 14.
Synopsis of the Entomostraca of Minnesota, with Descrip-
24
1896
1897
The American Geologist. a
tions of Related Species Comprising all known Forms from
the United States included in the Orders Copepoda, Clado-
cera, Ostracoda. Geol. & Nat. Hist. Survey of Minn...
Zoological Series, II., pp. 1-525, 81 plates. (With C. H.
Turner.) ‘
Microcrustacea from New Mexico. Zool. Anz., Vol. XVIII.,
No. 467.
Modern Algedonic Theories. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. V, pp.
1-32.
The Histogenesis of the Cerebellum. Journ. Comp. Neur.,
Vol. V., pp. 66-70.
Notes on Child Experiences. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol.: V.,
pp. 119-123.
Editorial: The Cortical Optical Center in Birds. Jour.
Comp. Neur., Vol. V., pp. 208-209.
Editorial: Neurology and Monism. Jour. Comp. Neur., Vol.
V., pp. 209-214.
The Building Stones of Socorro, N. M. New Mexico Bureau
of Immigration Papers, May.
The Testimony of Heart Disease to the Sensory Facies of the
Emotions. Psych. Rev., Vol. III., No. 3.
Suspension of the Spatial Consciousness. Psych. Rey. Vol.
Ill., No. 2, pp. 191-192.
Focal and Marginal Consciousness. Psych. Rey. Vol. III.,
No. 2, pp. 193-194.
The Psycho-sensory Climacteric. Psych. Rev., Vol. III., No. 6,
pp. 657-661.
The Critics of Ethical Monism. Denison Quarterly, Vol. IV.,
No. 4, pp. 240-252.
The So-called Socorro Tripoli. American Geologist, Vol. 18,
No. 3.
Illustrations of Central Atrophy after Eye Injuries.. Journ.
Comp. Neur. Vol. VI., pp. 1-4, 1 plate.
Lecture Notes on Attention. An Illustration of the Employ-
ment of Neurological Analogies for Psychical Problems.
Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. VI., pp. 5-14.
Editorial: The Ethics of Criticism. Journ. Comp. Neur.,
Vol. VII., pp. 71-72.
Psychological Corrollaries of Modern Neurological Discover-
ies. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. VIII., pp. 155-161.
Inquiries regarding Current Tendencies in Neurological
Nomenclaturee. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. VII., pp. 162-
168. (With C. J. Herrick).
The Propagation of Memories. Pysch. Rev., Vol. IV., No. 3.
The Geology of a Typical Mining Camp. American Geologist,
Volk XxX Non4:
The Waverly Group of Ohio. Fin. Rep. Geol. Survey of
Ohio. Vol. VIII.
1898
1899
1900
1901
Clarence Luther Herrick---Tig ht. 25
The Waverly Group of Ohio. Bul. Geol. Soc. of America.
The Vital Equilibrium and the Nervous System. Science N.
S., Vol. VII., No. 181, pp. 813-818.
Physiological Corollaries of the Equilibrium Theory of
Nervous Action and Control. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol.
VIII., pp. 21-31.
The Geology of the Environs of Albuquerque, New Mexico.
American Geologist, Vol. 21.
The Somatic Equilibrium and the Nerve Endings in the Skin.
Part I. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. VIII., pp. 32-56, 5 plates.
(With C. E. Coghill). «
Papers on the Geology of New Mexico. Bul. Hadley Lab.
Univ. N. M., Vol. I., and Bul. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ.,. Vol.
XI., pp. 75-92.
The Cortical Motor Centers in Lower Mammals. Journ.
Comp. Neur., Vol. VIII., pp. 92-98, 1 plate.
The Occurrence of Copper and Lead in the San Andreas and
Caballo Mountains. American Geologist, Vol. XXII, No. 5.
Substitutional Nervous Connection. Science, N. S., Vol. VIIL.,
p. 108.
Geology of the San Pedro and Albuquerque Districts. Bul.
Hadley Lab. University of New Mexico.. Vol. I., and Bul.
Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., Vol. XI., pp. 93-116.
The Material Versus the Dynamic Psychology. Psych. Rey.
Vol. VI., No. 2, pp. 180-187.
Editorial: Clearness and Uniformity in Neurological Descrip-
tions. Journ. Comp. Neur., Vol. IX., pp. 150-152.
Notes on a Collection of Lizards from New Mexico. Bul. Sci.
Lab. Denison Univ., Vol. XI., pp. 117-148, 11 plates. (With
John Terry and H. N. Herrick, Jr.)
Geography ‘of New Mexico. A Chapter in the Natural Ad-
vanced Geography. .N. Y., Am. Book Co., 6 pp, map and 9
figures.
Geology of the White Sands of New Mexico. Journ. Geol.,
Vol -Viil., INO: 2:
Miscellaneous Economic Papers. Salt, Gypsum, Cement,
Clays, Graphite, in New Mexico. Bul. Hadley Lab. Univ.
of New Mexico, Vol. II.
Identification of an Ohio Coal Measures Horizon in New
Mexico. American Geologist, Vol. XXV, No. 4.
Geology of the Albuquerque Sheet. Bul. Hadley Lab. Univ.
of New Mexico. Vol. II., Part 1., and Bul. Sci. Lab. Denison
Uniy., Vol. XI., pp. 175-239; 1 map and 32 plates.
Report of a Geological Reconnaissance in western Socorro,
and Valencia Counties in New Mexico. Bul. Hadley Lab.
Univ. of New Mexico. Vol. II., Part I., and American Geolo-
gist, Vol. XXV., pp. 331-346.
Neurological Articles for Baldwin’s Dictionary of Philosophy
26
1903
1904
1904
1905
The American Geologist Say ee
and Psychology, New York, The Macmillan Co. (With C.
J. Herrick.)
Articles on the Development of the Brain and on End-Organs,
Nervous, in Wood’s Reference Hand-Book of the Medical
Sciences, Second Edition, Vols. Il. and III.
Secondary Enrichment of Mineral Veins in Regions of Small
Erosion. Mining and Scientific Press, San Francisco, Vol.
TG XEXEAV NOD iD Oe
Laws of Formation of New Mexico Mountain Ranges. Am.
Geol., Vol. XXXIII., pp. 301-312.
Block Mountains in New Mexico. A Correction. American
Geologist, Vol. XXXIII.
The Clinoplains of the Rio Grande. American Geologist,
Vol. XXXIII., pp. 376-381.
Fundamental Concepts and Methodology of Dynamic Realism.
Journ. Phil. Psy. Sci. Methods, Vol. I., No. II., 281-288.
The Dynamic Concept of the Individual. Journ. Phil. Psy.
Sci. Methods, Vol. I., No. 14, pp. 372-378.
Editorial: L’Envoi. Journ. Comp. Neur. and Psych., Vol.
XIV., No. 1, pp. 62-63.
The Beginnings of Social Reaction in Man and Lower Ani-
mals. Journ. Comp. Neur. and Psych. Vol. XIV., No. 2,
pp. 118-124.
Color Vision. (A critical Digest). Journ. Comp. Neur. and
Psych., Vol. XIV., No. 3, pp. 274-281.
Recent Contributions to the Body-Mind Controversy. Journ.
Comp. Neur. and Psych.,-Vol. XIV., No. 5, pp. 421-432.
A Coal Measure Forest near Socorro, New Mexico. Jour. of
Geol., Vol. XII., No. 3, April-May, pp. 237-251.
Lake Otero, an Ancient Salt Lake Basin in Southwestern
New Mexico. Am. Geol., Vol. XXXIV., No. 3, pp. 174-189.
The Logical and Psychological Distinction between the True
and the Real. Psych. Rev., Vol. XI., No. 3.
The Law of Congruousness and its Logical Application to
Dynamic Realism. Journ. Phil. Psy. Sci. Methods, Vol. I.,
pp. 595-604.
Mind and Body—The Dynamic View. «Psych. Rev., Vol. XI,
pp. 3895-409.
The Passing of Scientific Materialism. The Monist, Vol. XV,
No. 1, pp. 46-86. (Followed by an Obituary by Dr. Carus,
pp. 151-153.)
— UgRARY
_ UNIVERS|T ‘ “OFILLINOISurs
‘SNIVELNOOW ZILYO HHL
TAXXX ‘IOA ‘LSI9010Gy) NVOINENY FHL
aa
‘TI ALYIg
The High Altitude Conoplain---Ogilvie. a7
THE HIGH ALTITUDE CCNOPLAIN; A TOPOGRAPHIC FORM
ILLUSTRATED IN THE ORTIZ MOUNTAINS.
By Ipa H OGILVIE, PH. D. RocKLAND, ME.
PLATE II.
During the past winter the writer was engaged upon a
somewhat detailed survey of the Ortiz mountains, New
‘Mexico. These mountains are in the central part of the
territory, some twenty-five miles east of Albuquerque, and
somewhat farther southwest of Santa Fe. The region
proved to be of unusual interest from the three separate
points of view of physiography, petrography, and palzon-
tology. A full report on all of these subjects will be pub-
lished elsewhere, the present paper touching only upon cer-
tain physiographic points of general interest.
The Cordilleras of North America in Mexico and for
one hundred or more miles north of Mexico, consist of
many ranges. These ranges are various in length, hight
and direction, hut the general trend of the Cordilleras as a
whole is N. W.—S. E. The ridges are generally steep and
are separated by flat plateaus. The general surface of the
plateau region is rarely less than 6,000 feet in altitude, al-
though in some cases rivers have. cut below the general
level.
Near the 34th parallel the Cordilleran belt divides, one
portion trending northward, to and beyond Colorado, the
other portion running westward and then northward
through Arizona and Nevada. These form respectively
the Rocky mountains and the Basin ranges. Between them
lie the great plateaus.
Bordering the Cordilleran country are many volcanic
areas. The eruptions vary in age and in type, extending
from shortly after the close of the Cretaceous to nearly
recent time, and including volcanic cones, extrusive and in-
trusive sheets, dikes, necks and laccoliths. The volcanic
region is confined to the borders of the Cordilleran belts.
The Ortiz mountains lie within this borderland, in the
eastern branch, not many miles north of the point where
the ranges fork. They are laccolithic in origin; post-Cre-
taceous and probably pre-Pliocene in age. West of the
28 The American Geologist. oa ee
Ortiz are the Sandia mountains, a range of the basin type
whose steep western face marks a fault scarp with a throw
of ever 4,000 feet. On the east the Sandias have a gentle
slope and the beds dip gently east. The gentle easterly dip
persists for many miles, and across the edges of these dip-
ping beds a plain has been cut. The plain is not perfectly
flat but has irregularities due to two causes. One of these
is the Rio Grande and its tributary, Galistro creek, which
have begun to dissect the plain; the other the difference in
hardness of the various rocks cut, the edges of hard beds
standing up in cuesta-like scarps. The hardest beds in the
region are igneous sheets, derived from the Ortiz mountains.
The Ortiz laccolith was intruded after the strata were
tilted to the east. Its cover has-been largely removed by
erosion, and the tops of the central and highest mountains
(whose altitude is a little short of 9,000 feet) consist of the
igneous core. Across the edges of the surrounding strata
a plain has heen partly built and partly cut, this plain slop-
ing away from the laccolith on all sides. Because of its
outward slope in all directions this form is here named a
conoplain, and its slope is partly cut and partly built. This
conoplain becomes continuous below with the general level
of the region, at an altitude of about 5,800 feet. The cono-
plain has been cut alike across the Cretacic beds and the
igneous sheets, and upon its surface has been deposited
alluvial material (the Santa Fé marl of Hayden). It is not
to be understood that this plain is a smooth surface with
the configuration of a cone; on the contrary the harder beds
stand above the soft to the extent of upwards of a hundred
feet. But a line drawn from the central mountains outwards
in any direction will pass over a surface cut on the sur-
rounding rocks and sloping upwards towards the mountains.
It is confidently believed that such a form is the normal
one in a mountainous arid region, differences of topographic
age being marked by differences in slope.
The difference in altitude between the mountains and
the surrounding plateau (a difference of about 4,000 feet) is
sufficient to produce a marked difference in precipitation.
Vegetation is the measure of precipitation. The mountains
catch the rain, and are in consequence forest-covered, with
The High Altitude Conoplain--Ogilvie. 29.
such types as Pinusponderosa (var. scapulorum), Quercus
undulata, and various shrubs of the oak and holly families.
Associated with these are the cactus-like types, Opuntia,
Cereus and Yucca. The vegetation is thus, for an arid re-
gion, a considerable one. The surrounding plains present
a marked contract; Opuntia, Cereus and Yucca, together
with Artemisia (sage brush) form the prevailing types.
The largest trees there are pinon and a small cedar.
The result of this difference in climate is that the moun-
tain springs give rise to streams which disappear entirely
a short distance from their source. Within the Ortiz area
there is no permanent stream which finds its way to the
sea. For the greater part of the year the arroyos are en-
tirely dry, and many of the springs dry up also. But when
rain comes, it comes in quantities, and a few days of storm
will start raging torrents.
The details of the idea of the growth of river valleys
and of cycles of erosion have been developed in regions of
moderate climate and of equably distributed rainfall. It is
evident that in such a region as the Ortiz the normal erosion
cycle will be markedly different. Leaving aside for the
‘moment the larger question of the origin of the great
plateaus, and also the special case of the Ortiz mountains,
let us consider the theoretical erosion history of an ideal
laccolith. :
If we imagine a symmetrical laccolith of homogeneous
rock, to have arched up the strata of previously horizontal
rocks, the initial stage of erosion may be compared to that
of Prof. Salisbury’s homogeneous, symmetrical island. But
with this difference that in the case of the island the limit
in down-cutting is a result of checked velocity and is at sea
level; in the case of the laccolith the limit is formed by the
point at which the streams disappear, and may be at any
altitude.
The transporting power of a Stream depends upon
volume and velocity. An increase in volume increases the
transporting power by more than a simple ratio; velocity
depends upon volume and declivity; hence an increase in
volume indirectly adds to the transporting power by in-
creasing the velocity. And an increase in declivity aids the
30 The American Geologist. Sule
transporting power by more than a- simple ratio. These
facts were brought out thirty years ago by Gilbert in his
classic memoir on the Henry mountains.
The amount of corrasion which a stream can perform
depends upon its load. The transported detritus forms the
tool with which it cuts, but an excess of material prevents
corrasion. When a stream has all the load it can carry, the
entire energy is used in transportation, and there is none
for corrasion. If there is an excess of detritus, the trans-
porting power is insufficient and deposition takes _ place.
When a stream empties into a body of standing water its
velocity is checked, material is deposited and further corra-
sion is impossible.
The ordinary peneplain, of Powell’s type, is produced
as a result of checked velocity. On emptying into the sea
a stream’s velocity diminishes, it deposits material, and its
valley widens by weathering. When several valleys widen
at the expense of the interstream areas a flat is formed, and
this gradually extends upstream, until a peneplain is pro-
duced. But the initial cause of these results is checked
velocity and that alone.
The energy of a stream depends not only upon velocity
but also upon volume. Obviously a decrease in volume
would also lead to deposition and to a cessation of corra-
sion. Such a decrease in volume might take place in vari-
ous ways; but the common way in the plateau region is
when‘a stream in its course passes from a less arid to a more
arid climate. In the case of our ideal laecolith the rain
would all be caught near the summit, streams would become
established which would flow down the slopes, and on
reaching the arid surrounding plain these streams would
speedily dry up. This result would be accomplished partly
by evaporation and partly by soaking in, as a result of the
lower ground water level.
In the case of the laccolith, the process is aided by
lessened declivity. The form being a constructional one,
puShed up out of a previously existing plain, there would
be a change in grade in passing away from the slopes of the
mountains. This decrease in declivity would produce a
corresponding decrease in velocity. Hence lessened volume
The High Altitude Conoplain---Ogilvie. a
and lessened velocity would work together to produce depo-
sition at a point near the edge of the disturbed area.
If the rainfall were equably distributed the point of dis-
appearance of streams would gradually move nearer the
mountains as more material accumulated. The theoretical
end of the cycle would come when the laccolith became so
far reduced that it could no longer catch the moisture, and
wind alone would carve its surface. This old age laccolith
would in a general way resemble the mature island; it would
have slight elevation, be carved by radial valleys, and
would be surrounded by a cut plain sloping gently away on
all sides, this in turn being surrounded by a built plain.
The whole would be closely analogous to the sea level forms
of peneplain grading seaward into stratified deposits.
3ut in the region under consideration this ideal cycle
probably never took place, since it would normally be inter-
fered with by the two factors, unequal annual distribution
of rainfall and wind.
The effect of the unequal distribution of rainfall is an-
alogous to that of an oscillating coast. Given a coast that
is alternately rising and sinking, no peneplain will be pro-
duced. If an approximation towards it develops, a slight
uplift will rejuvenate the streams causing them to incise
steep-sided channels; a slight sinking will drown the
streams and fill their channels with deposits.
Similar processes are normally going on in the degrada-
tion of a laccolith. The burning heat of summer pushes
the point of disappearance nearer the mountains, and even
most of the springs go dry. At some uncertain period in
the fall or winter, rains come and then torrents rush down
rapidly cutting through the previously formed alluvial de-
posits, redepositing them farther out on the plain. These
mountain torrents often change their courses entirely from
One season to the next, the course depending upon the more
or less fortuitous arrangement of the surrounding alluvial
material. Therefore the surrounding conoplain is deeply
scarred with arroyos and there are more arroyos than are
ever full at any one time. Hence in no stage of the actual
erosion cycle is the conoplain absolutely flat. In all stages
it will be cut by gullies, but surface inequalities will be
largely obliterated by filling with alluvial deposits.
32 The American Geologist. July, 1905
In the usual erosion cycle in a moist climate, deposi-
tion is a mark of increasing age. ‘There are notable excep-
tions, but in the typical, normal case a flood-plain is formed
after a considerable amount of down-cutting has been done
at the mouth of the stream. In the laccolithic cycle deposi-
tion takes place at all stages and in all places except the
uppermost slopes.. For if, after a rain, a flood stream ex- -
tends its course two miles onto the plain and there dries up,
for the last mile and a half or so it will have been losing
volume and velocity and will have been depositing its
material either as a flood plain or as an alluvial fan. If a
few days later it has shrunk in volume and extends only
one mile onto the plain, its transporting power will have
decreased throughout its length and deposition will be tak-
ing place at the edge of or within the mountains. As the
stream continues to shrink, its transporting power decreases
until material is dropped well within the mountains. This
deposition of material is a normal feature of all stages of
the erosion cycle, though obviously more material will have
been deposited when old age is reached than in youth.
The form taken by the alluvial deposits is somewhat
different in the two climates. The general process of cut
and fill is the same for both, but the surface configuration
differs. An old valley emptying into the sea develops flood
plains along its lower course and also a delta at its mouth.
These deposits are laid down in standing or in slowly mov-
ing water.
The banks of the river are still higher than its chan-
nel and the flood plain is a sort of filling dropped into the
bottom of a curve concave upwards. The laccolithic de-
posits are as a rule built up on a flat with no pre-existing
valley, and they take the form ef alluvial fans. The con-
fluence of several fans from neighboring streams may
produce a plain.
In the normal erosion cycle in a humid region the cross
section of the valleys changes from a steep sided V in
vouth, to a gentler sloped U in maturity. In arid regions
the U shape never comes. If the valleys widen, it is by
the retreat of nearly vertical cliffs. The reason seems to
be that moisture and its results, soil and vegetation, are at
The High Altitude Conoplain --Ogilvie. 33
a minimum, hence there are no causes to produce the soften-
ing prominent in an eastern landscape. And when water
is present at all, it comes in sufficient bulk to produce a tor-
rent of large volume and high velocity. Such a torrent
anywhere would cut steep-sided canyons, provided only
that the rock cut into is sufficiently hard to stand in cliffs.
In many cases joints are present which cause the rock to
break off in blocks leaving cliff faces. So in the erosion
cycle of our laccolith, the plain will not only be scarred at
all stages, but it will at all stages be cut by steep-sided
canyons.
Another interference with the ideal cycle is the wind.
No one who has seen the whirlwinds moving over the
deserts of Sonora or Chihuahua can feel any doubt as to
the great possibilities of wind as an erosive agent. The
general effect of wind-upon a region such as the one under
consideration would be the removal of fine material, thereby
lowering the plains, the scarring of the hard rock by
mechanical abrasion, and the drying of the soil.
Such may be considered the normal factors of erosion,
but the cycle in nature is usually interrupted, or has ab-
normal conditions at the start. Among the interruptions
may be mentioned vulcanism, the presence of some large
river flowing to the sea, and climatic changes. For if some
river is near enough to be reached by the streams, the lac-
colith at once becomes a part of the drainage basin of that
river and its cycle is limited by the level of the river, which
in turn is limited by sea level. Variations in humidity
would change the position of the point of disappearance,
and damper epochs would produce rejuvenation.
The actual laccolith is rarely ideal, but usually consists
of several different intrusions, not necessarily circular in
outline, into strata not originally horizontal, the whole more
or less disturbed by faulting. The Ortiz mountains are
abnormal in all these respects. It is no part of the present
paper to describe them, but only to point out the generali-
ties of this process as exemplified in them.
If it is possible for a plain to be cut at high altitude
in the case of a small and isolated laccolith, the question
at once arises as to whether some similar process may not
34 The American Geologist. July, 1906
have produced the broad areas of the great plateaus. It is
difficult of demonstration, but the impression is very strong
that these plains are not peneplains cut at sea level, but
that they were produced at their present altitude by some
process more or less analogous to the preceding.
Whatever the factors affecting the region as a whole,
there seems no manner of doubt that the conoplain of the
Ortiz has been produced in some such manner. There is
no evidence whatever of the presence of any large lake or
sea that could have afforded even a temporary baselevel for
the cutting. Nor is there any evidence that the country
has been reduced to a lower level than it has at present,
since the Miocene. We are forced to the conclusion that
the sloping plains surrounding mountain masses were cut
at their present altitude, and that diminishing volume was
the essential factor in the cutting.
GENETIC AND STRUCTURAL RELATIONS OF THE IGNEOUS
ROCKS OF THE LOWER NEPONSET VALLEY,
MASSACHUSETTS.*
By W. O. CROSBY, Boston, Mass.
INTRODUCTION.
The Lower Neponset valley, or more specifically, that
part of the valley of the Neponset river within the limits
of the Boston basin, properly embraces all that part of the
Boston basin between the Blue hills, a denuded anticlinal
axis dividing the Boston basin from the parallel and over-
lapping trcugh of Carboniferous sediments known as the
Norfolk basin, and the broad band of conglomerate extend-
ing westward from Savin hill on Dorchester bay through
Dorchester, Roxbury, West Roxbury, Brookline and New-
ton into Wellesley and Needham. This great belt of con-
* This paper is an advance presentation, in outline, of a portion of
Part iv of the author’s detailed and systematic study of the Geology
of the Boston Basin in course of publication in the series of Occasional
Papers of the Boston Society of Natural History. For the petrographic
distinctions in this field the author is indebted to Dr. Florence Bascom,
whose preliminary observations on the volcanics only have been pub-
lished (Bull. Geol. Soe. Ameriea. vol. 11, 115-126), and whose more com-
plete and elaborate work on both the voleanics and plutoniecs awaits
publication in connection with the forthcoming Part iv of the Boston
Basin series.
Relations of the Igneous Rocks—Crosby. 35
glomerate, some three miles in normal breadth, is, struc-
turally, one simple, flat-topped and somewhat unsymmet-
rical anticline, the central and dominant arch of the Boston
basin (the Shawmut anticline), separated from the Blue
hills or southern highlands by the Lower Neponset valley,
and from the northern highlands by the Lower Charles
valley, each of these main lateral valleys exhibiting, in the
general view, a synclinal structure, with slate as the pre-
vailing surface formation, but being, withal, as complex in
geological structure as the central ridge or water-parting
is simple. As thus defined, the Lower Neponset valley
is, west of Boston harbor, a rectangular area some
three miles wide and eight to ten miles long, including, on
the mainland, small portions of the towns of Canton and
Dedham, the whole of Hyde Park, the northern half of Mil-
ton and Quincy and the southern half of West Roxbury
and Dorchester. It is an area of great topographic as well
as geologic complexity, and although, in general, low lying,
includes, in Bellevue hill, the highest land within the Bos-
ton basin. The district here included in the Neponset
valley is not now wholly drained by the Neponset river,
this study naturally following geologic, more closely than
topographic or hyprographic, boundaries.
The Lower Neponset valley is essentially an epitome
of the entire basin, since it also consists of a central anti-
cline of conglomerate bordered on either side by a well-
defined slate syncline. The southern syncline, extending
through Milton and Quincy, widens rapidly eastward, a
somewhat open and composite trough, while the northern
syncline, extending through West Roxbury and_ Dor-
chester, is a relatively deep and narrow isocline.
The immediate valley of the Neponset is developed in
the complex and strongly denuded anticline which thus
divides the more southerly of the two main troughs of the
Boston basin, and which narrows eastward for the simple
reason that the axis pitches or inclines in that direction.
The prevailing sedimentary rock of this belt is conglom-
erate, and the attitude or structure of the conglomerate as
a whole is anticlinal. It dips northward along the north-
ern border, passing beneath the slate of the deep and nar-
36 The American Geologist. July, 1905
row Dorchester-West Roxbury syncline; while along the
southern border the dip is southerly and the conglomerate
passes below the slate of the much broader and composite
Quincy-Milton syncline. That the anticline itself is not a
simple arch is plainly indicated by the narrow band of slate
developed at intervals along the middle of the conglomerate
belt and the existence of at least two anticlinal axes, pitch-
ing to the east and rising to the west, is further indicated
by the fact that toward the west, where erosion has cut
through the conglomerate and interbedded flows of basic
lava we have exposed, not one, but two, ridges of the under-
lying crystalline rocks—granite and felsite—representing
the floor upon which the conglomerate series was deposited.
These two axes are, at most points, of unequal prominence;
and in their denuded western extensions the northern axis
largely predominates , forming the broad, irregular and
broken ridge projecting into the Boston basin from the
western highlands of Dedham and Needham and including
the granite, quartz porphyry and felsite of the Bellevue
Hill district and the Stony Brook reservation, the felsites
of the northern part of Hyde Park and the felsites and
more basic lavas of the Mattapan district of Dorchester.
The minor southern axis is seen in the narrow band of fel-
site and basic lava, lying mainly south of the Neponset,
between Readville and Milton Lower Mills.
Over a part of this area several flows of basic lava or
andesite are interstratified with the conglomerate; and
during the geological revolution or period of disturbance
following the accumulation of these strata and the formerly
overlying slate upon the old floor of felsite and granite,
they were forced into a gigantic arch from one to nearly
three miles broad. This great fold, however, partially
broke down in the making, and its collapse was attended
by the forrmation of the minor folds and numerous faults.
Subsequent erosion has been so extensive as to remove the
entire thickness of slate from the crest of the great anti-
cline, except where it has been carried down most deeply
by these minor folds and the faults, occurring now in -nar-
row and discontinuous belts wedged in between the larger
masses of conglomerate. The erosion has also been suffi-
Relations of the Igneous Rocks—Crosby. 37
cient to cut through the conglomerate series and the inter-
bedded andesite, toward the western end of the arch, where
they were most elevated, and thus expose the ancient foun-
dation of felsite and granite.
Probably no phase of this study possesses a greater in-
trinsic interest than the comparison of the denuded major
axis of the Neponset anticline with the Blue Hills complex,
which is but the denuded axis of the great anticline separ-
ating the Boston and Norfolk basins; and aside from the
disparity in area, it is surprising to find how fnarked is the
similarity, except in minor details, and how few are the
vital contrasts. In general terms, it may be stated that
hardly anything is precisely similar in the two areas and
nothing is radically different. In the smaller area as in the
larger we have isolated masses of Cambrian strata involved
in a complex of post-Cambrian granitic rocks, including the
normal granite, the contact zone of fine granite and quartz
porphyry, the effusive felsites and the intersecting dikes of
diabase of several different systems. The chief contrast is
found in the relatively greater abundance in the Neponset
complex of the effusive felsites, their more varied character,
the great profusion of dikes of felsite in the granites, the
more positive identification of some of the principal vents
or points of emission of these acid lavas, and the far more
complete and clearer exhibition of their relations to the
later basic lavas and the inclosing Carboniferous strata.
Among the problems of special interest presented by
the Neponset anticline and, apparently, admitting of suc-
cessful determination, may be mentioned: the detailed rela-
tions of the rocks of the basal complex; the mutual rela-
tions of the acid and basic lavas—rhyolite (felsite) and
andesite; and the relations of both types of volcanics to the
THE BASAL COMPLEX.
The basal complex may best be defined as comprising
all of the pre-Carboniferous terranes of this region, both
sedimentary and eruptive; or more specifically, as consist-
ing of the Cambrian strata and any other pre-Carboniferous
and pregranitic sediments which future investigation may
prove to exist here, together with the intersecting and
associated igneous rocks of pre-Carboniferous age, includ-
\
38 The American Geologist ciety aes
ing the normal granite or main body of the batholite, and
its contact zones of diorite, fine granite and quartz por-
phyry, and the dikes, necks and flows of acid lavas or fel-
sites. As thus defined, the igneous part of the complex is
clearly the product of the chemical and textural differenti-
ation of a single great body of magma, embracing, besides
the truly plutonic mass or batholite proper, developed, with
its variable contact zone, under and in the Cambrian strata,
the intrusive and effusive masses evolved, after extensive
erosion of the Cambrian cover, from either still unsolidified
or remelted deep-seated portions of the batholite.
That the batholite, with the complicating sedimentary
and igneous phases, which gives it the character of a true
and typical complex, is continuous under all the newer
formations of the region and, in its successive phases, essen-
tially contemporaneous throughout, is highly probable; and
the variations observed from point to point must, there-
fore, be regarded either, as actual and due in part to differ-
ences in the original magma resulting from the fusion of
the pre-Cambrian floor and in large part, also, to the vary-
ing thickness and composition of the original Cambrian
cover, or as merely apparent and due to the varying depths
of pre-Carboniferous and post-Carboniferous erosion, or
again, as due to the localization of the intrusive and effusive
phenomena which followed the formation of the batholite
proper, adding greatly to its structural complexity.
If, with these ideas in mind, we compare more partic-
ularly than heretofore the portion of the basal complex
rising westward from beneath the Carboniferous sediments
of the Neponset valley with the portion exposed, as the
result of still more extensive erosion, in the Blue Hills»area,
we find the more notable differences to be as follows: First,
the normal granite of the Neponset valley is prevailingly
coarser grained and the ferromagnesian constituent (chiefly
hornblende) is more generally and extensively altered
(chloritized). Second, the differentiation of the contact
zone appears to have been almost wholly textural, and not,
to any important extent, chemical, in the Neponset Valley
district; and hence we find here only traces of diorite
(which is also true of the Blue hills) and nothing closely
Relations of the Igneous Rocks—Crosby. 39
corresponding to the basic porphyry and the basic phase
of the fine granite of the Blue Hills area. Third, the
effusive acid lavas or felsites are, relatively, more abundant
and far more varied in the Neponset valley than in the Blue
hills. Fourth, the dikes of both acid and basic lavas so
characteristic of the basal complex in the Neponset valley
are practically or wholly wanting in the Blue hills. Fifth,
the necks or actual vents of the effusive acid lavas are far
more normally and typically developed in the Neponset
valley than in the Blue hills, while the vents of the basic
lavas are wholly wanting in the latter area. Sixth, the
dikes of diabase, which are found in the eastern and north-
ern parts, and are practically wanting in the main range of
the Blue hills, are, in the Neponset valley, characteristic
of all parts of the complex as well as of the overlying sedi-
ments, no considerable area being free from them. Seventh,
erosion has left in the Neponset Valley section of the com-
plex, so far as itis now exposed, only very scanty traces of
the original Cambrian cover.
GENERAL HISTORY OF THE COMPLEX.
After what precedes a brief statement will suffice here,
the main purpose being a more systematic outline, pref-
atory to the lithologic and structural details of the com-
plex. As in the Blue Hills area, this area or part of the
general batholite of eastern Massachusetts is believed to
have been developed beneath a great thickness of Cambrian,
and possibly of later, sediments, of which erosion has left
only a few highly altered remnants. The thickness of the
Cambrian cover was due primarily to extensive sedimenta-
tion and secondarily and chiefly to severe or isoclinal plica-
tion. The thickening of the super-crust thus determined
was sufficient to induce a rise of the isogeotherms, an out-
flow of the subterranean heat, so marked as to involve soft-
ening and final fusion of the sub-crust or floor on which
- the Cambrian sediments were deposited, developing thus a
great body of granitic magma, the corrosive action of which
led to the absorption of considerable volumes of the sedi-
mentary cover and gave rise, no doubt, to the normally
* highly irregular and unconformable contact.
This thickening of the super-crust and consequent great
40 The American Geologist. July, 1905
heat invasion was, doubtless, accompanied by a strong ele-
vation of the surface, permitting extensive erosion, which,
in turn, favored the refrigeration of the batholite and the
development from the originally homogeneous magma of a
_ vast body of normal granite, with a contact zone consisting,
normally, of an inner layer of fine granite and an outer
layer of quartz porphyry, both phases of the contact zone
being the products mainly of a textural rather than a chem-
ical differentiation of the magma.
Long continued erosion, removing in large part the
sedimentary cover of the batholite and probably cutting at
some points through its contact zone into the normal gran-
ite, was followed by a period of volcanic activity, due pos-
sibly to cracking and hydration of the body of the batholite,
during which, acid lava, chiefly rhyolite, now existing in
a devitrified form as aporhyolite or felsite, was poured out
over the eroded surface of the batholite. Several of the
volcanic necks or vents of these effusive eruptions have
been definitely located and their details of form and struc-
ture more or less fully worked out. From the vents or
chimneys of these most ancient volcanoes of the Boston
basin radial dikes of felsite extend outward into the granitic
rocks. As a chronologically distinct record, the complex
was now complete; but it was destined to be still further
complicated; for these effusive acid eruptions appear to
have marked the beginning of the progressive subsidence
which inaugurated the deposition’of the Carboniferous
sediments, beginning with the great conglomerate series;
and during the subsidence and clastic sedimentation the
effusive eruptions continued, but became of more basic
character—grading from rhyolite through trachyte to an-
desite, which in its present altered form as apoandesite or
porphyrite has been heretofore classed as melaphyre, but
“is now known to be less basic than that type. The ande-
sitic eruptions, from, presumably, greater depths than the
source of the acid lavas, are marked by fissurelike necks,
by numerous dikes cutting all the older rocks, and espec-
ially by successive massive flows or contemporaneous beds
intercalated in the conglomerate series.
The volcanic activity finally ceased and continued sub-
Relations of the Igneous Rocks—Crosby. 4I
sidence introduced the deep water conditions permitting the
deposition of the slate series into which the conglomerate
series gradually merges upward. The deposition of the
slate series was closed, it is supposed, by the Appalachian
revolution, during which the Carboniferous sediments were
strongly folded and faulted and injected by still more basic
magma from, possibly, still greater depths, forming the
older or east-west series of diabase dikes, now largely chlo-
ritized or typical greenstone. Still later, and probably con-
temporaneously with the Triassic sedimentation and ac-
companying igneous activity in the Connecticut valley,
were formed the diabase dikes of the newer or north-south
series.
With this the rock formations of the Neponset valley
were complete, and its later geological history is recorded
only in the erosion accomplished during later Mesozoic
and Tertiary ages and culminating in the Bes ice invasion
of post-Tertiary or Pleistocene time.
THE CAMBRIAN STRATA.
The existing small remnants, the larger less than a
thousand feet long, of the body of Cambrian strata which
we suppose to have once formed a continuous cover over
the batholite in the Neponset valley, as in other parts of the
Boston basin, appear to be confined to the vicinity of the
Boston and Hyde Park boundary, in the eastern part of the
Stony Brook reservation and the immediately contiguous
territory.
The sedimentary rock, of supposed Cambrian age, is all
slate, of a uniformly massive, hard and distinctly meta-
morphic character. The prevailing color is dark gray; but
it varies to lighter shades; and very generally the rock is
perceptibly veined or clouded with the green of epidote,
indicating that the slate was, originally, more or less cal-
careous, the lime having as an essential phase of the igne-
ous matamorphism, combined with the alumina and silica
of the slate to form epidote. This feature allies it with the
Lower Cambrian slates of Weymouth, Quincy, Nahant,
etc.; but in other respects it bears a striking resemblance to
the massive, gray, non-caleareous Middle Cambrian slates,
as these are developed on Hayward creek in Braintree and
42 The American Geologist. duly) tae
along the north side of the Blue hills. It exhibits in a good
degree the characters of a true hornstone; but it is no-
where of flinty hardness; and the fact that it is never visibly
micaceous testifies to the essentially non-alkaline character
of the sediment. As a rule, the stratification is hopelessly
obscure; but at a few points, which are so distributed as to
cover practically the entire group of ledges, it is fairly dis-
tinct and entirely unequivocal. The attitude of the bed-
ding is, as usual in the Cambrian of the Boston basin, very
constant, with east-west strike and vertical dip.
The essential relation of these sediments to the com-
plex is clearly indicated, not alone by their metamorphic
character, but also by typical igneous contacts with the
fine granite and quartz porphyry of the contact zone, and
irregular dikes or apophyses of the quartz porphyry and
more regular dikes of normal felsite.
BODY OF THE BATHOLITE. -
Normal Granite —This is a coarsely crystalline aggre-
gate of feldspar and quartz, chiefly, with a small propor-
tion of a dark constituent regarded by Dr. Bascom as chlo-
ritized amphibole. ‘The feldspars, according to this author-
ity, include orthoclase, commonly of a pinkish tint due to
oxidation, and a lime-bearing albite in which the greenish
tint due to epidotization is more or less marked. The an-
alysis shows an acid rock, similar to the normal granite of
the Blue hills, but rather more basic and richer in plagio-
clase, though poorer in the ferro-magnesian constituent.
The outcrops of normal granite are chiefly confined
to two rather irregular areas; and the general relations of
these to the complex is not central, as might seem most
natural, but peripheral.” They form; - “respectively, =the
northern and southwestern borders of the complex, and
converge but, apparently, do not meet, to the northwest-
ward, in the vicinity of Grove and Center streets. The dis-
positions of the normal granite is such as to suggest at
once a general monoclinal or shallow synclinal structure for
the complex,—the surface of the normal granite forming a
trough the axis of which pitches to the southeast, thus
allowing the normal granite to slope southward and north-
eatsward beneath the contact zone of fine granite and
Relations of the Igneous Rocks—Crosby. 43
quartz porphyry and a great thickness of volcanic and sedi-
mentary formations. In the direction of its disappearance
the normal granite does not reappear north of the Blue
hills; and undoubtedly its disposition, especially in relation
to the unaltered sedimentary formations which meet it ab-
ruptly on the north, in the West Roxbury district, finds its.
readiest explanation in a profound displacement along the
northern border of the complex, with the downthrow, of
course, to the north.
The normal granite is observed at many points to
grade upward into the fine granite by which it is bordered;
and its surface continuity is frequently interrupted by
island-like outliers of the fine granite. These relations are
particularly well-exhibited in the broad and massive ledges
in the-area bounded by Washington, Grove and Center
streets and Cottage avenue; and nowhere more favorably
than in the vicinity of the large quarry on Cottage avenue,.
northwest of Washington street.
CONTACT ZONE OF THE BATHOLITE.
Fine Granite—The chief difference between this type
and the normal granite is textural. The essential minerals,
according to Dr. Bascom, are the same, with the addition
of a little microcline and oligoclase to the _ feldspars.
Quartz is reported as more abundant, and the chloritized
ferromagnesian constituent as less so, and these distinctions
are confirmed by the analysis, which shows higher silica
and lower lime, magnesia and iron.
The fine granite belongs to the contact zone and hence
overlies the normal granite. It might, therefore, where
not removed by erosion, be expected to exhibit a broad
areal development, but for the fact that it is, in turn, cov-
ered by the quartz porphyry phase of the contact zone. In
harmony with this general relation and the shallow syn-
clinal structure of this part of the batholite, the principal
area of the fine granite takes the form of an irregular V-
shaped belt, 1000 to 3000 feet wide, separating the normal
granite on the north and southwest, from the quartz por-
phyry on the south and northeast, respectively.
As to the thickness of the fine granite, we have no very
definite clue. | No approximately vertical or continuous
44 The American Geologist. Jala
section shows both the normal granite below the fine granite
‘and the quartz porphyry above it. In other words, we
have no data for a direct determination of the thickness,
save that it must exceed the hight of the highest hill com-
posed wholly of the fine granite, or say 75 feet. It would
be readily deducible from the surface breadth if the dip
were known. Assuming the dip to be low and inversely
proportional to the surface breadth, gives a maximum thick-
ness of a few hundred feet at the most; and 100 to 200 feet
may, perhaps, be accepted as a conservative estimate, con-
firming the conclusions reached in the study of the Blue
Hills complex.
The finer granite of the contact zone is, in a fair sense,
a bed of passage, since it grades downward into the nor-
mal granite and upward into the quartz porphyry; and,
normally, its original contacts are nowhere sharply de-
fined, but distinctly blending. It may be noted, however,
that, as in the Blue Hills complex, the contact with the
normal granite, though blending, is rather abrupt, the com-_
plete transition from the one rock to the other being ac-
passage upward into the quartz porphyry is usually more
or, possibly, in extreme cases, a single foot. Although the
complished in some exposures in the breadth of a few feet
sedimentary rocks.
gradual, all observers must recognize that the fine granite,
so far from being all gradation, is chiefly remarkable for the
uniformity of texture throughout almost its entire thick-
ness. In fact, it rivals the normal granite in this respect.
Locally, and especially near the quartz porphyry, it may
pass into a true microgranite; but it is in general a macro-
granite of very homogeneous aspect.* That the fine granite
is older than the normal granite and younger than the
quartz porphyry, and that these three distinct but blend-
ing sedentary zones of the batholite exhibit the structural
relations which this sequence requires, will probably not be
questioned by those familiar with the field evidence.
* The explanations of the homogeneity of the fine granite and its
abrupt yet blending passage into th2 normal granite suggested in Part
Ill. of the Boston Basin Geology (Occas. Papers, Boston Soc. Nat.
History, iv, 354 et seq.) are still regarded as valid, and as applicable
in this new field.
_ Relations of the lgenous Rocks—Crosby. 45,
Quartz Porphyry—This upper or peripheral member
of the contact zone has been designated by Dr. Bascom the
rhyolitic facies of the granite or more succinctly rhyolite,
and more explicitly porphyritic aporhyolite; and for this
usage the petrographic characters undoubtedly afford
ample warrant. But in order the more sharply to distin-
guish this essentially plutonic type from the much younger
and very dissimilar intrusive and effusive rhyolites, it is
proposed to employ here the good descriptive term quartz
porphyry. The rock in question is in every instance a true
quartz porphyry, with conspicuous phenocrysts of both
quartz and feldspar; and, as befits its plutonic origin, it is
of remarkably uniform character, matching the granites in
this respect; while the clastic, fluidal and spherulitic struc-
tures so characteristic of the newer rhyolites are conspic-
uous by their absence. Such variation as the quartz por-
phyry shows is due chiefly to its gradation downward into
the fine granite; and, as Dr. Bascom has noted, its texture,
though aphanitic, allies it with the microgranitic phase of
the fine granite, and unlike the younger rhyolites it is rarely
truly cryptocrystalline.
In its distribution the quartz porphyry tends to form
a V-shaped zone concentric with the fine granite, and sepa-
rating the underlying fine granite from the overlying
effusive rhyolite or felsite. The lower border of the quartz
porphyry is rendered rather vague and indefinite at most
points by its blending contact with the fine granite. The
upper border, on the other hand, where the quartz por-
phyry meets the effusive rhyolites or felsites is, in the na-
ture of the case, sufficiently definite but highly irregular,
since we have here a true erosion unconformity, and two
formations, although of closely similar composition and
probably derived from the same original magma, are strong-
ly contrasted in structure and widely separated in geolo-
gical time.
Summary and Comparison—Neglecting unimportant
occurrences of diorite and aplite, which may be described,
respectively, as relatively basic and relatively acid phases
or segregations of the normal granite, and hence as pro-
ducts of a chemical differentiation of the main body or
46 The American Geologist. tae
primal magma of the batholite, we have now considered all
of the sedentary or truly plutonic rocks of the batholite.
These have been described in the order of superposition,
which is, of course, the inverse order of age, since the re-
frigeration of the batholite must have progressed from the
periphery downward or centripetally.- That the differenti-
ation of the normal granite and the contact zone, and the
further differentiation of the fine granite and quartz por-
phyry of the contact zone, are not wholly textural is, as
noted by Dr. Bascom, clearly shown by analyses, according
to which the normal granite is the most basic and the fine
granite the most acid, while the quartz porphyry is inter-
mediate in composition, although not so in position. By
way of explanation of this chemical relation, Dr. Bascom
has suggested that specific gravity and convective currents
may have been factors in producing a somewhat more acid
peripheral zone to the batholite, while the outer or quartz
porphyry border to this zone, following the general law
of the order of crystallization (virtually fractional crystalli-
zation), by its earlier crystallization left the inner portion
of the zone or fine granite more acid than either the quartz
porphyry or normal granite. To this explanation may,
perhaps, be added the influence of hydration. It appears
reasonable to suppose that the primal magma of the batho-
lite, formed under a thick and, necessarily, a hydrated sedi-
mentary cover, and due in part to the absorption of large
volumes of this cover, would naturally be more highly
hydrated in its superficial than in its deep-seated portions ;
and since the characteristic elements of an acid magma, in-
cluding silica and the alkalies, have a stronger affinity for
water than have the lime, magnesia and iron oxide charac-
teristic of basic magmas, we have here a cause tending to
keep, if not to make, the batholite superficially acid.
That, in comparison with the granitic rocks of other
districts, this part of the batholite “was formed under a
moderate depth of cover, is believed to be indicated by the
relatively slight amount of chemical differentiation, by the
absence of an original micaceous constituent, and especially
by the almost entire absence of a pegmatitic phase im the
normal granite. The absence of marked differentiation ex-
»
Relations of the Igenous Rocks—Crosby. 47
tends, in the main, to the earlier intrusions in the batholite,
since, with one exception, these are relatively acid, and
differ but little in composition from the sedentary members
of the batholite.
(Continued in August Number.)
EDITORIAL COMMENT.
ANOTHER METEORITE IN THE SUPREME COURT.
It was decided by the lowa supreme court, in the case
of the Winnebago meteorite, that the meteorite belongs to
the owner of the land on which it falls. The tenant found
the stone and sold it. The owner brought suit to regain it,
and after some years of litigation and delay the court
assigned the meteorite to the owner of the land.
The Oregon meteorite case is somewhat different. A
metallic mass is admitted by both parties to be of meteoric
nature and origin, and as such, according to the lowa de-
cision, it belongs to the owner of the land on which it fell.
The date of its fall however is unknown, and there is evi-
dence tending to show that it was a piece of personal prop-
erty, separate from the land on which it was found, for
many years prior to the date of discovery. The issue and
the attendant conditions have been stated as follows by the
Oregon Journal:
The Oregon City meteorite case was argued before the supreme
court yesterday. This is an action brought by the Oregon Iron &
Steel company to obtain possession of the metallic meteorite found
by Ellis Hughes in November, 1902, on the land of the Oregon Iron
& Steel company, about two and a half miles west of Oregon City.
The interesting subject of this centroversy was found standing up-
right on a slight knoll. It is of metallic composition, with a dull,
rusty surface, its top or flat surface being gouged out into huge pot-
holes or washbowls. As it stood it resembled very much in ap-
pearance a mammoth mushroom or inverted bell, in size seven by
ten feet across at the top, and four and a half feet thick, its weight
being estimated at from three to four tons. It has the specific
gravity of soft iron, and in composition is 90 per cent soft iron, 10
per cent nickel, with a trace of cobalt.
Hughes alleged that this was an abandoned Indian relic and
48 The American Geologist. July, 1905
that he was the first white discoverer of it and, believing he had
a right to it, he constructed a rude wagon and hauled it to his
own home, about three-quarters ef a mile distant. He alleged that
this meteorite was the property of the Clackamas tribe of Indians
(now disbanded and nearly all dead), and that they had a tradition
that this magic rock, called by them ‘‘Tomanowos,”’ came from the
mocn, and possessed supernatural influence. He claimed that it
was fashioned, erected, maintained and used by them to hold the
fluid in which they were wont to dip their arrows before engaging
in battle with their Indian foes, and that their young warriors were
compelied to journey over there and visit this spirit being on the
darkest nights. To substantiate these claims two Indian witnesses
were produced, who testified that the above facts were true,
according to the legends of their tribes. One of them was a mem-
ber of the Klickitat tribe of Indians and the other was a Wasc
Indian.
Goth parties to this case agree that the object is a meteorite,
but no proof has been offered by either to show when it arrived on
earth. The Oregon Iron & Steel company denies that it is an
Indian relic, and claims title to it by virtue of ownership of the
land upon which it was found.
It may safely be assumed, probably, that this iron fell
on the land where it was found, although there is no proof
of it. The Indians who previously visited and worshipped
it could not have transported it. If they had ownership of
the land they owned the specimen. As they did not remove
it, when the land passed from them it would seem that the
meteorite went with the land. But the consideration that
they had used it as a special object, for a special purpose,
foreign to the uses to which land as such is devoted seems
to make it an object of personal property. They may have
erected it in the position in which it stood, and may have
deepened the “potholes” on its upper surface. If a man
sculptures a statue from some rock on his land, when he
sells the land the statue does not go with the land. If the
Clackamas Indians did not own the land, and yet visited
and controlled the specimen for a specific use without ob-
jection from others, it seems reasonable to assume that the
specimen was not an appurtenance of the land and that
they had the right to remove it. If they abandoned it,
without removal, it seems to belong to that class of Indian
relics of which many examples are known and which the
finder, rightly or wrongly, becomes the owner.
If the specimen is an Indian relic the ownership thereof
Review ot Recent Geological Literature. 49
may still be in the owner of the land. He is a trespasser
who wilfully passes on to his neighbor’s domain; and he is
still more a trespasser if he removes, against the owner’s
protest, any of the property of his neighbor. N. H. W.
Note.—Since the foregoing was written the Oregon
supreme court has decided this case, as follows, as published
in the Portland Oregonian:
Oregon Iron and Steel Company, respondent, vs. Ellis Hughes,
appellant, from Clackamas county, T. A. McBride, judge; affirmed;
opinion by Chief Justice Wolverton.
Held, that a meteoric rock is a part of the real property upon
which it falls, and evidence that Indians worshipped the rock and
dipped their arrows in the water held in its cavities is not suf-
ficient to show that the Indians had dug the rock from the ground
and acquired title to it as personal property. The question
whether Indian ownership and abandonment is sufficient ground
upon which to predicate title in the finder is not decided.
The court did not consider the evidence as to the
ownership of the specimen as personal property by the
Indians of sufficient force to warrant the reference of the
case to a jury for determination. That evidence failing,
there was left the bare question as to whether the meteorite
belonged to the real estate or to the finder. In that the
Oregon court coincided with the Iowa court 7 re Winne-
bago meteorite. N. H. W.
REVIEW OF RECENT GEOLOGICAL
LITERATURE,
Contributions to Devonian Paleontology, 1903. Henry Shaler Wil-
liams and Edward M. Kindle. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 244,
1905, pp. 1-144. —
Bearing of Some New Paleontologic Facts on Nomenclature and
Classification of Sedimentary Formations. Henry Shaler Wil-
liams, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. 16, March, 1905, pp. 137-150.
Bulletin No. 244 consists of two parts, No. I. listing and dis-
cussing “Fossil faunas of the Devonian and Mississippian (Lower
Carboniferous) of Virginia, West Virginia and Kentucky,” while
part II. considers in a similar manner the “Fossil faunas of Devon-
ian sections in central and northern Pennsylvania.” A large num-
ber of sections in Kentucky, Virginia and West Virginia are
50 The American Geologist. July, 1905
described by Dr. Kindle and accompanied by lists of fossils of the
various faunules. The above is followed by a series of short
articles, among which may be mentioned “Correlations,” ‘“‘The Rens-
selaeria fauna,” “‘The black shale and its fauna,’ “The upper De-
vonian faunas of the middle Appalachians” and a “List of diagnostic
Chemung species” by professor Williams. In part II. the descrip-
tions of the sections in central and northern Pennsylvania are
mainly by Dr. Kindle; but the formational and faunal correlation
is considered much more fully than in the preceding part by both
Kindle and Williams. ;
These two papers have recently been reviewed by professor
Schuchert* who considered critically the lower Devonian, or the
Helderbergian and Oriskanian series. It appears that similar notes
concerning the middle and upper Devonian, to which this review
will be largely restricted, might be of value.
Professor Schuchert seems inclined to question the identification
of Anoplotheca acutiplicata from the black shale near Covington
‘and Hot Springs, Virginia. The writer considers that the identi-
fication is probably correct, for the same species occurs near the
base of the black shale or Marcellus member of the Romney forma-
tion in western Maryland. The Maryland specimens were exam-
ined by Dr. John M. Clarke so that no question can be raised re-
garding their specific identity. From the occurrence of the above
species and Anoplia associated with others which are “regarded as
confined to the Marcellus shale of New York” professor Williams
concludes “that the black shale was deposited in a thick mass in
the Appalachian trough before the fauna of the Onondaga (Corni-
ferous) formation was extinct.” In connection with the above it is
well to remember that the Onondaga fauna entered New York from
the west and, generally, is supposed to have reached no farther
south than northeastern Pennsylvania. Dr. Clarke has shown that
“early Marcellus devosits in eastern New York were * *. * con-
temporaneous with late Onondaga deposits in western New York.’+
On page 45 of the Bulletin professor Williams speaks of the
Romney formation as though it were composed entirely of black
shale and this idea is expressed by him more distinctly in the
second paper under consideration. The term Romney formation
was first published by Mr. Darton in 1892 in this journal and was
applied to the rocks in the vicinity of Romney, a town scarcely 15
miles south of the Potomac river in Hampshire county in the north-
ern part of West Virginia. It is located within the Potomac basin
and there is very slight change in the lithology or fauna of the
deposits in western Maryland to which this name has subsequently
been applied. The writer has shown that both on lithological and
faunal grounds the Romney formation of northern West Virginia
and western Maryland may be divided into two members. The
lower one is composed principally of fissile black shale, weathering
* Am. Jour. Sci., 4tn Ser., Vol xix, June, 1905, pp. 460-463.
+N. Y. State Museum, Bull. 25, 1905, p. 668.
Review of Recent Geological Literature. 51
to a brownish or buff color, together with some bands of dark-colored
thin limestone, with a total thickness of about 500 feet. The lime-
stones contain Agoniatites expansus (Vanuxem) which is so char-
acteristic of a thin limestone in the lower part of the Marcellus
shale in New York that its generic name has been given to it, while
the black shales contain numerous specimens of Liorhynchus limr-
tare (Vanuxem) and some other species which are regarded as
characteristic of the New York Marcellus shale. In a general way
this member corresponds with the Marcellus shale of New York
with which it has been correlated. The upper member is composed
of bluish or bluish-gray shales and sandstones with an approximate
thickness of 1,100 feet. This member contains numerous specimens
of characteristic Hamilton species of New York and frequently the
entire 16 species which professor Williams has previously listed as
the “dominant species of the Hamilton formation of eastern New
York and Pennsylvania.” Evidence indicates that the deposits of
the Romney formation in Maryland apparently closed at about the
same geological time as the Hamilton beds of New York, and in a
general way this member has been correlated with the Hamilton
beds of New York. It is not intended to state that the limits of
the Romney formation in northern West Virginia and Maryland are
exactly contemporaneous with the limits of the Erian series of New
York; but there is a striking similarity in most details and it is
believed that there is no serious error in this general correlation.
The deposits, called Romney shale, which professor Williams
has studied in the field, their fossils. in the laboratory, and _dis-
cussed in Bulletin No. 244 are located in southern Virginia and
eastern Kentucky. These collections later were supplemented by
others made by Dr. Kindle in Kentucky, Virginia and southern
West Virginia. It appears, however, that the locality farthest
north from which collections were made is 110 miles or more to the
southwest of Romney and, apparently, the nearest outcrops of the
so-called Romney shale which professor Williams studied in the field
are 220 miles or farther to the southwest of that town. It is well
known that there is a rapid thinning and marked lithologic change
in the Devonian deposits as they are followed from the Potomac
basin to the southwest. Professor Williams’ own statement “that
in the correlation of local formations the same species of fossils
alone (when so much as 50 miles of distance separates their sta-
tions) can not be relied on for establishing more than a general
homotaxial relation of the formations compared’* would suggest
caution in correlating with the Romney formation the deposits of
Bland county in southwestern Virginia, 220 miles to the southwest.
The statement of professor Williams that “the rocks belonging to
the part of the column called Romney, in central and southern Vir-
ginia, contain chiefly the faunas found in New York in the Mar-
cellus, Genesee, and Nunda (‘Portage’) with only traces of the Ham-
* Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 16, p. 147.
52 The American Geologist. July, teen
ilton fauna near their base’; is probably true for the region which
he studied but is incorrect for the Potomac basin in which the
typical outcrops of the Romney formation occur. As we have
shown above, the Romney formation in its standard region contains
in its lower member essentially the fauna of the Marcellus shale and
in its upper member that of the Hamilton beds of New York. It is
not until in the succeeding or Jennings formation that the Genesee,
Naples or Portage, Ithaca and Chemung faunas are found.
Probably that portion of part II. of most general interest is the
discussion and correlation of sections in Northumberland and
Columbia counties of central Pennsylvania which had been adopted
as standard ones by the state survey in the interpretation of the
geology of that part of the state. Perhaps the most important one
is the Catawissa section on the Susquehanna river which was very
carefully studied by Dr. Kindle in the field and the correlation re-
viewed by professor Williams. Dr. Kindle shows that the calcar-
eous shales in this section which were correlated with the Tully
limestone by the Pennsylvania survey contain a Hamilton fauna,
“not one of the characteristic Tully forms appearing.” Dr. Kindle,
however, considered that the zone “occupies the _ stratigraphical
position of the Tully limestone of New York” while professor Wil-
liams stated that it and the two subjacent zones contain “the normal
fauna of the Hamilton formation.” The writer showed in 1894 that
the caleareous Shale in Pike and Monroe counties in northeastern
Pennsylvania, which the state survey correlated with the Tully
limestone of New York is succeeded by some 200 feet of very fossil-
iferous shales containing a characteristic Hamilton fauna which he
referred to the Hamilton formation.* The investigations of Dr.
Kindle clearly show, however, that the calcareous shales of central
Pennsylvania correlated with the Tully limestone of New York by
the Pennsylvania Survey occur at a higher stratigraphic horizon
than those of northeastern Pennsylvania as was inferred and pub-
lished by the writer in 1894.4 The succeeding 225 feet of bluish-
black shales are correlated, on account of lithological similarity,
with the Genesee shale and rather more than 25 feet above their
top appears the first faunule of the Nunda (Portage) formation.
Professor Williams states that the name Nunda formation has been
adopted to designate what has heretofore been called the Portage
or Nunda group. Two hundred feet above the top of the Genesee
shale is a faunule containing Spirifer pennatus var posterus which
is considered as the first appearance of the Ithaca fauna that then
continues through about 1,400 feet of deposits to almost the base
of the lowest red shales. Dr. Kindle states that no characteristic
Chemung forms appear in these deposits and professor Williams
concludes that ‘“Faunally the evidence of the Chemung formation
§Ibid, -p. 148.
Bul. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 120, »p., 71-73.
PLbIG=) 2s toe
Monthly Author's Catalogue. 53
must be looked for in the still higher strata.” The last deposits
considered were correlated with the Chemung formation by the
Pennsylvania survey in the upper portion of which they reported
the characteristic Chemung species Spirifer disjinctus. From the
lowest reported horizon of this species Dr. Kindle carefully searched
every remaining foot of the so-called Chemung deposits without find-
ing a single specimen of Spirifer disjunctus. This is in perfect
harmony with the writer’s experience in northeastern Pennsylvania
where he failed to find this species which was reported in rocks of
so-called Chemung age.* This detailed work of Kindle and Wil-
liams confirms the writer’s correlation in 1894 of the so-called Che-
mung of northeastern Pennsylvania with the Paracyclas lirata fauna
of the Portage of eastern New York; which later he demonstrated
belonged in the Ithaca formation.: It is interesting, however, to re-
member that farther to the southwest in western Maryland the
higher Devonian faunas contain numerous specimens of Spirifer dis-
junctus associated with some of the other species which professor
Williams lists as diagnostic of the Chemung. (Cas ig JES
MONTHLY AUTHOR’S CATALOGUE
OF AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE
ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY.
LINES, E. F. (See FULLER, M. L.)
LIPPINCOTT, J. B.
Water problems of Santa Barbara, California. U.S. G.S8S., Wat.
Sup. & Irr. Pap. No. 116, pp. 99, pls. 6, 1905.
LUTHER, D. D. (See CLARKE, JOHN M.)
MARTIN, G. C.
The Petroleum fields of the Pacific Coast of Alaska. Bull. 250,
Wis: G. 5.,.Dp., 0+, pls. 7, 1905.
MARTIN, G. C.
Water resources of the Accident and Grantville quadrangles.
(Wat. Sup. & Irr. Pap., No. 110, pp. 168-170, 1905.)
MARTIN, G. C.
Water resources of the Frostburg and Flintstone quadrangles,
Maryland and West Virginia. (Wat. Sup. Irr. Pap. No. 110, pp.
171-173, 1905.)
*Tbid., pp. 10-12.
+ Ibid., pp. 11, 76, 78.
415th An. Rept. State Geologist [N. Y.], 1898, pp. 142-148 and 17th ibid.,
1900, pp. 74-81.
54 The American Geologist. June, 1905
MARTIN, G. C.
Notes on the petroleum fields of Alaska. (U. S. G. S., Bull.
259, pp. 128-138, 1905.)
MARTIN, G. C.
Bering river coal field. (U. S. G. S., Bull. 259, pp. 140-149,
1905.)
MARTIN, G. C.
Gold deposits of the Shumagin islands. U. S. G. s., Bull. 259,
pp. 100-101, 1995.)
MARTIN, G. C.
Cape Yaktag placers. (U.S. G. S., Bull. 259, pp. 88-90, 1905.)
MATSON, GEO. C.
Peridotite Dikes near Ithaca, N. Y. (Jour. Geol. vol. 13, Apr.-
May, 1905, pp. 264-276.)
McCASKEY, N. D.
Fifth Annual Report of the Mining Bureau of Manila, P. Is.,
pp. 30, maps 2, Aug., 1904.
MERRIAM, JOHN C.
A primitive ichthyosaurian limb from the middle Triassic of
Nevada. (Univ. Cal., Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 4, pp. 33-38, plate.
Feb., 1905.)
MERRILL, GEO. P.
Gold and its Associations. (Eng. Min. Jour. vol. 79, p. 992,
May 25, 1905.)
MILLER, W. G.
Limestones of Ontario. (Rep. Bur. Mines, part ii, 1904, pp. 143,
plates, 1905.)
MOFFIT, F. H.
Gold placers of Turnagain arm, Cook inlet. (U.S. G. S., Bull.
259, pp. 90-100, 1905.)
OSBORN, HERBERT (and L. B. WALTON).
Memorial of the Ohio Academy of Sciences on the death of
Prof. A. A. Wright. (Science, vol. 21, May 5, 1905.)
OWEN, LUELLA A.
Evidence on the deposition of the Loess. (Am. Geol., vol. 35,
p. 291, May, 1905.)
PARK, JAMES. ;
The Formation of Veins. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p. 741, May
18, 1905.)
PARK, JAMES.
Contact Metamorphic Deposits. (Eng. Min. Journal, vol. 79,
p. 896, May 11, 1905.)
Monthly Author’s Catalogue. 55
PARK, JAMES.
Theories of Vein Formation. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p. 993,
May 25, 1905.)
PRINDLE, L. M. (and F. L. HESS).
Rampart placer region. (U. S. G. S., Bull. 259, pp. 104-119,
1905.)
PURINGTON, C. W.
Methods and costs of gravel and glacer mining in Alaska. (U.
S. G. S., Bull. 259, pp. 32-41, 1905.)
PYNCHON, W. H. C.
Drilled wells of the Triassic area of the Connecticut valley.
(Wat. Sup. Irr. Pap., No. 110, pp. 65-94, 1905.)
RAYMOND, P. E.
Note on the names Amphion, Harpina and Platymetopus. (Am.
Jour. Sci., vol. 19, pp. 377-379, May, 1905.)
READ, THOMAS T.
Platinum and Palladium in Certain Copper Ores. (Eng. Min.
Jour., vol. 79, p. 985, May 25, 1905.)
ROWLEY, R. R.
Missouri paleontology. (Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 301, May, 1905.)
RUEDEMANN, R.
Structure of some primitive cephalopods. (Rep. N. Y. State
paleontologist, 1908, pp. 296-343, 1905.)
RUSSELL, I. C.
Preliminary report on the geology and water resources of
central Oregon. Bull. U. S. G. S., No. 252, pp. 138, pls. 24, 1905.
SHIMEK, B.
Additional Note on Helicina Occulta. (Jour. Geol. vol. 13, pp.
232-238, Apr.-May, 1905.)
SHIMER, H. W.
Upper Siluric and Devonic fauna of Trilobite mountain. (Rep.
N. Y. State paleontologist, 1903, pp. 173-270, 1905.)
SPENCER, A. C.
The Treadwell ore deposits. (U. S. G. S., Bull. 259, pp. 69-87,
1905.) ;
SPENCER, J. W.
Physiographie improbability of land at the North Pole. (Am.
Jour. Sci., vol. 19, pp. 333-341, May, 1905.)
SPENCER, J. W.
Bibliography of submarine valleys off North America. (Am.
Jour. Sci., vol. 19, pp. 341-348, May, 1905.)
56 The American Geologist. July, 1906
STEVENSON, J. J.
The Jurassic coal of Spitzbergen. (Anals, N. Y. Acad. Sci.,
vol. 16, part 1, pp. 82-95, Feb., 1905.)
STONE, R. W.
Water resources of the Elder’s ridge quadrangle, Pennsyl-
vania. (Wat. Sup. Irr. Pap., No. 110, pp. 164-166, 1905.)
STONE, R. W.
Water resources of the Waynesburg quadrangle. (Wat. Sup.
Irr. Pap., No. 110, pp. 166-168, 1905.)
STONE, R. W.
“ Coal resources of southwestern Alaska. (U.S. G. S., Bull. 259
pp. 151-171, 1905.)
STOSE, GEO. W.
Water resources of the Chambersburg and Mercersburg quad-
rangles, Pennsylvania. (Wat. Sup. Irr. Pap., No. 110, 156-158, 1905.)
STRONG, A. M. (See ARNOLD, RALPH).
TARR, R. S.
Water resources o. the Watkins Glen quadrangle. (Wat. Sup.
Irr. Pap., No. 110, pp. 134-140, 1905.)
WAVEOR, Fano.
Water resources of the Taconic quadrangle, New York, Massa-
chusetts and Vermont. (Wat. Sur fTrr. Pap., No. 110, pp. 130-133,
1995.)
ULRICH, E. O. (See GEO. I. ADAMS).
UPHAM, WARREN.
Fjords and Hanging Valleys. (Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 312,
May, 1905.3
VEATCH, A.C. (See FUELER, ma =;
VOGDES, A. W.
“Address on books relating to geology, minera! resources of
California.’ (San Diego Acad. Nat. Sciences, vol. 1, No. 1, pp.
9-23, 1905.) ;
WALTON, L. G. (See OSBORN, HERBERT).
WARWICK, A. W.
The Leadville District. (Min. Marg, vel. 11, pp. 430-439, May,
1905.)
WELLER, STUART.
A Fossil Starfish from the Cretaceous of Wyoming. (Jour.
Geol. vol. 13, pp. 257-259, Apr.-May, 1905.)
WEST, HE:
Tin in California. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p. 852, May 4,
1905.)
Correspondence. 57
WHITNEY, F. L.
The new artesian water supply at Ithaca, New York. (Wat.
Sup. Irr. Pap., No. 110, pp. 55-64, 1905.)
WILLCOX, 0. W.
The so-called Alkali Spots of the Younger Drift-sheets. (Jour.
Geol., vol. 35, p. 266, May, 1905.)
WINCHELL, N. H.
Deep wells as a source of water supply for Minneapolis. (Am.
Geol., vol. 35, p. 266, May, 7905.)
WOODBRIDGE, DWIGHT E.
The Mesabi Iron Ore Range, xi. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p.
892, May 11, 1905.)
WOODMAN, J. E.
Distribution of Bedded Leads in relation to mining policy.
(Proc. & Trans. N. S. Inst. Science, vol. 11, pp. 163-178, Mar., 1905.)
WOODMAN, J. E.
Geology of Moose River gold district, Halifax County, Nova
Scotia. (Proc. Trans. N. S. Inst. Sci., vol. 11, pp. 18-82, 1904.)
WRIGHT F. E. (and C. W. WRIGHT).
Economical developments in southeastern Alaska. (Bull. U. S.
G. S., No. 259, pp. 47-68.)
WRIGHT, C. W. (See WRIGHT, F. E.)
CORRESPONDENCE.
ESTIMATION OF THE SILICA IN THE BEDFORD LIMZSTONE —The
specimen used in this work was obtained from a quarry near Bed-
ford, Indiana, and it is known locally as the Bedford limestone. It
is a light-colored rock, fine grained in texture, and is widely used
and favorably regarded as a building material.
The amount of residue insoluble in hydrochloric acid which
proved to be mainly silica was determined by three different meth-
ods as follows:
Method 1.
A grain -of the fine powder was placed in a small beaker covered
with a watch glass. Dilute hydrochloric acid was added and the
contents of the beaker gently heated to boiling. After standing
a short time, the undissolved portion was filtered off and the
weight determined.
Method 2.
A grain of the powder was placed in a porcelain evaporaing
58 The American Geologist. ye
dish, and while covered with a watch glass, dilute hydrochloric
acid was added. It was left on the water bath until effervescence
ceased, the accumulations on the watch glass were rinsed off, and
the evaporation continued until crystals began to appear. Then
as the evaporation went forward, the substance was stirred with a
glass rod until a fine dry powder resulted. This was moistened
with concentrated hydrochloric acid and left on the water bath for
a few moments. Dilute hydrochloric acid and water were added and
after sanding a short time, the insoluble residue was filtered off,
dried in the air bath, and its weight determined. The insoluble
residue was obtained three different times by each of the two
methods, varying the weight of the original amount taken. The
results were as follows:
Method 1.
(a) With sone: eram "substances: cea 0.54 per cent.
(b) “three grams el Sees a. Aes Oo erdic. ORO a
(c) “ten f SEAN chats arererene terete OF DEE ae
Method 2.
(a) With tone seramieswostancer. acc. cla 0.65 per cent.
(b) “three grams Sue atonal ears ke nals OSD. = sf
(c) “ten * feet iS ouaisra wanes ORS5 ess =
To determine further the nature of the residue, whether it was
all silica, or wholly or partly a silicate, it was treated in the
platinum crucible with a few drops dilute sulphuric acid, and the
crucible was nearly filled with a dilute solution of hydrofluoric acid.
It was evaporated on the water bath and the excess of sulphuric
acid. removed with the free flame.
Residue in Crucible obtained by method 1:
(a)) (One V2ramesubstancerrs ceric ckereateeseae 0.13 per cent.
(b) Three “ Se Se poe EAE OE ae (lee &
(ce) Ten on AP ALSOP AMR aire note T ae Onda sf
Residue in Crucible obtained -by method 2:
(aye Oneseram substance acc mess ora sieienaeo) rele 0.13 per cent.
(b) Three “ EE ATA ta wisaine Atte satis WASHOE Nee Mace (Deals we
(c) Ten - SE nh Ee Setainitn crops seetacaatee hee OR aa o
A blank test was made using sulphuric and hydrofluoric acid
in the crucible and evaporating to dryness. No residue was ob-
tained.
The residue in the crucible was determined and found to be
Muminum) and iron sulphatesan-:. ccs sek see aoe 0.08 %
Calcium sulphate: sa anoet coerce 0.058 %
Masnesiumissulphate: lyse ciecrcmke sinners wees Siaebavewnaede 0.00
0.138%
Method 3. To compare the insoluble residue obtained by
fusion with alkaline carbonate with the amount obtained by the
foregoing methods.
A gram of the fine rock powder was thoroughly mixed in the
Correspondence. 59
platinum crucible with seven grams of anhydrous sodium carbonate.
The sodium carbonate used was a good quality of Merck’s manu-
facture. It was further purified by dissolving a quantity in water
and filtering. This after fractional crystallization seemed to be
entirely free from silica. The covered crucible was heated for
fifteen minutes with a Bunsen flame, then with a blast lamp to
complete fusion. The cooled mass was transferred to a porcelain.
evaporating dish and dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid. Evap-
oration was continued on the water bath until crystals began to
appear. It was then stirred with a glass rod until a fine dry
powder was obtained. It was treated with hydrochloric acid as in
method 2 before described. The insoluble residue obtained by this.
method amounted to 0.53%. This treated with sulphuric and hydro-
fluoric acids left a residue of 0.16%. The results are fairly con-
cordant with those obtained by methods 1 and 2, but on account
of the difficulty of getting pure sodium carbonate, and the length
of time and the labor necessary to obtain fhe result, this process
is not to be commended with rocks of this character. Indeed
method 1 is greatly to be preferred, whenever circumstances per-
mit, on account of its simplicity, and the shortness of time required.
During the course of this work our attention was called to the
estimation of silica as outlined by Treadwell* in his excellent
treatise on quantitative analysis. After removing the insoluble
residue according to method 2, it is stated that “as much as 5 per
cent of the total amount (of silica) may remain in the filtrate. In
order to remove this the filtrate from the first precipitate is once
more evaporated to dryness on the water bath and kept on the
hot water bath for one or two hours or more.” It is then filtered
after treatment with hydrochloric acid and water in the usual
manner.
Several determinations were made in which the suggestions of
Treadwell were strictly carried out. One gram, five grams and ten
grams of substance were used. In no case was even a trace of
residue obtained by the second treatment. The experiment was
varied by using a specimen of argillaceous limestone that contained
18 per cent of silica. A second portion of residue could not be
obtained from this specimen. :
A complete analysis of the Bedford limestone resulted as fol-
lows:
(Oe (SOAS ARTA oie Es hs EES he ee ee 93.55%
IIS “(CONS Soe ee ce wea ear A ae Ean Oe EE Sp et ee Rey ea 5.42%
SIO oe RAC hhis Gaaks Da wea mae 0.55%
LENEEE COE! Pec (7) Gat OEE Bf ie A er 0.50%
100.02%
The condition of the iron was tested by placing three grams
of the powdered rock in a flask of 12 ¢ ¢ capacity, fitted with a bulb
* Treadwell-Hall’s Quantitative analysis, page 384.
60 The American Geologist. July, 1905
tube and Bunsen valve. The material was dissolved in a small
‘quantity of dilute hydrochloric acid. A few drops of the solutign
quickly withdrawn and placed on a porcelain tile in contact with
a solution of potassium ferricyanide showed a slight tinge of blue.
A few drops of a solution of potassium sulpho cyanate were then
quickly introduced into the flask when a red color was produced.
The portion of the iron soluble in hydrochloric acid is therefore of
both the ferrous and ferric forms. No attempt was made to de-
termine each quantitatively on account of the small amount.
The writer acknowledges his indebtedness to Alys Boies Carson
for making the experiments of this investigation.
NICHOLAS KNIGHT.
‘Chemical Laboratory, Cornell College,
July 4, 1905,
PERSONAL AND SCIENTIFIC NEWS.
Pror. W. W. Mirus has been appointed state geologist
of Michigan to succeed Prof. A. C. Lane.
Dr. O. C. Farrineton has recently returned, froma long
trip, to the Field Columbian Museum.
Mr. WH. Haryey of Eveleth, Minnesota has been ap-
pointed inspector of mines, with headquarters at Eveleth.
Dr Joun M. Crarke. Director of Science and State Geol-
ogist of New York, as well as one of the editors of this
journal, has been seriously ill with appendicitis.
Mr. Grorcr F. Lams, a graduate of Ohio university
and later a graduate student in geology at Ohio State uni-
versity, has been elected professor of Biology and Geology
in Mount Union college at Alliance, Ohio.
Ture “Mintinc Worip” of Chicago has recently been
purchased by a new stock company. The editorial staff
‘has been strengthened and enlarged, under the direction of
Meo. t.. «Daye
Pror. J. Votnry Lewis of Rutger’s college will devote
the summer to a special investigation of the petrography
of the Newark (Triassic) traps of New Jersey and their
associated copper ores for the state geological survey.
Dr. M. W. Twircneir, a graduate of Columbian univer-
sity, Washington, D. C., and of Johns Hopkins university,
Baltimore, Md., has been elected to fill the chair of geology
in South Carolina college at Columbia, S. C.
Mr. Ernest C. Brown, publisher of “Progressive Age,”
is preparing to publish a complete list of the engineers of
Personal and Scientific News. OF
America. He has listed already over two thousand and
desires information concerning five or six thousand others.
WaRREN UPHAM contributes a paper of eighteen pages,
entitled “Geological History of the Great Lakes and Niag-
ara Falls,” to the July number of The International Quar-
terly.
ee T. Day of the U. S. Geological Survey has re-
cently made a visit to the Yellowstone Park. He is now
in charge of the concentration of black sands carried on by
the survey at the Portland exposition, where he also- holds
the position of honorary chief of the mines department.
. Mr G. K. Gizerr has given to the Department of Geol.
ogy of Denison university upwards of 1,000 volumes of lit-
erature, consisting of U. S. G. S. reports, state reports, re-
prints, proceedings, and other valuable books. This gift is
especially appreciated after having lost their library in the
burning of their Science Hall.
Tue Posirton oF THE LATE ALBERT A. Wrieut of Oberlin
college has been filled by the election of Maynard M. Met-
calf, professor of Biology in the Woman’s college of Balti-
more, as professor of Zodlogy and Mr. E. B. Branson of
Kansas university as instructor in Geology. Dr. Metcalf
was granted a two years’ leave of absence and the work for
the ensuing year will be conducted by Dr. Lynds jones,
associate professor of Zoology and Mr. Branson.
Tue Ser or Cuarrs illustrating the origin of certain
metallic ores, prepared by C. R. Van Hise, C. K. Leith and
W.N. Smith and exhibited at the St. Louis Exposition, has
been reproduced in Vandyke prints for limited distribution,
in response to requests for copies. The prints are four in
number, iron, copper, gold and silver, and lead and zinc,
each about 24 by 50 inches. A charge of 75c each is made
to cover cost. Orders may be sent to C. K. Leith, Madison,
Wis.
Pror C. H. Hircucock, of Dartmouth college, will
spend the months of July and August in the Hawaiian Isl-
ands, to visit again their principal volcanoes, all of which
he has ascended during his numerous former explorations
of these islands. His observations this summer are for re-
vision and completion of a treatise on volcanoes, and espec-
ially on their very exceptional characters in the Hawaiian
group.
Dr. Grorce D. Husparp, instructor in geology and
physical geography in Cornell university has been elected
assistant professor of Geology in Ohio State university.
The other members of the Geological department are
Charles S. Prosser, professor of Geology and John A. Bow-
nocker, professor of Inorganic Geology. In recent years
62 The American Geologist. July; 208
the department has grown very rapidly and during the last
four years the number of students has nearly trebled. Dur-
ing the present summer session the instruction in geology
is given by Dr. Aug. F. Foerste of Dayton.
‘(Ip WAS STATED IN THE ISSUE OF SCIENCE for April 21, that
the New Mexico legislature had appropriated $6,000 for a
state geological survey, to be spent under the direction of
the New Mexico school of mines at Socorro. We are in-
formed that the only reference to such a survey occurs in
the general appropriation bill and is as follows: ‘For pub-
lication U. S. Geological Survey reports, to be expended
under the direction of the Socorro School of Mines, or so
much thereof as may be necessary, $2,500.’ ” —Sczence,
A similar misstatement was published in the GroLoaIsT
for April (p. 262):
Tar DeLavepD Annuat Report of the Geological Survey
of Michigan for 1903 is out. It consists of 342 pages and
contains report of the state geologist and included papers.
Among the noteworthy articles are those on the soils and
vegetation of Roscommon and Crawford counties by B. E.
Livingston, and notes on the waters both of the Upper and
Lower Penimsulas: There are articles onthe theory ot
copper deposition and the Keewenawan lodes. The report
is sent gratis on payment of forwarding charges (13 cents)
to teachers for professional use, editors for review and to
libraries according to the rules of the Board whose office is
at Lansing, Michigan.
Tue Late Leaisvarure oF Inuimors established astate geo-
logical survey, putting it under the immediate direction of
the trustees of the state university, located at Champaign,
but with an advisory board consisting of the governor, the
president of the university and one other to ‘be appointed
by the governor. The annual appropriation is twenty-five
thousand dellars.
In addition to the above the university is to have a
school of ceramics, supported by an appropriation of five
thousand dollars per year. This, however, will have no
connection with the survey except such as common inter-
est dictates. —Rolle.
Congress oF APPLIED GEOLOGY. An international con-
gress of applied geology was called to meet at Liege from
25 June to rt July, 1905. It took place in connection with
the Universal Exposition of Liege, and of the International
Congress of mines, metallurgy, mechanics and applied geol-
ogy, of the last of which it seems to be an offspring. The
president and the secretary of the Committee of organiza-
tion are respectively Max Lohest and René D’ Andri-
mont, both of Liege. Amongst the organizing members
Personal and Scientific News. 63
are named the following: Ch. Barrois, P. F. Chalon, De
Launay, H. Domage, E. Dubois, J. Gosselet, H. Hofer, K.
Mennack. F. Laur, H. Louis, M. Lugeon, H. Potonié,
Schulz-Briesen, F. Villain and numerous Belgian geologists.
THE Screntiric Wortp will be specially interested to
learn that Dr. G. F. Wright, is about to make an expedition
_to southern Russia and the north end of the Red sea, to com-
plete the investigations begun by him in 1900 and 1901, the
object of which was to determine the physiographic changes
which have taken place in comparatively recent times in
the regions earliest occupied by man, and to ascertain the
influence these have had upon the history of the human
face:
This expedition is made possible by a special fund pre-
sented him as president of the Records of the Past Explora-
tion Society for this particular work. Full reports of his
investigations will appear in Records of the Past during the
autumn and winter.
During his trip he will receive mail, in care of the
American Consulate, at the following points:—Aug. 12,
York, England; Aug. 25, Copenhagen, Denmark; Sept. 8,
Moscow, Russia; Sept. 15, Vladikavkaz, Russia; Sept. 25,
Sevastopol, Russia; Oct. 5, Constantinople, Turkey in
Bucope: Oct 15, Beirut, Syria; Oct. 25, Jerusalem, Pales-
tine; Noy. 5, Cairo, Egypt; Nov. 13, Athens, Greece; Nov.
Zenaples. Italy; Dec; 1, Rome, Italy; Dec. . 20, .Paris,
France; Jan. 1, London, England.
Butietin No. 60, oF roe Bureat or Forestry being
a “Report on an Examination of a Forest Tract in Western
North Carolina,” by Franklin W. Reed, will soon be ready
for distribution.
This report contains a comprehensive and detailed
description of the forest on about 16,000 acres in the moun-
tains of western North Carolina, which is to be lumbered
so that its value as a summer resort shall not be impaired.
This tract is typical of many others in the southern moun-
tains, where undeveloped resources afford an opportunity
for the practice of forestry or conservative lumbering. The
conditions described in this bulletin furnish a concrete ex-
ample of what such land will yield when placed in the care
of a forester, who will look after its landscape features while
cutting the merchantable timber. Tables of growth and
yield are provided, logging and pleasure roads located, and
a system of fire protection outlined.
The bulletin is illustrated with a topographic map and
six plates. Application for this bulletin should be made to
The Forester, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washing-
tomy D.C.
64 The American Geologist. July, 1905
Tur TECHNOLEXICON oF THE SocreTy oF GERMAN En-
GINEERS (short report on the state of work June, 1905). In
the compilation of this universal technical dictionary for
translation purposes (in the languages English, German,
and French), that was commenced in 1901, about 2000 firms
and individual collaborators at home and abroad are assist-
ing at present.
Up to now 2,700,000 word-cards have been collected.
To these will be added the hundred thousands of cards that
will result from the working-out of the original contribu-
tions not yet taken in hand. The contributions have been
called in since Easter, 1904, and most of them have already
come in (up to June, 1905: 1480).
The editor-in-chief will be pleased to give any further
information wanted. Address: Technolexicon, Dr. Hubert
Jansen, Berlin (NW. 7), Dorotheenstrasse 49.
A SpeciAL SUMMER MEETING OF THE AMERICAN ANTHRO-
POLOGICAL ASSOCIATION will be held in San Francisco, Cali-
fornia, on August 29, 30 and 31. After the meeting there
will be an excursion to Portland, Oregon, to visit the Lewis
& Clark Exposition. Here an informal meeting will be
held at which addresses will be made.
The meeting in San Francisco will be held under the
auspices of a local committee. This committee will arrange
for excursions and entertainments. The headquarters of
the Association will be the Department of Anthropology
of the university of California at the Affiliated Colleges, San
Francisco.
Since special rates are being given by the transconti-
nental railroads to Portland via San Francisco, it is an ex-
ceptional opportunity for ethnologists and archeologists to
visit the Pacific coast.
Members intending to be present will please notify the
secretary of the local committee, Dr. A. L. Kroeber, Affili-
ated Colleges, San Francisco. Dr. Kroeber will arrange for
hotel accommodation and will furnish information relative
to the meeting.
The amendments to the constitution proposed at the
Philadelphia meeting (see Amer. Anthropologist, 1905, p
176) and at the council meeting of April 15, 1905, bavi
been approved by the council, will be presented at San Fran-
cisco for adoption.
Mr. George Grant MacCurdy, 237 Church street, New
Haven, Conn., secretary of the Association, will give infor-
mation as to special railroad rates. Titles of papers should
be sent to him at an early date.
BIN HER (Al -
THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST,
Vou. XXXVI, PLATE IIT
The portrait of Prof. Wright, Vol. XXXVI, Plate If, was badly printed.
please substitute this
The binder will
il a LIBRARY - : | te
Se aoe ey,
UNIVERSITY of ILLINOIS
THE
AMERICAN GEOLOGIST.
VOL. XXXVI, AUGUST, 1905. No 2.
oe
ALBERT ALLEN WRIGHT.
By Pror. G. F. WriGgHT, Oberlin, Ohio.
PORTRAIT—PLATEH III.
On the afternoon of Saturday, April 1, 1905, professor
Albert Allen Wright was about his usual duties, but upon
going to his study upon his wheel was suddenly seized with
spasms of pain which, after continuing for twenty-four
hours, ended in his death, upon Sunday afternoon. For
some years professor Wright had suffered more or less from
ill health, for which physicians found it difficult to account.
A year of rest upon the Pacific coast in 1900 failed to bring
the expected relief, but partial relief was found in a severe
course of dieting. The mystery, however, was solved by a
post-mortem examination, which showed that, as a result of
an illness many years before, there was an adhesion between
the stomach, liver, and gall bladder, which suddenly gave
way, producing acute peritonitis. Thus closed the earthly
career of a most accomplished geologist and naturalist, a
broad-minded student of science in general, a successful
teacher, an efficient man of practical affairs, and a devout
Christian of such delightful personality that he won the
regard of every one who came in contact with him,
As so many persons have supposed that professor
Wright and I were brothers, it is well to say, at the outset,
that we were not, and that our relationship, if any, was so
distant that it has not been traced. But twenty-five years
of close association with him in college work and much
longer general acquaintance had drawn me to him as to a
brother, while his judgment in scientific affairs was so
sound and unerring that I felt impelled to seek it at every
stage of my own work.
66 The American Geologist. Avenst a0
Professor Wright was born in Oberlin, Ohio, April 27,
1846, being a son of William Wheeler and Susan Allen
Wright, connected, on his father’s side, with the family of
Orville Wright, and on his mother’s with the late professor
Frederick Allen of Harvard university. He graduated from
Oberlin college in 1865, having served for three months in
Company K of the 150th Regiment of the Ohio National
Guard, which was called for the defense of Washington in
1864. For two years he taught in the Cleveland institute,
when he returned to Oberlin, and, like so many other dis-
tinguished geologists, among whom are to be numbered pro-
fessors J. P. Lesley and Edward Orton, pursued a course
of theological studies, two years of which were taken in
Union theological seminary, New York City, and the final
year in Oberlin seminary, from which he graduated in 1870.
For the following two years he filled the chair of mathe-
matics and natural science in Berea college, Kentucky, after
which he entered the School of Mines of Columbia college,
from which he graduated in 1875. In later years his educa-
tion was continued in a more general way by numerous
extended expeditions into Canada, the Rocky mountains,
Florida, and other portions of the Atlantic coast, while the
year 1884-85 he spent in traveling in Europe.
On September 21, 1874, he was married to Mary Lyon
Bedortha, of Saratoga Springs, N. Y., from which union
there is left a daughter, Helen M.; and August 18, 1891, to
Mary P. B. Hill, of Flemington, N. J., who with a son sur-
vives him.
In 1874 he was called to the chair of geology and natu-
ral histery in Oberlin college, a position which he filled with
complete satisfaction to all for thirty years, to the time of
his sudden death. He signalized his connection with Ober-
lin college by establishing and fostering the laboratory sys-
tem of study by students in all scientific departments, so
that his pupils have shown remarkable facility in their post-
graduate studies and in finding entrance to the higher
spheres of scientific investigation. |
But he accomplished a large amount of work outside of
his classroom, as will be seen by the appended list of publi-
cations. In 1874 he was engaged upon the second geolo-
Albert Allen Wright— Wright. 67
gical survey of Ohio to make a report upon the lake ridges:
of Lorain county. The published results of his work remain
the standard source of information concerning that locality.
In 1884 he was employed to make the report upon the coal-
seams of Holmes county, and in 1893 he was asked to make,
for the current volume of the Survey, a report on “The Ven-
tral Armor of Dinichthys,” based upon the unique specimens
from Lorain county preserved in the Oberlin college
museum, in which he demonstrated that what are described
by Dr. Newberry as jugulars are really the “companions of
his anterior ventrals.”
Among the most commendable aspects of professor
Wright’s scientific work are those which come to light in
connection with his practical interest in the affairs of the
town and state. Such confidence did his fellow-citizens
have in both his attainments and his character that as soon
as they contemplated the inauguration of a sewer system and
waterworks he was chosen by universal consent to be the
leader in formulating plans. After an untold amount of ex-
amination of the local conditions, and of study of the subject
from every point of view, he presented plans which were ac-
cepted, and which, executed under his direction, have secured
to Oberlin the model equipment of the state, to which the
State Board. of Health is constantly referring committees
from other localities. All this was accomplished at a mini-
mum of expense to the town. It is also through professor
Wright’s influence chiefly that the legislature of the State
was persuaded to co-operate with the United States geolo-
gical survey inaugurating a topographical survey of Ohio.
His papers, presented to the committees of three different
legislatures, and others published broadcast throughout the
state, are models both in the statement of the scientific re-
sults to be published and of the practical ends to be secured,
in order to justify the large appropriations made.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Lake ridges of Lorain County, Ohio. Geol. Sury. Ohio, Report, vol.
II, pp. 207-210. Columbus, 1874.
The coal seams of the lower coal measures of Ohio (continued).
The coal mines of Holmes county. Geol. Surv. Ohio, Report,
vol. V, Economic Geology, pp. 816-842. Columbus, 1884.
68 The American Geologist. GEE ee
Preliminary list of the flowering and fern plants of Lorain County,
Ohio. Oberlin, Goodrich, 1889. 30 p. O.
Extra-morainic drift in New Jersey. Am. Geologist, vol. X, pp. 207-
216. 1892.
Additions to the preliminary list of the flowering and fern plants of |
Lerain County, Ohio. Oberlin, 1898. 11 p.0O. (Oberlin College
Dept. Laboratory bulletins, No. 1, supplement.)
Nikitin on the quaternary deposits of Russia and their relations to
prehistoric man. Am. Journal of Science, vol. XLV, pp. 459-
468. 1893.
Older drift in the Delaware Valley. Am. Geologist, vol. XI, pp. 184-
186. 1893.
On the ventral armor of Dinichthys. Ohio Geol. Surv., vol. VII, pp.
620-626. 1893.
Ventral armor of Dinichthys. n. p. n. d. Am. Geologist, vol. XIV,
pp. 313-320, pl. IX, figs. 1-2. 1894.
Limits of the glaciated area in New Jersey. Geological Society of
Am., Bulletin, vol. V, pp. 7-13. 1894.
Address upon a topographic survey of Ohio. n. p. 1896. 11 p. D.
Ohio boulders containing huronite. Ohio State Academy of Science,
5th An. Rep. 1897.
Summaries in Systematic Zoology. Oberlin 1897. 35 p. O.
Trans. from Hertwig, Richard. Lehrbuch der Zoologie. (Ober-
lin—College Dept. Laboratory bulletins, No. 5.)
With W. G. Tight, and others. A topographic survey of Ohio. n.
Dp. 219035 a4 eps:
Laboratory directions for the study of Amphioxus. Oberlin, Good-
rich, 1902. 25 p. O. (Oberlin—College Dept. Laboratory bulle-
tins, No. 11).
Our smallest Carnivore. Ohio Naturalist, vol. V, pp. 251-254. 1905.
A topographic Survey of Ohio. n.d.7 p.
Charles Vinal Spear. n. p. n.d. 55 p. Por. Il. O.
Classification of the animal kingdom. n. p. n. d. 35 p. O. Trans.
from Hertwig, Richard. Lehrbuch der Zoologie. :
Concerning a topographical survey. n. p. n. d. 4 p.
Early embryological stages of amphioxus. n. p. n. d. 4 p.
General Zoology. n. p. n.d. 4 p.
Herbarium-making. n. p. n.d. 7 p. O.
Optical properties of rock-making minerals n. p. n. d. 8 p.
Rocks. on. ds ip:
Students’ collection of fossils. n. p. n. d. 4 p.
The dissection of molgula. n. d. 7 p.
Relations of the Igneous Rocks—Crosby. 69
GENETIC AND STRUCTURAL RELATIONS OF THE IGNEOUS
ROCKS OF THE LOWER NEPONSET VALLEY,
MASSACHUSETTS. [Il.]
By- W. O. Crossy, Boston, Mass.
PRE-CARBONIFEROUS INTRUSIVES.
The earlier or pre-Carboniferous intrusive rocks of the
batholite include the following types: granite porphyry,
quartz porpryry, felsite and acid andesite. The first three
are acid and agree closely in composition, as stated above,
with the sedentary types of the batholite, so that they may
fairly be regarded as later extravasations from the deeper
parts of the same great body of magma. The fourth type,
on the other hand, is of distinctly sub-acid or neutral com-
position, as a partial analysis accompanying Dr. Bascom’s
description clearly shows. Furthermore, the dikes of this
relatively basic type are, according to the rather meagre
but quite satisfactory evidence, older than all of the acid
intrusives, suggesting eruption from a source below the
normal granite and hence during a time (possibly of mark-
ed elevation and erosion) when the batholite proper was
congealed throughout its entire thickness.
The acid intrusions, on the contrary, including both
dikes and necks, may, in the main at least, as previously
indicated, be correlated with the subsidence ushering in the
sedimentation of Carboniferous times and accompanied by
a rise of the isogeotherms sufficiently marked to reliquefy
a portion of the ancient acid magma. This correlation is
confirmed by the close agreement in composition of the
acid intrusions and the normal granite,—for the unquestion-
able connection of the acid intrusives (both dikes and
necks) with the acid effusives or lavas, which rest uncon-
formably upon the deeply denuded surface of the batholite,
shows that in origin the intrusions are separated from the
sedentary zones of the batholite by a vast time interval
during which the magma must have been mainly solid to
have escaped marked chemical differentiation.
Acid Andesite Dikes—This is a rock of distinctly neu-
tral composition, anlyses showing from 60 to 62.8 per cent.
of silica; and Dr. Bascom’s observations indicate a horn-
blende-bearing biotite andesite. A single dike only has
70 The American Geologist SurCs oes
been studied in detail; but it is known to represent a more
or less extensive Series, the acid andesite not having been
distinguished heretofore from basic andesite and green-
stone diabase. This dike.begins in the fine granite on
Heron street near Washington street and, with a normal
breadth of 20 to 25 feet, has been traced northwesterly,
parallel with Cottage avenue, into the normal granite and
for o total distance of nearly half a mile. . It is clearly cut
by typical dikes of quartz porphyry and felsite; and the acid
andesite occurs as angular inclusions in a great dike of
granite porphyry. These relations give it at once a unique
position among the basic intrusives of this area and, so far
as known, of the Boston basin, by definitely fixing it, chron-
ologically, between the batholite and all of the acid intru-
sives. Comparison is suggested at once with the more
basic, pre-granitic dikes (diabase) in the Cambrian slates
of the Blue Hills.* The latter are the only basic dikes
in the Boston basin known to be older than the granitic
series of the Complex; and the West Roxbury dike just de-
scribed is the first relatively basic dike in the Boston basin
known to be intermediate in age between the sedentary
. zones and the acid intrusions of the complex.
Granite Porphyry and Quarts. Porphyry Dikes,—In
this instance, also, the detailed study has been limited to
what is, virtually, one large and complex example ;-but ‘the
general conclusions thus reached are definitely known, te
be applicable to ‘an extensive series of dikes.. -The.fine
granite of Bearberry hill in the northeast part of the Stony
Brook reservation is traversed in a general northwest-south-
east direction by a vertical dike of quartz porphyry 100 feet
wide. The greenish gray, aphanitic groundmass of the
porphyry is crowded with conspicuous phenocrysts of feld-
spar up to one-half, and even three-fourths, of an inch in
length, while the more scattering, rounded blebs of quartz
are commonly one-fourth to one-half inch in diameter. Al-
together it is a striking rock and one readily recognized and
traced. The quartz porphyry is densely felsitic near the
contacts, which are firmly welded, irregular in detail, and
further characterized by occasional inclusioris of the fine
* @Occas, Paners, BY So. IN. Hed is sk:
Relations of the Igneous Rocks---Crosby. 71
granite in the quartz porphyry and minor apophyses of the
latter in the former.
On this hill, also, the quartz porphyry dike is cut by a
four-foot dike of compact and purple felsite, and gives off
an oblique branch 20 feet wide, traceable for a thousand
feet, and cut by another felsite dike 10 to 15 feet wide.
The phenocrysts of the branch dike are relatively small
and inconspicuous, and comparable in size with those of
the contact zone; while this contrast between the main
dike and its branch proves that in neither case can the
phenocrysts be regarded as antedating the intrusion of the
magma. On the other hand, the lithologic resemblance
of the branch dike to the quartz porphyry phase of the con-
tact zone must be regarded as a mere coincidence, since we
have to do in the one case with the earlier phase of the bath-
olite, and in the other with relatively late intrusions cutting,
as we shall see, all of the sedentary zones of the batholite
from the normal granite to the quartz porphyry.
Southeastward, the main dike is traceable across the
reservation boundary and nearly to the Boston-Hyde park
line, where it is seen to cut the quartz porphyry of the
contact zone and the enclosed masses of Cambrian slate.
In the opposite direction from Bearberry hill, across the
drift-floored valley of Turtle pond and beyond Washington
street, in the large Cottage avenue quarry in normal gran-
ite, capped by fine granite, and exactly where the great dike
of quartz porphyry might be expected to reappear, we find
instead, and with the same trend, a dike of profusely por-.
phyritic granite porphyry, 30 to 50 feet wide. With
aphanitic and firmly welded margins, it cuts, clearly and
unmistakably, both the normal and the fine granite; and’
it is, in turn, cut squarely across by a small dike (2 to 4
feet) of felsite in which the fluxion structure parallel with
the irregular walls is beautifully developed. Apparently,
there is no reason to doubt that this intrusive granite por-
phyry which Dr. Bascom regards as essentially identical in
composition with the normal granite, is also simply a more
crystalline phase of the intrusive quartz porphyry, the two
rocks being part of one and the same continuous dike; and
facts yet to be noted abundantly confirm this conclusion?
72 The American Geologist. Atgret ae
The next outcrop of this dike, where it crosses Hieron
street, is also granite porphyry; but beyond this the quartz
porphyry phase recurs, and the dike, now 75 feet wide, is
lithologically indistinguishable from the Bearberry hill sec-
tion. From this point on, it is near to and approximately
parallel with the dike of acid andesite previously described;
and the latter is cut by minor dikes or apophyses of quartz
porphyry. The outcrops of both dikes are now interrupted
by a swamp, beyond which the dike of acid andesite con-
tinues unchanged, while the porphyry dike, now 80 feet
wide, is once more a typical granite porphyry, apparently
repeated by an oblique strike fault and, as_ previously
noted, enclosing angular fragments of the acid andesite.
Thus twice in a total distance of a little more than a mile,
the quartz porphyry gives way to granite porphyry. In
neither case, unfortunately, can the transition be fully
traced; and yet we may not reasonably doubt its reality.
This remarkable and rhythmic textural variation in the con-
tents of one and the same continuous fissure may, per-
haps, be regarded tentatively as finding its most natural
explanation in varying original depths of solidification.
That is, if we may assume a natural gradation upward in
the dike from granite porphyry to quartz porphyry, then a
moderate ainount of subsequent displacement, or even of
unequal erosion, might suffice to give the alternations of
texture which the outcrops now show. - In this connection
it may be noted that in the lowest outcrop of the main dike,
at the western base of Bearberry hill, the quartz porphyry
is well advanced in the change to granite porphyry. Itisa
fair corollary of this explanation that the granite porphyry
should be found chiefly in the normal granite, and the
quartz porphyry in the fine granite. This relation is
clearly realized in part; and would, perhaps, be more fully
realized, but for the fact that, as we suppose, the batholite
suffered strong and unequal erosion before its injection by
these acid intrusives.
Felsite Necks.—Besides its abundant occurrence in
effusive forms or surface flows, the devitrified rhyolite
(aporhyolite) or felsite has an important development in
necks and dikes, which are undoubtedly contemporaneous
Relations of the Igneous Rocks---Crosby. 73
with the acid effusives; and nowhere, apparently in the
Boston basin, are normal effusives more clearly or typically
developed. Some of the felsite dikes are large enough to be
regarded as the vents of effusive masses; and very prob-
ably several of them are deeply denuded necks. The more
typical and unequivocal necks, however, are less dike-like
in outline and far more diversified in structure, consisting
chiefly of clastic lavas—agglomerate and tuff—suggestive
of explosive eruptions toward the end of the volcanic activ-
ity and following more quiet liquid effusions. Three essen-
tially distinct vents have been more or less fully worked
out; and it is considered not improbable that others await
recognition in the felsite areas. This appears the more
likely in view of the fact that acid lavas of fluidal and auto-
clastic types, that is, lavas which were stiff enough at the
time of their effusion to develop fluxion lines, or even to be-
come brecciated by their own flow, would not spread far
from the vents through which they reached the surface.
We must recognize also the extreme probability that some
vents are still concealed by their own sluggish effusions or
by later sediments. The three vents referred to as more
or less fully identified are near the heart of the complex and
bordered either wholly or in part by the sedentary zones
of the batholite, including the normal granite, fine granite
and quartz porphyry; and evidence is not wanting that they
are, in each case, located on important displacements, one
indication of this relation being elongation in a definite
direction, the outlines being distinctly lenticular.
The West Roxbury Neck,—This neck is the most clearly
exposed in outline and in structural detail, and probably the
largest, as it is certainly the most indubitable of the series.
It occupies approximately the irregular triangular area
bounded by Grove, Center, Stimson and Washington
streets in West Roxbury, near the Dedham line.
It is elongated in a general northwest-southeast direc-
tion, the extreme dimensions being approximtaely 1200 by
3500 feet. The major axis coincides in position and trend
with the common boundary of the fine granite and the
western area of normal granite, the evidence being quite
conclusive that this line marks an important displacement.
August, 1 056
74 The American Geologist.
The sharp definition of this neck, with its continuous rim of
granite, is, of course, chiefly due to the fact that erosion
has removed the last vestige of the effusive felsite which
we must assume to have once covered its site and a wide
area of the enclosing granites.
Not to classify this sharply defined body of acid lavas
as a true neck or vent would seem to necessitate regarding
it as a depressed fault block or graben, a remnant of a once
widely extended volcanic sheet covering the granites which
has escaped erosion through the accident of displacement.
But the varied and _ prevailingly clastic character of the
lavas and the general structure of the mass are, at least,
highly suggestive of a vent, and force the conclusion that
there must be a vent somewhere in this part of the com-
plex. Although, omitting intersecting dikes of felsite, an-
desite and diabase, the neck is almost wholly composed of
effusive types of felsite; it is yet, quite independently of
the dikes, highly diversified in composition and structure—
a constantly varying complex or chaos of fragmental,
fluidal and compact or structureless lavas. The clastic
phase, ranging from the finest tuff to the coarsest breccia
or agglomerate, largely predominates and gives character
to the whole, leaving little room to doubt that the later
eruptions, at least, from this vent were in part explosive.
Although varying greatly in azimuth and inclination, and
usually much contorted, the normal attitude of the flow
structure of the felsite is parallel with the axial plane of
the neck, or, in the peripheral portions, with the proximate
wall of granite. The interest of the peripheral phenomena
culminates in the southeastern extremity of the neck, where
it is continued in the shattered zone of granite in which it
had its origin as a complex of granite and _ felsite, the
granite being cut in all directions by irregular branching
and coalescing dikes of the felsite, which is brecciated,
banded, compact or porphyritic by turns and encloses many
large and small angular fragments of the granite.
While we need not doubt that, the fragmental lavas
are, in the main, true pyroclastics, the product of explosive
eruptions, it is very probable that they are in part auto-
clastics, or breccias resulting from the continued movement
Relations of the Igneous Rocks---Crosby. 75
of the magma after it began to stiffen and solidify. The
distinction of these two types in the field must usually be
a puzzling matter, so much depending on the nature of the
matrix or ground mass; but it is assumed here that local
homogeneity of composition (not of texture) and absence
of granitic debris are characters belonging more normally
to the autoclastics. In considering the distinction and
probable relative abundance of the pyroclastic and auto-
clastic lavas, both of which are undoubtedly prominent
features of this neck, and may also be designated, respec-
tively, agglomerate and breccia, we may properly take ac-
count of the possibility that the eruptions were subaqueous,
at least in part, and note the cracking and shattering of
the lava that would follow its sudden quenching. It is
doubtful, however, if much of the breccia has the crackled
character, with accurately fitting fragments, which this
explanation would require. Nevertheless, the presence of
water is plainly suggested by the rather distinct stratifica-
tion of some of the finer tuffs, such as may be observed in
the ceritral part of the neck especially.
Attention is thus directed to one of the most interest-
ing and puzzling features of the neck. This is a very com-
pact gray, slaty-looking rock, irregular masses of which are
enclosed in the more normal or unquestionable agglomer-
ate and also in the fluidal felsites and occur only in the
western central portion of the neck, all the outcrops being
included within an area about one thousand feet long in
a north-south direction and perhaps half as wide. This
material, which may be as distinctly, evenly and finely, or
as obscurely, stratified as any slate, was at first mistaken
for an:older slate enclosed in the volcanics. But further
study of the field relations showed that it must be contem-
poraneous and essentially a tuff or consolidated ash. As
noted by Dr. Bascom, this conclusion is confirmed by both
the microscopic and the chemical analyses. The combined
alkalies are far higher than for a normal slate and agree
closely with those of the felsites. These masses range in
extent from a few inches: to many feet. They are some-
times ill-defined, cloud-like patches in the lavas; but more
commonly-they are. Sharply outlined and the contacts with
76 The, American Geologist. Annet
the felsite are unquestionably igneous, being firmly welded
and the sediment well baked for a breadth of one to several
inches. Even closely adjacent masses do not usually agree
in dip and strike; but the relations are what might be ex-
pected in the case of a bed or beds of imperfectly consoli-
dated ash disturbed by later eruptions, largely of an ex-
plosive character. The close relation of the consolidated
ash -or slaty tuff to the felsite agglomerate is clearly indi-
cated in some instances by the intercalation of visibly clas-
tic layers. Finally, we may regard the ash as the finest
product of an explosive eruption which was in some sense
subaqueous, closely followed by eruptions which were only
in part of an explosive character, yielding, besides the true
agglomerates, compact, fluidal and autoclastic felsites in-
tersecting and enclosing, alike, the agglomerate and the ash.
‘Accepting the West Roxbury neck as a true volcanic
vent, aS apparently we must, it may be assumed to have
originated in a more or less complex and branching fault
fissure; and the local widening of such a fissured zone to
the present breadth of the neck when it finally became the
locus of vulecanism would be a natural consequence of the
explosive action of which we have such ample evidence.
In other words, we need not assume that the granite was
melted away, or forced out en masse, Pelée fashion; but it
is sufficient to assume a splintering and shattering of the
granite walls under the influence of shock and heat. The
tesulting granite debris would be borne upward by the
constantly increasing volume of viscous lava made possible
by the widening of the vent, and finally discharged, largely
through the agency of violent explosions. This explana-
tion, the essence of which is a gradual crumbling and ex-
foliation, accompanied by cracking and _ rending of the
granite walls of the primordial fault fissure, accounts for the
general diffusion of granitic detritus through the clastic
lavas, as well as for larger, isolated masses of granite which
now add to the diversity of the neck.
The Hyde Park Neck.-—This large and composite neck
occupies a more central position than the West Roxbury
neck in relation to the complex; and presents some other
distinguishing features. It is, probably, best regarded, in
Relations of the lgneous Rocks---Crosby. ——-77
detail, as two necks developed on fissures, approximately
parallel with the major axis of. the West Roxbury neck;
but converging irregularly northwestward, near the Cam-
brian outliers; and the united axes might be regarded as
continued in the great dike of quartz and granite porphyry.
Where most widely separated and most distinctly developed
as necks, these fissures are clearly compensating displace-
ments bounding a depressed area approximately half a mile
wide. .
The southwestern fissure, designated the Bold Knob
neck, shows a wall of the massive quartz porphyry of the
contact zone bordered on the northeast by several hundred
feet in breadth of coarse felsite agglomerate, the felsitic
matrix of which is packed with large, angular fragments
of both felsite and quartz porphyry. Northeastward, or
away from the wall of quartz porphyry, the agglomerate
becomes rapidly finer and shades off into fluidal, spheru-
litic and other obviously effusive forms of felsite. Similar-
‘ly the northeastern fissure, known as the Grew’s Woods
neck, shows an immense mass of exceptionally coarse ag-
glomerate sharply limited on the northeast by normal gran-
ite. The agglomerate has a maximum breadth of nearly a
thousand feet, passing gradually, as before, into the effu-
sive felsites, which are continuous over the area interven-
ing between the two bodies of agglomerate. Not only has
the effusive felsite discharged by flow and explosion from
these fissures overspread the depressed area which they
bound; but from this expanding area, as from a cornucopia,
the felsite flows have spread eastward over a large part of
Hyde Park and into Dorchester and Milton. Unlike the
West Roxbury neck, and on account of the general east-
ward inclination of the geological structure of the district,
erosion has not cut deeply enough to remove entirely the
effusions of this most eastern of the recognized felsite
necks.
Felstte Stocks.—Besides the large and essentially in-’
dubitable necks of acid lava described in the preceding
pages, we must, as previously noted, recognize several more
ot less probable stocks or plugs of felsite in the sedentary
zones of the batholite. These masses, which may, perhaps,
78 The American Geologist. August, 1905
best be regarded as more deeply denuded as well as smaller
necks, are intermediate, in size at least, between the un-
doubted necks and the normal felsite dikes. They are
related to the necks in form and to the dikes in lithologic
character, lacking entirely the clastic and fluxion characters
and the general structural heterogenejty of the necks. One
difficulty in regarding them as dikes is that they do not
appear to occupy dynamic fissures, being chimney-like
tather than dike-like in form. The clearest examples are
roughly circular or elliptical plugs 200 to 300 feet in diam-
eter, isolated in, and enclosing numerous fragments of, the
normal granite. The rock, although felsitic in general as-
pect, is, perhaps, better described as a dense, non-porphy-
titic microgranite. It is essentially homogeneous and
structureless, except for an indistinct peripheral zone of
true felsite, in part fluidal.
Felsite Dzkes.—In the general view the entire area of
the complex appears to be traversed by dikes of felsite.
They are, however, especially characteristic of the seden-
tary zones of the batholite and the felsite necks, and are
observed less commonly in the effusive felsites. In spite
of the fact that they sometimes cut both the felsite necks
and flows, the dikes, as a whole, are undoubtedly best re-
garded as essentially contemporaneous with the acid vol-
canics, and we may fairly suppose that. in some instances
they have formed effective vents. We have seen that they
intersect the great dikes of quartz porphyry and granite
porphyry; but here, again, an important difference of age
is not, apparently, a necessary inference. The relation of
the felsite dikes to the necks is in some cases distinctly
radial; but a broader view shows that with few exceptions
they tend to be normal to the major axes of the felsite
necks and the fracture zones in which the necks have been
developed. The prevailing trend, therefore, is northeaster-
ly and southwesterly.
In the extension of the axial shear zone of the West
Roxbury neck, the felsite forms a plexus of irregular intru-
sions, which branch and coalesce in a quite remarkable
way; while the true dikes represent the filling of compara-
tively simple and sharply-defined transverse fissures due,
Relations of the Igneous Rocks---Crosby. 79
perhaps, to torsional stresses accompanying the shearing.
_ The felsite dikes range in size up to a hundred feet or
more; and they can be traced in some instances for a good
fraction of a mile; but the correlation of individfial outcrops
is often difficult because of marked irregularities of form
and trend. As described by Dr. Bascom, the felsite of these
dikes is mainly either densely compact or, more commonly,
inconspicuously porphyritic. In general, and as might nat-
urally be expected, the larger dikes have porphyritic centers
and nonporphyritic or compact borders; while the smaller
dikes are often nonporphyritic throughout. With few ex-
ceptions, the peripheral portions of the dikes exhibit more
or less distinct, and often very marked, fluidal structure
parallel with the walls; and the smaller dikes may be char-
acterized by the fluxion lamination through their entire
thickness. The large dikes, also, are usually dark red or
purple in the middle portion and greenish gray along the
borders ; while the small dikes are commonly gray across the
entire section. It appears probable that the normal orig-
inal color of the felsite was gray, that it was subsequently
reddened by oxidation and later bleached by deoxidation
and leaching along the borders. The greenish color of the
periphery is, however, according to Dr. Bascom’s observa-
tions, to be connected, in most cases at least, with a more
or less marked epidotization, often followed by hydration
and the development of pinite; and not infrequently a bor-
der of nearly pure, soft, green pinite has resulted.
PRE-CARBONIFEROUS EFFUSIVES.
Effusive Felsite or Normal Aporehyolite—The acid
effusions of the vents described in the preceding sections,
and, doubtless, of other vents still entirely concealed by the
effusives, probably constitute for the Neponset valley, a
more or less continuous sheet of lava chronologically and
stratigraphically intermediate between the denuded surface
of the batholite and the Carboniferous sediments and dis-
tinctly unconformable in its relations to both. The petro-
graphic and chemical characters of the effusive felsites have
been fully described by Dr. Bascom. ‘The original textural
variations are most notable, including compact, fluidal,
spherulitic, and clastic forms. Although the surface ex-
80 The American Geologist. eneuein se
posures are numerous and instructive, by far the most com-
plete section of the felsites was that afforded temporarily
during the construction of the Stony Brook-Neponset tun-
nel, nearly a mile long, of the High-level sewer. This shows
the felsites resting upon both the normal and fine granites
at points remote from the nearest surface exposures of these
rocks. The fiow structure of the felsites, originally hori-
zontal, is now everywhere highly inclined and chiefly ver-
tical, showing that the plication of the Carboniferous sedi-
ments was shared by their volcanic floor. As to the orig-
inal or normal thickness of the acid effusives of the Nepon-
set valley, we have no reliable data; but it was quite cer-
tainly to be measured by hundreds and probably not by
thousands of feet.
CARBONIFEROUS VOLCANICS.
The volcanic rocks definitely known to be contempo-
raneous with the Carboniferous conglomerate of the Nepon-
set valley include a moderately acid type—trachyte, and a
moderately basic type—andesite. The andesite largely pre-
dominates; but the trachyte is, in the main at least, the
older and may, perhaps, be regarded as in some sense a
transition type between the felsite and andesite.
A potraehyte.—As described by Dr. Bascom, this is a
coarsely and profusely porphyritic rock of highly feldspathic
composition, with albite as the predominating feldspar. Dr.
Bascom shows that the chemical analysis of this rock con-
firms its classification as a soda-trachyte in which diopside
must have been an original constituent; or, having regard
for its present altered condition, it may be more precisely
defined as a soda-apotrachyte. This rock has been recog-
nized as forming one small flow’ conformably interbedded
with the conglomerates of the Central Avenue district in
Milton, and a probable vent, in part of agglomeratic struc-
ture, on the New England railroad north of River street,
Hyde Park. The latter occurrence was. intersected and
more fully exposed by the Stony Brook-Neponset tunnel.
A poandesite-—This important volcanic is described by
Dr. Bascom as an aphanitic rock of dark purplish and
greenish tints in which the original constituents are mainly
altered to calcite, chlorite, epidote, quartz and other second-
Relations of the Igneous Rocks---Crosby. 81
ary species. The microstructure is commonly trachytic and
inconspicuously fluidal and porphyritic; and the effusive
phases are often amygdaloidal or clastic. The distinguish-
ing feature, chemically, as for the trachyte, is found in the
high percentage of soda; and the extensive mineralogic
alteration, without obliteration of original structures, makes
this, therefore, a normal soda apoandesite.
In areal extent and structural value the Carboniferous
andesite is comparable with the pre-Carboniferous felsite;
and like the felsite, it is found in the three general modes of
occurrence—necks, dikes and flows. The bedded lavas,
both acid and basic, of the Neponset valley are believed to
be exclusively contemporaneous.
The andesite dikes are very numerous; and they are
found in all parts of the complex—cutting the successive
zones of the batholite and its cover of acid lava ({felsite),
and cutting also the acid dikes of various types, including
the porphyry dikes, and the necks, stocks and dikes of fel-
site. In distribution, trend, form and size they are com-
parable with the felsite dikes; and the profusion of the basic
dikes clearly indicates a very general and extensive fissur-
ing of the subcrust during the subsidence which permitted
the deposition of the Carboniferous conglomerate.
It is not improbable that some of the andesite dikes
have formed effective vents. But of unequivocal or nor-
mal necks there are no indications in the sedentary zones
of the batholite or in the vicinity of the felsite necks; but
they are to be found farther east, in the effusive felsites,
the clearest examples occurring on either side of the Nepon-
set, in the Mattapan district of Dorchester and the Colum-
bine district of Milton. These vents are decidedly elon-
gated or fissure-like ; but they are readily distinguished from
the andesite dikes by even greater irregularity of outline
and especially by the heterogeneity of structure and the
prevalence of coarsely clastic or agglomeratic lava. The
evidence is quite as clear as for the dikes that the andesite
is younger than the effusive felsites.
The andesite flows, like the dikes, are chiefly aphanitic,
but embrace, also, amygdaloidal and scoriaceous forms; and
in the western part of the field, especially, bedded tuff and
82 The American Geologist. August, 1905
agglomerate, the product, probably, of explosive submarine
eruptions, are prominently developed. The contempora-
neous relation of the effusive andesite and the conglomerate
is especially clear for these fragmental varieties ; but hardly
less so for the regularly interbedded flows in the Central
avenue and other parts of the field. The transverse sec-
tions of individual flows are, in some instances, very in-
structive, showing a normal gradation upward from densely
aphanitic to amygdaloidal and scoriaceous forms of lava.
DIABASE DIKES.
As previously intimated, the diabase dikes of this area,
as of the Boston basin generally, are referable to two dis-
tinct series—distinct in age, trend and lithologic character.
We may properly emphasize the chronologic distinction, as
of greatest geologic significance, by designating these two
series, provisionally, the Carboniferous and the Triassic.
Evidently, the diabase dikes are not related in origin or
composition to any of the other igneous rocks of the dis-
trict ; and in size, regularity and continuity the two systems
are essentially similar and normal.
Carboniferous Diabase Dikes — The normal trend of
the numerous dikes of this series is approximately east-
west; and they rarely vary more than thirty degrees from
the normal. Although commonly approximately vertical,
they are more likety than the Triassic dikes to exhibit a dis-
tinct hade, especially in the sedimentary terranes, the mani-
fest tendency being to conform with the strike joints of the
enclosing formation. In other words, these are longitudin-
al dikes, traversing a series of unsymmetric folds, and sym-
pathizing in attitude with the tension planes of the flexures,
having been developed during a period of folding and strike
or thrust faulting. In the dikes of this series transverse
columnar jointing is rarely distinctly developed. Litho-
logically they are rather fine-grained greenstones, the orig-
inal cr normal constituents having suffered extensive chlo-
ritization and eptdotization, in consequence of which the
diabase is somewhat immune to kaolinization and to be
reckoned among the more resistant rocks of the region.
Triassic Diahase Dikes—The rather infrequent dikes
of this series adhere very closely to a north-south trend and
Stratigraphy of Kansas Permian---Beede and Sellards. 83
vertical attitude, a hade of even a few degrees being very
unusual. Their relation to the general geological structure
of the region is distinctly transverse; and, evidently, they.
date from a period of gravity faulting without folding, such
as the Triassic is known to have been. Transverse colum-
nar jointing is commonly well developed; the greenstone
alteration is wanting; and the rock yields readily to kaolin-
ization, the tendency to pass by spheroidal weathering to a
rusty brown earth being a marked feature of this diabase.
STRATIGRAPHY OF THE EASTERN OUTCROP OF THE KAN-
SAS PERMIAN.*
By J. W. BEEDE and E. H. SELLARDs.
PLATES IV--V.
According to Prosser* and Frech?t, the Wreford lime-
stone may be considered the base of the Kansas Permian.
The writers’ studies are at present confirmatory to this
view. From a geographic standpoint this is a most fortu-
nate occurrence as this limestone forms one of the most
striking and persistent escarpments in Kansas. It is the
most easily mapped formation in the state with the possi-
ble exception of the Florence flint, sixty feet above it. The
northern two-thirds of the outcrop has already been worked
out and discussed in greater or less detail, and is fairly
well known, but this can hardly be said of the southern
third. The object of the present paper is to give a general-
ized map of the outcrop, so far as determined, and to furnish
an idea of the stratigraphy, throughout the length of the
strike in Kansas—a distance of over 200 miles while the ex-
tent of the outcrop is several times as great.
NATURE OF THE OUTCROP.
In the region north of the Kansas river the escarpment
formed by the Wreford limestone is frequently fainter than
that of the Florence flint and Fort Riley limestone. This
is true of most of the Blue river region north of Garrison.
The Cottonwood limestone escarpment is subordinated in
*Published by permission of the director of the University Geologi-
cal Survey of Kansas.
+ Jour. Geol., x, pp. 709, 710, 121-724, 1902.
+t Lethaea Palaeozoica, II, Lief. 2, p. 378, &c, 1899.
84 The American Geologist. August eee
the northern third of its outcrop where the Wreford lime-
stone and Florence flint appear in the same bluffs, as in
some localities in the Blue river region. However its out-
crop is always strongly marked when it is found at consid-
erable altitudes above drainage level or well removed from
the flints, as at Manhattan, Frankfort, Alma, etc., except
when deeply drift covered as near Summerfield.
In the central region, from the Kansas river south to
the vicinity of Reece, the Wreford limestone is best devel-
oped and forms a very strong escarpment with the Flor-
ence flint forming another just above and _ west of it.
Throughout this region as far south as Bazaar, Chase Co.,
the Cottonwood limestone escarpment retains its sharp out-
line and whitish appearance. For the entire distance from
the Nebraska line the Cottonwood limestone retains its
striking peculiarities which are so distinct that even an
amateur would not overlook it. The same may be said of
the Florena shale lying upon it. South of the latitude of
Bazaar both these layers lose their distinctive characters
and cease to be of great importance as horizon markers.
Whether or not they extend across the southern part of
the state as distinct strata can only be determined by care-
fully tracing them the entire distance. In the southern
region, except, perhaps the southern fourth of it, the Wre-
ford limestone escarpment becomes somewhat accentuated,
where it actually reaches the crest of the ridge. This is
due as much to the drainage as to the relative importance
of the stratum which is really thinner here than it is farther
north. At Beaumont and Grand Summit it has been re-
moved from the top of the escarpment. At the former
place it occurs at the front of the ridge some distance north
and south of the railroad but falls back to the middle of the
town and is lower in altitude than the railroad grade at the
crest of the escarpment on account of the westerly dip of
the rocks. This is more strikingly the case at Grand Sum-
mit where the Wreford limestone and some ninety feet of
underlying rocks have been removed along the railroad as
far west as Grouse creek, west of Cambridge. About two
miles north of Grand Summit it appears in the top of the
escarpment and also forms a high ridge west of the town,
Stratigraphy of Kansas Permian---Beede and Sellards. 85
as will be noted later. South of this region local structures
come to be of some importance and the stratigraphy has
not been worked out in detail. Just east of Dexter it may
be seen dipping sharply into the ground to the eastward
while the general dip is to the west.
As far south as Reece the Florence flint reaches nearly
to the edge of the escarpment forming a second prominent
bench. South of this it becomes, frequently, less distinct—
except in the region of Burden, and comes in in the back-
slope toward the Walnut river forming a second escarp-
ment. It is impossible to locate the Cottonwood limestone
with certainty here by its lithologic or other characters.
All the limestones of any considerable importance are ex-
cellently shown in the numerous cuts and exposures but
none of them possess the typical appearance of the Cotton-
wood. The writers are of the opinion that it is continuous
with changed lithologic characters throughout this region,
but this is by no means certain. It has never been traced
to the southern limit of Kansas and “into Oklahoma” by
any Kansas geologist.* The statements of Keyes were
probably based on Haworth’s reconnaissance map published
in the first and second reports of the Kansas survey,t which
was probably based on Adams’ section from Galena to
Wellington.t If the Cottonwood limestone extends this
far south the map mentioned is not much in error as to its
general location. On this map the Cottonwood limestone
is marked as the upper limit of the Coal Measures and the
rocks above are indicated as Permian in accordance with
Prosser’s earlier opinion.§
The outcrop of the Florence flint and Fort Riley lime-
stone closely parallels the outcrop of the Wreford limestone
across the state and could be represented in a general way
by a line close to the line on the accompanying map, but
lying just west of it. The same would be true of the Cot-
tonwood limestone as far south, or a little farther, than the
latitude of Emporia but lying just east of the Wreford lime-
stone. In such places as Manhattan, Frankfort, and Mill
* Keyes, Amer. Geol. xxiii, pp. 303 and 311.
+ Univ. Geol. Surv. Kans., I, pl. xxi, 1896; II, pl. xlviii, 1897.
+ Op. Cit., I, pp. 16-20, 1896.
§ For the original classification and the references to the literature
see, Jour. Geol.. III, pp. 682-705, 764-800 and especially chart p. 800, 1895:
For revised classification see Ibid. x, pp. 703-737, 1902.
86 The American Geologist. Augeys tS0K
creek, in Wabaunsee county, there would be some error in
the latter statement, but in general it would be true.
DETAILS OF STRATIGRAPHY.
In order to give a clear idea of the stratigraphy of this
horizon throughout its great extent of outcrop it will be
necessary to discuss each of the several associated forma-
tions and give detailed sections of well distributed ex-
posures.
As already stated the escarpment of the “Flint hills”
(formed by the Wreford limestone, Florence flint and Fort
Riley limestone) is so marked a feature that it may be
traced across the state without difficulty. Quite as striking
still is the great uniformity of the formations associated
with the escarpment.
Northern province: n 1858 Henry Englemann passed
over this region and briefly discussed the rocks, probably in
the vicinity of Frankfort and Marrett.* In 1881 Broadhead
published a paper on the “Geology of the Central Branch
railroad’’* giving sections, particularly at Frankfort. These
papers are discussed by one of the writers in the Kans.
Univ. Quart., IX, pp. 191-202. In 1895 Knerr ran a section
over the same route?
The Nebraska area has been pretty thoroughly dis-
cussed by Knight.8 The writers have been over the Blue
Springs (=Wymore), Nebraska area and studied his sec-
tions in a general way. According to Knight’s section the
thickness of the Florence flint.in the bluffs opposite Blue
Springs, numbers 5 to 7 of his section, is 19 feet 2 inches,
with 13 feet, numbers 8 and 9, of the Fort Riley limestone
exposed above it. At the Crusher quarry, near the B. and
M. R. R.—U. P. junction south of Blue Springs we measured
the section of the Florence flint, finding it to be 19 feet 6
inches with a four foot layer of limestone beneath. Includ-
ing this limestone, which was not included in the flint in
Knight’s section, the total thickness would be 23 feet 6
inches. This lower layer is somewhat fossiliferous. Just
north of the junction beneath the U. P. bridge over the little
« Simpson, Expl. Exped. Gt. Basin, Utah, p. 264, 1859.
+ Kans. City Rev. Sci. and Ind., V, nv. 119 et sea.
t Univ. Geol. Surv. Kans., I, pp. 140-144, 1896.
¢ Jour. Geol., vii, pp. 857-374.
Stratigraphy of Kansas Permian—Beede and Sellards. 87
creek the Wreford limestone is exposed. The interval be-
tween this outcrop and the base of the Florence flint, in the
Crusher quarry is 61 feet, barometrically. This interval
represents the thickness of the Matfield formation at this
locality, with, perhaps, some of the upper part of the Wre-
ford limestone.
(For the description and definition of the formational terms
used in this paper see the two papers of Prosser previously cited
and Folio 109, U. S. Geol. Surv. Atlas. It is also necessary to: call
attention to Adams’ paper, Bull. 211 U. S. Geol. Surv., 1903, in
which these formations were discussed and given the names pro-
posed by Prosser in the latter of the two papers referred to which
appeared about 10 months prior to Adams’ paper. Consequently
Adams’ statements concerning the Elmdale, Eskridge, Matfield and
Doyle formations, pp. 54-59, that “It has not heretofore received a
distinct name” etc. etc. are in error. More lamentably so because
from his own statement to me he was thoroughly cognizant of
Prosser’s paper for months before his paper was published.—Beede.)
Owing to an anticlinal structure north of the Kansas
line the Wreford limestone appears at the B. and M. R. R.
junction as just mentioned and is somewhat fossiliferous.
The section beneath the U. P. bridge is as follows:
Ae nert. a, fourteen ineh layer !.. 202. send cae se 1 ft. 2 inches:
3. Limestone, irregular and rather thin bedded...... Se ee AT) os
eS ALC Sear ATG WUds ads) ene, cietoheiave S Siac: oSecyslaie le oi slaveyerove Se gk Oe
1. Shales, blue, extending to the creek bed.......... Ze eee Mes
ANDHEM LY 6. apenas peeuenics Cae neta (anes ay eae ae 9 ft. 2 inches
Numbers 3 and 4 probably represent the upper part of
the Wreford limestone and are somewhat fossiliferous
while 1 and 2 are probably interbedded shales with the
major part of the limestone below.
At Holmesville (not visited by the writers) a little over
20 feet of limestone, according to Knight’s section may be
referred to the Wreford, the lower six feet of which is
cherty.* The section at the state line was not visited by
the writers but according to Knight’s section there are 35
feet of Matfield shales, numbers 1 and 2 of his section,* and
apparently 15 feet of Florence flint, number 3. . However
it seems probable that number 4 of his section contains
about two feet of cherty limestone belonging to the Flor-
* Op. cit. p. 363.
+ Loe. cit. p. 367.
88 The American Geologist. ADEVstTAeUe
ence flint. Numbers 4 to 7 represent the Fort Riley lime-
stone, of which 33+ feet are shown in the section. In
Beede’s section at Oketot the top of the Matfield is shown
in the ravine just north of the depot. The thickness of the
Florence flint is given as 17 feet and the total thickness of
the overlying Fort Riley limestone is given as 37 feet.
Passing down the Big Blue river to Marysville we find
the same general conditions repeated. In the northern
part of the town 11 feet of the top of the Matfield forma-
~tion followed by 20 feet of the Florence flint and 26 feet of
the Fort Riley limestone are exposed, as shown in the fol-
lowing section: _
MARYSVILLE SECTION.
10. Limestone, thin bedded, disintegrated ........ 2+ ft. 0 inches
9. Limestone, brownish with fragments of pelecy-
DOGS. Bajo ecictcetarele aeiereie inte ater Oe Bleneraseteie Oe oe tees
8. Limestone, thin bedded, light colored grading
INTO -SNAlC)vrccstonstevs cies ieisicrore eetered «wise ate-aketorets BY amet! Yet
7. Limestone, cellular, with iron streaks and stem-
Tike pmMarksr at el ee ees att si wove evaten tates eke Uh LM AO aes
G:: .Woimestone;s cellular =i yae cserstever oh aos levees seyoreneroree By Ste eee
5. Marls and clayey shales with brachiopods and
DFYVOZOANS . < O.,s.. Gah ae
29. Limestone, shaly: and shales! 227. ssscmeleen 3 Oe iO ka ies
Qs Shales reds ercen and volivies asses eee eens a. 3 Gees
ae snales mealcarcouse. se os +. AA SOS RAR RENE Sr Lee Oe
26; “Shalessrred) and) yellow . ii odessa ose ea cee mec 3) es
Zire AIM ESTON CG. warss Kaito. bas Gus cokoustonewe Bust arebeeae eae aids OV. 1 Ge ee
24 SasS alegre incre Wa saad te: ot as cee oie 4 o> ee
Zo eeuIMestone ands SHALES! ceiere aie eonle ac eis iace 2 1G ames
QAO Siee co ie car ortioletnicn vor totetnict re oie a tia thoroor nae 2, es Onna
21. Shales, indurated; and limestone ............ iL ‘OG rh Bers
205 MShaics lchtrcolored) S2hias-eoe cone clteloe eae Art ta S ee OP Ree
19 SS eeimestone ss OptO s,s. Siee cc enckepo srokecers: shee tes ierever helms Se 0 4 “e
ee Shales lieht-sred dish) syecuscotieneciee er eerie Ap SS Gian ae
lic sLimestone.slapby. osinchatonens rei ceracreccicen 1 ae) *
16" - Shales; reddish *iias terion aon soccer 7 mice a V2
15: * Limestone: sMmassiview nests oer on eee ae Lt) SEO es
BA LCOVEREA yo se eis ee eee he Sas gee ene aera mare mee Bi eee OME dae
13:, Flint and limestone” ...%.6.... eae ae ree Oe en ae
uIP O10 (2) o10 ears era aie ais Gh GR OO ao ao Un oo dole AI iw oc” eae ae
If. Shales maroon sand (Sree locee a. om oes ee Bee: SA eee
10. Limestones with green shale partings....... Dt ee SOY ae te
9; ;Shales Seen te wees pees ester his ei olen keds stee oicne’ sterehs Oates iO eens
8. AZIMESTONE MST ai facts oer atoudeneie Sesto ea laeeneel Os Satie eS ee
Ge. “shales. bright: /2Teenirce.n.ncisiciens «cetereie oes Ctenetelre a SSR Ones
OS TuiMeStOMe! eee er uc tevemapererchcmeus icveiere tere cenis 2 poe 0 eae”
5. Clay and shales, lower % cross bedded and
DlOCKY. . ARR eee ay ites Ate bie e Or” EO eae
4. Conglomerate with calcareous cement, fish
COS tH ll in ChetOnmo cia erie cicatolocieeelsrarsleraiers OLemes ever Ades
o Clay. with) smooth jomts +4 ocr selec ene ee Oe POS ea49 se
2. Shales, blue, green and maroon, indurated.... 4 KN) a
1. Shales, reddish, lower part covered, high water
TEI) fs sigh Rea Ae Peete etal rc ova BR ie eerie Se BESO mae
TOG: aaiis.cs0:5)0oo SRO eee ore ke aCe 210 ~=aft. 0 inches
This gives 29 feet of the Garrison formation in this
exposure with probably 23 feet to be added as Hay’s sec-
tion gives 25 feet as the thickness of the Wreford at this
locality. It is very probable that number 13 of our section
is the top of the Wreford. The thickness of the Matfield
formation here is 48 feet (52 feet according to Hay). The
Florence flint is 22% feet (given as 25 to 30 feet by Hay).
If number 29 were added to the Florence flint it would cor-
Stratigraphy of Kansas Permian---Beede and Sellards. 95
respond to Hay’s section, but would reduce the thickness
of the Matfield formation an equal amount. Numbers 31
to 37 of our section are Fort Riley limestone and show a
thickness of at least 47% feet of it exposed, with the prob-
ability that much of Number 38 should be added.
The region from Junction City to Cottonwood Falls
has been well summarized by Prosser.* Taking the region
as a whole he ascribes a thickness of 6 feet to the Cotton-
wood limestone, 140 to 145 feet to the Garrison formation,
40 feet to the Wreford limestone, 60 to 70 feet to the Mat-
field formation, 20 feet to the Florence flint, 40 feet to the
Fort Riley limestone, 60 feet to the Doyle shales and 20 to
25 feet to the Winfield limestone. Detailed sections are
given in the folio referred to.
Southern Province.—South of the region represented in
the Cottonwood Falls folio changes are to be noted in the
appearance of some of the strata under consideration. South
of the latitude of Bazaar, Chase Co., the Cottonwood lime-
stone has never been definitely located nor its horizon accu-
rately mapped. Keyes? states, referring to the Cottonwood
limestone, that “its geographic range is wide, extending
from Nebraska through central Kansas into Oklahoma.”
Again? “The stratum (Cottonwood limestone) has been
traced from southeastern Nebraska where it passes beneath
the Cretaceous, entirely across Kansas into Oklahoma. It
often forms a noticeable topographic feature.”’ The Cotton-
wood limestone has never been traced across Kansas into
Oklahoma unless it was done by Keyes himself. Indeed,
as will be shown in the following discussion, it can not be
recognized with certainty by any of its characters south of
the region just mentioned. Other stratigraphic changes
occur in the Garrison, Eimdale and intermediate formations
so that the members can not be recognized readily by their
lithologic characters and can only be determined by care-
fully tracing the outcrops south from the known localities.
One of the writers endeavored to locate the Cottonwood
limestone in the southwest corner of Lyon county and tra-
versed its general horizon to Reece but was unable to locate
* Jour. Geol., iii, p. 773 and some of the preceeding pages. See also
Cottonwood Falls Folio, U. S. Geol. Surv. Atlas, number 109.
+ Amer. Geol, xxiii, 1899, p. 308.
¢ Loe. cit. p. 311
96 The American Geologist. August, 1905
it with certainty. At Reece, Beaumont and Grand Summit
excellent exposures of all the important limestones of the
entire section are shown, but nowhere is a stone with all
the characters of the Cottonwood limestone to be found.
The fauna of the general horizon is somewhat similar to
that of the Florena shales but it is distributed through a
fairly wide range of rocks and is nowhere so pronounced
as in the northern localities. In short the Cottonwood
limestone ceases to be of great value as a horizon marker
south of the latitude of Bazaar.
The stratigraphy of this region can best be compared
with that farther north by detailed sections. The regions
near Reece, Beaumont and Grand Summit furnish excellent
exposures of the rocks concerned in the Flint Hills escarp-
ment. North of this region the flints have been so con-
stantly associated with this escarpment that it has led to
some errors of observation in its southern prolongation.
For this reason the sections near the places just named are
given in considerable detail.
SECTION FROM REECE TO SUMMIT SIDING.
70. Limestone, massive with many chert concre-
CONS “IN AVES! sic. o siccieciacss shes shoe these sus 15+ ft. 0 inches
69. Limestone, very cherty, covered with fallen
CRETE occa iscacs Seared eee rele ala esate ie ete koe Se ee Ue
68. Limestone containing 3 or 4 layers of flint.
Pusulinas: c/s honckk cree dure acsuoeehesic o eonecareoe Sh cade tpacs
67. Tsimestone:ashallvareceryce a cecil cisie corals oorices 3° Le Omics
66; sShalesScalcarcousseennceni cao ee ota Oy Sais Be
654 limestone, (shally: eer sien sem ccna shoe cen a oe Lh Soe Ones
64; Shales; blue, -caleaneouSieserss o.. sclociewieciaerntee Ae eed ee ote
63. sbimestone:; shally he er icre bears eitaredare eee 2 tes (Re
62. Shales, yellowish and greenish ............. fo ee Olas
Gi). (COVETE) traslos cee IIs 3:3 ek I eeons Sie rete One res
605" Limestone; hard? massive see: . seca s 32) E280) See
59s) }Shales:ssfossiliferousm sc. eeeeeeee ere Bi ATE Oe a
58. Limestone, rotten, and fossiliferous.......... Does 0, ee
57. Shales, yellowish, indurated, fossiliferous.... 9 “ 0 “
56. Limestone, rotten, and calcareous shales.... 3 “ 0 “
5b. =Shales)) green) ‘and? yellowishis.. scence oe ste Bee SG) = oss
bas Shales se maroon acs cscs cis staid eke eevee bee oan (1) Pee
53; Shales) brishtsreen: fi... cieeccerperroreerereieie tele tetere Qe eR re
‘Stratigraphy ot Kansas Permian---Beede and Sellards. 97
bueeeiamMestone,, Massive, Nard’ -< . ts «isis efete ese oe geet a
PETHESTONEH SHOAL: ors a0 oa dames —-Shates;-green and bite sort ies ear SEO eae Sie 90s
1. Limestone, brown;omassive! with) Produetus)'io, esisd2 5
Yeora [ i
§} Bs r Ly
los SESe Peveciasterene atatrne See ee 2003880 feats dtichas
0) vdd snoteomit- .vEé
Nigh ene TI to -3-are-in- etre ere west! of thie road juat
northwest. Of: “REcEe the remaining lower’ part’ cot the: sec=
tion (numbers 45t9.9) extends, up; the bluif, Trom’t the creek,
Numbers 10 to 21 are ingthe; cuts: near, the spring, about 134,
milés west of Reece on the rathwadh« escarpinent bad ‘been filledjoas had: the snialler
ones between it and the érest’of the rrdger ‘Tt Seéuring the
material for the fills “the available Séil and ‘loose ‘material
had. been remeved from the right of way, in the, vicinity of,
the cuts, leaving ideal,exposures: from: whieh to. make, exact
sections. “These a threw *hght om points! swhichi
were béfore obséuré! * hi the Vight of our ‘sections’ we ee
the following’ summary of formations. auOS TSS ape
Names: 1,to 40, are.Coal Measures. Or i amalepaml et
* Kank. Unive Quart.,- vi, p. 158, footnote. aLiaaot
Stratigraphy of KansassPermian“Beedé and Sellards. 64
hot ibeif/gcabletorrecognizethe formations with certainty 94
thiMlowerpareof the sectidaritds deeineddbest’ not te at!
tempectoidrawe approximate lines to! the formations, though
thesé numbers includecthecequivalents’ ofthe” Elmdaly
NevinoEskridges Cotton woolliandoGarrison® formations 2atid
probably sormdé ofthe formations bélow.2° Numbers“4t to 32
aresthe: Wa ord dimestond with a thickness of'over'27 feet
Scinchesiw Fhe dMatfield fortiationis reptesented-by at tease
s8-fedvi6 inches of récle) avithout nimber' 67, which woutd
make it 62 feet 2 inches, (numbers 53! (itd 67ypr0 There ts
mote sordess4oPdiqikStionks to whether or not’ number 67
should besclassediawivh’ the! 'Matfieldo’ We arecindlined 3
inebudétit:with theeFlopencé Mint!’ Numbers 67, or 68, 86°76
representithé Fidretce fifto witha thickriéss -of! 21° fee 6
inches: Withoutsmumb er! 67 10r!lasnfeet-a aches! with dee7sd9
oft A large atotntef plantiréihains wastaken* from d! cu?
in theowagbioroad just east of d! sinalloravine Heat the! 4p
bf the escarpthent! westiof Reeeeo!oThis horizoh seemed *d
be cthe née quivalentsof | Wwumbers°1G’an@'20, though this Cowra
hot déterniaied!avith? dértainty: (dt is Probably2 WélP Gowt
int thee Bimdale dormutidn possibly! dt itsbase.oo Numbeirgs
producédw latgevanimberlafo plant remains, fish atvd osttal
eods! he! Cottohwood limestone was not’ located with
certainty and as a consequence the thickness of the Garret
sdftiiformation: Canctict be! statedo> Tposeers' probable that
Proser’s Ibeation ofthe horizon of the: Cottonwo6d time
stone is approximately correct) He’ locates it ‘as ‘probably
being in nember 7 Gr /696fChisSeéetion? which is nearethé
top! of Number: 22 bf ourcséction.» Prosser refers numbers
rprs of fis séetibn to! the Wreford Hmestone* giving: Tt! a
thickness of 50 feet. In looking6Ver his notes previous’ to
writing .this,paper ,it-wasp discovered that;in passing over
the section twice his baronretersgave different readings for
the covered portion.of the,section, between the, two, flints
and in) compiling: the section the)ismatler, reading: was used.
This was alsozinvaéeofdance with the! general appearance
of the’ Section. ‘Even 1 with the sides Stripped as they, were
thickness of the strata ‘exposed between the upper cuts by
Rane Univ. Quart, Ji, «Py 12. Strong | ‘Aint 2 Wretord nihestonel a
100. The American Geologist. August, 1905
walking along the railroad. The upper part of the Wreford
limestone was partially concealed as was most of the Mat-
field formation. Number 13 of Prosser’s section corres-
ponds to numbers 41 to 45 of our section. Number 14 of
his section corresponds to numbers 46 to 47 of our section,
including the shales and upper limestones of the Wreford
limestone and all of the Matfield formation. The remain-
der of our section, numbers 68 to 70, corresponds with num-
ber 15 of his section, and represents the exposed thickness,
of the Florence flint.
From the foregoing it is clear that the Florence flint
forms the crest of the “Flint Hills” west of Reece. From
there west to El Dorado the railroad passes down the dip-
slope of this stream. Proceeding south from _ Reece,
changes vegin to appear in the rocks making up the front
of the escarpment. The Florence flint falls back to the
west forming another small escarpment west of the town of
Beaumont and the Wreford limestone has been removed
from the notch through which the railroad passes in cross-
ing the ridge, though it appears on the crest just north and
south of Beaumont. The Wreford limestone outcrops in
the streets of Beaumont, somewhat below the crest of the
ridge east of the town which is formed by rocks of lower
horizon.*
South of the Reece section the “Frisco” railroad climbs
the escarpment with numerous cuttings which produce
practically a continuous exposure. No attempt was made
to go to the base of the escarpment to establish a section
but a base was chosen about 200 feet below the Wreford
limestone, possibly in the top of the Elmdale formation.
The detailed section follows:
SECTION OF THE “FLINT HILLS” ESCARPMENT EAST OF
BEAUMONT.
42. Covered, to the base of the Wreford limestone
in the crest of the hill south of 'the railroad 20 ft. 0 inches
41.° Shales, red and blue, disintegrated, showing
IM GUE Biikaoe ick See eae cake menos s+ * 0 vy
40. Shale, indurated, blue calcareous. ........... 5 soe tos
3 “ce 6 “ce
39. Shale, calcareous disintegrated ..............
+ This correction also applies to the section published in U. S. Geol.
Surv. Folio 109, p. 3, column 3.
* Sellards left the field at the close of the work at Reece.
Stratigraphy of Kansas Permian---Beede and Sellards. 101
38. Limestone, massive, fine chert concretions in
COD ae ee reereve cre akat at-this, section’ is itt
the approximateohdrizbniof bathe voCatténwoddohmestone,
judgin® fron? its- general: fee es i ne
& elie ier, 9p02 a
section and numbe shdy Cares 2a, Pau 2 A, to,
gestiom should: prove to be correct the hickinestiabetleehteeees
rison formiatién at. this. locality. wouldbeo4 46efeet2!si% SS
Tif two Streams heading on the cregt/6F the Hd aera
removed the ary ete from the ois = the,
earaet siniles solittplossBeaamorolhs tell GreabSunt!
f
mit region fahious: ee fossils. : Fhe logical 2P ety to,
this region is) from oth north ‘v where. t en) eaumont, section,
furnishes a valuable e key. ee, “Conditions.herei: wolsde .8f
This section, will:be-eonsiderad im two» partsatizentGrandr
Summit, 6r lower,.section and. the -CambridgéBulen, or
upper, Section. The detaifed SeetidhH of the Grahd Stiinmit,
if if fotloy, gi iyo avotvetq to sesd of dlatwolloy ,esisde .0
WS” ky sy sai iit 20 aay yIsde ,notesmid .e
[
(ie a _ GRAND SUMMIT. SECTION. oo tdsil .zolsda .8
29. “Shattes,” blue, . with. caleareous: sheets ‘and: mil---- bere ved a
28. * ) pe: 6625 sagertth a
27. Shales, mines fetes @bove® cen eves 5 . OmOTepmtiedd .F
26. “Shates ‘and shaly. limestone2hogelsdge9, bas ebgqyoelsq@ «
25. Limestone, setndwhats massive, Swedtiwalia’ omolacmil 6
pew | di hiaae te eat matters mrt nano ctr sean uicicle cle elle geliz2zog§ «
i”
24. “Shafes,’caléareous, and impure. limest6fé 802 Joule setae
23. Shales, clayey, with calcareous layer, very fos-
Stratigraphy of Kagsxs-Permian-Beede and Sellards. 103
inicsilifenousc.oc. sve. bas-idel.bos-2soree. vir Hon sadT
Pfhns EABABIABC: Seta (Modular sand clay;shales. 3}. 25553450
ie ie Some fo fo ssils BT. aigios Sat SvOdE s54t GG 3 ce = ae
21 Sh ales, yeflow and blue with caleareous lenses. - =a
03 3? tu ehing ee. bbs blac da pcr te TE as EN
tees 5 feet baie gib sit. inplioen. Jignmmco bret
NO MS HANES TCO! 2 oye cc's sce sore, ccs 6.0, 0. 5DS872- bsoulesd sof @ isiips
ted bHesd blue, coe berderee) te eae pom] 4 *
blue, mas ive a ae Seteiecus te mt ay
al nesione, ef1i5se J ft 52 Sih INSIW WO TO As
ik ‘gts ‘3 yellow an red, 1 foot of lim m eeone Fa 6 aa
HEMT pe ERE phée 221727, 282 Bt redaid olyyl s.ogo a 3
eR oie kaver! 10. 2igvs!. grot« ia s¢orii
14s 2Shalespyelowish, calcareois-esan9is:. dea bient 59 40 z2bed
13,7; Limestone, Shaly cn 3/- -unjor ff: edt: to -esend logs n s foi
2, Sha ee eR ak alas ‘
‘ol 4gs3 1doikO tk woof to teow Hormsup sgote
4 Gushi “x0 2 ‘two “thy OHeRo ee ete eked By aaa =
18 Shates O78! Snosésinit biotot IT aglt Yo apsduocs
9, Tbmmyéstonés buff to browniste large? Fisalinas >» s bszoqxs vi
no .bsrhnd chert; inyithe: lewer!-parts; -sclt.30. noite Mods vhtis}
Arofbeles AaveR|;; tls srft tocdtnour sdt io ters bent +Soo“ sd:
ails dod vite Ff ign tg mae W052 Siiwollot sil tlt 2 orld
ee ve ee aT eee S20s3 glirw squeoqxs
410 Limestohe, mabsive, initwadayers.sc3. acals. Sgbtidens to
Sri Shales; yeHowish, iwith calcareous) layers rieh ++ flo) sonst
2 heeded eee sitooxs ‘s18 pipe SH lig yeoris inofiqisces
2. Limestone, dark colored, in thin levers ‘full to)
pelkac}pod’ OT. SNCIAGMAD MOAX.“OITOSS SHD
1. Shales, red and blue, in creek north of the
cut, east” SP He treba Weer PRE ARITO [O°
zorion! ‘eree ddyts DASE EM ye LD Dae te Be 1 JUD TODA 10.M0H
ji9sdD. “ef
ey
ie eee a a oi jr9do ditw ,ovieesor ,»a0j290 ait i! as
» . va } e
frotal °1.,.2m0isstom09 J1sdo avotsmun a:
a =
2
5 2
io)
)
a
a
7
oO
oo
3
4
©
a
5
by
-
oe
= |
32
—
Ee
HH:
S OEGIE
ie)
my
m3 |:
B20) 6 Tom ditw mwysl feeto po visde
There, aré : somewhere. é fro om ,90 to 125 f¢ ocks | 5 in the.
hills togthe ngrth of Grand SEEM rane be.addeg,
to this (section, but they. are better. exposedicinihes sections
_ whith #& t6 follow. ..Phe Wreford limestone caps: tHeistisp off
the hill§ north of Grand Summit and is in the Ae ridge West
of towp. . .Thg. most conspicuous Featre GF the Wretord.
limestope herg is the greatpblocks.of semisilicified dimestonec
apparently formed by. infiltration: oWd iscdseanthanaeter off
this” lirfestoné throughout edtsdsouthier 9p uexténtasetohiorés
pronouficed hére-than farther north. °'PAeReMDIEK Se Heth e#
out brown and the farmers use them to fill mud-holes in
the road, build fences, &c., calling them “sandstones.”
104 The American Geologist. Angnet eee
They are very porous and light and have the smooth joint
surfaces of chert. The top of the hill west of Grand Sum-
mit registered 90 feet above the town. ‘Taking the dip into
consideration this would add more than go feet to the
Grand Summit section. The dip to the west is probably
equal to the railroad grade.
The limestone quarried at Cambridge may be number
25 of our Grand Summit section, but it seems probable that
it is one a little higher in the series. At Grand Summit
‘there are four layers of limestone with intervening shale
beds of considerable thickness, between the top of our sec-
tion and the base of the Wreford limestone. The lime-
stone quarried west of town at Cambridge is 94 feet below
the base of the Wreford limestone. The latter is excellent-
ly exposed across the creek south of the quarry, where a
fairly good section of the underlying rocks is to be had, on
the point just east of the mouth of the little tributary from
the south. The following section is a compilation of this
exposure with those from the old Torrence station, just west
of Cambridge, along the railroad to Burden. From Tor-
rence (old station at the Creek) to Burden at the top of the
escarpment almost all the strata are excellently exposed.
THE SECTION FROM CAMBRIDGE TO BURDEN.
39. Chert concretions and weathered limestone,
topvof-Burdenscuteeeen os eee echee lone 2+ ft. 0 inches
38. Limestone, massive, with chert in layers..... Oe 0 aed
37. - Limestone with numerous chert concretions..10 “ 0 “
36. Shaly calcareous layer with some fossils...... Bo Se she OF gee oe
35. Limestone, shaly, full of pelecypods.......... Oi neces a ah
34." Shales) ‘dark redand blue’ <2). 2222 a0: 2s. i ieaeas van 9:
334: “Shales; DlUish?=. sje cies 6 ce eee 3 Halted ue (Voy:
Sen -Bluish ;marl...scitacicsee Gee « one coma ee el oto
31.,..Shale. reds a. chr. wea sees oe eee 4. St 0 Faeese
30: Limestone, ‘shaly below +o. nmece- «ce deci OF eae eT Oh. ote
29. Covered ..... a ela Lavelle S Sao aR ere ooo releere cae 20%" ee 0 ee
28. Shale, bluish, and calcareous nodules........ One 6E Se
27. Massive limestone, two layers .............. BS) “SP Gee ae
26. Limestone, impure, shaly; shales on top....:.2 “ 0 “
0 “é
26.. Shales, blue:and olive i2ccou- secrete « oS
Stratigraph iy of Kansas Permian—Beede and Sellards. 105
24. Limestone, massive, mottled and Touch... Shoe UN aes:
23. Limestone with three thick layers of chert... 3 “ 0 “
ME OVELCG chien nso chatecysiatelc. oo eketel nr at snore s eiciae. ema attra Se mae Oe ee
DACEEOLIVCUS AICS ts eteicrs lors lererciere ets c. ci ole soe ois siete cio shes i eee | ae
20a shale; yellow, arenaceOus | .02:.642%)cis2 eee ee 1 Oe
19. Limestone, massive, chert in top............. a my Pe eT ple ee
18. Limestone with large chert concretions...... Gree) Ob ses
17. Limestone, partially silicified and carrying
GHET res ics wrens che 20s Hie Oo ORI oC Tea Ge oc
16. Limestone with coarse chert concretions....:4 “ 6 “
15. Limestone full of small chert concretions..... GWie hae Le
14. Shales, calcareous and impure limestones,
LOAVES? 0 ob Gog und A DOOD LOe DOR OOUMOnUOe ries 0 alll alee
COLA VAN ALC Sime ore ictevs scacake 6. she Geb ae Sualersneiels oie $. opc.0rs O-faae OR AES
Te, “SUM DIGEE SHES b coe 6c Gcipine ¢ OK oLEiO OoUO ERO IOC ION Oni Bat AOR ars
elem CO ONGLC GE ary oA = 0. os falas, Sei eiepa orsaoe's eS ale. see-dse's tinal oA O CR
TOle bAmestone,, TOULN; MASSIVE... 6.0... cceeles eee 3 ee Oeics
Mii eR LO Siar yr vatirees: oie > pie cy cinievebene ei cpotio, 6:0) Siteigs st asec Snsidvans Sig So Gi ies
Saeemestone: TOSsiliferouUs «. 0220). . & 9f'avea At {10 DSiW i OM 2
eee Tf DS
KOI fi 4. TO 2x9D071 i i I = 5
f a : ere
rH 59Fr
OorKehi wo arsjeow of jsdi o1ussisstl 5d3 mort tasbivs af iT”
-2U19 “wdevorods Isinomsbout s 2i saoxttA to J1sq 10(sm sdj ai bas
bsblot bas bolsantos vistsotitat teom Yo guaitel2znoo .xsiqaroo onillst
q .039 .2tetio2 orbasidgaiod bas evososolat .adeetiones .2931asTs
f J I OF oni — i it 2
x8 J eos 29 ,2Iniog » x5iquiroo 2i stave
) d5 169 ) i he > Tso to
ipo siow ¢ 229507! 9b snr & of
resd oved Hos yK ait
9if Gz 09 2ids 3 off Bet 19t91
fio od B ateido 9 7 f sfT52
S13 | i yidw ) h 8
{imo tsqqs 2i o194d3 I anw 2 ) 19 t
112 The American Geologist. Amguat; 2988
THE FUNDAMENTAL COMPLEX BEYOND THE SOUTHERN
END OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS.
By CHARLES R. KEYES, Socorro, New. MEX.
‘Soon after passing the southern boundary of Colorado
the Rocky mountains rapidly dwindle and disappear as a
pitching anticline beneath the plains of the Mexican table-
land. In this limited New Mexican area the Archean, or
Azoic, rocks form the cores of several of the principal ranges.
The last exposure of the fundamental complex is in the
Apache canyon, which the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe
railway makes use of in crossing the mountains. South of
this locality the only exposures of ancient crystallines are
in the great fault-scarps of the block mountains, which rise
out of the plains, forming the general surface of the Mexican
tableland and the NeW Mexican portion of the High Plateau
region.
During recent years many facts have been brought to
light which have very radically modified opinion regarding
the great crystalline basement underlying all the Paleozoic
sequence in New Mexico. Most of the extensive formations
composed of granites, schists, and gneisses which form the
axial foundations of so many of the mountain ranges of the
region are now believed to be of much later geological age
than is generally understood to be covered by the title,
Azoic or Archean.
In summing up our knowledge on the subject, a decade
ago, in his paper, the Pre-Cambrian Rocks of North Amer-
ica, Van Hise* remarked:
“Tt is evident from the literature that in western New Mexico
and in the major part of Arizona is a fundamental, thoroughly crys-
talline complex, consisting of most intricately mingled and folded
granites, gneisses, micaceous and hornblendic schists, ete., precisely
as in the previous sections concerned with the Rocky mountain
system. This complex occurs at many points, constitutes the axes
of many ranges, and its structure is of so intricate a character that
no attempt has been made to estimate its thickness or to work out
its structure, although in general the laminated rocks have been
referred to as metamorphic. The granite in this complex plays the
same part with reference to the crystalline schists as in the other
areas referred to. Besides this ancient granite, which existed be-
fore the next newer series of rocks was formed, there is apparently
* Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 86, p. 331, 1892.
The Fundamental Complex---Keyes. 113
in certain areas granites of later age, and these are more plentiful
as the western part of Arizona is reached.”
In the light of the recent discoveries that in some of
the mountain ranges of New Mexico portions at least of the
crystalline foundation are of clastic origin, it becomes neces-
sary to devise criteria by which the crystallines of the fun-
damental complex (Archzan) may be separated from those
that have a sedimentary origin. Until the application of
these criteria to every mountain range is made, no general
deductions can be drawn concerning the exact ages of the
different crystalline formations. The reasons for this state-
ment are obvious from even a casual examination of the
basal crystallines in New Mexico. It is known that in all
of the New Mexican mountains where the crystalline base-
ment is open to view a marked unconformity exists at the
base of the fossiliferous sequence. The late Carboniferous
limestones generally rest directly upon the granites, gneisses
and schists, the foliation of which is more or less steeply in-
clined or even vertical.
That the erosion interval represented by the uncon-
fo1mity was very long is quite evident. In southern New
Mexico the early Carboniferous limestones begin to make
their. appearance. Then come Devonian beds, Silurian or
Ordovician, and finally what appear to be Cambrian. A
horizon of great unconformity persists under all the Pale-
Ozoics.
Something of real significance of the old erosion plain
becomes manifest by reference to the geological section dis-
played in the Grand Canyon of northwestern Arizona to-
wards the western border of the High Plateau region. The
author* just quoted describes the following general condi-
tions:
“The Tonto sandstone of the Grand Canyon region, called by
Powell and Gilbert Silurian in accordance with the nomenclature of
the time, by present classification is to be placed as Upper Cam-
brian. The great unconformity which separates this sandstone from
the earlier series makes it very probable that the latter are pre-
Cambrian. These inferior series in descending order are the Chuar,
Grand Canyon, Vishnu series (together the equivalents of Powell’s
1 W0Cs Cit., “D:. 33. ~
114 The American Geologist. mabe
Grand canyon group), and the basal complex. The upper series
consists of shales and limestones. Below this, with an erosion in-
terval, is the second, consisting of sandstones, with interbedded and
cutting basic eruptives. Inferior to this series, and separated by
a great unconformity, is a set of thinly bedded and nearly vertical
quartzites of undetermined thickness, broken by intrusive masses
of granite. These three are clearly clastic series. The basal com-
plex as described by Powell and Gilbert consists of thoroughly crys-
talline hornblendic and micaceous schists, gneisses, and granites,
like the fundamental complex of the remainder of New Mexico and
Arizona. Between this basal complex and _ the Vishnu series, as
shown by Powell, is a vast unconformity. We have then in this
region passing from the base upward, a fundamental complex;
great unconformity; quartzite series of unknown thickness (Vish-
nu); great unconformity; Grand Canyon series; minor unconform-
ity; Chuar series; great unconformity; Cambrian.”
There are then recognizable in the Grand Canyon part
of the region at least four great unconformities in the space
between the undoubted fundamental complex of Archean
age and the Cambrian sandstones. Each of these four un-
conformities represents a long period of time when the rocks
were elevated above the sea, flexed and then subjected to
enormous denudation. Powell* has estimated that in the
case of the latest of the intervals mentioned which is repre-
sented at the base of the Cambrian sandstones, at least
10,000 feet of beds were bowed up, contorted and eroded in
such a manner as to leave but fragments in the synclinals.
Each of the great unconformities represents similar con-
ditions. In New Mexico these four periods of enormous
erosion were probably superimposed. The clastics of the
Proterozoic must have suffered tremendously. Over very
large areas every vestige must have been removed. In all
likelihood only scattered remnants remained. Thus in ad-
joining mountain ranges the crystalline basement may be of—
Archean age in the one case, while in the cther it may be
Proterozoic.
The differentiation of the fundamental Azoic complex
from the Proterozoic crystallines must rest upon the appli-
cation of some such scheme of critical criteria as has been
so successfully formulated in the Lake Superior region.
While there is as yet much uncertainty regarding the
+. S. Geog. and Geol. Sur. Terr, 1876.
The Fundamental Complex --Keyes. IIS
position and geological age of the basal crystallines in many
of the different mountain ranges there are some instances in
which there exists but small doubt as to their Azoic posi-
tion. The general proofs are in a measure comparative.
They are the relative amount of metamorphism evidenced,
the character of the deformation apparent, the difference in
petrographical features, the geological relationships, the ab-
sence of all evidences of clastic origin, and a comparison
with similar features of known areas in other parts of the
country.
The literature relating to New Mexican Azoic forma-
tions refers all the basal crystallines to the Archean. Lit-
tle of definite value therefore can be gleaned grom the wide-
ly scattered published descriptions of local phenomena. The
first suggestion that any portion of the ancient crystallines
occurring within the boundaries of New Mexico were any
other than of Archzan age is believed to be a recent state-
ment regarding the significance of the recent identification
of certain ‘“‘quartz-reefs” in the Sandia mountains as highly
metamorphosed sandstones.*
The present surface exposure of the great crystalline
basement underlying all the fossilferous strata in New Mex-
ico is relatively small. Aside from the area in the south-
ern Rocky mountains in the northern part of New Mexico
the exposures of pre-Cambrian rocks are confined almost to
linear outcrops found along the immense fault-scarps of the
block mountains. Some of these outcropping faces indicate
that the rocks are of undoubted Azoic or Archean age,
while others are manifestly of clastic nature and thus belong
to the Proterozoic.
In order to understand more fully this apparent anoma-
lous distribution it is necessary to refer to some of the gen-
eral conditions prevailing in neighboring states that the
geological history discloses. The conception is that the
upper surface of the ancient crystalline basement in this
region represents an old peneplane on which, when submer-
gence took place in Proterozoic times, an enormous thick-
ness of sedimentaries was laid down. This whole country,
still in pre-Cambrian times, was folded up into mountain
* Eng. and Mining Jour. vol. Ixxvi, p. 967, 1908.
116 The American Geologist. August, 2202
ranges, not once, but repeatedly. Finally before the Cam-
brian strata of the region were deposited the entire country,
already profoundly folded, faulted and cut frequently by in-
trusives was planed down to a prodigious extent. On this
new peneplane only isolated patches of the clastic rocks of
Proterozoic age survived—only those portions caught in the
lowest parts of complex troughs, the bottom of synclinoria.
These remnants of the Proterozoic sedimentaries now ap-
pear so intensely metomorphosed that they have until quite
recently entirely escaped notice. At best it is only with
the greatest difficulty that the rocks of the two great ages
can be differentiated. ;
In many of the mountain ranges the crystalline base-
ment is composed partially or entirely of gray or red gran-
ites which show little or no evidences of shearing or sub-
jection to great oroganic pressure. It has been customary to
regard these masses as composed of Archean granite. Now
granites of this description, practically unaltered, are known
to traverse or be intimately associated with the undoubted
Proterozoic crystallines. On the principles involved in the
separation of unfossiliferous geological formations accord-
ing to the relative amount of deformation and comparative
degree of metamorphism, these unaltered granitic masses
are tentatively referred to the Proterozoic, though for con-
venience in treatment some of them probably have to be
considered for, the present in connection with the other
rock-masses in which they occur.
At some risk, perhaps, in the present state of our
knowledge, of swinging too far in the direction opposite to
that heretofore generally accepted, it seems most advan-
tageous to proceed on this hypothesis. In support of this
position there are many other reasons which should be fully
discussed in connection with the detailed descriptions of the
Proterozoic crystallines. For the present only those crys-
talline rock-masses will be considered as belonging to the
Archean fundamental complex, that consist of much
sheared granites, crumpled gneisses and schistose rocks not
associated with undoubted clastics.
Probably the main reason for the lack of definite and
discriminating information regarding the pre-Cambrian
The Fundamental Complex---Keyes. 117
rocks of southwestern United States has been the compara-
tively limited exposures. Another factor has been that the
examination of the formations has been an incidental object
in connection with hurried expeditions undertaken for other
than geological purposes. In New Mexico the exposures of
the pre-Cambrian crystalline basement are for the most part
linear in character. There are in this region a score of
prominent mountain ranges in which the basal crystallines
are exposed to view. At least in half of this number the
rocks are with but small doubt of Azoic age. Several
ranges present crystallines which are of undoubted clastic
origin. In the remainder the age of the crystallines is not
definitely known.
Most of the ranges will have to be studied anew in the
light of the more modern conceptions rendering pdssible the
differentiation of the old crystallines into well defined geo-
logical formations. In the southern Rockies, which extend
down from Colorado less than a third of the distance to
the southern boundary of New Mexico, there are four large
areas'of basal crystallines all of which, until undoubted
clastics are discovered in them, may be considered as com-
posed of Azoic formations. As a whole the ranges which
collectively go to make up the southern extremity of the
Rockies are generally known as the Snowy mountains or the
Sangre de Cristo ranges. As the four areas of Azoic rocks
mentioned are more or less distinctly separated from one an-
other, they will be here taken up briefly in turn.
The largest and most important area of ancient crystal-
lines occurring in New Mexico is the one entering from the
north from Colorado. Comprised within the area are the
two important ranges, Culebra, and Taos, which are almost
wholly made up of old crystallines. The principal rocks are
hornblendic schists, biotitic schists, gneisses, gneissoid gran-
ites and coarse-grained unmodified granites. |Stevenson*
frequently mentions in this and neighboring districts the
existence of beds of quartzite in the granitic and gneissic
rocks. Whether or not all of these “beds” are really quartz-
itic clastics cannot now be told. From what is personally
_ known of the character of the rocks generally in this region
*U. S. Geog. Sur. W. 100 Merid., vol. iii, Supp., p. 68, 1881.
118 The American Geologist. we A sc
it is not believed that any of them are of clastic origin.
Some of them are certainly aplitic; and others are known to
be quartz-veins inclined at low angles.
According to the writer just mentioned, the rocks im-
mediately north of the boundary line in Colorado are pre-
dominantly hornblendic schists, though there are some mica
schists present. These schists occupy the middle and high-
est portions of the axis. On the east side of the range
gneisses and gneissoid granites prevail, together with some
mica schists. A coarse-grained granite is also frequently
met with.
Southward, within the limits of New Mexico, the horn-
blendic schists become less and less prominent. At the
boundary line the Azoic belt is not more than 6 or 7 miles
in width, but within a short distance it rapidly broadens out
to 20 miles. The prevailing rocks are dark and light colored
gneisses, some bands of the latter very closely resembling
beds of quartzite. Occasionally bodies of coarse-grained
‘granites are met with.
3ordering the front of the Rockies, from a point near
the northern boundary of New Mexico and extending south-
ward a distance of over 30 miles, is a rugged ridge known
as the Cimarron range. These mountains are composed
largely of Tertiary eruptives. Where the range is deeply
cut by canyons which traverse it, as for example on the
Rayado, the Cimarron, and several branches of the Vermejo,
Azoic rocks are disclosed beneath the spread-out eruptives.
These old crystallines are chiefly light colored micaceous
schists and dark hued fine-grained gneisses. Occasionally
these rocks are broken through by coarse-grained red
granites. ’
In-the southern part of the range the base of crystal-
lines is covered by basalt flows from the great Ocate crater,
which rises out of the plains a few miles to the southeast-
ward.
The areal distribution and the structural relationships
of the Azoic basement in the southern part of the Cimarron
range are at present somewhat obscure. The apparent irre-
gularities in the distribution of these rocks is probably due
largely to the presence of the Mora arch which extends in a
The Fundamental Complex---Keyes. 119
northwesterly and southeasterly direction through the
Turkey mountains. The genesis of this arch is probably of
quite recent date. It crosses the great fault that runs along
the eastern front of the Rockies which late erosion has
greatly obscused at this point.
The Azoic core of the Las Vegas and Mora ranges
forms a narrow belt which begins a few miles north of the
crossing of the Pecos river by the Atchison, Topeka and
Santa Fe railroad and extends northward a‘distance of 65
miles. It is bordered on each side by wide belts of Carboni-
ferous limestone. The most prominent peak is Solitario,
which rises to a hight of 10,260 feet above sea-level.
At the northern extremity, the rocks appear to be al-
most entirely hornblende schists. A few miles to the south-
ward light colored micaceous schists and gneisses are the
prevailing rocks, with some dark colored gneisses occupy-
ing the central portion of the belt. At Mora the principal
rock is a gneissic granite, while farther on appear again the
micaceous schists. From the Cebolla canyon the gneisses
and schists appear to be profoundly affected by deformation
agencies. From Solitario peak southward the predominant
rock is a coarse-grained granite with occasional bands of
gneiss.
_ The east side of the Rio Grande valley in northern New
Mexico is bordered by the lofty Santa Fe mountain range,
the highest peak of which, known as Baldy, is 12,660 feet
above the sea-level. The central axis of this range is com-
uosed of ancient crystallines bordered on each side by Car-
boniferous rocks. The crystalline belt is 50 miles long, by
6 to 8 wide in the broadest place. At the southern end in
the Apache canyon the prevailing rock is a red granite.
Granite bands and masses appear at frequent intervals far-
ther north in the gneisses and micaceous schists. In the
Santa Fe canyon there occur in the gneiss bands of argilla-
ceous slate. Farther north the rocks present similar geolo-
gical characters.
Archean granites are reported by Stevenson as com-
posing the Placer (Ortiz) mountains, 20 miles south of San-
ta Fe. No granite is found in these mountains. The rocks
are micaceous and augitic andesites of laccolithic origin,
120 The American Geologist. Bapasty 1 OUb
and probably of early Tertiary age. The same is true of the
neighboring Los Cerrillos hills, the Cerro Pelon, the Tuertos
group, and the San Ysidro. if
Thirty miles west of the Rio Grande, and about the
same distance north of the city of Albuquerque are the Na-
cimiento and Jemez mountains. The first mentioned of
these is a block mountain 20 miles long. Along the great
fault scarp, and under the Carboniferous limestones form-
ing the backslope, the basal crystallines are well exposed.
These appear to be chiefly granites, so far as observation
goes. Their age is as yet undetermined. They are for the
present referred to the Azoic.
Near the continental divide west of Albuquerque is lo-
cated the Zuni dome, its top eroded off down to the crystal-
line basement. The age of the pre-Carboniferous crystal-
lines is presumably Azoic. As early as 1856 Marcou* men-
tions a belt of crystallines in the heart of the Zuni range 12
miles wide, consisting of reddish granite, gneiss and schist.
Blake* also calls attention to the gneisses and granites of
this district, and corroborates Marcou’s observations. In
Dutton’s? account of the Zuni plateau the presence of
gneisses or schists is not mentioned. The granites are call-
ed Archean. If, however, the observations recorded are
correctly interpreted some of the granites are certainly of
much later intrusion. This author states that they have
metamorphosed the overlying Carboniferous limestones, and
calls particular attention to this phenomenon as it is well
displayed in Mt. Sedgwick, the most prominent feature in
the field.
The remarkable mountain blocks known as Sierras Os-
cura and San Andreas are over 100 miles long and extend
northward from the Organ mountains north of El Paso.
The fault-scarps of the two ridges face each other at their
proximate extremities, a flat valley lying between the two.
Herrick* mentions the granitic character of the crystallines
beneath, the the Carboniferous limestones, which dip in op-
posite directions in the two ranges. The age and lithologic
* Pac. OR. Rs pur VO iia pe liOyelooo:
+iPac. R. R. Sur:., vol. iiljop: 38; 1856:
+U. S. Geol. Sur., 6th. Ann. Rept., p. 158, 1886.
* Bull. N. M. Univ., vol. ii, Fasicle No. 3, p. 5, 1900.
The Fundamental Complex---Keyes. 121
character of the crystalline basement are presumably sim1-
lar to those of the Organ mountains, immediately to the
south, which have in fact a genetic relationship to the San
Andreas range.
While properly a continuation of the San Andreas and
the Franklin mountains to the south the Organs belong to a
distinct block which has been elevated much more than any
other portion of the long ridge to which they belong. In
consequence the sedimentary rocks have been entirely re-
moved except at the very base on the west side.
The rocks of the Organ mountains are chiefly red and
gray, coarse-grained granites. Associated with these are
hornblendic and micaceous schists, which are traversed by
numerous dikes, which are quartzose, dioritic and andesitic
in character. Proterozoic quartzites and clay slates are
well developed a few miles to the south, in Texas, and it
is probable that these also extend into New Mexico. Ac-
cording to Walcott the thickness of the pre-Cambrian
clastic section is over 3,000 feet.
In Perry’s notes* on the geology of the Mexican
boundary mention is made of the granites underlying the
Carboniferous limestone of Franklin mountain north of El
Paso_and in the Organ mountains, but no specific refer-
ence is made to their age. G. B. Shumard?* passed through
the Organ mountains in 1857 and noted on the east side
hornblende and mica schists, and red and gray granites,
all of which were cut by dikes of quartz, greenstone and
porphyry.
Thirty miles west of the San Andreas range the Ca-
ballos mguntains rise abruptly above the Rio Grande valley.
These form a block mountain in which the crystalline base-
ment is exposed for a vertical distance of 1,500 feet. Biotitic
schists, gray crumpled gneisses, and granites form the
principal rocks. The granites are of two principal kinds.
One, which is more closely identified with the gneisses, is
gray, rather fine-grained and contains a large amount of
quartz. The other is a coarse-grained, red granite, which
appears to be a late intrusive, though it does not penetrate
* United States & Mexican Bound. Sur., vol. i, pl. ii, vp. 8. 1857.
= + Jour. Geol. Obs. Texas and New Mexico, in 1855-6, p. 113, Austin,
1886.
122 The American Geologist. wets e
the overlying Carboniferous limestones. So far as has been
observed there are no evidences of the existence of clastic
rocks associated with these gneisses.
In the Santa Rita mountains, in Grant county, the basal
crystallines underlying the Paleozoic limestones are com-
posed chiefly of schists. The exposures are small, and lit-
tle detailed information on the subject is at present avail-
able.
The great Mogollon uplift in western New Mexico ap-
pears to have an extensive foundation of ancient crystal-
lines. The region is so covered by late eruptives that most
of the former exposures are covered up. The same con-
ditions prevail in the neighboring parts of Arizona.
Reagan* appears to have found evidences of the presence
of both Archean and Proterozoic formations. The rocks
of Azoic age consist of micaceous, talcose, chloritic, and
hornblendic schists, and some granites.
REVIEW OF RECENT GEOLOGICAL
LITERA TURE.
The Two Islands, and what came ot them. Tuomas Conpon,
pp. 211, pls. 30. Portland, Oregon, J. K. Gill Company, 1902,
$1.50.
While the author of this volume attempts to supply a popular
rather than a scientific want, yet the treatment of the geology of
Oregon is thoroughly scientific. The author is a well known geolo-
gist who has alone represented Oregon in geological work and
geological literature for a life-time. In his declining years he has
gathered together the leading facts, discovered mainly by himself,
and has in this book preserved them to science, and to the credit
of his own labors. He has a large collection of Oregon vertebrate
fossils, and he has supplied others to eastern paleontologists. The
writer has known of his vigorous activity since the days of his
earliest geological work.
The two islands described are named Shoshone and Siskiyou,
the former in the northeastern part of the state,, in the region of
the Blue mountains and the latter in the southwestern corner, ex-
tending into northern California, occupying what is now the Sis-
* American Geologist, vol. xxxii, pp. 267-308, 1903.
.
Review of Recent Geological Literature. 123
kiyou mountain region. The author traces the development of these
islands into Oregon, and notes the changes of animal life as the
development progresses. These islands each had a nucleus as early
as the Triassic; they expanded through the Jurassic and had con-
tinuous increase in area through the Cretaceous.
The Cretaceous was closed by an important geologic and geo-
graphic event, the upfold of a colossal sea dyke. This dyke grew
into the Cascade and Sierra Nevada range. It separated these
islands, the Shoshone being enclosed on the east and thence for-
ward associated with fresh water, and the Siskiyou on the west left
still subject to marine conditions. This gave the islands different
life histories, that of the Shoshone being characterized by land
animals whose remains were washed into the lake in which the
island stood, and that of the Siskiyou by beautifully preserved
Eocene marine fossils. The Miocene was introduced by the slow
initiation of the Coast range uplift, forming finally a Coast range:
valley between the Cascades and the Coast range which is trace-
able from southern California to Queen Charlotte’s sound though
having different names in its various parts—the San Joaquin, Sac-
ramento, Willamette, Puget Sound.
The fresh waters on the east side of the Cascade uplift were
gradually reduced in area, from lakes connected by streams to
broad low valleys through which single streams flowed. These in-
land lakes laid the foundation for the drainage southward of the
Colorado river, and that northward of the Columbia river. The
Eocene climate was that of the palm and of the rhinoceros, moist
and warm. The elevation and continuity of the Cascade range were:
not then sufficient to exclude the warm moist atmosphere of the
Pacific. Much of the present area of Alaska, as pointed out by the
author, was yet under the ocean, and there was presented an open
passage for the Japan current, flowing eastward on its way to the
Hudson bay and the coast of Greenland, thus “cutting off all accu-
mulations of ice between Oregon and the Arctic ocean.’ These
subtropical conditions were gradually changed to more temperate,-
and even Arctic, by the increasing elevation of the Cascades and
the exclusion of the Japan current. This change was-accompanied
by the loss of the rhinoceros and the palm tree, the introduction
of Miocene animals and plants and finally the Pliocene.
At the close of the Eocene the Shoshone island was joined to
the eastern mainland. The larger mammals then swarmed over the
island. These were Oreodon, Rhinoceros, Entilodon, Bothrolabis,
various small rodents, cats like the cougar, dogs, diminutive horses
having three hoofs instead of a single hoof, the composite genus
Anchitherium
With the introduction of the Pliocene the Miocene strata were
slowly and unevenly elevated, the Miocene lakes were drained and
large quantities of igneous rock were thrust upward through great
orifices in the strata. The Pliocene lakes were smaller and their
124 The American Geologist. August, 1905
sediments are marked by two characteristic fossils which run
through them all, the camel and the horse. The horse was of
numerous forms, the most noteworthy being Hipparion and Proto-
hippus.. The camel was in two groups, the camel proper and the
Anchenia, the former perhaps as large as the Arabian camel and the
latter about the size of a goat. Fossil remains of the real horse,
indicating an animal about as large as a good sized dray horse of
to-day have also been found in the Pliocene and were described by
Prof. Condon in 1866, the earliest in North America.
The author divides the Pliocene of Oregon into two groups, the
Dalles and the Silver Lake groups and gives notes of their verte-
brate remains. It is in the latter that he found, associated with
remains of camel and other Pliocene fossils, obsidian arrow points
indicating that man lived in Pliocene time in Oregon. Prof. Cope
accepted that conclusion, but Prof. Condon supposes that the case
is not proven, since the human implements may have reached their
position by simple gravitation through the denudation of some thick-
ness of Pliocene strata which originally may have separated them
from the camel bones. The existence of sand dunes in the imme-
diate vicinity, suggesting powerful winds, and the fact that the
bones and the arrow heads are mixed promiscuously on the bare
surface, give some shadow of plausibility to this supposition. But
it is plainly necessary to subject the region to an extensive and
more detailed survey before it will be possible to pronounce positive-
ly on this question. Prima facie the evidence points as Cope con-
cluded, but owing to the importance of the conclusion it may be
best to hold it in abeyance. ;
The “surface deposits” are those that have accumulated since
Pliocene time, bogs, swamps and-all slight depressions in which
large mammals often sink to their death. They are Pleistocene and
contain the remains of mammoth, mastodon, the broad-faced ox and
the sloth-like Mylodon. ‘A large part of this geological period over-
laps that of prehistoric man.” Up to the Glacial period the horse
and the camel were abundant in Oregon and their continuance
through Glacial times is still in doubt.
The author devotes a chapter to “The Willamette Sound.” This
body of water covered the Willamette valley and was connected
with the Pacific. It was an incident of recent changes of level
along the coast of Oregon and Washington. The sediments are
thick, nicely stratified and in some places contain great numbers
of fossils of recent shells mostly identical with those now living
along the shore. The waters of this sound rose to at least 350 feet
higher, relative to the land, than the Pacific ocean of to-day, and
they buried the whole region under a fine loess which reaches the
thickness of over 100 feet and forms the present soil and subsoil
of the valley. The author does not indicate what may have been
the chronological relation of this sound to the Pleistocene, or to any
part of it. No human remains have yet been found in its sediments.
Review of Recent Geologica! Literature 125
The latest geological event seems to have been the rise of the land
to its present attitude, accompanied perhaps by volcanic activity in
some of the peaks of the region.
The book is a very useful compend. It would have been im-
proved by an index and still more by an outline map of Oregon.
On the map could have been expressed various localities which the
unfamiliar reader would have referred to eagerly, and it might also
have shown some geological data. Nic Be Ww.
Ice or Water: Another Appeal to Induction from the Scholastic
Methods of Modern Geology. By Sir Henry H. Howorru. In
two volumes. Vol. I, pp. liii, 536; Vol. II, pp. viii, 498. Long-
mans, Green and Co., London, New -York, and Bombay, 1905.
In these controversial volumes, published a few months ago,
Sir Henry Howorth returns with redoubled zeal to his warfare
against the glacialists. All extant or even obsolete theories of the
causes of the Ice age are reviewed and analyzed. Weighed in the
author’s balance, they all are found wanting; none seems to him
accordant with sound physical principles, and competent to explain
continental glaciation. Therefore, in his judgment, the Ice age, in
which the glacialists believe, must be a myth, merely a figment of
their imagination.
To follow this destructive criticism, however, a constructive
third volume is promised, completing the series thus entitled, which
last volume will be devoted to exposition of the author’s theory of
the origin of the drift by the agency of rushing waters or floods, the
renowned debacles of geologic science two or three generations ago.
From his early studies and publications, “A History of the
Mongols,” and “Chingiz Khan and his Ancestors,’ which led our
author through central and northern Asia, he first came forward
to challenge glacial doctrines in a memoir most amply illustrated
by Siberia. This was “The Mammoth and the Flood, an Attempt
to Confront the Theory of Uniformity with the Facts of Recent
Geology” (pages xxxii, 464; London, 1887).
Six years later, he again assaulted these doctrines of glaciation,
imputing them to wild imagination, such as gives affrighting dreams,
in “The Glacial Nightmare and the Flood, a Second Appeal to Com-
mon Sense from the Extravagance of Some Recent Geology” (two
volumes, pp. xxviii, 376, and xi, 377-920; London, 1893). In a con-
siderable degree the new volumes cover the same ground and use
the same arguments as that former work; but the present discus-
sions and adverse criticism are more elaborate, with large polemic
additions, brushing aside and toppling down, according to the
auther’s opinion, all the ingenious devices by which the followers
of Agassiz have sought to account for the climatic conditions of
their Glacial period.
In opposition to the epeirogenic theory, which seems to the
reviewer to be true and sufficient to explain the accumulation of
126 The American Geologist. Aerial A
Pleistocene ice sheets, Sir Henry refuses its most important evi-
dence and support by his denial that the fjords are valleys of river
erosion. To his mind the great depths of the fjords beneath the
sea level are not a proof of former high land elevation, because he
regards these very deep meandering and branching valleys as fis-
Sures produced by rock fracture! But geologists can not give cred-
ence to this view of the origin of fjords, nor can they go back a
century to the diluvial theory of the origin of till, moraines, and
glacial striation. W. Uz.
The Rocks of Tristan d’Acunha, brought back by H. M. S. ‘Odin’,
1904, with their Bearing on the Question of the Permanence
of Ocean Basins. By Pror. Ernest H. L ScHwarz, Rhodes Uni-
versity College, Grahamstown, South Africa. Transactions of
the South African Philosophical Society, vol. xvi, pp. 9-51, with
two maps and a section; May, 1905.
It is held by this author, following Judd and Suess, that the
interior of the earth is composed of a heavy metallic center and is
covered by an envelope of siliceous slag. Where volcanic action
reaches up from very great depths, it would therefore be expected
to bring great masses of metallic substances, like the nickeliferous
iron of Ovifak in Greenland. But in no instance has an oceanic
island of volcanic rocks yielded a mine of any metal. Nearly every-
where the seat of volcanic upflow appears to be of relatively small
depth, where the motion and friction of bending and shearing along
great fissure lines have melted parts of the sedimentary or older
crystalline rocks of the earth crust.
On the lofty island of Tristan d’ Acunha, and on numerous other
Jone voleanic islands of the South Atlantic, fragments of granite,
gneiss, or other rocks of continental types, have been found, lead-
ing to the hypothesis that formerly a continental land mass occu-
pied that area, which is now enveloped by profound oceanic waters.
The ancient land is supposed to have reached from Cape San Roque
to Sierra Leone, on the north, and from southern Brazil through
Tristan d’ Acunha, to the Cape of Good Hope, on the south; and
it is conjectured to have existed from Devonian to Late Tertiary
times. W. U.
Geological Survey of New Jersey, Annual Report for the Year 1904.
Henry B. KummMet, State Geologist. Pages ix, 317; with 19
plates and 18 figures in the text. Trenton, N. J., 1905.
Besides his administrative report, the state geologist writes of
the molding sands and the mining industry. The production of
iron ore from the New Jersey mines in 1904 was nearly half a
million tons, being greater than in any former year since 1891; and
the zine ore production was 250,025 tons.
Dr. Charles R. Eastman presents a report on the Triassic
fishes of New Jersey, noting sixteen species.
Stuart Weller describes the fauna of the Cliffwood clays in the
Raritan formation, and classifies the Upper Cretaceous formations
and faunas of the state.
Review of Recent Geological Literature. 127
F. B. Peck treats of the tale deposits of Phillipsburg, N. J., and
Easton, Pa.; and Arthur C. Spencer reports the progress of work
in the Pre-Cambrian rocks. Ww. U.
The Geology of the Perry Basin in Southeastern Maine. By GEORGE
Otis SmitH and Davip Wuite. U. S. Geol. Survey, Professional
Paper No. 35. Pages 107, with 6 plates. 1905.
The earliest report of Dr. Charles T. Jackson on the geology
,of Maine, in 1837, recommended boring for discovery of coal in the
sandstone formation bordering the west side of Passamaquoddy
bay, in the vicinity of Perry, that formation being supposed to be a
continuation of the bituminous cnal series of New Brunswick.
Later, on the evidence of fossil plants, the Perry beds were regarded
by W. B. Rogers, Newberry, C. H. Hitchcock, J. W. Dawson, and
others, as of upper Devonian age, being thus older than any known
rocks containing commercially workable coal. But citizens of that
district, deeming the question yet undecided, petitioned the state
legislature two years ago for an appropriation to be expended in
drilling for coal, which led to the special survey reported in this
paper.
The Perry formation is found to comprise, in ascending order,
a lower conglomerate, a lower lava, an upper sandstone, and an
upper lava. There has been no very marked folding and but slight
alteration of the beds; and their age is shown to be distinctly
upper Devonian, and probably Chemung. It is certain that they
contain no workable coal deposits. Ww. U.
¢
MONTHLY AUTHOR’S CATALOGUE
OF AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE
ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY.
AMI, H. M.
Memorial or Sketch of the Life of the late Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn.
(Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. See. Ser., vol. 10, Sec. 4, pp. 173-205, 1904).
AMI, H. M.
Bibliography of Canadian Geology and Paleontology for the
year 1903. (Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. See. Ser., vol. 10, Sec. 4, pp.
207-219, 1904).
AMI, H. M.
Preliminary lists of Fossil Organic Remains from the Potsdam,
Beckmantown (Calciferous), Chazy, Black River, Trenton, Utica,
and Pleistocene formations comprised within the Perth Sheet (No.
119) in Eastern Ontario. (Reprint from Ann. Rep. Geol. Sur. Can.,
vol. 14, pp. 80-89, 1905.)
128 The American Geologist nee
ARNOLD, RALPH.
Gold Placers of the Coast of Washington. (U. S. G. S. Bull.
No. 260, pp. 154-158, 1905). :
BAIN, H. FOSTER.
The Fluorspar Deposits of Southern Illinois. (U.S. G. S. Bull.
No. 255, pp. 71, Pls. 6, 1905).
BAIN, H. F. (and E. O. ULRICH).
The Copper Deposits of Missouri. |U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 260,
pp. 233-236, 1905).
BAIN, H. F.
Lead and Zine resources of the United States. (U.S. G. 5S. Bull.
No. 260, pp. 251-274, 1905).
BEAUCHAMP, WM. M.
Perch Lake Mounds, with Notes on other New York Mounds.
(Bull. New York State Mus., pp. 77, Pls. 12, 1905).
BECKER, GEO. F.
Simultaneous Joints. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p. 1182, June,
1905).
BERRY, E. W.
Fossil Grasses and Sedges. (Am. Nat., vol. 39, p. 345, June
1905).
BOUTWELL, J. M.
Progress report on Park City mining district, Utah. (U. S. G.
S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 150-154, 1905).
BOUTWELL, J. M.
Ore Deposits of Bingham, Utah. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p-
1176, June, 1905).
BOUTWELL, J. M.
Vanadium and Uranium in southeastern Utah. (U. S. G. S.
Bull. No. 260, p. 200, 1905).
BOWMAN, ISAIAH.
Pre-Pleistocene Deposits at Third Cliff, Massachusetts. (Science,
vol. 21, p. 9938, June 30, 1905).
BOWNOCKER, J. A.
The Salt Deposits of Northeastern Ohio. (Am. Geol., vol. 35, p.
370, June, 1905).
BRADY, F. W.
The White Sands of New Mexico. (Mines and Minerals, vol.
25, p. 529, June, 1905).
CROSBY, W. O.
Genetic and Structural Relations of the Igneous Rocks of the
Lower Neponset Valley, Massachusetts. [I.] (Am. Geol., vol. 36,
pp. 34-47, July, 1905.)
Monthly Author’s Catalogue. 129
CUSHMAN, J. A.
Fossil Crabs of the Gay Head Miocene. (Am. Nat., vol. 39, p.
381, June, 1905).
DILLER, J. S.
Mineral Resources of the Indian Valley region, California. (U.
S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 45-50, 1905).
EGKEE EC.
Iron and Manganese Ores of the United States. (U. §S. G. S.
Bull. No. 260, pp. 317-821, 1905). d
ECKEL, ECG.
Cement Materials and Industry of the United States. (U.
SC ssesiinesNOneate, PDs oto, Pls. 15, 1905).
ELDRIDGE, GEO. H.
Asphalt and Bituminous Rock Deposits of the United States.
(Mines and Minerals, vol. 25, p. 533, June, 1905).
EE EIS, E: E-
Zine and Lead mines near Dodgeville, Wis. CUS 3S.) Gacs:
Bull. No. 260, pp. 311-316, 1905).
EMMONS, S. F.
Investigation of Metalliferous Ores. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No.
260, pp. 19-28, 1905).
EMMONS, W. H.
The neglected mine and near-by properties, Durango quad-
rangle, Colo. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 121-128, 1905).
EMMONS, S. F.
The cactus copper mine. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 242-
249, 1905).
EMMONS, S. F.
Copper in the red beds of the Colorado Plateau region. (U.S.
G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 221-233, 1905).
FARRINGTON, O. C.
The Rodeo Meteorite. (Field Col. Mus. Geol. Ser., vol. 3, No.
1, Mar., 1905). ;
GARREY, G. H. (see SPURR, J. E.)
GARRISON, F. LYNWOOD.
Gold in Santo Domingo. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p. 1128,
June, 1905).
GOLDSCHMIDT, DR. VICTOR.
From the Borderland between Crystallography and Chemistry.
(Bull. Univ. Wis. Sci. Ser., vol. 3, pp. 21-36, 1904).
GRANT, U. S.
Zine and Lead deposits of southwestern Wisconsin. (U. S. G.
S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 304-311, 1905).
130 The American Geologist. August, LOU
_GRATON, L. C.
The Carolina Tin Belt. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 188-196,
1905).
GRATON, L. C. (see HESS, F. L.)
GROVER, N. C. (and J. C. HOYT).
Report of Progress of Stream Measurements for the Calendar
Year 1904. (Wat. Sup. & Irr. Pap. No. 126, pp. 127, Pls. 2, 1905).
HARRIS, G. D. (and A. C. VEATCH).
Report on the Underground Waters of Louisiana. (Bull. No. 1,
Geols Surs Was, pps 64s RIsaSs 905):
HAY, 0: P:
The Fossil Turtles of the Bridger Basin. (Am. Geol., vol. 35,
pp. 327-342, June, 1905).
HAYES, C. W.
ayes seen of Iron aoe Nonmetalliferous Minerals. (U. S.
G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 28-32, 1905).
HESS, F. L. (and L. C. GRATON).
The occurrence and distribution of Tin. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No.
260, pp. 161-188, 1905).
HIDDEN, W. E.
Results of Late Mineral Research in Llano County, Texas. (Am.
Jour. Sci., vol. 19, p. 425, Jume, 1905).
HILE, ROBT. 7.
Pelé-and the Evolution of the Windward Archipelago. (Bull.
Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 16, pp. 248-288, Pls. 43-47, May, 1905).
HITCHCOCK, C. H.
The Geology of Littleton, New FEampshire. (Reprint from
History of Littleton, pp. 32, map, 1905).
HOBBS, WM. H.
Examples of Joint-Controlled Drainage from Wisconsin and
New York. (Jour. Geol., vol. 13, p. 363, May-June, 1905).
HOYT, JOHN C. (See Grover, N. C.)
IRVING, J. D.
Ore Deposits of the Ouray District and in the vicinity of
Lake City, Colo. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 50-78, 1905).
JAMIESON, G. S.
Natural Iron-Nickel Alloy. Awaurite. (Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 19,
p. 413, June, 1905).
JOHNSON, D. W.
The Distribution of Fresh-Water Faunas as an Evidence of
Drainage Modifications. (Reprint from Science N. S., vol. 21, pp.
588-592, April 14, 1905).
Monthly Author's Catalogue. 131
LAMBERT, AVERY E.
A Trilobite from Littleton, N. H., with notes on other Fossils
9
from the same locality. (Reprint from History of Littleton, pp. 32-
38, 1905).
LEA, SAM. H.
The Cement Resources of Alabama. (Mines and Minerals, vol.
Zope oole June, 1905).
BEE, W: oF:
Note on the Glacier of Mount Lyell, California. (Jour. Geol.,
vol. 13, p. 358, May-June, 1905). :
LINDGREN, WALDEMAR.
Production of Gold and Silver in the U. S. in 1904. (U.S. G.
S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 32-39, 1905).
LINDGREN, WALDEMAR (and F. L. RANSOME).
The Geological resurvey of the Cripple Creek district, Colo.
(U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 85-99, 1905).
LOOMIS, F. B.
Hyopsodidal of the Wasatch and Wind River Basins. (Am.
Jour. Sci., vol. 19, p. 416, June, 1905).
MATTHEW, W. D.
The Mounted Skeleton of Brontosaurus. (Am. Mus. Jour., vol.
5, p. 638, April, 1905).
McCASKEY, H. D.
The Mineral Resources of the Philippines. (Eng. Min. Jour.
vol. 79, p. 1042, June, 1905).
OGILVIE, IDA H.
The High Altitude Conoplain. (Am. Geol., vol. 36, p. 27-34, July,
1905). 4
PIRSSON, L. V.
Petrographic Province of Central Montana. (Am. Jour. Sci.,
vol. 20, p. 35, July, 1905).
POWER, F. DANVERS.
The Gympie Goldfield. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p. 1040, June,
1905).
RAND, H. W. (and J. L. ULRICH).
Posterior Connections of the Lateral Vein of the Skate. (Am.
Nat., vol. 39, p. 349, Jume, 1905).
RANSOME, F. L.
Ore Deposits of the Coeur d’ Alene district. (U.S. G. S. Bull.
No. 260, pp. 274-304, 1905).
RANSOME, F. L. (See LINDGREN, WALDEMAR).
RED. BF:
The Variations of Glaciers. IX. (Jour. Geo]., vol. 13, p. 313,
May-June, 1905),
132 The American Geologist. ge
RUSSELL, I. C.
The Pelé Obelisk Once More. (Science, vol. 21, p. 924, June
16, 1905).
SARDESON, F. W.
A Peeuliar Case of Glacial Erosion. (Jour. Geol., vol. 138, p.
351, May-June, 1905).
SCHOCH, E. R.
The Genesis of the Tarkwa Banket. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79,
p. 1235, June 20, 1905).
SCHOLTZ, CARL.
The Coal Fields of Arkansas and Indian Territory. (Mining
Magazine, vol. 11, p. 520, June, 1905).
SCHUCHERT, CHAS.
The Nomenclature of Types in Natural History. (Science, vol.
21, p. 899, June 9, 1905).
SHERZER, WM. H.
Glacial Studies in the Canadian Rockies and Selkirks. (Smith-
sonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 47, part 4, p. 453, 1905).
SMITH, G. O.
A Molvdenite deposit in eastern Maine. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No.
260, p. 197, 1905).
SMYTH Hive:
The Origin and Classification of Placers. I. Il. Ill. (Eng. Min.
Jcur., vol. 79,.pp. 1045, 11179, 1228, June, 1905)).
SMYTH, C. H. Jr.
The Abstraction from the Atmosphere by Iron. (Jour. Geol.,
vol. 13, p. 319, May-June, 1905).
SPURR, J. E. (and G. H. GARREY).
Preliminary Report on the ore deposits of the Georgetown
mining districts, Colo. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 99-121, 1905).
SPURR, J. E.
The Ores of Goldfield, Nev., and developments at Tonopah
during 1904. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 132-150,- 1905).
TALBOT, M.
Revision of the New York Helderbergian Crinoids. (Am. Jour.
Sci. voll 20) pr Wee siulys 19. 05)F
TARR, RALPH S.
Drainage Features of Central New York. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am.,
vol. 16, pp. 229-242, pls. 37-42, April, 1905).
TARR, RALPH S.,
Moraines of the Seneca and Cayuga Lake Valleys. (Bull. Geol.
Soc. Am., vol. 16, pp. 215-228, pl. 36, April, 1905).
Monthly Author’s Catalogue. 133
TARR, RALPH S.
The Gorges and Waterfalls of Central New York. (Reprint
from Am. Geog. Soc. pp. 20, April, 1905).
!
TIGHT, W. G.
Clarence Luther Herrick. (Am. Geol., vol. 36, July, 1905). ;
TIPTON, J. C.
The Cumberland Gap Coalfield. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 79, p.
1135, June, 1905).
ULRICH, E. O. (See BAIN, H. F.)
ULRICH, J. L. (See RAND H. W.)
UPHAM, WARREN.
Age of the St. Croix Dalles. (Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 347, June,
1905).
VEATCH, A. C. (See HARRIS, G. D.)
WARING, G. A.
The Pegmatyte Veins of Pala, San Diego County, California.
(Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 356, June, 1905).
WEED, W. H.
Notes on the gold veins near Great Falls, Md. (U. S. G. S.
Bull. No. 260, pp. 128-132, 1905). ;
WEED, W. H.
Ccpper Production and Deposits of the U. S. (U.S.-G. S. Bull.
No. 260, pp. 211-217, 1905).
WELLER, STUART.
The Fauna of the Cliffwood (N. J.) Clays. (Jour. Geol., vol. 13,
p. 324, May-June, 1905).
WESTGATE, L. G.
The Twin Lakes Glaciated Area, Colorado. (Jour. Geol., vol.
13, p. 285, May-June, 1905).
WILLARD, D. E.
Agricultural College Survey of North Dakota. Second Biennial
Report for 1903-4, pp. 187, pls. 36, 1905.
WILLISTON, S. W.
The Hallopus, Baptanodon, and Atlantosaurus Beds of Marsh.
(Jour. Geol. vol. 18, p. 338, May-June, 1905).
WILLISTON, S. W.
On the Lansing Man. (Am. Geol., vol. 35, p. 342, June, 1905).
WRIGHT, G. FREDERICK.
The Ancient Gorge of Hudson River. (Records of the Past,
yol. 4, p. 167, June, 1905).
134 The American Geologist. Augast ota
PERSONAL AND SCIENTIFIC NEWS,
Pror. Ries OF CoRNELL UNINERSITY has been engaged
during the summer, on an investigation of the clays and
molding sands of the Virginia coastal plain.
W.T. McCourt, INstructor In Economic GEOLOGY in
Cornell university, has been studying the peat deposits: of
New Jersey for the N. J. Geol. Survey.
Mr. H. Fosrer Ban is engaged in a study of the Rocky
mountain zine fields for the U. S. Geol. Survey. He will
visit Colorado, New Mexico and other producing territories
to arrange for the collection of statistics of production for
the Division of Mineral Resources.
PROFESSOR T. C. CHAMBERLIN has been appointed a
member of the Illinois Geological Survey Board. The re-
maining members are ex-officio, governor Deneen and presr
dent James of the State university.
Mr. Bartry Wittis returned in July from Europe where
he had been since February working under a grant from the
Carnegie Institution.
Dr. C. W. Hayes of the U. S. Geological Survey spent
July and August in Utah and other western states inspect-
ing field works
Pror. Epwarp Orton JR , State Geologist of Ohio, spent
three weeks in July studying the glacial geology of Lowes
Peak, Colorado. The remainder of the summer he will
spend in Massachusetts engaged in editing one of the bulle-
tins of the state survey. Field work for the Geolpgical
Survey of Ohio is bee carried on by other members of the
survey. Prof. John A. Bownocker is studying and map-
ping the Pittsburg ae in eastern Ohio and completing a
bulletin on the salt fields and industry of the state. Prof.
Charles S. Prosser is studying the Devonian and Carboni-
ferous formations of the state and part of the summer will
be spent on his report on the stratigraphical geology of
these formations.
DurRING THE Month oF Jury Mr. M. L. Fuller and F. G
Clapp of the United States geological survey made a recon-
naissance trip through Newfoundland and along the coast
of Labrador to a point north of Hopedale for the purpose of
comparing the glacial features with those of northeastern
United States. Several interesting points relating to possi-
ble pre-Wisconsin deposits, to the origin of the high terraces
and to the recentness of the last glaciation, were brought
out. The intention was to go further north, but this was
impossible because of the presence of unusually heavy pack
ice along the shore from which the vessel was obliged to
withdraw after penetrating it for a distance of some ten
miles.
*LOVUVLVO TVIOVTIS) AO ALIS *LSAMHLUON YNIMOOT TANNVHD ATTIIASANV( 0 avaH
a ol
«
"TAM MM a+) NVOINEUNY
THE
PwPRICAN GEOLOGIST.
VOL. XXXVI, SEPTEMBER, 1I905. No. 3.
PLEISTOCENE FEATURES IN THE SYRACUSE REGION.*
By H L. FAIRCHILD, University of Rochester
PLATES VI. AND VII.
The district lying near the city of Syracuse is one of
unusual interest to the student of glacial and geographic
geology. In addition to the common forms of Glacial drift
there are here displayed a remarkable series of stream
canons arid cataracts cut by the ice-border drainage, and
the shore phenomena of Glacial lakes, specially of lake Iro-
quois.
Moraines are not strongly represented among the drift
forms of the region. No heavy or well-defined moraine oc-
curs near the city, although some masses of hummocky
drift are to be seen. Most of the drift burden of the ice
sheet was here built into drumlins. Valley moraines occur
far south of the city, as has been noted in the description
of the railroad routes.
Kames, or water-laid or stratified drift in the form of
knolls or mounds of gravel and sand, are scattered over the
region, and are conspicuous in the southern part of the city
and along the valley sides, their structure being well shown
in the excavations for building sand.
The remarkable features of the drift known as “drum-
lins” are excellently shown in and around the city. The
city lies in the eastern end of the belt of drumlins, perhaps
the most remarkable in the world, which extends west for a
hundred miles. Every hill between Syracuse and Rochester
is a drumlin; adthough some of them have a base or core of
Salina shale.
* Prepared for the field programme of the meeting of Section E, Am.
Assoc. Adv. Sci., Syracuse, N. Y., July 19-22, 1905.
130 The American Geologist. September se
South of the palallel of Syracuse, which lies at the line
of the north-facing escarpment of the Onondaga limestone,
the ancient valleys that were cut by north-flowing streams
are very prominent, the country being a series of north and
south valleys and intervalley ridges, a part of the “finger
lakes” area. North of the parallel of Syracuse, and where
the strata are mostly a great thickness of soft Salina,
Niagara and Medina shales, the valleys have been obliter-
ated, partly by the drift filling, and possibly to some extent
by the removal by the ice of the saliences in the soft Salina.
The city lies in the northern end of the visible Onondaga
valley, on a plain produced by Glacial and lake filling. Deep
borings for salt show a great depth of valley filling, but the
topography of the buried valley can only be determined by
systematic borings. In the deeply buried sands of the
valley the brines accumulate from the adjacent salt beds,
making Syracuse the “saline city.”
During the recession of the continental glacier from this
region, the ice sheet acted as a barrier to the northward
drainage by blocking the northern ends of the valleys. In
consequence, lakes were held in all the valleys extending
southward into the highland. The earliest and highest
waters in each valley found escape southward across the
col at the present valley head; but later, as the ice front gave”
way, the overflow was across the intervalley ridges past
the ice border. The evidences of these ancient waters are
the deltas built at various levels by the tributary streams,
and the outlet channels which determined the several levels.
Some of these channels and correlating deltas are very
prominent features.
The description and naming of the local lakes in the
valleys of the Syracuse region may be found in pages 52-63
of the article: noted) im) the list of weferences, as Nov asses
this may not be available to all readers, a brief enumeration
of these lakes is given as follows: In the Otisco valley the
primitive and highest water, called the Glacial lake Otisco,
had its outlet southward over the col. The lower water, the
Mariette lake, escaped west to the Skaneateles valley. In
the Onondaga valley the highest water was the Cardiff lake,
which had its outlet south through the Tully lakes. Later,
Pleistocene Features---Fairchild. 137
the waters fell to the hight of the outlets at Joshua and
Navarino, leading west to the Otisco valley, and are called
the South Onondaga lake. A yet lower lake, the Onondaga
Valley lake, had eastward escape by the channels at James-
ville. On the Butternut valley the highest lake, Butternut
lake, overflowed south across the col and through Tully
village, while its successor, the Jamesville lake, had outlet
eastward by the channels northeast of Jamesville.
The vast expanse of Glacial waters which were held by
the waning ice sheet in the Huron, Erie and Ontario basins
had their lower escape through the lower members of the
local lakes already mentioned. These were the great lake
Warren and the lowering waters, of which only one pause
had been determined, namely: lake Dana. The Warren
waters reached this territory with an altitude of about 890
feet as the present level. The Dana waters were about 180
feet lower, and the outlet of lake Dana is believed to be the
great channel leading east from Marcellus.’ The numerals
given in connection with the channels shown in the accom
panying map, show the present altitude of the heads of the
channels. (Plate vii.) .
The successor of the Warren water and the falling
Warren (Hyper-Iroquois) in the Ontario is lake Iroquois,
with its outlet at Rome over the Mohawk valley. Lake
Iroquois flooded the Syracuse plain and the lower ends of
the Onondaga, Butternut and Limestone valleys. The
wave-cut notches on the drumlins and the wave-built spits
and bars are to be seen near the city.
The most novel and interesting features of the region
are the deserted river channels, which were cut by the
Glacial waters in their escape to the eastward past the ice
border. After the glacier had dumped its rock-rubbish in
the valleys and so formed the valley-head moraine, or pres-
ent water parting, it wasted away until the ice border was
many miles north of the moraines, thus forming the valley
basins that held the local Glacial lakes described above, the
northern barrier being the ice body itself. The later waters
held in these basins escaped across the ridges and pro-
duced the fossil channels that are indicated in the map.
The reader should clearly understand that the present
138 _ The American Geologist. eptember AP 0s
north-flowing streams are in deep and wide pre-Glacial val-
leys (these are shown by the topographic sheets), while
the extinct channels are cut across the tops of the inter-
valley ridges and high above the north-south valleys. In
other words, the highest of them have both ends in the air.
As the crests of the ridges decline or fall away to the north,
the transverse channels on any meridian were cut success-
ively from south to north, as the ice barrier receded, and of
course at successively lower levels. As no channel was
deserted until a lower escape was opened, it follows that
each successive or lower channel must have been initiated
at an altitude below the bottom of the preceding channel.
The Syracuse channels and cataracts were functionally
the predecessors of Niagara, as they carried the overflow
of western waters eastward to the Ontarian level. Two of
the fossil cataracts, those of Jamesville and Blue lakes, are
comparable in hight and capacity to the present Niagara.
No visitor, standing for the first time on the crest of the
Jamesville lake amphitheater and appreciating the romantic
history involved in the phenomena, will regret a journey of
a thousand miles to view the region. (See plate vi.
A brief description of these features, with illustrations,
may be found in No. 3 of the references.
The rivers which excavated the cross-ridge channels
dumped their detritus into the valley lakes. A very prom-
inent delta lies two miles south of Marcellus, in the Otisco
valley, but this is beyond the easy reach of the excursions.
It may be seen on the Skaneateles sheet. The largest delta
in the region is in the Onondaga valley at the junction of
the Marcellus-Cedarvale channel, and shows on the Tully
sheet. It can be reached on the trips and can be plainly
seen miles away, from the east side of the Onondaga valley.
This great delta extends from a mile northwest of South
Onondaga around the north of Indian Village, a stretch of
four miles. Another delta lies west of Jamesville at the
mouth of the gorge, below the lake and ancient cataract.
Still another and more conspicuous delta occurs at High
Bridge in the limestone valley at the mouth of the White
lake channel, and is mapped in the southeast corner of the
Syracuse sheet. Small terraces and benches of stream detri-
—$$———_
Geiaieug
CO6I
14901039 dIWONOD3 GNY IWIDVID ONIMOHS d¥W HOLIMS i jaLseW|
p .
svi13q 40 Ke '
SINVNW34 SLVYVLVD WIDVID = STANNYHD TIDv79 S \
ALINIOIA pue Wie . a ay enysor ©
AN “ASNOVAAS 4 | | cureney ©
JIVITIASS
on
x
Si7vi Auuvnd Qnois
009 2) |!ASaw er
core
ao
‘IIA S1V1d ‘IAXXX “I0A ‘LSINOTOUH NYOMANKY
pe
~—
9
_—
ve Cah tee nates,
gs, { if “i ae Ted ;
1
5 at Prin he re
ee
Sar
they
To, Oe
_— ee
—— 5
a
Pleistocene Features— Fairchild. 139
tus, built in the Glacial waters, may be seen along the
slopes of the valleys, correlating with the lake levels estab-
lished by the stronger channels. Those in the Onondaga
valley are more specially related to the Railroad channel.
REFERENCES,
1. Bulletin Geol. Soc. Am., x: 57-66.
Gives a description of the Glacial lakes, with illustrations.
2. Amer. Jour. Sci., vii: 249-263.
Describes the Glacial lakes Newberry, Warren and Dana.
3. 20th Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Geologist, 1900, pp. 112-129.
Describes and illustrates the extinct channels ard cataracts in
the Syracuse region.
4. 2ist Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Geologist, 1901, pp. 33-47.
Describes and illustrates the lower channels between Syracuse
and Rome, especially the channel which passes through the
city of Syracuse.
5. 22nd Ann. Rep. N. Y. State Geologist, 1902, plate 1, facing p. 19.
Map with description of lake Warren.
6. Bulletin Geol. Soc. Am., ix: 173-182.
Description by E. C. Quereau of the Jamesville lake and
surroundings.
Car-WInDOW GEOLGGY: SUGGESTIONS TO TRAVELERS.
Approaching Syracuse from the west by the New York
Central or the West Shore raitlroad,—From Buffalo to Crit-
tenden the New York Central R. R. lies on the leveled lake-
bottom of Warren waters, the strong beach of which is
crossed at Crittenden. From there to beyond Batavia the
road is in the well-accentuated Batavia moraine. From
there to Rochester the generally smooth plain is diversified
with drumlins and low kames. The West Shore road lies
on the Warren lake-bottom nearly all the way, and at
Smithville station a conspicuous cliff cut by Warren waves
may be seen on the south. From Oakfield to Rochester
scattered drumlins may be seen on the south. From Oak-
field to Rochester scattered drumlins may be seen on the
south, with moraine topography at Churchville.
From Fairport (east of Rochester) to and beyond Syra-
cuse these railroads follow the river channels cut by the
Glacial waters in their eastward flow. From Newark east-
ward the work of lake Iroquois waves may be seen in
numerous notches or terraces on the drumlins, at from 20
to 30 feet above the level of the railroads. For the whole
140 The American Geologist Pepie mabe ahaa
distance the drumlins appear in remarkable form. The
Salina shales appear in places as red or green clay-like ex-
posures, the best display being 3 mjles east of Newark, on
the south side of the tracks.
Approaching Syracuse from the east by the New York
Central.—From Schenectady to Rome the railroad lies in
the ancient channel of the Iromohawk river, a stream larger
than the St. Lawrence, which carried the overflow of the
Glacial lake, lake Iroquois. On the south wall of the valley
may be seen the high-level channels cut by Glacial waters
when held up by the ice front. Such are conspicuous three
or four miles west of Little Falls and east of Utica for sev-
eral miles. Between Little Falls and Rome the deltas built
in the earlier waters and the flood plains of the Iromohawk
are conspicuous. (This stretch is covered by the Utica,
Oriskany and Oneida sheets of the geological map of New
York State.) From Rome to near Oneida the railroad lies
in a pronounced Glacial river channel. All the way from ,
Oneida to Syracuse the tracks he on the L[roquois lake-bot-
tom, while the south banks of the ice-border drainage are
conspicuous at many points, on the south side of the train
appearing as steep bluffs on the saliences. The north bank
of the stream was the ice of the ancient Glacial cap.
The West Shore railroad parallels the New York Cen-
tral from Oneida to Syracuse and shows the stream-cut
bluffs even better, since it les farther south.
Approaching Syracuse from the south by the Delaware
Lackawanna and Western ratlroad.—Northward from Bing-
hamton the road follows valleys which were the southern
escape of Glacial waters. The abundant stream detritus
may be seen in the broad stretches of gravel plains and in
terraces and deltas at the mouths of side valleys. From
Tully northward for two miles the road lies in the small
channel across the col which was the outlet of the Butternut
Glacial lake. From Apulia to Jamesville the road lies high
on the west side of the Butternut valley and commands a
fine view of the valley features. For three miles north of
Apulia the valley is partly filled with moraine drift. Oppo-
site Onativia broad delta terraces are seen on the east side,
which correlate with the Tully outlet. Moraine drift is
Pleistocene Features—Fairchild. I4I
conspicuous, either in the valley bottom or banked against
the walls. (The Tully sheet covers all this area.)
Between Jamesville and Syracuse the road passes
through the grandest of the ancient river channels, the
“Railroad” channel, which is a fourth of a mile wide and
150 feet deep, mostly in Onondaga limestone. (Syracuse
sheet.)
Approaching Syracuse from the North —TYhe two branches
of the Rome, Watertown and Ogdensburg railroad, and the
Oswego division of the Delaware, Lackawanna and Western
railroad leading into Syracuse from the north, all lie on the
Iroquois lake-bottom but encounter few striking features,
though all the ordinary forms of drift appear. At the junc-
tion af the two branches of the Rome, Watertown and
Ogdensburg at Woodward, the railroad cuts across a heavy
ridge or bar of lake Iroquois (Syracuse sheet). From
Adams Center south to Richland Junction, more than 20
miles, the R., W. & O. lies on the west (lakeward) side of
the heavy Iroquois beach, carrying a “ridge road.” (Pu-
laski, Sacketts Harbor and Watertown sheets.)
Approaching Syracuse from the west by the Auburn
branch of the New Vork Central railroad —At Victor this
line is in a great channel of Glacial flow, which it again tra-
verses from Clifton Springs through Phelps to near Geneva.
At Halfway Station it enters another striking channel,
which it follows through Camillus to near Syracuse. This
is on the Baldwinsville sheet.
142 The American Geologist. Beptem vere
NOTES ON THE PERMIAN FORMATIONS OF KANSAS.
By CHARLES S. PRossER, Columbus, Ohio.
In 1902 the writer reviewed the recent literature re-
garding the correlation of the upper Paleozoic of Kansas
with the Russian Permian.* In this review the writer in-
advertently omitted reference to the papers of Dr. E. H.
Sellards identifying and describing Permian plants from
Kansas, although he was familiar with them. In 1900 Dr.
Sellards reported the identification of Cadllipteris conferta
Sterng. from the Marion formation (or possibly the lower
part of the Wellington shales) of Dickinson county in
eastern central Kansas and the geological importance of
this discovery was discussed as follows by him:
“The geological range of Callipteris conferta has an interesting
bearing on the question of the age of the uppermost Paleozoic
rocks of Kansas. The species is characteristic of the middle and
lower Rothliegenden of Europe, but has not been found above the
middle of the Permian. It has also been found in the Permo-carboni-
ferous of West Virginia. The occurrence of this species near the
top of the Kansas strata [in Dickinson county only the Big Blue
series or lower Permian occurs; the Cimarron series or upper Per-
mian is found farther south] together with Sphenophyllum, a genus
that has not been discovered above the middle of the Permian,
makes it improbable that the Kansas beds are younger than middle
Permian. While, on the other hand, the presence of Callipteris, a
Permian genus, and the number and variety of plants belonging to
the Tzeniopteroid group, as well as the general character of the
flora, tends to confirm the Permian age of the Kansas Upper Pale-
ozoic.”’}
In 1900 fossil plants were found in the Smoky Hill
river valley just east of Salina in Saline county, which ad-
joins Dickinson county on the west, in rocks of about the
same age as those ofthe former locality. In commenting
upon the plants from both of these localities Dr. Sellards
Saudi
“There are, in the collections so far made, some twenty-six or
twenty-seven determinable species, distributed in fourteen genera.
The plants indicate unmistakably the true Permian age of the
formation in which they are found. Many of the species are charac-
teristically Permian, and only a very small proportion of the species
identical with Upper Carboniferous species.”*
* Jour. Geol., vol. x, pp. 721-787.
+ Bull. Univ. Kansas, vol. i, No. 2 (Kan. Univ. Quarterly, vol. ix,
YOR, 1D) fos EE
* Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., vol. xvii, 1901, p. 209.
Permian Formations of Kansas---Prosser. 143
Part of this flora has been described by Dr. Sellards*
and in the second paper he identifies and describes Ze@nzop-
teris coriacea Goep. which he states:
“Seems to have been found as yet in only two other localities,
both Permian, Ottendorf in Bohemia, and Lissitz in Moravia.”
In 1903 Dr. Keyes published a paper entitled “Some
recent aspects of the Permian question in America,’’? in
which he objected to certain statements in my article of the
previous year. His principal objection, apparently, was that
in giving the “Classification of the upper Paleozoic forma-
tions of Kansas” the writer used Cragin’s name of Big Blue
instead of Keyes’ term Oklahoman for the lower series of
the Permian and stated that in Kansas they were identical.
The following brief history of these two terms will furnish
a basis for judging whether it was a fair statement or not.
The term “Big Blue series” was proposed by professor
Cragin in March, 18096, for the lower Kansas Permian forma-
tions? which he listed as follows:
Wellington shales.
Geuda salt-measures [which later he withdrew in favor of
the name Marion formation]*
Chase limestones.
Neosho shales.7
Professor Cragin stated that
“It may be called the Big Blue series, from the Big Blue river,.
which in northern Kansas crosses the somewhat narrowed northern
extension of its area of outcrop.”:
The upper Permian formations, popularly termed the
Red Beds, were named the Cimarron series by professor
Cragin in the same article.$
In July, 1896, Dr. Keyes proposed “‘to recognize in the
‘upper’ Carboniferous of the western interior province three
series having equal taxonomic rank,” the upper two of
which in ascending order were named the Missourian and
Oklahoman.* The top of the Cottonwood limestone was
+ Bull. Univ.. Kansas, vol. i, No. 4 (Kan, Univ. Quarterly, vol. ix,
No. 3), 1900, p. 179 and idid. vol. ii, No. 1, (Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. x,.
INO: 1); 1901; -p. i:
+ Am. Geol., vol. xxxii, p. 218.
+ Col. Coll. Studies, vol. vi, March 27, pp. 3, 5, 6.
* Am. Geol., vol. xviii. Aug., 1896 p. 182.
+ Col. Coll. Studies, vol. vi, p. 3.
+ Ibid., p. 6.
§ Loc. cit.. pp. 3, 18. 48; see additional account in Am. Geol., vol.
xix, May, 18897, pp. 351-364.
* Am. Geol., vol. xviii, p. 25.
144 The American Geologist. Bepiember ae
given as the upper limit of the Missourian series and in de-
fining the series it was stated that
“In suggesting the name Oklahoman as a serial geological term
it is intended to apply to all those rocks of Carboniferous age which
occur north of the Canadian river in Oklahoma and which lie be-
tween the interval of the top of the Missourian series and the base
of the Cretaceous. It may be regarded as essentially covering the
same succession of strata that has long been vaguely known under
the title of ‘Permian.’ The name is derived from the territory in
which the formation has its best development and in which the
most complete sequence is represented. The best sections across
the belt appear to be exhibited along the Cimarron, Arkansas and
Kansas rivers, and these sections may be considered typical.’*
In October, r901, Dr. Keyes accepted the name Cimar-
ron series for the Red Beds? and gave the upper three series
of the Carboniferous in ascending order as the Missourian,
Oklahoman and Cimarron? stating their respective strati-
graphic values as 4, 2 and 1.8
The following month Dr. Keyes published a “General
Geological Section of the Carboniferous of the Mississippi
Valley,” in which a complete list of the series and terranes
of the system is given. For the portion under consideration
it is as follows:
SERIES, TERRANES.:
Cimarron. . cae Kiger shales.
Salt Fork shales.
|
|
Carboniferous, | ( Wellington shales.
P % :
system. Oona eee Marion BETES.
4 } Chase limestone.
[Upper | Neosho shales.
portion ] :
Missourian Cottonwood limestone.
| [Upper part] Atchison shales.
[ {Wabaunsee of Prosser]*
It will be seen from the above quotation that the ter-
ranes listed by Dr. Keyes as composing the Oklahoman
series are entirely Kansas formations and precisely the same
as those given by professor Cragin for the Big Blue series.
It was this agreement which led the writer in his “Classifi-
* Lota, SD. oi.
+Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. xii, p. 309.
< [bid.. pp. 306, 309. :
§ [bid., yp. 306.
* Am. Geol. vol. xxviii, Nov., 1901, p.’ 502.
Permian Formations of Kansas---Prosser. 145
cation of the upper Paleozoic formations of Kansas” to:
state that
“Tt will be seen that the Oklahoman series, as precisely de-
fined above, is identified with the Big Blue series proposed by Dr-
Cragin in 1896, and therefore his name, which has priority, is
adopted for this classification.”
Dr. Keyes in discussing my paper has objected to the
above interpretation and made certain statements regard-
ing the limits of the Oklahoman series. He says: “When
the title Oklahoman was first proposed for the uppermost
series of the Carboniferous its upper limits were not very
definitely fixed—further than it was stated that ina general
way the terrane corresponded to what had previously been
called Permian. At that time the Red Beds were regarded
as post-Carboniferous in age.’’t
The original statement of Dr. Keyes in 1896, when he
first defined the Oklahoman series is as follows:
“In suggesting the name Oklahoman as a serial geological term
it is intended to apply to all those rocks of Carboniferous age which
occur north of the Canadian river in Oklahoma and which lie be-
tween the interval of the top of the Missourian series and the base
of- the Cretaceous. * * * Although there has been little de-
tailed study in the’ region regarding the relations of the series under
consideration and the Cretaceous above, it is well known that the
latter rests in marked unconformity upon all four series of the
Carboniferous and at the north extends over still older formations.”*
The writer has given a fairly complete historical review
of the correlation of the Red Beds or Cimarron series of
Kansas? and the following brief statement of the most ‘im-
portant changes in their correlation will be of interest in
connection with the above quotation. In early papers the
Red Beds were frequently cailed Cretaceous and correlated
with the Dakota sandstone. In 1887 professor St. John
referred them with a query to the Triassic system.t For
several years subsequent to this report the age of the Red
Beds was generally given as either Triassic or Jura-Trias.
In 1893, however, professor Hay changed his correlation of
the Red Beds of Kansas to the Upper Permian on account
of the discovery of Permian fossils in Texas in beds which
he considered as of similar age.*
+ Jour. Geol., vol. x, 1902, chart opposite p. 718.
+ Am. Geol.. vol. xxxii, Oct., 1903, p. 219.
* Am. Geol., vol. xviii, p. 27.
+ Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, vol. ii, 1897, pp. 75-83.
+ Fifth Bien. Rept. Kansas State Board Agr., pt. ii, pp. 140, 141.
* Highth zéid, pt. ii, pp. 101, 108.
146 The American Geologist. Rertomber ee
In March, 1896, professor Cragin named the Red Beds
of t\ansas, the Cimarron series, published a detailed account
of it. which he unhesitatingly referred to the Permian sys-
tem, and subdivided it into ten formations.? It will thus be
seen that for some years previous to the proposal of, the
Oklahoman series by Dr. Keyes in July, 1896, the Red Beds
of Kansas had generally been considered by geologists as
belonging in the Jura-Trias, the Triassic or the Permian.
It is also evident from Dr. Keyes’ original definition of
Oklahoman that for part of the territory he had in mind
for its upper limit the base of the true Cretaceous, so that it
was an open question whether he intended or not to include
in it the Red Beds. It is interesting to note in this connec-
tion that in November, 1904, in a “Generalized geological
section for New Mexico” Dr. Keyes gave the age of the
“Cimarron formation” as Triassic* although Dr. Beede more
than three years before had shown conclusively from fossils
that in its typical area the greater part of the Cimarron
series is of Paleozoic age.*
Dr. Keyes in his paper of 1903 indicates the limits of
the Oklahoman series in the following manner:
“As it now appears, even according to professor Prosser’s pub-
lished data, the Oklahoman in central Kansas includes at the base
at least one important formation more than the Big Blue series;
and at the top at least one formation less. The Oklahoman series
in Kansas is delimited above by the top of the Marion limestones.
In my various papers, with one exception due to a typographical
error arising from inability to see the proof sheets of the article,
this fact is clearly indicated. This is particularly emphasized in
the memoir frequently quoted by professor Prosser, on the detailed
comparison of the Upper Carboniferous of Kansas with the Russian
Permian.’’*
It has already been shown that the basal formation of
the Oklahoman series as defined by Dr. Keyes is the Neosho
shale,* which is also the lowest formation of the Big Blue
series as defined by Dr. Cragin.? It is, therefore, clear that
the basal limit of the Oklahoman and Big Blue series as de-
+ Col. Coll. Studies, vol. vi, pp. 1-5, 48.
* Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser:, vol: xviii, p. 360)
Jour. Geol "vol ix, GJuly,; “901s ps 339!
Am. Geol., vol. xxviii, July, 1901, pp. 46, 47.
Adv. Bull. First Bien. Rept. Oklahoma Geol. Surv., April, 1902, pp. 1-11.
* Am. Geol., vol. xxxii, pp. 219, 220.
+ Am. Geol., vol. xxviii, 1901, p. 302.
+ Col Goll; (Studies: <
Turbinopsis elevata (?) (Whitf.). ee x
Odontofusus medius (Whitf.).... ee x
Rostellaria compacta (Whitf.)... < x
Bullavconicas (Whitireia fee U ef x
Xenophora lapiferens (Whitf.)...| U ss x
Lunatia: hallin(Gabb)iisaeeeieitee “1 and 3 x<
Calyptraphorvus velatus (Conrad).} U sates | x
Atlantic Highlands Cretacic---Prather. 169
Gyrodes infracarinata (Gabb).... bie x<
Odontofusus rostellaroides (Whitt) © x
Trachytriton atlanticum (Whitf.) . i 4
Modulus lapidosus (?) (Whitf.).. ss x
Turritella vertebroides (Morton). g ms
Turbinella (?) parva (Gabb).... s x
Trematofisus venustus (Whitf.)..| U s x
Pyropsis perlata (Conrad)....... £ x
Pyropsis reileyi (Whitf.)........ “s x
Tudicula plonimarginata (Whitf.) i ~<
Pyropsis trochiformis Tuomey).. 2 x
Rostellaria svirata (Whitf.)...... a x
Pyropsis richardsoni (Tuomey).. id x
Gyrodes altispira (Gabb)........ 73 x
Rostellites angulatus (Whitf.)... sf x
Volutomorpha mucronata (Gabb) ay x
Volutomorpha conradi (Gabb).... 4g >
Rostellaria nobilis (Whitf.)...... U = 4
Volutoderma ovata (Whitf.)...... oa x<
Turritella encrinoides(?) (Morton) a x
Gyrodes obtusivolva (Gabb)..... nt »<
Rostellites nasutus (Gabb)....... s x
Volutomorpha ponderosa (Whitf.) 3 mK
Cithara croswickensis (Whitf.).. ss x
Pyropsis retifer (?) (Gabb)...... - Se
Pyrifusus turritus (Whitf.)...... ‘ x
Odontufusus typicus (Whitf.).... of x
Rostellites biconicus (Whitf.)....| U Le x
Pyropsis corrina (Whitf.)....... sf *
Gyrodes petrosa (Morton)........ i x
Trachytriton multivaricosum (?)
ROU VEENIie her cpertniccve ccc beers curs, ate, 3 o x
Rostellaria fusiformis (Whitf.).. + me
Rostellaria curta (Whitf.)....... ‘3 x
Turritella lippincotti (Whitf.)... og x
Turbinella (?) verticalis (Whitf.) e me
Pyrifusus multicaensis (Whitf.).. ¢ x
Anchura compressa (Whitf.)..... “2 x
2 2
Palecyopods. ma Navesink o|.9 2
¢ el Sel 21>
ra oleol s | o
O 'é) Ol & | >
Ostrea larva (Lamark)........ Ués& ed1,2&3
M| B
Idonearea antrosa (Morton)... 1 wie
Idonearca vulgaris (Morton). .| az
Ostrea glandiformis (Whitf.).. . U % x
XXX
Claragella armata (Morton)...
Legumen appressum (Conrad)
Diceras dactyloids (Whitf.)...
Cardium prelongatum (Whitf.)
Trigonia mortoni (Whitf.).....
Hxoeyra Costata (SLy)i.. 2s... 4.
Veniella conradi (Morton)....
Dianchora echinata (Morton)..
Neithea quinguecostata (La-
TINA), Bess, Shycrstce boicncltiers sacle. ass x
Gryphaea vyesicvlaris (Lamark) Hones os <
xX X
H
)
ee
eo
Nee o.
170 The American Geologist.
Veniella subovalis (Conrad). .
Lucina smockana (Whitf.)....
Lithodomus ripleyana (Gabb).
Arca quindecemradiata (Gabb)
Inoceramus sagensis (Owen)..
Nemodon anfaulensis (Gabb).
Nemodon angulatum (Gabb)..
Cibota, obesa “(OWhItE)) 2 ec =i
Nucula slackiana (Gabb)......
Perrisonata protexta (Conrad)
Veniella trigona (Gabb).......
Liopistha protexta (Conrad)..
Area transversa (Gabb)......
Bibota uniopsis (Conrad).....
Inoceramus sagansis var quad-
THU (OWAohtut))) Gooodaaoosc
Inoceramus pro-obliqua (?)
GWAhiEED! aceon eroeeiertcc ite
Pecten venustus (Morton)....
Neithea quinquecostata (lLa-
IMATE) Geiotietse sheeiee cietehegs
Ostrea tecicosta (Gabb).......
Anonia tellinoides (Morton)...
Inoceramus sagensis var vanux-
GMS o srte evauere wane eNeV aero sie ge
Crassatella rombea (Whitf.)...
Ostrea larva var nasuta (Mor-
EOI ers err ver cece abasvoraiedstererarste
Corbicula. ‘Species? Fae. «.\. cee 1
Panopea dicisa (Conrad)......
Leiopistha inflata (Whitf.)....
Pachycardium burlingtonense
(WUE) Satie ee eee eels
Gnathodon tennidens (Whitf.)
Cyprimeria densata (?) (Con-
TALC) Srepcisie unre Mermieeverenat wane
Cardium multiradiatum (Gabb)
Cardium dumosum (Conrad)..
Cyprimeria spissa (Conrad)..
Crassatella littoralis (Conrad) .|
Dosinia gabbi (Whitt.)......-.
Crassitella curta (Conrad) (?).
Leicpistha pretexta (Conrad). .|
Modiola inflata (Whitf.).......|
Hxogyra lateralis! 22s... =)
EXO vray COStALAMerlerieererderciset
Crassatella vadosa (Merton)...
Crassatellarispens ce cmieteluseiernere
Corbicwlams pos sareiciere iets sersichens
MMOGErAMNUS SDS Payetereeveeversloverstek
Neithea quinquecostata (La-
TL ATKA 4 ee Gi sh case at ete aire tees
Veleda tellinoides (?) (Whitf.)
Donax: fordim ea) Mars saceiamieicte
Leptosolen biplicata (Conrad)
Callista delawarensis (Gabb)..
Cyprimeria excavata (Morton)
Astarte veta (?) (Conrad)....
Panopea elliptica (?) (Whitf.) .|
Modiola spe cris cyreciteciree stare |
Cardita britteni (Whitf.)...... |
U
U&M
U&M
U
U
M
U
U
|
|
,2&3
September, 1905
x X
XXX xX x
x
xX X
xX XXX
x
x
xX
XXX
xX
Kanon, cw
xX XXXXKXXKXX XXX
Atlantic Highlands Cretacic—Prather. 171
INimeculana’ SPeCieS So... ces. 5s
Dosinia gabbi (Whitf.).......
Crassatclla alta (Conrad)..... U See x
Gryphaea (several species)... .|
| Navesink |
|
Crabs claws. (described by H.|
Js; AENUIST C1 Pees) 6 MiG BOA Bio } Bed 3
Fish vertebre (large and small).. i
Fish teeth (various sizes)......
Sharks teeth (Cestraciont and
SOUALOdOMES)) UGieec o clade © he ets x
Coprolites (Jifferent kinds)...... x
Belemnitella americana (Morton) sae x
SiUODEOR MAG AS ee eae ae Boa Wt x
Baculites compressus (Say) Mor-
OTE teh levee kes anenais, 5. suntahe ne LO}
Baculites ovatus (Morton).......
Baculites asper (Say)........... : x
Nautilus dekayi (Morton)........
Turrilites pauper (Whitf.)....... ng x
Architectonica anncsa (Courad)..| U
Heterococeras conradi (Morton) x
GIO Oe Gres Rance BAR eES en Bio coe Ae RERe 2
Terebratella plicata (Say)....... OD) hee x
EIR OZ OA aa ienelccicus. teushe tans, slerave-s, avesecese 8} x
Serpula cretacea (Conrad) (?)..
JPllehale peeyenenbatsl C20 ve pom Cleans Caen
Gastrochena americana (Gabb)..| M
Dentalium subarcuatum (Conrad)
Dentalium faleatum (Conrad)....
Siliquaria pauperata (Whitf.).... 1
Margaritella abbotti (Gabb)..... i\
IVS UMTS OR sep eyseie cel sis excrerenel sucess 1
Mt. Laurel Sand.
Clark gives the Mt. Laurel sand as 5 feet thick at
Atlantic Highlands, and includes it with the Navesing and
with the Redbank in the Monmouth formation.
At Atlantic Highlands it appears as an oxidized zone be-
neath the Navesink and is about 5 feet thick. It was traced
from Bay View avenue station at Atlantic Highlands in the
direction of Hiltons for a distance of 800 feet when it
grades into the Marshalltown clay bed and disappears.
Bay View Avenue Lens (2). ‘
This is 5 feet wide and 250 feet in length and seems to
be part of the Navesink. It is a dark glauconite (see sample
C») bed and contains about 8% of quartz grains and the
Miscellaneous.
Very
Common
Other Beds
Common
Very Rare
Rare
xX
x
Xx X
x
x
TSS oc:8
x
x xX
|
rz ek
The American Geologist. Sento per AEE
rest grains of glauconite cemented by clay. No mica flakes
noted in this sample. It is a very dark color which may in
part be due to the presence of a certain amount of vegetable
matter. It lies below the lighter colored green sand of the
Navesink (samples C®# and C) and rests above Bay View
lens Now3:
The Matawan Formation,
In the western part of the Atlantic Highlands section
the Mt. Laurel sand is underlaid by a quartz sand forma-
tion 35 feet thick, which can be traced eastward for 800 feet
when it merges into the Marshalltown clay.
The Matawan divisions at Atlantic Highlands are in-
cluded under Clark’s Hazlet sand or Upper Matawan. The
divisions are “Bay View Avenue sand,” (which I have named
provisionally, which represents uppermost Hazlet, and may
be Knapp’s Wenonah sand). Below this sand, near Bay
View avenue, is 30 feet of the dark laminated Marshalltown
clay. This latter is 43 feet thick at the eastern end of the
section where it has replaced the Bay View Avenue sand.
Below this forming the base of the section throughout is the
Columbus sand which grades upward into the Marshalltown
clay. The Marshalltown clay here is at the top marked by
an unconformity.
The Matawan beds at Atlantic Highlands are not very
fossiliferous, and besides fragments of a crab’s claw there
were few fossils obtained from them.
From samples examined with the microscope it was
shown that the material composing the beds was largely
quartz grains both rounded, flattened, and angular, together
with some glauconite grains and mica flakes. Also in some
samples hornblende, gypsum, pyrite, serpentine, orthoclase,
microcline, pyroxene, etc. were found. There is more or
less clay with glauconite grains either disseminated or in
pockets. The strike is northeast to southwest—dip 25 feet
to the mile as given by Clark.
Following are the detailed characters of the various
members of the Matawan series beginning with the highest.
Bay View Avenue Sand,
This is so named from Bay View avenue station near
Atlantic Highlands where it occurs. It is from 15 feet to
Atlantic Highlands Cretacic---Prather. 173
25 feet in thickness and extends from Bay View avenue in
the direction of Hiltons some 800 feet. It is a sand as
shown when separated and examined under the miscoscope
although it appears at first sight to be a compact clay. It is
sometimes found as one bed, or may be made up of a num-
ber of small beds or lenses of only local extent varying in
thickness from 2 feet to 8 feet (see lenses 4 and 5). The
color varies from white to yellow, salmon, brown, orange,
and red. It is made up almost entirely of quartz grains
with grains of iron, probably magnetite, mica, and some
glauconite. The quartz grains are both angular and round-
ed and are generally of uniform size, although larger and
more rounded quartz grains are noted. It rests above the
Marshalltown clay and below the Navesink and Mt. Laurel,
although the upper Marshalltown clay seems to be about
the same age. Sometimes it is coarse like an ordinary sand,
and again it is finer grained like a clay. This is probably
the upper part of the Hazlet sand of Clark. Part of it may
correspond to the Wenonah sand of the New Jersey survey,
although on account of local variation it does not seem to’
fit this so well, and is therefore given a local name.
Bay View Avenue Lenses, (1), (3), (4), and (5).
These four lenses are included as part of the Bay View
Avenue sand and as part of the Mt. Laurel sand. No. (1)
is 4 feet thick and 120 feet long; No. (3) is 4 feet, 5 inches
thick and 120 feet long; No. (4) is 2 feet thick and 130 feet
long; and No. (5) is 2 feet thick and 70 feet long.
No. (1) is very fine grained and of a light color. It
contains quartz and mica but has so much fine clay as to
render it a clay rather than a sand, and causes it to break
into hard lumps.
No. (3) is much coarser and more arenaceous than No.
(1) and contains more glauconite and more quartz and less -
fine clay. It is a brown color and readily separates into a
sand. Nos. (1) and (3) are part of the Mt. Laurel sand.
No. (4) is fine grained like No. (1) but of coarser grain.
It breaks up into lumps and has so much fine clay as to
make it a clay rather than a sand. It contains quartz and
mica but the clay predominates. It is of a light grey color
and contains very little glauconite.
174 The American Geologist. SepveD per
No. (5) is a brown sand but fine grained and contain-
ing much fine clay. The grains of quartz and mica are
also very small. Nos. (4) and (5) are part of the Bay View
Avenue sand.
Marshalltown Clay.
The bed here identified is from 15 feet to 43 feet thick
and extends from 200 feet from Bay View avenue to near
Hiltons station. It represents part of the Hazlet sand of
Clark and would correspond to the (Clay marl 4) Marshall-
town bed of Knapp. It is a dark colored clay which varies
in color from black to a light grey, when it has a silvery
or micaceous appearance. Examined under the microscope
it is found to be composed largely of clay and quartz
grains, and some mica flakes. It is finer grained, darker in
color and very different from the beds, one above, and the
other below it, for they are arenaceous (silic arenites) and
composed largely of quartz grains, while this bed is more
of a clay or clay marl. It might be suitable for making
brick or certain grades of earthenware. It is finer grained
than the Navesink which rests above it in part of the sec-
tion, ‘but, im the rest, of the section, the bed calledmiiaw
View Ave)nue sand comes in between. It contains very
little glauconite and is generally very fine grained and con-
tains much fine quartz and mica and a good deal of fine clay.
Columbus Sand.
This generally occurs at the base of the sections from
Bay View avenue to near Hiltons. It represents the Upper
Hazlet sand of Clark. It seems to be a part of the over-
lying bed in certain instances and lenses (6) and (7) of
this sand are included in the Marshalltown clay above. It
varies in color from white to yellow and red, may even
assume a slate color owing to the clay present in it. It
contains interstratified layers of slate colored clay which is
very smooth and fine grained. It is made up largely of
quartz grains of variable size, and often highly colored.
It contains numerous flakes of mica and many grains of
glauconite scattered through it, some of which have been
altered to iron compounds. Besides the color, the pieces
of clay and the mica flakes are most characteristic. It
varies in thickness from 5 feet to 25 feet although on ac-
‘enuesAW MOIA AVG WMOIg AIW Syne’, vse1yg, WOES
eS eS ae as ee a ee = 4 4
79 ij
bile
AZ AA & v2
I
37zvH
GM WS JAM BAY M3IA
“LBA °°
LAr
638 Why K
SS vod] / ZY
WS LI —
a = i AIP SRR
seeeate LUV)
~~ —
anus snawn79 \\
SRV7D WMAOLTTVHSUYW
ONWS BAWSAV MIA EOE
ION YS TINVILW
SN31YNISINYN Y
yuisanwn ZY
7 sar
SONVIHIH WINWTLY 4” MOILOTS
ANVE G34
HINVYE WOT
wv/ewnroa Reores
ON 3947
‘xX ALVId ‘IAXXX “I0A ‘LSINOTOAY NVOIUANY AHI,
Atlantic Highlands Cretacic---Prather. 175
count of being at the base, it is not always completely ex-
posed.
SECTIONS.
The following sections taken at intervals give the de-
tail of the formations:
Section 250 feet from Bay View Avenue.
Conglomerate at top..... 2ft. Columbian gravel
Samples Shay aVi ll Se Gees, Volceinne Cenenen 3ft. Long Branch.
Bl & B2 Light greensand ........ 10 ft.
Bowes: a Dark greensand ......... 6 fils :
a Fossil bed with glauconite Navesink.
STAINS ras «s,s peateiMans A aves aos o 6 ft
B5.....- Light clay (cream colored)
with few glauconite +} Mt. Laurel sand.
grains (Lens 1)..-..... 4 ft. :
B6 & Ba prown clay containing }
much quartz grains and | Bay View Avenue
mica and with glauco-
nite grains disseminated a vp DPer
eieoueh! Wt ©. fo. eers 2 cs 12 ft a AT
Biseas se Dark clay made up largely 7} . (Hazlet
of clay and a good many | Marshalltown sand)
quartz and mica grains 11 ft. j
Light gray sand largely )
quartz with some mica | Columbus
with interstratified lay- j Sand.
ENS OMUClAY: fants 2 tte crs 6 ft. |
Section 450 feet from Bay View Avenue.
Quartz pebbles (conglomerate) at top Columbian
Samples. DOC Te ee creda thie we cieie ale Miereieslelts, a anevels. 6
QuarizeSand iio ue eee sak sss 5 feet Long Branch
C1 Light greensand chiefly glauconite..... "ft. ]
Grains cemented. | d
Cb Dark greensand most all glauconite....5 ft. ; Navesink
Grains cemented together (Lens 2).
176 The American Geologist. Sepremveraaae
C2 Brown clay, light brown ] i
color and with much Mt. Laurel
Quartz (ens Galerie. 4.5 ft. |
C3 Brown clay, still lighter ih
color than preceding but
composed of same ma-
terials (Lens 4)........ Dots
C4 Brownish yellow clay made | !
fn View Avenue
|
i}
|
Upper
up largely of quartz
Mata
ecaing (mens 5) eeeeee ite sand. pet pe:
C5 Light brown clay with :
quartz grains and flakes sand)
of mica embedded in
the clay ground mass.. 15 ft. |
}
)
C6 Dark grey clay with fine
1
QuanrtzaSrains! eee 12 £t Marshalltown
C7 Light grey sand largely
quartz and some mica
with interstratified lay-
CLSMODmC] aya wets mee are 8 ft. | : |
‘Columbus sand.
Section in bend of Creek 800 feet trom Bay View Avenue.
Columbian 3ft.
Samples. Quartz pebbles and sand........ 20 ft. « Long Branch 5 ft.
Redbank 12 ft.
D2 Greensand dark colored and
made up largely of glau-
conite grains cemented
and with some grains of
quartz and mica scatter-
Cd tthrougn (A) sos cro iene 10 ft
Navesink
of clay and a good many Marshalltown
D1 Dark clay made up largely
quartz and mica grains. 35 ft.
| Upper
Matawan, or
Dark gray sand, largely
J
quartz with some mica
and interstratified with
LaVersvOn(Claviveasieiaeeiner Cnet. i
)
r (Hazlet sand)
Columbus sand
|
* Both the Bay View Avenue sand and the Mt. Laurel sand grade
into the Marshalltown clays here and disappear.
EK2
E3
r4
E5
ES
Atlantic Highlands Cretacic---Prather.
177
Section 1250 feet from Bay View Avenue.
5 ft.
5 ft.
’ Quartz pebbles at top.......
Quartz sand
eecvreceesceceeeecen
Quartz sand, salmon color-
ed made up of quartz and
some mica and magne.
tite grains 6 ft.
Light colored clay with
quartz and mica in large
flakes and some glau-
conite but glauconite
ratner rare
I
|
5
}
|
Dark greeu and layers com-
posed of glauconite
erains cemented
Light greens and layers....
HORE
)
See |
Dark grey clay made up
largely of clay with much
!
quartz and mica 25 ft. \
Light and dark grey to yel-
low sand with interstrati-
fied layers of clay. The
material is largely grains
of quartz with large mica
flakes and some grains
cf slauconite
Ome CO OO are
- Marshalltown
Columbus sand
Columbian gravel
Long Branch
Redbank
Navesink
Navesink
Upper
Matawan
or
(Hazlet
sand)
)
|
Section 1600 teet from Bay View Avenue.
10 ft. Columbian
5 ft. Long Branch
ee ee
Samples. Sond
ceneeeceecces ceoeetanseoacese
Red sand changing from dark
red to yellow salmon, grey, &¢.,
largely quartz
9.5 ft. Redbank
light greem sand. --..-...-0-+--
Dark greens and nearly all glau-
conite grains cemented _ to-
SZ OUMERN rvstteie chevel tas ieueliejaisiciels\slo <1 =)x ters
Navesink
—— $$ >= 5 ———_ _
@),6) pp e\,0) "ee: (etre).0 (0 ae
Dark green clay made up of
|
quartz and mica grains in clay 25 ft. Marshalltown | Matawan
> (Hazlet
|
Columbus sand | Sand)
J
Light colored quartz sand with
layers of inte: stratified clay..
l
5 fh.)
Gl,
where they were taken.
178
The American Geologist. Repteier ae
Section 3960 feet from Bay View Avenue.
meni dorsags AU) e) Ps Columbian
SAN’ <2 coe eee etaiorels er sieererae dete eee yd Long Branch
Red sand largely made up of quartz }
grains with some hard cemented > Redbank
WHOA sopoocde. Sosrodocoondadoconauds 90 ft )
G2, G3 Glauconite beds with much |
clay and quartz grains
near the top and with
less quartz and more
glauconite near the mid- > Navesink
dle and bottom, and
with numerous fossils es- |
pecially in bed 3 or basal i
MOLtLONTOn Dede. eee 20 ft. |
These sections and the intervening parts are shown
on the drawing made to scale from measurements and
notes taken in the field (Plate x).
to scale on tracing cloth and taken into the field and the
beds separately traced out and mapped and the intervals
filled in while in the field: The letters Art; Bi; &c; refer to
samples of the beds, located on the section at the points
The sections were drawn
(See also plates viii and ix).
Mineralogical Contributions—Hobbs. 179
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE MINERALOGICAL LABORATORY
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN.
By WILLIAM HERBERT Hosss, Madison, Wis., Assisted by others.
PLATE XI.
In the following pages have been brought together a
number of brief statements which it is thought are deserv-
ing of being placed upon record. Undertaken from time to
time as material has come tc ihe laboratory they have
been allowed to wait until collectively they had a value
which individually would not belong to them. The econ-
omical and mineralogical work has been carried out in part
by the professor in charge of the department, or by his
students, but generally in collaboration. Credit for work
is given in connection with the individual contributions.
a, Analysis of Huebnerite from Dragoon Summit,
Ariz.* by S. V. Peppel. The specimens of this mineral are
cleavage blades from large hair brown crystals two inches
or more in length. An analysis of them yielded the fol-
lowing results:
Se ond ieee ee MAREE: 1.10
ROC eee a OO hes ne 75.10
ROM ee en en tee FP 22.87
FSO) ells Se AER NR 6” ein ail es Re a 81
* 99.88
The re-calculated analysis-excludes the silica, which is
probably included material. This analysis appears below in
column 1, and in column II is given the theoretical com-
position of pure huebnerite.
WOE eter ee bbe lelscaned Ve wean %6 76.13 76.6
TVET etcatenct steno meene bles okenet oe 23.15 23.4
INNO) gis'8 Win ing gon Goamoor 82
100.00 100.00
b. Quartz Crystals from near Las Vegas, N. M. These
specimens were received from Mrs. A. P. Buck, East Las
Vegas, N. M. They constitute numerous double-termin-
ated crystals of clear colorless quartz of great pellucidity
resembling in habit the Herkimer quartzes from New York
* This occurrance has been described by W. P. Blake in the Mineral
Industry, vol. 7, 1899, pp. 720-722.
+ And oxides of columbium group, if present.
180 The American Geologist. _. September, 1905
state. In common with Herkimer quartzes, also, these
crystals are found with much lustrous black material which
glows and becomes white on ignition and appears to be
in part like the included material of the Herkimer crystals.
The crystals sent are somewhat smaller than the average
of those obtained from Herkimer county, but they yet re-
semble them quite closely. These crystals are re-
ported by Mrs. Buck to occur in “‘veins” in the high country
near Las Vegas, hundreds being there found in each shovel-
ful of earth, and the best crystals being obtained in pockets
along with the lustrous black material of which, however,
only a small amount was included with the sample.
¢. Calcite, Sphalerite, and Pyrite from Oshkosh, Wes-
consin. The specimens of these minerals were collected
from the dolomyte quarry one mile southwest of the city of.
Oshkosh and presented to the university of Wisconsin by
Mr. T. J. Thorson. The calcite shows two habits; one hav-
ing the form r, (1011) unmodified, the other exhibiting the
forms f, —2R (0221); v, R® (2131) ; e, —AR, (or12); m, OP
(1010) - andr, R (1011), the latter form small.
The sphalerite shows the ordinary combination of do-
decahedron and trapezohedron (311).
ad. Minerals from Eau Claire, Wrseonsin. Specimens
of pyrite, marcasite, sphalerite, chalcopyrite, and dolomite
have been obtained from this locality. The pyrite occurs
in well formed octahedral crystals up to 1% centimeter in
diameter, with the cube and dodecahedron truncating the
angles and edges respectively. The crystals show a green-
ish to bluish iridescence. Marcasite occurs together with
the pyrite and in the common tabular forms which are
bounded by the base, unit prism, and one or more of the
brachy-domes y. and 1. The dolomite occurs in a simple
rhombchedron, while the chalcopyrite is found only massive.
e. Dolomite and white Zinc Oxide from Highland,
Wisconsin. he dolomite occurs in lenses of small gray
and curving faced rhombohedrons with dimensions of a few
millimeters only. The specimen of zinc oxide was pre-
sented by Mr. Richard Kennedy, mining expert, resident at
Highland. This material is quite massive and forms a coat-
Mineralogical Contributions—Hobbs. 181
ing on the limestone of the district. Its surface is botry-
oidal and the mineral has the appearance of having been
sublimed upon the surface. In color it is almost pure white
resembling magnesite; but ignited on charcoal it becomes
yellow, cooling to white, and with cobalt solution gives the
usual color of zinc compounds. It dissolves readily in hy-
drochloric acid. i
jf. Other Unreported Occurrences of Wisconsin Mtn-
erals, Other minerals which are not upon record, and
which have been found in Wisconsin are given below.
Pyrrhotite from Mountain post office, where it is found
in quite extensive deposits entirely massive in appearance.
Barite from Belmont, which occurs with brown blades
as imperfect crystals up to 4 or 5 centimeters in length.
Limonite pseudomorphs after marcasite from Madison.
These latter pseudomorphs show the combination of the
prism m with either v or 1.
Malachite; Baraboo, Sauk county.
Chalcopyrite, cuprite, and malachite; Boscobel. |
Chalcopyrite, malachite; Soldier’s Grove and Wayne.
Graphite; Marshfield.
g. Minerals from Helderberg Limestone of Tiffin, Ohio.
The University of Wisconsin is indebted to professor M. E.
Kleckner of Heidelberg university located at Tiffin, for a
small collection of minerals from the quarries at that place.
According to professor Kleckner the limestone of the dis-
trict is part Niagara and part Helderberg, and it is in the
latter that the crystallized minerals have been found. They
occur as the lining of cavities some of which have a
diameter, as indicated by specimens received, of one to two
decimeters. Certain layers in one of the quarries have
many filled cavities of cylindrical shape which have become
known to the quarry-men as “plugs.” These seldom ex-
tend through more than a single layer of the limestone.
The minerals of this plug are the same as those filling the
other cavities; namely, calcite, celestite, fluorite, and sphal-
erite.
The calcite is the most abundant of the minerals lining
the geodes, and occurs in two different habits. The first
182 The American Geologist. cag cee noah 2)”
shows small yellow crystals % centimeter in length with
the habit determined by the form f, —2R (0221) unmodified.
The other type shows larger crystals of “dog tooth” habit
which are often several centimeters in length. These
crystals like the others are of a pale yellow color and their
habit is determined by d, —8R (0881) with which is gen-
erally present e, —'%4R (o112) and t, %4R* (2134) and some-
times v, R® (2131). The faces are more or less dull, and
frequently vicinal, but allow their angles to be read with
sufficient accuracy for a determination of the forms.
The celestite occurs in tabular to bladed crystals vary-
ing in size from one-half to several centimeters in their di-
mensions. The color is a pale blue, as in the case of the
well known celestite from Put-in-Bay on lake Erie. The
base is always the tabular plane and the macro-diagonal the
axis of greatest development. The forms present are, in
the order of relative size, c, OP (oor); d, %P (112); 0, Po
(Ort); 1m, CORA 10) eiind'z).P)(i11).
The crystals of fluor spar are associated with the cole
and the celestite in the cavities. They are cubes and cubo-
octahedrons made up of well-rounded sub-individuals, and
sometimes attain to a size of two or more centimeters along .
the cubic edge. Some crystals are nearly colorless and
quite clear; others have areas colored yellow, but the ma-
jority of those examined have a rich brown color between
that of smoky quartz and of the well-known brown siderites
from Roxbury, Connecticut.
A mineral much less common in the geodes is sphaler-
ite, which appears in distinct crystals a centimeter or more
in diameter. The color is that of a light “rosin jack” and
would match the color of the well known sphalerites from
Joplin, Missouri. Like the latter, also, the combination
found upon the Tiffin sphalerite is that of the dodecahedron
with the common trapezohedron (311).
h. Calctte from Grand Rapids, Michigan. Specimens
of calcite from Grand Rapids, Michigan were received from
Mr. J. C. Ulman of Ashland, Wisconsin. He collected them
in 1894. According to his statement the crystals are found
in seams and cavities in the limestone which forms the bed
Mineralogical Contributions—Hobbs. 183
of the Grand river, coffer dams having been built and the
rock quarried both for lime and for road metal. The lime-
stone is traversed by a vertical vein of barite, containing
well developed crystals. Two miles down the river the
limestone dips under the well known gypsum beds of the
vicinity. The rock in which the crystals here described
were found, is a dark gray to white compact limestone with
cavities which in many of the specimens were lined with a
film of pyrite, to which the calcite crystals are attached.
These crystals have been studied at the university by Mr.
W. M. Kennedy. The habit of the calcite is either scalen-
ohedral or rhombohedral, the latter variety being white
and the former when found alone of a brownish-yellow
color. Twins are common, the twinning plane being a face
of the fundamental rhombohedron. Superimposed upon
some of the larger crystals are numerous smaller and much
distorted individuals so flattened as to resemblein form the
tooth of a shark, the orientation being, however, the same
for both larger and smaller crystals. The following forms
were observed: ;
r, R (1011) View 208 (7. a3)
¢, —5& R (0554) Db, Rz (11. 16. 5 6)
X,—2R (0994) and
d, —3 R (0331) I, —2 R (il. 0.11. 3) doubttat
Mele tt (On 11), 12-8) ;
vy, R® (2131)
184 The American Geologist. Reptemibe sere
Fig. 1. Development of calcite crystals from Grand Rapids,
Michigan. The angles which determined the forms were as follows:
Obs. Cale. Diff.
dd’ (polar) 84°23’ 84°32’ — 9,’
py’ 35°33" 35°36’ —3’
TV 29° 1b’ 29cr 28 +3’
tb tb’ 32°40’ 32°36’ +4’
MM’ AQ 4 40° 3’ 0
r M ase UN 32°57" +3’
rw 29°52’ 29°54’ —2’
ip fh AGC 0” MoS e +3’
rl 106° 0’ 105°59’ +1’
The new form R& was found on a number of crystals
and was accordingly determined. The form | was found on
but one crystal, though here with a large development.
See ties:
The crystals represent a number of distinct habits
among which is the barrel-shaped type of fig. 2. There is
also another “nail-head” type, and a very steep rhombohe-
dral type.
Fig. 2. Barrel-shaped type of calcite from Tiffin, Ohio.
t. Epsomite and Alunogen from. the Cripple Creek
District, Colorado. These specimens which were among
the collections of the university of Wisconsin have been
analyzed, the first mentioned by Mr. W. O. Hotchkiss, arid
the last mentioned by both Mr. Hotchkiss and Mr. R. M.
Chapman. Their results follow:
‘*Epsomite’”’ from Cripple Creek District, Colorado.
Analyzed by W. O. Hotchkiss.
Wik OSS er ainc ao oaas oa oem cada cdoKsdo0 6.0 0 Oa 6 19.35
SOROS etaoe odo igbomiagas qecaoucscobdsoGcGe fe 38.51
1EELO) GoGo S eerts sane Mrishobiash.s Lepoeens eanatfcee Tame yererononornenelens 42.03
~y
| \ '’ &.
ie
zs A
e
wl
‘4s
.
i
on neon
AMERICAN GEOLOGIST, VoL. XXXVI, PLATE XI,
METALLIC COPPER, SOUDAN, MINN
Mineralogical Contributions—Hobbs. 185
“‘Alunogen” from Cripple Creek District, Colorado.
Analyzed by W. O. Hotchkiss and R. M. Chapman.
Hotchkiss. Chapman.
INH OF So encom Cee Nemoe Mena o csr 8.28 9.41
INGEHONs oS 5dSoabe 6 ana Ute ono 14.44 4.40
BOs et aiehaie sails) ohstarmisyaveve's, siete FANS OAS 43.74
IED Gewese code toogogntog aor 43.86 43.86
100.64 101.41
The close similarity of the two minerals makes it diff-
cult to obtain a perfect separation of them, and this chiefly
explains the variation observed between the analysis quoted.
Jj. Crystallized Copper from Soudan, Minn, A very
interesting and almost unique example of metallic copper in
association with hematite is the occurrence at the Minnesota
mine in the Vermilion iron-bearing district of Minnesota.
As this occurrence does not appear to have been figured,
the beauty of the films and trees seems to warrant its repre-
sentation, which is given in plate x1. Although the occur-
rence has been described,* it does not appear to be well
known, the place of publication not being well known to
mineralogists. The occurrence is also casually mentioned
by Clements.i Together with the hematite in association
with the copper are found cuprite, malachite, and azurite.
The copper minerals occur, in a narrow seam in brecciated
hematite, the only place where it is found in the region or
in any of the iron-bearing districts of lake Superior. This
rare occurrence should be considered in connection with the
discovery by. Haworth of thin films of native copper in red
clay shales near Enid, Oklahoma.? In both occurrences the
copper is extremely limited and generally found in thin
films upon apparent fissures. Though the Soudan occur-
rence was apparently not known to Haworth at the time
his paper was read, he. has suggested the same explanation,
namely ; the reduction of the copper by the oxidation of the
ferrous iron compound.
*J. H. Expy, and CHARLES P. BERKEY. Copper minerals in hematite
ore. The Year Book of the Society of Engineers, university of Minne-
sota, 1897, pp. 108-117. Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Lake Su-
perior Mining Institute, vol. 4, 1896, pp. 69-79.
+ J. Morgan CuiemeNtTS. The Vermilion Iron bearing district of Minne-
sota. Mon. 4, U. S. G. S. 1908, pv. 112, 184. N. H. WincHeti Metallic
Copper. Final report, Minnesota Geological Survey, vol. 5, p. 885, 1900.
186 The American Geologist. a aag
It is interesting to note that beautifully crystallized
copper has been produced in trees resembling the aborescent
native copper of the Soudan occurrence through electroly-
sis.* This copper was formed at the lower corner of a full
sized kathode operating under bad conditions in an insoluble
anode tank, presumably with very high current density.
REVIEW OF RECENT GEOLOGICAL
LITERATURE,
Structure of some Cephalopods, by R. RurpEmann.- [Report of New
York State Paleontologist 1903, Albany, 1905].
Notes on the apical end of the siphuncle in some Canadian Endo-
ceratidae, &c. by J. F. WuitrEeaves [American Geologist, Jan.
1905).
Ueber die eocambrische Cephalopodengattung Volborthella, SCHMIDT,
von A. Karpinsky, (Verhandl. russ: miner. Gesell. Bd. xli, li, pp.
31-42].
These papers with that of G. Holm 1895 on the formation of
the endosiphon in the Endoceratide help greatly to a proper under-
standing of the initial stage of the shell in the early cephalopods.
Esvecially is this the case with the first-named essay, based
upon excellent material from the oldest Ordovician limestones of
lake Champlain. The essay is valuable not only for what it tells
us about the Beekmantown cephalopods, but also for the synopsis
which it contains of the work of other observers in this field of re-
search—Barrande, Dewitz, Whitfield, Dawson, Hyatt, Holm, Foord,
Clarke and others.
Ruedemann’s work is based chiefly on the species Camerocera,
brainerdi Whitfield, and fully describes the delicate chitinous and
chitino-caleareous parts of the envelope in this species, which pre-
ceded the formation of the calcareous shell. The assumption of
the calcareous habit is plainly shown in the individual history of
these shells, as it is in several of the Hyolilhide of an earlier date.
Dr. Ruedemann’s work is abundantly illustrated with wood cuts in
the text and a series of plates at its close. C. brainerdi began in a
small cylindrical tube (endosiphotube, page 320) which became dif-
ferentiated by the addition of an outward enclosing tube (endosi-
phocoleon). The first named tube fades out or loses its chiten,
+ E. HawortH Native copper near Enid, Oklahoma, Buli.’ Geol. Soc.
Am., vol. 12, 1901, pp. 2-4. f
*LAWRENCE ADDICKS. Electrolytic copper, Electro-chemical and
metallurgical industries, vol. 3, 1905, p. 167, fig.
Review of Recent Geological Literature. 187
leaving the latter as the endosiphon, Chitenous or sub-chitenous
supports (endosiphoblades, &c.) passing to the walls of the siphun-
cle held this endosiphon in its place.
Gerard Holm has found quite similar structures, though not so
complete, in Vaginoceras basaliforme. The stage of the single °
worm-like tube in Cameroceras is rightly regarded by Ruedemann
as an important accession to our knowledge of the initial structures
in the early cephalopods.
Dr. Whiteaves’ paper also has plates, two in number ,which
present the characters of two new species of Endoceratites, based
on the siphuncle, from Canadian localities, Nanna primaevus and
N. kingstonensis. In the latter which is represented by casts of
the siphuncle, the impression of the septal necks is finely shown,
and the forward curve of the septal rings is well marked.
A. Karpinsky has made a fresh study of Schmidt’s genus Vol-
borthella (V. tennuis) from the “blue clay” of the Lower Cambrian
of Reval in the Baltic provinces of Russia. He sustains the view
of Schmidt that this organism is a cephalopod, since he found it
characterized by a siphonal tube. It is a long space in geological
time between this organism and the oldest known chambered ceph-
alopod; perhaps the connection between Volborthella and the lat-
ter has been through some of the shells classed with the Hyolithide
to which Volborthella bears a close resemblance. Between the
“blue clay” and the Beekmantown horizon four Cambrian faunas
intervene—Paradoxides, Olenus, Peltura and Dictyonema—in which
no recognized orthoceratites are known. Ww. U,
The Copper Handbook, a Manual of the Copper Industry of the
World. Vol V, for the year 1904. Compiled and published by
Horace J. STEVENS. Pages 882. Houghton, Mich., 1905.
This is the fifth yearly issue of a very comprehensive and use-
ful handbook. It contains chapters on the history, geology, chem-
istry and mineralogy, metallurgy, and uses of copper; a glossary
of mining terms; details of copper deposits in all parts of the
world; a very extensive alphabetic list, in 683 pages, describing all
the copper mines of the world, and noting all companies engaged
in copper production; and statistics, in 38 pages. Concerning the
very important and recent uses of this metal for telegraph and tele-
phone wires and a multitude of other electric appliances, the com-
piler writes: “Copper is the foundation of the Electric Age, just
as it was the fundamental metal in the Age of Bronze, some
millenniums ago. * * * A full enumeration of the electrical
uses of copper would require a volume.” WU.
The Honorable Peter Whit». A Biographical Sketch of the Lake
Superior Iron Country. By Ratreu D, WILLiams Pages 205;
with many portraits and other illustrations. Cleveland, Ohio,
1905.
A very interesting biography of the most prominent promoter
of the mining of iron ores in the upper peninsular of Michigan is
188 The American Geologist. 8 decors) 2
here presented, with chapters also on the great iron ranges of
Wisconsin and Minnesota. The marvelously large and growing
traffic that passes through the Sault Ste. Marie canals, both on the
United States and Canadian sides, and the semi-centennial celebra-
tion of the opening of the first canal there, are very fully treated.
Not only biography and history, but the economic development of
the lake Superior region, so far as it has depended on iron ore
production, are vividly depicted; and in all the wonderful progress
of that region during the past fifty years the subject of this bio-
graphy was a conspicuous part. WwW. U.
MONTHLY AUTHOR’S CATALOGUE
OF AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE
ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY.
ALDEN, WM. C.
The Delavan Lobe of the Lake Michigan Glacier of the Wis-
consin stage of Glaciation and Associated Phenomena. (U.S. G. S.
Prof. Pap. No. 34, pp. 101, Pls. 15, 1904.)
ANDERSON, NETTA C.
A Preliminary List of Fossil Mastodon and Mammoth Remains
in Illinois and Iowa. (Augustana Lib. Pub. No. 5, pp. 9-48, 1905).
ARNOLD, RALPH.
Coal in Clallam County. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 413-422,
1905).
ASHLEY, GEO. H.
Coal in the Nicholas Quadrangle. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 260,
pp. 422-429, 1905).
BAGG, R. M., Jr.
The Minerals of Maguarichic. (Eng. Min. Jour. vol. 80, p. 2,
July 6, 1905).
BAIN, H. FOSTER.
Soft-Lead Resources of the United States. (Mining Mag. vol.
12.p2 19) July, L905).
*
BAIN, H. FOSTER.
Principal American Fluorspar Deposits. (Min. Mag., vol. 12,
No. 2, pp. 115-119, Aug., 1905). :
BASCOM, F.
Piedmont District of Pennsylvania. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol.
16, pp. 289-328, Pls. 48-64, 1905).
Monthly Author’s Catalogue. 189
BEEDE, J. W. (and E. H. SELLARDS).
Stratigraphy of the Eastern Outcrop of the Kansas Permian.
(Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 83-112, Aug., 1905).
BURCHARD, E. F.
The iron ores of the Brookwood Quadrangle, Alabama. (U. S.
G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 321-335, 1905).
BUTTS, CHARLES.
Warrior coal basin in the Brookwood quadrangle, Alabama. (U-
S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 357-382, 1905).
CLARKE, F. W.
A pseudo-serpentine from Stevens County, Wash. (U.S. G. 8.
Bull. No. 262, pp. 60-72, 1905).
CLARKE, F. W. (and GEO. STEIGER).
On “Californite” (U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 262, pp. 72-75, 1905).
CROSBY, W. O.
Genetic and Structural Relations of the Igneous Rocks of the
Lower Neponset Valley, Massachusetts. [II.] (Am. Geol., vol. 36,
pp. 69-83, Aug., 1905).
DALE, T. NELSON.
Slate investigations during 1904. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp.
486-489, 1905).
DARTON, N. H.
Coal of the Black Hills. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 429-434,.
1905).
DARTON, N. H.
Zuni Salt Deposits in New Mexico. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 260,
pp. 566-567, 1905).
DARTON, N. H.
Discovery of the Comanche Formation in Southeastern Colorado.
(Science, vol. 22, p. 120, July 28, 1905).
DIEEER, J: Ss:
So-called iron ore near Portland. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 260,
pp. 343-348, 1905).
DILLER, J. S.
Coal in Washington near Portland, Ore. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No.
260, pp. 411-413, 1905).
EASTMAN, C. R.
A Brief General Account of Fossil Fishes. (Geol. Sur. N. J.
Ann. Rep. for 1904, pp. 27-67). ‘
EASTMAN, C. R.
The Triassic Fishes of New Jersey. (Geol. Sur. N. J. Ann. Rep.
for 1904, pp. 67-131, pls. 14).
190 The American Geologist. september eee
ECKE iE wc.
Limonite deposits of eastern New York and western New
England. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No. 250, pp. 335-343, 1905).
ECKEE, Enc;
Tron ores of northeastern Texas. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp.
348-355, 1905).
ECKEE, E..C:
Portland Cement resources of New York. (U. S. G. S. Bull.
No. 260, pp. 522-531, 1905).
iECKEL, E. C.
Pyrite Deposits of the western Adirondacks. (U.S. G. S. Bull.
No. 260, pp. 587-589, 1905).’
FULLER, MYRON L.
Geology of Fishers Island, New York. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am.,
vol. 16, pp. 367-390, pl. 66, 1905).
GILBERT, G. K.
Systematic Asymmetry of Crest-Lines in the High Sierra of Cali-
fornia. (Bull. Sierra Club, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 279-287, pls. 4, June,
1905). j
‘GRISWOLD, W. T.
Pittsburg coal in the Burgettstown quadrangle. (U. S. G. S.
Bull. No. 260, pp. 402-411, 1905). ’
‘HALL, M. R. (and J. C. HOYT).
Progress of Stream Measurements. (U. S. G. S. Wat. Sup. &
Irr. Pap. ‘No. 127, Part 4, pp. 192, 1905).
HAMILTON, S. H. (See KUMMEL, H. B.)
HARRIS, G. D.
Bulletin of the Louisiana Geological Survey No. 2, pp. 49, Pls.
11-16, 1905). a
HILL, ROBT. T.
Source of volcanic water. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 80, p. 13, July
6, 1905).
HILLEBRAND, W. F. (and F. L. RANSOME).
On Carnotite and Associated Vanadiferous Minerals in western
Colorado. (U.S. G. 8. Contributions to Mineralogy, Bull. No. 262,
pp. 9-32, 1905).
HILLEBRAND, W. F. (and S. L. PENFIELD).
Some Additions to the alunite-jarosite Group of Minerals. (U.
S. G. S. Bull. No. 262, pp. 32-42, 1905).
HILLEBRAND, W. F. (see LINDGREN, WALDEMAR).
HILLEBRAND, W. F.
Two Tellurian Minerals from Colorado. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No.
262, pp. 55-58, 1905).
HILLEBRAND, W. F. (see SCHALLER, W. T.)
Mouthly Author's Catalogue. IQE
HILLEBRAND, W. F.
_ The composition of yttrialite, with a criticism of the formula
assigned to thalénite. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 262, pls. 61-69.)
HOYT, J. C. (see HALL, M. R. and TAYLOR, F, N.)
JOHNSON, W. D.
The Grade Profile in Alpine Glacial Erosion. (Bull. Sierra Club,
vol. 5, No. 4, p. 271, pls. 4, June, 1905).
JOHNSON, R. D. O.
Tennessee Phosphate. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 80, p. 204, Aug.
5, 1905).
KEYES, C. R.
Zine Carbonite Ores of the Magéalena Mountains. (Min. Mag.
vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 109-114, Aug., 1905).
KEYES, C. R.
Bisection of Mountain Blocks in the Great Basin Region (Ab-
stract). (Iowa Acad. Sci.)
KEYES, C. R.
Geological Structure of the Jornado del Muerto and adjoining
Bolson Plains. (lowa Acad. Sci.)
KEYES, C. R.
Northward Extension of the Lake Valley Limestone. (lowa
Academy of Sciences).
KEYES, C. R.
The Fundamental Complex beyond the Southern End of the
Rocky Mountains. (Am. Geol., vol. 36, p. 112, Aug., 1905).
KEYES, C. R.
Ore deposits of the Sierra de Los Caballos. (Eng. Min. Jour.,
vol. 80, p. 149, July 29, 1905).
KUMMEL, H. B. (and S. H. HAMILTON).
A Report upon some molding Sands of New Jersey.) Geol.
Sur. N. J., Ann. Rep. 1904, pp. 187-244).
KUMMEL, H. B.
The Mining Industry. ((Geol. Sur. N. J., Ann. Rep. 1904, pp-
291-303).
LAKES, A.
Igneous rocks in ore deposition. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 80, p.
196, Aug. 5, 1905).
LINDGREN, WALDEMAR.
Minerals from the Clifton-Morenci District, Arizona. (U. S. G.
S., Bull. No. 262, pp. 42-55, 1905).
LULL, PROF. R. S.
Restoration of the Titanothere Megacerops. (Am. Nat., vol.
39, p. 419, July, 1905).
192 The American Geologist. Septemper neue
MATTHEW, W. D.
Notes on the Osteology of Sinopa, a primitive member of the
Hyenodontide. (Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., vol. 49, p. 69, Apr., 1905).
\
MATHEWS, EDW. B.
Correlation of Maryland and Pennsylvania Piedmont Forma-
tions. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 16, pp. 329-346, 1905).
MATHEWS, EDW. B. (and W. J. MILLER).
Cockeysville Marble. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 16, pp. 347-366,
IPI 65; 1905)
MILLER, W. J. (see MATHEWS, EDW. B.)
MOFFIT, FRED H.
The Fairhaven Gold Placers, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. (U.S.
G. S., Bull No. 247, pp. 81, Pls. 14, 1905).
NEWLAND, DAVID H.
The Mining and Quarry Industry of New York State. (Bull.
347, N. Y. Ed: Dept: pp: 909-979, 1905).
PAINTER, R. H. 4
Pyrite mining in Virginia. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 80, p. 148, July
29, 1905).
PECK, F. B.
The Tale Deposits of Phillipsburg, N. J. and Easton, Pa. (Geol.
Sur. N. J. Ann. Rep. 1904, pp. 161-185).
PEET, CHAS. EMERSON.
Glacial and Post-Glacial History of the Hudson and Champlain
Valleys. (Separate from Jour. Geol., vol. 12, July and Oct., 1904).
PETERSON, O. A.
Preliminary Note on a gigantic Mammal from the Loup Fork
beds of Nebraska. (Science, vol. 22, No. 555, p. 211, Aug. 13, 1905).
PURINGTON, C. W.
Gravel and Placer Mining in Alaska. (U.S.:G. S., Bull. No. 263,
pp. 225, pls. 42,.1905).
RANSOME, F. L.
The Cceur d’ Alene District. (Mining Mag., vol. 12, p. 26, July,
1905).
SAMPLE, C. C.
Amber in Santo Domingo. (Eng. Min. Jour., vol. 80, p. 259,
Aug. 12, 1905).
SCHALLER. W. T. (and W. F. HILLEBRAND).
Notes on lawsonite. (U.S. G. S. Bull. No. 262, pp. 58-61, 1905).
SCHALLER, W. T.
Dumortierite and Mineralogical Notes. (U. S. G. S. Bull. No.
262, pp. 91-121, 1905).
Monthly Author's Catalogue. 193
SHALER, M. K. (see TAFF, J. A.)
SELLARDS, E. H. (see BEEDE, J. W.)
SINCLAIR, WM. J.
New or Imperfectly known Rodents and Undulates from the
John Day Series. (Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., vol. 4, No. 6, pp,
125-143, Pls. 14-18, 1905). :
SINCLAIR, WM. J.
The Marsupial Fauna of the Santa Cruz Beds. (Proc. Am. Phil.
Socsnvol. 495 ps io, Apr, 1905).
SMITH, W. S. TANGIER. (See ULRICH, E. O.)
SMITH, G. O.
The granite industry of the Penobscot Bay quadrangle. (U. 8.
G. S. Bull. No. 260, pp. 489-493, 1905).
SPENCER, ARTHUR C.
Progress of Work in the Pre-Cambrian Rocks. (Geol. Sur. N.
J., Ann. Rep. 1904, pp. 247-253).
STANTON, T. W. (and G. C. MARTIN).
Mesozoic Section of Cook’s Inlet and Alaska Peninsula. (Bull.
Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 16, pp. 391-410, Pls. 67-70, 1905).
STEIGER, GEORGE.
The action of silver nitrate and thallous nitrate upon certain
natural silicates. (U.S. G.S. Bull. No. 262, pp. 75-91, 1905).
STEIGER, GEORGE. (See CLARKE, F. W.)
TAFF, J. A.
Progress of coal work in Indian Territory. (U.S. G. S. Bull.
No. 260, pp. 382-402, 1905).
TAFF, J. A. (and M. K. SHALER).
Notes on the geology of the Muscogee oil fields. (U.S. G. S.
Bull. No. 260, pp. 441-446, 1905).
TAYLOR, T. N. (and J. C. HOYT).
Progress of Stream Measurements. (U.S. G. S. Wat. Sup. and
inte eaAD eNO: loasebart.g, DD. Los, DIS. 2, 1905):
TRUE, F. W.
A Fossil Sea Lion from the Miocene of Oregon. (Smithsonian
Misc. Coll., vol. 3, pp. 47-50, 1905).
UDDEN, J. A.
On the Proboscidean Fossils of the Pleistocene Deposits in
likinois and Iowa. (Augustana Lib. Pub. No. 5, pp. 43-57, 1905).
ULRICH, E. O. (and W. S. TANGIER SMITH).
The Lead, Zinc, and Fluorspar Deposits of Western Kentucky,
Part I. (U.S: G. S: Prof. Pap. No. -36, pp. 104, Pls: 7, 1905):
IQA). - The American Geologist. September, 1905
UPHAM, WARREN.
Geological History of the Great Lakes and Niagara Falls. (The
International Quarterly, vol. 11, pp. 248-265, July, 1905).
VERMEULE, C. C. .
East Orange Wells at White Oak Ridge Essex County. (Geol.
Sur. of N. J., Ann. Rep. 1904, pp. 253-263).
WEED, W. H.
Foreign Copper Mines. (Mining Mag., vol. 12, pp. 5-18, July,
1905).
WELLER, STUART.
The Fauna of the Cliffwood Clays and the Classification of the
Upper Cretaceous Formations and Fauna of New Jersey. (Geol.
Sur. N. J., Ann. Rep. 1904, pp. 131-145).
)
WHITE, CHAS. A.
The Ancestral Origin of the North American Unionide, or fresh-
water Mussels. (Smith Misc. Coll., vol. 3, pp. 75-89, 1905).
WHITE, C. A.
The Relation of Phylogenesis to Historical Geology. (Science,
vol. 22, pp. 105-113, July 28, 1905).
WRIGHT, G. FREDERICK.
Recent date of Lava flows in California. (Records of the Past,
vol. 4, Part 7, p. 195, July, 1905).
WRIGHT, G. FREDERICK.
Albert A. Wright. (Am. Geologist, vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 65-69, Aug.,
1905).
CORRESPONDENCE
Notes on Fossits OBTAINED AT SANKATY HEAD, NANTUCKET IN
Juty 1905.—Through the kindness of members of the Nantucket
Maria Mitchell Association I was fortunate enough to make a suc-
cessful collecting trip to the exposure at Sankaty Head in July of
the past summer. By the united efforts of the party a section
through the fossiliferous beds was laid bare and then worked
systematically. The results of the collecting in this manner and
also by looking over the loose material were very gratifying. The ~
material thrown out in the previous year’s excavating by Mr. J.
Howard Wilson was well worked over by the rains of the previous
winter and spring. In the small gullies at the base of this material
small shells and crab claws were easily seen although very hard
to see in the freshly exposed material. As a result of this search-
ing a considerable number of small shells and crab claws were
obtained.
Correspondence. 195
One of the finds here was a single specimen of Scala
, Making the first specimen of this species known from
these deposits. The specimen was excellently preserved. A single
specimen of Scala groenlandica Perry, was found here many years
ago and was noted in the writer’s’ previous list of the Sankaty Head
fossils.
Another svecies of interest was Cerithiopsis green C. B. Adams,
of which but very few specimens have been found at this locality.
This specimen was also excellently preserved, showing the. proto-
conch complete.
Among the smaller shells collected were several species of
Odostomia. Of these the two species previously reported from
Sankaty—Odostomia impressa Say and O. trifida Gould,—were the
most common, the former being represented by at least three times
as many specimens as the latter. Besides these two species there
were found O. fusca C B. Adams, O. bisuturalis Say, and O. semi-
nuda C. B. Adams. These three species have not:previously been
reported from Sankaty.
Among other things of interest was the finding of Arca pon-
derosa Say in situ, both valves being together and in the position
of life. This species was previously known from this locality by a
single valve found by the writer among the material collected by
Dr. Scudder. Other pelecypods were found in the lower layer with
both valves attached and the shell in the natural position. This
tends to show that. the shells of this layer at least are in situ and
not secondarily deposited.
The crab claws collected included three species. They were
identified by Miss M. J. Rathbun as Callinectes sapidus Rathbun,
Eupanopeus herbstii Milne Edwards and Neopanope texana sayi
Smith. Tae last was much-more common than either of the other
species.
In the collection at Nantucket were found two other species
of very considerable interest as they were unknown from this
locality at the time of publication of the former list (Am. Geol. vol.
xxxiv, Sept., 1904). These inciude a specimen of Sipho stimpsoni
Morch, with an excellently preserved protoconch and a large speci- -
men of Chrysodomus decemcostatus Say. This latter is a fairly
complete specimen, part of the body whorl being broken away, but
the spire in good shape.
JosEpH A, CUSHMAN.
Boston Society of Natural History, September, 1905.
FIELD GEOLOGY IN OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. Each spring term an
elective course in Field Geology is offered by professor Prosser for
advanced undergraduate and graduate students. The purpose of
the course is to acquaint the student with the formations as they
are seen in the field and to train him in the methods of investiga-
tion employed by the working geologist. The course consists of
field excursions, laboratory work and study of library references.
196 The American Geologist. Sepeaue oer
In the field the formations are carefully studied, identified and
measured preparatory to making sections and writing detailed
descriptions which ultimately take the form of a thesis. In the
laboratory, characteristic fossils of the various formations are
identified and the literature of the region under investigation care-
fully studied. Last term fifteen students registered in this course,
two of whom were girls, and the latter were as energetic and en-
thusiastic as the men. The usual equipment for the trips consisted
of barometers, hand-levels and staff, tape lines, hammers, chisels,
collecting bags and camera. A trip was made each Saturday dur-
ing the term, with one exception, although the spring was un-
favorable for field work on account of the frequent and heavy
rainstorms.
Ohio state university is well situated for geological work since
every formation of central Ohio is readily reached by one or more
of the numerous steam or electric railways radiating from’ Colum-
bus. Every formation of the state from the Richmond to the Alle-
gheny inclusive was studied in the field save the local and rela-
tively unimportant Hillsboro sandstone. The distance traveled
aggregated about 500 miles.
The longest and most interesting trips from the standpoint of
stratigraphy and paleontology were to Zanesville in Muskingum
county and to Waynesville in Warren county. The latter occupied
two days and included trips to the beautiful gorges at Cedarville,
Clifton and Yellow Springs. Goe’s Station to the south of Yellow
Springs was also visited, at this time, where the mottled clays of
the Saluda, the Belfast bed and Clinton limestone are excellently
shown in a small ravine near the former residence of Mr. Goe. The
heavy rains had thoroughly washed all of the small gullies on the
hillside and the mottled clays of the Saluda were shown at their
best. All of the sub-divisions of the “Niagara” of Ohio, with the
exception of the Hillsboro sandstone, were studied at Yellow
Springs, Clifton and Cedarville. The Osgood or Niagara shale is
best exposed on the bank of Cascade glen at Yellow Springs, while
farther up the stream are outcrops of the West Union, Springfield
and Cedarville limestones. The gorge of the Little Miami river
below Clifton is famous as one of the most picturesque localities
in southwestern Ohio, its banks formed by the Springfield and
Cedarville limestones. On Massie’s creek, however, a little below
Cedarville is a vertical cliff which is one of the most interesting
places in this region since it shows the contact of the Osgood shale
and West Union limestone, the entire thickness of the West Union
and its contact with the superjacent Cedarville limestone. In this
vicinity is a most clearly marked old channel of the creek, the bed
of which is now dry and covered with grass. The Monroe forma-
tion, or Waterlime of the Ohio reports, occurs to the west of
Columbus and one day was devoted to the study of several of its
outcrops which involved a tramp of some twelve miles. The
Personal and Scientific News. 107
Devonian limestones and shales are excellently exposed on the
Scioto river and its tributaries and the various formations of the
Waverly series on the streams to the east of Columbus within a
distance of from ten to thirty-five miles. All of these formations
were carefully studied using for a guide the recent papers of
professor Prosser in which they have been fully described. The
youngest Carboniferous formations studied were seen at Zanesville,
sixty miles east of Columbus, where the Lower Mercer limestone
occurs in the bed of the Muskingum river, and Putnam Hill and the
adjacent ones show the succeeding members of the Pottsville and
Allegheny formations as high as the Freeport sandstone.
2 GEORGE F. Lams.
PERSONAL AND SCIENTIFIC NEWS.
WER). SPURR of the U.S. Geol, Sur. has resigned:to
accept a position with the Guggenheim Exploration Co.
Mr. Spurr has been connected with the survey for ten
years and was previously with the Minnesota Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Survey. He has written reports on the Mesabi
range, the Mercur, Aspen, Monte Christe, Klondyke and
Tonopah districts and was to have studied the Goldfield
district this year. His work there will be taken up by Mr.
F. L. Ransome.
WE ARE GRATIFIED TO LEARN that we have been misin-
formed in regard to a change in the geological survey of
Michigan.—Dr. A. C. Lane is still the able director of that
survey. During the present season much active work is
going on. Professor Russell is making an examination of
the surface geology in the Upper Peninsula, and Mr. Frank
Leverett of the United States survey is on the same problem.
They are working in cooperation. And at the same time
professor C. A. Davis of the university is studying the de-
velopment and ecology of the peat bog flora. Mr. W. C.
Gordon is completing a careful cross section of the copper-
bearing formation, to determine the different horizons, near
the Wisconsin line. Professor W. M. Gregory is finishing
his report on Arenac county. Mr. W. F. Cooper is working
on the Wayne county report and watching the shaft going
down to rock salt, near Detroit. The state geologist is en-
gaged in detailed studies in the copper region.
SINCE THE RECENT REORGANIZATION of the Louisiana
Survey two volumes have been published on the geology of
the state, and are known generally as'the “Report of 1899”
198 The American Geologist. Septemberslaa
and the “Report of 1902.” In preparing the “Report of
1905” it has seemed advisable owing to the diversity of
subject matter, to publish the same in parts and, as usual,
style such parts “Bulletins.” Bulletin No. 1—Underground
Waters of Louisiana; Bulletin’: No. 2—Magnetic Survey of
Louisiana; and Bulletin No. 3—Tide Gage Work in Louisi-
ana, have already been published and may be had gratis
by addressing Dr. W. R. Dodson, director Experiment Sta-
tion, Louisiana, at Baton Rouge, La. For the reports of
1899 and 1902 address “Director Sugar Experiment Sta.,”
Audubon Park, New Orleans, La.
STUDENTS IN THE INTERCOLLEGIATE summer field course in
the geology of the Appalachian region spent the first week
in studying the formations of the Coastal Plain of Maryland
under the direction of Dr. Clark of Johns Hopkins univer-
sity and Dr. Miller of Bryn Mawr college. Professors Bib-
bins of the Woman’s college of Baltimore, Cleland of Wil-
liams college and Westgate of Ohio Wesleyan university
were also members of the party. The boat of the city en-
gineer of Baltimore and the private yacht of the governor of
Maryland were generously placed at the disposal of the par-
ty which greatly facilitated the work. The second week
under the direction of professor Davis of Harvard was spent
in central Pennsylvania in studying the Appalachian struc-
ture and physiography. Professors. Cleland, Westgate,
Prosser of Ohio State university and Rice of Wesleyan uni-
versity of Connecticut participated in this work. The third
week was spent studying the formations of central New
York, with headquarters at Syracuse, under the direction
of professor Hopkins of Syracuse university. From Wed-
nesday to Saturday of this week Section E of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science was in session
at Syracuse and the following well known geologists partici-
pated in some of the excursions: Rice, Prosser, Taylor of
Indiana, David White of the U. S. Geol. Sur., Hovey of the
American Museum of Natural History, Fairchild of Roches-
ter university, Cushing of Western Reserve and Grabau of
Columbia university. The party left Syracuse Saturday
with professor Cushing who directetd the study of the pre-
Cambrian crystalline and Ordovician formations of the Mo-
hawk valley during the fourth week of the course.
THE
meric AN GEOLOGIST.
VOL. XXXVI, OCTOBER, 1905. No. 4.
TEN YEARS PROGRESS IN THE MAMMALIAN PALAZEONTOL-
OGY OF NORTH AMERICA.*
By Pror. HENRY FAIRFIELD OsBorRN, LL. D-, D Sc., New York.
Members of the Congress,
I believe that what you as specialists in the many di-
verse branches of zoology most desire to hear, are the
salient results of our recent explorations in America, and
their broader bearings on the general principles of zoology.
In 1878, the late professor O. C. Marsh published his
notable address entitled: Jntroduction and Succession of
Vertebrate Life in North America’. Fifteen years later [
published a somewhat similar review entitled: ase of the
Mammalia in North America’. In the ten years which
have elapsed exploration has not only been on a larger scale*
than ever before, but also more thorough as well as guided
by the constantly broadening aspects of the science.
The initial plan of the paleozoological survey under-
taken by the American Museum was threefold: it was so far
as possible to secure-not only (1) a complete representation
of certain families of mammals, as was done for mono-
graphic purposes by Marsh (i.e. Dinocerata, Brontotheriidz)
* Address of Prof. H. F. Osborn at the International Congress of Zoo-
logy, Berne, August, 1904. Reprinted from the Compte-Rendu of the
Congress by permission of the secretary.
2 Proc. Arner. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Nashville, 1877, pp. 211-258.
3 Amer. Jour. Sci. 18, xlvi, 1893, pp. 379-392; 448-466.
4 Large collections have been secured by the Museums of Princeton
University and the University of California, by the Carnegie Museum
Pittsburgh, the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, and some few addi-
tions nave been made to the famous collection brought together by
professor MarsuH at Yale University.
‘The Department of Vertebrate Palaeontology in the American Mu-
seum of Natural History was founded with the present writer as Curator
in 1891. Associated with him at various times were the following zoolo-
gists and palaeontologists: Messrs. WortMAN, MATTHEW, EARLE, GIDLEY
and Brown. ‘Fossil mammals brought from the West, secured by ex-
change, and by purchase, including the entire collection of the late
professor Edward D. Cope, now number 9873. The Copa Reptilian and
Amphibian Collection is also in the American Museum,
200 The American Geologist. October, 1905
(2), 2 complete representation of certain contemporary
faunas, as was done chiefly by the late professor Edward D.
Cope (e. g. the Puerco and John Day faunas), but in addition
(3) to secure complete phyletic series of various families of
mammals in successive geological horizons from their intro-
duction to their extinction (compare Fig. 2). In each of
these features of our plan we have been rewarded with a
success far beyond our most sanguine expectations. Our
large collections studied by friendly cooperation in connec-
tion with those of other institutions, and large collections
studied independently in other institutions, notably Prince-
ton and the Carnegie Museum, have naturally brought into
a new light some of the important general principles of
palzozoology.
I. Progress in the General Principles of Paleozoology.
Palwogeography—vThe first broader bearing is that of
past distribution and paleogeography, in which the accuracy
of our records! and thoroughness of our search are working
a revolution. We are finding the remains of animals which
have recently arrived from South America, Asia, Europe’
and Africa®, and it would be impossible to narrow the field
of American fossil mammalogy even if we desired to do so.
The broad study of intercontinental evolution and relations
of the mammals is absolutely essential to a philosophical
understanding. Those who have followed the rapid recent
progress of paleontology ,know that this spirit of uniting
paleontology ever more closely with distribution and paleo-
geography is that which constantly animates the older as
well as many of the younger workers in this field.
Zoological methods—Zoology in the sense of studying’
extinct forms as living organisms is also becoming closer
day by day, and we are now enjoying the recognition by
mammalogists (Weber!, Beddard’) of the absolute necessity
of coupling the study of ancestral with that of the recent
forms in all questions both of distribution and of classifica-
1 MattHew, W. OD. A Provisional Classification af the Freshwater
Tertiary of the West. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, 1899, pp. 19-77.
2 Osporn, H. F. Faunal Relatians of Eurone and America during the
Tertiary Period. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. xiii, 1900, pp. 46-56.
3 OsBoRN, JI. F. Theory of Successive Invasions of an African Fauna
into Europe Ann. N. Y¥. Acad. Sci., vol. xiii, 1900, pp. 56-58.
1 Die Saugethiere 8°, Jena, 1904.
2 Mammalia. The Cambridge Natural History, 8°, 1902.
Progress in Mammalian Palaeontology. 201
tion. In connection with distribution our chief advance has
been to determine the exact geographical location and
chronological succession of animals, the local conditions of
geological deposition in relation to habits and habitat or en-
vironment, as well as its bearing upon the study of past cli-
mates, or what may be called paleometeorology.
Adaptive radiation, continental—In connection with
the comparison of mammals in their intercontinental as well
as im their continental relations, the branching system of
Lamarck and the divergence which impressed Darwin is
perhaps most clearly expressed by the word “radiation’”.
Elsewhere the conception of adaptive radiation has been
fully developed in connection with the origin of certain
orders’. -
It may here be briefly pointed out that Africa’, South
America, North America and Eurasia prove to have been
the three chief geographical centres of ordinal radiation.
Adaptive radiation, local.—Quite as important, al-
though not carried on so grand a scale, is the local adaptive
radiation which brings about a diversity of type in the same
geographical regions and is the basis of the polyphyletic law
of which we shall next speak. It is perhaps best illustrated
by the Ungulates. In addition'to (1) digital reduction
(Kowalevsky) and (2) carpal and tarsal displacement
(Cope, Osborn) in relation to the choice of harder and
softer ground, there is recognized (3) after the primary con-
version of semi-unguiculate into ungulate types, a reversed
conversion of ungulate types into clawed types, as seen in
Dichobune (Artiodactyla), Chalicotherium (Perissodactyla),
and perhaps in an incipient stage in Agriochoerus (Artiodac-
tyla) ; (4) secondary adoption of aquatic habits, as seen, for
example, in the Amynodontidze among the Rhinocerotoidea.
Divergence by the above factors has long been recognized.
There are also to be seen phyletic series combining in vari-
ous ways either of. the following eight conditions of foot,
3 OsBoRN H. F., Rise of the Mammaiia. Proc. Amer. Association,
Adv. Sci., vol. xlii, 1893, ». 215.
4 Adaptive Radiation of Orders and Families Ann, NW. YY. Acad: Set
vol. xiii, 1900, nn 49-51.
5 Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. xiii, 1900, pp. 56-58.
6 OsBorn, H. F.. The Law of Adaptive Radiation. Amer, Nat. xxxvi,
1902, pp. 353-363.
202 The American Geologist. October, 1905
skull and tooth structure, which are not found to be neces-
sarily correlated:
Primitive Condition. Secondary Condition.
(6) Elongation (dolichocephaly )
of skull
(7) Abbreviation (brachyceph-
aly) of skull
(5) Mesaticephaly
(9) Elongation (dolichopody) of
limbs
(10) Abbreviation (brachypody
of limbs
(8) Mesatipody
(12) Elongation (hypsodonty) of
(11) Brachyodonty { uate
Law of correlation.—The bearing of these observations
on Cuvier’s law of correlation is to modify rather than to
displace it. It may be restated as follows!: The feet (cor-
related chiefly with limb and body structure) and the teeth
(correlated chiefly with skull and neck structure) diverge
independently in adaptation respectively to securing (feet)
and eating (teeth) food under different conditions; each
evolves directly for its own mechanical functions or pur-
poses, yet in such a manner that each subserves the other.
Thus, for example, there is a frequent correlation between
dolichocephaly, dolichopody and hypsodonty, as in certain
of the Hguidae, but there are so many exceptions to such
correlation, because of the separate adaptive evolution of
each organ, that it would be entirely impossible to predict
the structure of the tooth from the structure of the claw,
or vice versa,
Law of analogous evolution. —One of the most impor-
tant advances of the past decade, for which the way was
largely prepared, in the previous decade, by Scott’s papers
on Oreodon, Poebrotherium and Mesohippus, has been the
clear recognition of this law. These phenomena give rise to
an enormous number of analogies (homoplasies, parallel-
isms, convergences) not only of structure but of entire
types, of families, and of groups, very confusing to the
seeker of real phyletic relationship.
1 Osborn. Amer. Nat. xxxvi, 1902, p. 363.
Progress in Mammalian Palaeontology. 203
Evolution in part determinate. —As regards the modes
and factors of evolution’, the continuous stages of evolution
which we are securing among the horses, camels, rhinocer-
oses, and many other families, afford opportunities which
havé never been afforded before. We are with adaptive
characters from their birth or genesis, through their prime,
into their decline and death. Through this unique oppor-
tunity for observation has been confirmed a view of evolu-
tion long shared by most if not all paleontologists, verte-
brate and invertebrate, but naturally not understood or
| PRINCIPAL FORMATIONS IN WHICH FOSSIL ae
Es ARE FOUND IN WESTERN UNITED STATE
CHARACTERISTIC | CORRESP EUROP
EUROPEAN PUMMALS| FORMATIONS
CHARACTERISTIC
AMERICAN MAMMALS
GREAT PLAINS SECTION
Equus slenomis | var pe macarnre
ipparion pantera)
ORECON, SECTION_|
A ABS CAL
MIOCENE iii
1 v
|Anchitheriurn |O*'6 7 “84N
|
SAN SAN
| Mastodon SABLES DE CORL
Diceratherium Ba SE RANT SE
ie Protchippus
Hala therwarn Titanotherium
al Ta ips Epthippus
| Coryphodon |Lower
ie MONTANA SECTION _.... - Eohippus
CERNAYSIEN uprologona
TcuK0n |BASAL HY aie BNTONA
i CACC.GROS DE Mons > = UNION: (Ae ne le Palyrmastoden |
CRETACEOUS Dinosauric)
FIG 1
Most recent geological subdivision of the American Tertiary.
Showing that the successive sections in Montana, New Mexico, Wyo-
ming, Utah, Oregon, and the Great Plains afford a complete history of
the Tertiary, homotaxial with that afforded by the corresponding Euro-
pean formations.
3! d by otl zoologists hk se of tl ssentially differ-
Snared Dy other zoologists because oO 1e essentia y aiirer
ent nature of evidence. I refer especially to the theory of
2 Scorr, W. B. On the Mode of Evolution in the Mammalia and on
some of the Factors im _ the Evolution of the Mammalia. Jour. Morphol.
vol. v, 1891, No. 3, pp. 361-378, 378-42.
204 The American Geologist. October, 1905
the definite or determinate ‘origin! and development of cer-
tain at least of the new adaptive structures, apparently, but
not certainly according to the principle to which Waagen
applied the term mutation’. The mutation of the palzon-
tologist, however, is quite distinct from the phenomena of
minute saltations to which de Vries has applied Waagen’s
term in his valuable experiments}.
Potential of similar evolution—In connection with ana-
logous, but especially with partially determinate evolution,
we not only have the similarly moulding influences of simi-
lar habits, and the action of the various factors of evolution”
which we cannot stop to discuss, but clear evidence of the
existence of a potential of similar evolution, a kind of latent
homology which determines that when certain structures
are to appear among animals independently derived from a
common stock, they will appear at certain definite points
and not at random. For example, the genesis of the rudi-
ment of the horn in three independent phyla of Eocene titan-
otheres is at exactly the same point, namely, at the point of
junction of the frontals with the nasals at the side of the
face just above the eye.
The polyphyletic law.—Partly as an outgrowth of the
synthesis of the above principles and partly as the result of
new discoveries and the closer study of types already known
is the full recognition of the polyphyletic law.’ If we ex-
amine the phylogenies of Huxley and Cope, and even those
of more recent writers (Scott, Osborn, Wortman) of a
decade ago, we find that the attempt is made for example,
to trace the pedigrees of the horses and rhinoceroses in a
monophyletic manner. The first known instance of this kind
was Huxley’s pedigree of Aguus through [ipparion, Anchi-
therium and Palaeotherium, all of which are now known to
belong to entirely distinct phyla. Another instance was
1 OsBorN, H. F. The Falaeontological Evidenec for the Transmission
of
; Li
2 Paniotestes ? Panloles lis
3
FIG. 5.
The Polyphyletic Law and Local Adaptive Radiation Illustrated in the Phylogeny of
the Camels.
On the left is illustrated the older monophyletic view held as recently
as 1898; on the right, the newer polyphyliletic view developed in 1904 show-
ing three distinct contemporary lines of Camelidae.
fluviatile or channel beds, with chiefly lowland or bottom
fauna, from eolian or backwater sediments, chiefly with a
plains and cursorial fauna. The three subdivisions origin-
ally observed by Hayden and Leidy are thus divided
follows:
I. Fluviatile or Channel Beds. IJ. olian or Backwater
Sediments.
Wpper; Protocerasibeds: 0. >... .. Leptauchenia beds.
Middle, Metamynodon beds....... Oreodon beds.
Lower, Titanotherium beds.
This separation was chiefly brought about by Matthew’s
careful analysis of the animals coming from these respective
218 The American Geologist. October, 1905
beds, the former (1) including lowland, forest and river-
bottom, and aquatic animals, the latter (II) the animals of
the plains and uplands. The John Day beds of Oregon
apparently contain an overlapping fauna partly equivalent
to the Upper Oligocene and partly to the Lower Miocene.
The already well known (Cope, Filhol) and close
zoogeographical relationships during the Oligocene of North
America and Europe are strengthened by the discovery of
European Anthracotheriide, Mustelide (Bunaelurus') and
Erinaceide (Proterzw, Matthew’) in America, and of the
American Titanotheriide in Europe’. This leaves as the
chief families in Europe still unknown in America the
Paleotheriide, Anoplotheriide, Tragulide.
Our faunal knowledge has been especially enriched by
the discovery and description of the hitherto unknown
microfauna of the Titanotherium beds (Douglass*, Matthew’)
which includes archaic, Centetes-like forms, as well as Hrin-
a ceous -like forms.
The main phylogenetic results are the following. The
Creodonta have been definitely traced to their extinction in
the Hyznodontide (Table II). Among the Canidz the an-
cestral line of Cyon (Dholes) has almost certainly been
recognized in this period in the genus Zemnocyon (Wort-
man and Matthew®) (Fig. 6). No trace of Edentata has
been found, the forms formerly described as such now being
known to be the peculiar Chalicotheriidz, probably of Peris-
sodactyl affinities. The rhinoceroses have been traced back
in the Lower Oligocene to animals (Zrigonias) with sev-
eral incisors as well as with canine teeth (Osborn!, Lucas’).
1 MarTrHew, W. D. On the Skull of Bunaelwrus, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., xvi, 1902, pp. 1387-140.
2A Fossil Hedgehog from the American Oligocene Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., vol. xix, 19038, pp. 227-229.
8 TouLta. Ueber neue Wéirbelthierreste aus dem Tertiar Oe6esterreichs und
Rumeliens, Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. geolog. Ges., Jahrg. 1896, pp. 922-924.
Foss. Mamm. White River. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, n. s., vol.
xx, 1901, p. 1-42. ;
5 The Fauna of the Titanothertum deds. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. xix, 1908, pp. 197-226.
6 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, 1899, pp. 139-148.
yale Extinct Rhinoceroses. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. i, 1898,
po. 75-165.
“ ae New Rhinoceros, Trigonias Osborni. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xxiii,
oO. 1207.
Progress in Mammalian Palaeontology.—Osborn. 219
The law of local adaptive radiation with its polyphyletic
consequences has completely altered our conception of sev-
eral Oligocene families, as follows. The Titanotheriide
(Osborn*®) break up into four genera, which evolve inde-
pendently from the base to the summit of the Oligocene,
namely, Zitanotherium, Megacerops, Symborodon, and Bron
totherium,; divergence is indicated by dolichocephaly and
brachycephaly as well as by other characters (Fig. 7). Sim-
ilarly the Equide break up into four and possibly five dis-
tinct contemporary phyla, and it now begins to appear prob-
able that the line giving rise to Equus, separated off from
the other horses as early as the Lower Oligocene (Osborn,
Gidley; Fig. 4). The Oreodontide, represented by two
phyla in the Upper Eocene, now present three phyla, name-
ly, Agriochoerus, Oreodon, Leptauchenia (Matthew). Three
phyla of Camelidz are also recognized, namely, those repre-
sented by Paratylopus, Poebrotherium, and Pseudolabis
(Matthew, Fig. 5). Similarly among the Felidz, the Mach-
erodont division, the only felines represented in America at
this time, breaks up into the stout-limbed Hoplophoneus
series ancestral to Muachaerodus and Smilodon the slender-
limbed Dinictis *, and a third series represented by Vimravus
(Fig. 6).
Among the gaps in the Oligocene is the entire absence
of Primates, the genera Laopithecus and Menotherium, for
merly associated with the Primates, proving to be singularly
primitive tritubercular Artiodactyls. An important prob-
lem is the actual relationships of the Artiodactyl genera Pro-
toceras, Leptomeryx, Hypertragulus, and Hypisodus, which
according to Scott’s theory above alluded to, represent with
the Oreodontidz an independent radiation of American Arti-
odactyla wholly without affinity with the European Tragu-
lines.
Toe Miocrnrt Fauna.
In our Miocene, equivalent to the Langhien (Orléanais),
Helvétien (Sansan, Simorre), and Tortonien (Grive St. Al-
ban, Bamboli) stages of Europe, the most exceptional pro-
3 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1902, pp. 91-109.
. 4 MatrHew. Fossil Mammals of the Tertiary of Northeastern Colorado
Mem. Amer. Mus, Nat. Hist., vol. i, pt. vi, 1901.
220 The American Geologist. October, 1905
gress has been made in the distinction of the geological and
faunal zones. Ten years ago the accurate geological ob-
servations of Hayden were overlooked, and it was believed
that formations equivalent to the Middle and Lower Mio-
cene of Europe were sparsely if at all representetd. Now
three faunal stages are clearly recognized (Scott!, Matthew’,
Gidley’), namely: Lower (Rosebud beds), in which the ani-
mals are still sparsely known, Middle (Deep River beds), in
which the fauna is becoming more fully known, Upper
(Loup Fork beds), in which a very rich fauna is now fully
known. Each of these divisions is distinguished by specific
stages in the evolution of the horses, rhinoceroses, camels,
oreodonts, rodents, and carnivores. These chronological
successions derived from geology have already yielded very
important new biological results.
The zoogeographical relationships with Europe have
been strengthened by the discovery for the first time of Din-
ocyon ( Matthew’), of a new species of rhinoceros ( Zele-
oceras bicornutus* Osborn), closely similar to the Zvleoceras
aurelianensis of the Lower Miocene of France, by the rec-
ognition of new Mustelide (Lutra), and of the Castoride
(Dipoides). The Proboscidea, now known to be of African
origin, are not certainly found in the lower and sparsely
known in the middle, but are fully represented in the upper
beds. In the middle beds appears JMastadon productus,
rather derivable from the Palaeomastodon of Africa than from
the AL. angustidens of France.
Our views as to the ‘Miocene climate have also under-
gone a change, owing to the recognition that most of these
deposits are fluviatile and zxolian rather than lacustrine
(Matthew, Gidley’), as evidence of a dry climate, marshy
1 The Mammalia of the Deep River Beds, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc.,
XVili, 1895, pp. 55-185.
2 Foss, Mamm. of the Tertiary, etc. Mem. A. M. N. H., vol. i, 1901.
3 New or Little Known Mammals from the Miocene. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., xx, 1904,. pp. 241.
1A Skull of Dinocvon from the Miocene of Texas. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, 1902,> pp. 129-136.
2 New Miocene Rhinoceroses. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol, xx,
1904, pp. 307-326.
3 New or Little Known Mammals from’ the Miocene eof South Dakota
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. xx, 1904, pp. 241-268.
RECENT
PLIOCENE,
%
fe.
-
OLIGUENE
One.
(reef
Vapor
6
Mund le
' GOcenE
Progress in Mammalian Palaeontology.—Osborn, 221
PROVISIONAL PHYLOGENY OF CARNIVORA, OLD &NEW WORLD.’
“WO Matthew oye i
FELIDAE MUSTELIOAE VINERRIDAE HYAEMIDAE CANIDAE FRECTON- UR.
—— te —
a
oo Prod selort
tT eateiheanes Dinietio aba rage!
“9 ese ae ae
oT plant Dimes 5?
y Aglorogele 4
ora lus * Diacshe 7 Phendachures/ Steno
> Y ar
%, if o
a ee
J AEs
Fy
“s
ie aoa J
) Zz sid ;
a rigaiall y a 3 wv. Z america
i - owe a www @ - -_—— - 2 oy ae ee oe
‘fe ae ‘\ Vivarranas | aa Supope
. .
~ ane
pd ee
FIG. 6.
The hypothetical phylogeny of the Carnivora illustrating especially
the great antiquity of some of the modern genera of dogs, such as
Cyon, which separated off from the other Cranidae in the base of the
Oiigocene if not in the Eocene. This table includes also the European
Carnivora and is of a temporary value. /Falaeonictis, although a Creo-
dont may possibly be related to the Felidae.
plains, and drifting sands, rather than of the moister climatic
conditions inferred from the older lake basin theory.
Among the chief phylogenetic results are the addition
of at least four kinds of Canids (Fig. 6) and the tracing
back of the Procyonide to the Lower Miocene Phlaocyon
( Matthew’), tending to unite this phylum more closely with
the Canide. The Mustelide are now represented by Mus-
tela and Lutra. The Viverride and Ursidz are still wholly
unrepresented in Arrerica although evolving contemporane-
ously in Europe. Among the distinctively American Artio-
dactyls the Cervide are now recorded in the Middle Mio-
cene ( Palacomeryx), a fact however still requiring confirma-
tion. In this connection should be mentioned the discovery
of the full characiers of the genus Merycodus ( Cosoryz),
4 Foss. Mamm of the Tertiary, etc. Mem. A. M. N. H., vol. i, 1901.
222 The American Geologist Oe aee Oe
which with Blastomeryx as the new family Merycodontide
has been regarded by Matthew’ to be more nearly related
to the American Antilocapride than to the European Cervi-
de, although its deerlike horns certainly suggest Cervine
relationships. The Camelide until recently considered
monophyletic have bcen shown to be in a marked degree
polyphyletic®, the Lower Oligocene Paratylopus giving rise
to two phyla, one of which includes the “giraffe camel,”
Alticamelus (Matthew!), which presents a remarkable anal-
ogy in the elongation of its neck and limbs with the giraffes
of Africa; similarly Proebrotherium splits into three phyla
(Fig. 5, Matthew). Similarly the Oreodont, and Agrichcerine
phyla have disappeared without leaving successors. The rival
cursorial Hyracodontide and aquatic Amynodontide having
died out, the true Rhinocerotide (Fig. 3) split up into three
series, one including the extremely long-skulled and long-
limbed types, possibly related to the true Aceratherium in-
cisivum of Europe, a second including excessively broad-
skulled types (genera Aphelops and Peraceras Cope), and a
third including the short-footed (brachypodine) types
( Teleoceras ), almost certainly of European origin. The
Tapiride are still sparsely known. The aberrant Chali-
cotheriide terminate *in an Upper Miocene species which
nearly equals in size the Lower Pliocene Ancylotherium of
the Pikermi. The most astonishing discovery among the
Rodentia is that of a member of the Mylagaulide with a
very large horn core on the front portion of the skull
genus Ceratogaulus Matthew’).
The principal work still to be done in our Miocene is
the following: to ascertain more fully the character of the
Lower Miocene fauna, which is still unknown; to fix the
date of the arrival of the earliest Proboscidea either early in
the Middle or in the Lower Miocene; to trace the ancestry
of the typical dogs; to ascertain the origin of the Cervide,
which will probably prove to be Asiatic, as well as the
origin of the peculiarly American Antilocapride.
5 A Complete Skeleto of Merycodus. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. xx, 1904, pp. 101-129. :
6 Notice of Two New Oligocene Camels, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. xvi, 1902, pp. 617-635.
; eae: Mamm. of the Tertiary, ete. Mem. A. M. N. H., vol. i, pt.
vi, ;
Progress in Mammalian Palaeontology.—Osborn. 223
Tue Priocrene Fauna.
Equivalent to Messinien (Pikermi), Plasancien (Cas-
ino), Astein (Rousillon), Sicilien (Val d’ Arno sup.)
Our limited American Pliocene fauna still stands in sad
contrast to the rich succession of Pliocene mammals of
Europe. The Palo Duro mammals which Cope included in
the Pliocene have proved to be Upper Miocene. Recent
geological and paleontological work (Gidley’) shows that
the only true Pliocene formation and locality is that of the
Blanco beds of Texas, 75 feet in thickness, as against the
rich successive Pliocene series of Europe. Nor are any
species of Hguus found here, as Cope supposed, and as
might be expected from the presence of Aguus (££. stenonis)
in the Upper Pliocene of Europe. The chief faunal distinc-
tions are the entire disappearance of the Rhinocerotidz and
the appearance of South American Mammals.
The zoogeographical changes are well known to enter a
new relation by the invasion of the South American Edenta-
ta, namely, Glyptodon, Megalonyx, Mylodon. Among these
anew Glyptodont, Glyptotherium texanum has recently be-
come known (Osborn!) from a nearly complete carapace
and partial skeleton, which exhibits primitive affinities with
the Eocene types of Patagonia. Among the Proboscidea
the Stegodont stage appears in the so-called Mastodon mir-
ficus of Leidy, indicating a late Pliocene age for the Blanco
formation. In the marine Miocene of Japan (Iwasaki and
Yoshiwara’) the remarkable discovery has been made of an
anomalous skull representing a new family (Desmostylidae
fam. nov.) either of hypsodont Sirenia or of Proboscidea,
and Merriam! has recognized as a similar form occurring on
the coast of California the genus Desmostylus first noticed
by Marsh.
The phylogenetic series is all too limited, the horses
2A Horned Rodent. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., voi. xvi, 1902, pp.
291-310.
8 The Freshwater Tertiary of _ Northwestern Texas. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., vol. xix, 1903, pp. 617-635.
1 Ghyptotherium texanum Bull. Amer.. Mus. Nat. Hist., xix, 1903,
pp. 491-494.
2 Notes on a New Fossil Mammal. Jour. Coll. of Sci. Imp. Univ.
Tokyo, vol.’ xvi, Art. 5, 1902.
1 Science, n. s., vol. xvi, Oct. 31, 1902, p. 714.
Di vergent
Characlers ‘
The American Geologist.
October, 1905
LAW OF LOCAL ADAPTIVE RAD/AT/ION
Conremporary Evocurion of Four Purea of Tiraworneres , Lower Oxicocene , Nort Amenica
BRACHYCEPHALIC
MESOPODAL
SHORT HwORWS
iNCISOR TEETH
OOLICHOCE PHALIC
OOLICHOPIDAc
SHORT HORNS,
NO INCISOR TEETH
BRACHYCEPHALIC
LONG NARROW HORNS
WO INCISOR TEETH ~
MESATICE PHALIC
MESOPOOAL
LowG BRoAD Hwokns }
INCISOR TEETH
MEGACEROPS TITANOTHERIUM SYMBORODON BRONTOTHERIUM °
B platyceras
M. robustus B ramosum
Ay S..acer
Upper :
‘Beds M-dispes
M.bicornulus
AB: dolichoceras
B.gigas
q A serotinus F
* Middle» JT. trigonoceras : 4B hatchere
Beds.
| Lower ~
jBede |M. Wap Uf helocera’s
% = 4
Collaleral }
lines ib
D reel
dine
Collateral
lines
A al Divect Collateral | Direct Collateral
Tolel thick- \ line line dines:
mess, 180 fl Me m
e co SSHORT HORNED ‘TITANOTHERES
lines
LONG HORNED
TITANOTHERES
FIG. 7.
of local adaptive radiation illustrated in
Titanotheres, one or more of which gave
The law
cene
the four phyla of Oligo-
off collateral branches.
Three of these phyla have now been shown to have a separate origin
in the Middle Eocene.
being sparsely represented by species of Weohipparion ( Gid-
ley *) and a doubtful Pliohippus, the Camelidae by Pliau-
chenia, the Dicotylide by several pieces of Platygonus, the
Carnivora by an Amphicyon and other doubtful species of
Canide. The “collateral lines of Camelide, so far as we
know, died out, and the adaptive rediation of the true
camels begins.
However, no generalizations can as yet be made from
this scanty fauna; we are confronted with more gaps in our
knowledge and more unsolved problems than in any other
period. Among these, the direct ancestry of the South
American cameloids (Auchenia) as well as of the true
camels (Camelus) should be found. We also should find
here the stages directly ancestral to the horse ( Aquus), be-
2A New
1908, pp. 465-476.
Three-toed Horse. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. xix,
Progress in Mammalian Palaeontology.—Osborn. 225
cause it now appears certain that Marsh’s Plzohippus was
an Upper Miocene and not a Pliocene animal, and was,
moreover, apparently on a side line not leading directly into
Hquus (Gidley, Fig. 4). Thus not only is the Pliocene
plains fauna sparsely known but the Pliocene forest fauna
is wholly unknown.
. Tue PuLeisroceNE Fauna.
Equivalent to (1) the Preglacial, Forest Beds of Nor-
folk (St. Prest. Durfort, Malbattu, Peyrolles), (2) Glacial,
(Mid-Pleistocene, Lower Mid-Pleistocene), (3) Postglacial
deposits of Northern Europe and Asia.
Here again American paleontology is far behind that
of Europe as to knowledge of the chronological succession
of deposits, and a vast amount of work remains to be done
in the discrimination of geological and faunal stages, in the
comparison of Eastern and Western cave—and sand— de-
posits, and in the coordination of the first appearance of
man with that of the mammalian succession.
The advent of the true Hywus marks the base of our
Pleistocene, as shown in the sand deposits of the Western
plains in the so-called Hguus beds. The geographical dis- ©
tribution and remarkable adaptive variation of the Pleisto-
cene horses have now been fully worked out (Gidley’), prov-
ing that there are ten species characteristic of different
localities, and ranging in size from & giganteus larger than
any modern horse, to the diminutive 2 monteZumae, But
nowhere in North America have horses been found contem-
poraneous with man.
Two chief advances have been made, first, the distinc-
tion of plains and river, from forest faunas; second, the
exploration of two very remarkable cave deposits.
The Western plains fauna of the Hguus beds or Lower
Pleistocene (Matthew!) contains among the Carnivora,
Canis, Dinocyon, Felis; among the Rodentia, Fiber, Arvi,
cola, Cynomys, Thomomys, Castoroides; among the Eden-
tata, Mylodon,; among the Perissodactyla, three species of
8 Tooth Characters and Revision of the Genus Equus. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, 1901, pp. 91-142.
1 List of Pleistocene Fanna from ‘ay Springs, Nebr. Bull. -Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., yol. xvi, 1902, pp. 317-322.
226 The American Geologist. October, 1905
Equus; among the Artiodactyla, two species of the Dico-
tylide; one species of the Camelidz, and two of the Antilo-
capride ( Capromeryx, a new form, Matthew), and Antzlo-
capra; among the Proboscidea, Hlephas columbi A similar
plains fauna is that of Silver Lake, Oregon, which includes
also two aquatic animals, Castor and Lutra. At Wash-
tuckna Lake, Washington, is found a forest fauna which
includes in addition to camels and horses, a badger, Zaaidea-
three species of Felis, two of Alces, one of the American
deer, Cariacus, and one of the goat Oreamnos ( Haploceros )
Our knowledge of the Western cave fauna has been
enriched especially by the discoveries of Sinclair’ in Cali-
fornia, in the Potter Creek Cave, probably of late Pleisto-
cene age. This includes an extremely rich series chiefly of
the mountain and forest type. Of fifty-two species, twenty-
one are extinct, including a new member of the Ovine in the
genus Huceratherium® (Sinclair ). With these animals are
associated relics possibly of human origin. In the East, the
Port Kennedy. Cave, also treated by Cope, has been ex-
haustively investigated by Mercer’, and shown to contain
fifty species of mammals, including chiefly forest types,
among which are the Mastodon americanus, a tapir, and
two species of Hguus. Again no human remains have been
found.
As regards phylogeny, the horses are evidently poly-
phyletic ; but we have not as yet worked out the distinctign
between possible representatives of the horses, asses, and
zebras. The Proboscidea have been clearly distinguished
(Pohlig, Lucas, Osborn’) into four great types Mastodon
amercianus in the Eastern and Middle States; Hlephas prim-
égenius in the North, practically identical with the north
Asiatic Mammoth; Hlephas columbi chiefly in the Middle
States but also in the Southern, and Hlephas imperator in
the South and ranging north to the Middle States; these
species represent profoundly different types both in skull
2 The Exploration of the Potter Creek Cave. Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer.
Archaeol. & Ethn., vol. 2, No. 1, 1904.
3 Euceratherium. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 3, No. 20,
1904, pp. 411-418.
4 The Bone Cave at Port Kennedy. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol.
Xi, spt 2.) 1899!
5 Evolution of the Proboscidea in North American. Science, N. §S., xvil,
Feb. 18. 1908, p. 249.
Progress in Mammalian Palaeontology.---Oshorn. 227
and tooth structure. Elephas columbi is analogous to the
Elephas antiquus type of Europe; the lephas imperator is
rather analogous to the /. meridionalis of Europe. It is
altogether probable that these species evolved in Eurasia
and arrived fully formed in America. Naturally their geo-
graphical ranges overlap; but /. ¢mperator is never found in
the extreme North, nor £ primigeniug in the extreme
South.
In conclusion, the great problem of all is the time of
arrival of man amidst the Pleistocene fauna. This event
is of such paramount importance that we must prepare for
it by definitely determining the chronological stages of lower
mammalian succession. At present man appears to be a late
arrival, but personally I have a strong presentiment that hu-
man remains will be found in an earlier Pleistocene stage
than is generally supposed.
CHIEF CENTRES OF ADAPTIVE RADIATION OF THE ORDERS
OF MAMMALS.
I—Jurassic Radiation (Partly Hypothetical).
Monotremata (Hypothetical, i. e. fossil forms not yet rec-
ognized.)
Marsupialia (Triconodonta).
Placentalia (Insectivora Primitiva, = Trituberculata.)
II—Marsupial radiation, upper Cretaceous and Tertiary.
Australia (chief centre), Antarctica and South America. Only
one family (Didelphyidae) certainly known in North Amer-
ica and Hurasia.
IlI.—First or lower placental radiation, upper Cretaceous and lower
Tertiary (= Meseutheria Osborn.)
North America (chief centre), Eurove, Africa (Creodonta),
probably extending also to South America.
a. Orders Certainly Recognized.
Creodonta, surviving to Lower Oligocene.
Tillodontia, Middle Eccene (possibly related to Rodentia).
Taeniodonta, probably related to Edentata Gravigrada.
Condylarthra, surviving to Middle Eocene.
Amblypeda, surviving to Upper Hocene.
228
The American Geologist. _ Onober ae
b. Orders not certainly known in Basal Eocene but
probably belonging to this radiation.
Insectivera, giving rise to modern Insectivora.
Lemuroidea.
Rodentia, Not yet certainly known earlier than Middle
Eocene.
IV.—Second or Higher placental radiation (= Ceneutheria Osborn),
A.
Middle Eocene and Tertiary.
Chief centres North America and Eurasia, migrating to
Africa and South America.
a. Orders derived trom first placental radiation.
Edentata from Radiation III (North America only).
Insectivora from Radiation J and III.
Rodentia.
b. Orders characteristic of second placental radiation.
Cheiroptera.
Carnivora (Fissipedia and Pinnipedia).
Primates, Anthropoidea, possibly from Radiation III.
Ferissodactyla, Lower Eocene.
Artiodactyla, Middle Eocene.
c. Centres of origin unknown.
Nomarthra or Effodientia (Lower Oligocene of France,
Necromanis Filhol.)
Tubulidentata (First appearing in Lower Oligocene of
France, Paleorycteropus Filho!).
Chief centre Africa, migrating in upper Oligocene
(Sirenia), lower Miocene (Proboscidea), and Pliocene
(Hyracoidea) to Europe, to Asia (Hyracoidea). Also
to North and South America (Proboscidea). :
firenia, Middle and Upper Eocene.
Proboscidea, Middle Eocene.
Hyracoidea, Upper Eocene.
Arsinoitherium.
Barytherium.
Chief centre South America.
a. Autocthonous orders.
Litopterna.
Toxodontia.
Typotheria.
Astrapotheria.
Pyrotheria.
b. Autocthonous or derived orders, in part.
Edentata, Suborders: Lorigata (Giyptodontia and Dasy-
poda), Pilosa (Gravigrada, Tardigrada, Vermilingua).
AMERICAN GEOLOGIST, VoL. XXXVI, PLaTE XII.
AMEnICAN GroLouistT, VoL. XXXVI
PuaTE XII.
E —
ee z U4 (7 St ple
NORTH Line 9
7 RUtRvTo (J
— Little Grow Schesk
J
Ny RA: < : LZ
Yo{}) RATILESNAKE Bortes SHI eS ON
A ES:
J
SY
GEOLOGICAL
MAP
Il }
St Francis Mission OF THE
lal CENTRAL PART
OF THE
ROSEBUD INDIAN RESERVATION
SOUTH DAKOTA.
LouP TORK TERTIARY
Mark L
2)
% OLIGOCENE
\é Mark O
oe “5
ss N PS aed -
\ ;
: \ , E c A S K A
eS ) UPPER
SO = CRETACEOUS
SG “
fe,
«|< = !e< 2 |
IMRT Oralorek Werte at 8 Bags tie AHA Cr ae ae 1 ans eee
OMe MAING Gs ecm a area Sis Ga ae oe 57% oe |ln'e, wis 6) Sue 1 |
Specimens from the loess. |
LG PMARU ARN OTICARINIG! 00 c:a)sinieix(a)< aipie's dies naieitslna- sc aes | 1
Meir OUR ec, 601.0. 6:eisye\ni« 0 Shoperersic cima ere cue eis aarersi| > sieve reieicrs | 2 |
Wimnidetennmilmeds mares aaron act usin oy cress ote oreiet ote [icuaieve raises il
From the area of the Iowan drift, post-lowan.
| IST ATRESEON UNS Ne, 5: aroae ono Vays, Welaae BRE eeaiees iio a/ob a | oche alae 1 |
| NAST OG OMS ERs e's orate tes asci be ahaciees otc erioiai aoe ks toenslicke il cop doshe eee
260 The American Geologist. October Ayes
ea!
> | 38
Be) seine
AGE eeewiee
3% EBD
o 3 On 5,
A y AS fee °o
From the area of the Wisconsin drift, post- |
Wisconsin.
Blephasy prin Semi Slee rue tre cits cle cise else lee | um [PReceh 5 <2
IDIOUTEH MM Siohiida doom. coudoosoaqeoowans Hag ollac oon co6 il
WEAINIMOCI A ea cesis lea) cotencuoers ou tue Mer ereveeyccomtens | il 2
IMIASTOM OIE Bei< ccrcssoeeiere acetcrs cys ien eievensy enciecteiers 2 4
Wndeterminede mcs =e Wace a acinc oe sna a oS il |
From alluvium, mostly sub-recent, but some,
| perhaps, older. |
| IDEA vebitlUUOTS! soso dos anosaccnoue. oaaallsacocaac Ar |
1M Meaheatoyol car een Neen Pen ecel aun Berka A baci Caat nicecu asl liearitay mie, rec | 2
| IMASTOCOM aa sqoeiectaey rote easton ert teieerertoh-teleep=t-fell fal neers 10
LWiniseneieaatuayeGl oy ycachs occa ols hho. Ole. chsouns-cen aiscietal ncio.e co-0 4 |
Associated with these mastodon and mammoth fossils have
been found also the bones of the buffalo, wolf, peccary deer and
elk; also the “land shells Helicina, Succinea, Pryamidula, Bifidaria,
Limnea and others which are characteristic of the loess.” “In Rock
Island the loess which contained elephant bones also contained
fragments of coniferous wood, and at Davenport, in Iowa, the peaty
loess from which tusks and other bones were taken has a seam
of diatomaceous earth, in which no less than thirty-three now
living species of diatoms haye been identified.”
The discovery of these land mammal fossils in the loess which
contains the land shells so often egpealed to by those who adopt
the wolian theory of the origin of the loess in the Mississippi val-
ley, adds so much more of the same kind of evidence to the sup-
port of that theory. It is only necessary to assume that the wind
storms that buried the land shells in wind-blown dust and sand
were, say, ten thousand times more violent and dust-laden than
has been supposed, and that the great land animals that co-
existed with the snails were overwhelmed at the same time. And,
further, the winds must have been violent enough to rend apart
their carcases and to seatter the bones of their skeletons for con-
siderable distances asunder, even extracting the teeth from their
sockets. It is a much more natural and simple matter to get the
wind-blown dust and the laminated loess into superposition above
these fossils than to get the fossils below considerable thicknesses
of the laminated loess. The #olian hypothesis accomplishes this in
a most admirable and satisfactory manner.
From the foregoing table it is learned that the mastodon and
the mammoth existed, perhaps, prior to the Kansan ice epoch, and
continued into the Iowan epoch, into the Wisconsin and even into
Review ot Recent Geological Literature. 261
the sub-recent, having become extinct perhaps not more than five
thousand years ago. 5
As to man and the elephants, these data give no direct testi-
mony that they were cotemporary, except in one instance. Mr. M.
T. Myers, of Fort Madison, reports the finding of “one human leg
bone and one flint arrow head” associated with the remains of the
mammoth in the alluvium of Lee county, Iowa. This is in the
region where so-called “elephant pipes” have been claimed to occur
in mounds constructed by earlier inhabitants of the country. “At
all events the evident recency of some of the proboscidean remains
makes us expectant of some fortunate discovery giving conclusive
proof that man lived on this continent while these huge mammals
were yet here.” N. H wW.
Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources. 29th Annual
Report. W.S Buatcuiey, State Geologist, pp. 1-888; pl., 34;
figs., 67; maps, 7; Indianapolis, 1905.
In the introduction to this report Prof. Blatchley reviews the
development of the natural resources of the state during the past
ten years. During 1895 the total output of coal, oil, gas, building
stone, clay-products and portland cement was $16,770,816, while in
1904 the total output of these same products was $36,028,755, or an
increase of 115 per cent.
The body of the book is made up of an article on “The Clays
and Clay Industries of Indiana’ by W. S. Blatchley. In the open-
ing chapter he treats of the technology of clay. The geological
distribution of Indiana clays forms the subject of the second chap-
ter which is followed by “The Clays of Indiana by Counties” in
which the clays within five miles of transportation lines are taken
up and discussed in detail. Analyses are given and suggestions
made as to the possible utility of individual deposits. These are
frequently accompanied by maps and halftones of the exposures.
In the fourth chapter, the clay working industries of Indiana, he
discusses the growth of the clay-working industries of the state
from $3,858,350 in 1900, to $6,085,242 in 1904, and gives in detail the
methods and processes of manufacture, tests and uses of the pro-
ducts made from Indiana clays. These include paving material,
sewer pipe and hollow wares, refractory products, pottery and
allied products, dry pressed brick, structural terra cotta, building
brick and tile and the production of clay for shipment. This article
is calculated to be a practical aid to the development of the clay
resources of the state and, while a larger number of maps would
have added to its value, yet, it serves that end admirably. It is
intended largely for the use of the layman and-is couched in the
clear simple language characteristic of the author.
The remaining quarter of the book contains five articles, the
first of which is the report of the mine inspector, James Epperson.
This shows the total output of coal for 1904 to be 9,872,404 tons
against 9,992,553 tons for 1903. The next article is the report of
262 The American Geologist. October, Taye
the gas inspector, Bryce A. Kinney, which is followed by a short.
article by Prof. Blatchley on the utilization of convict labor in the
making of road material. The petroleum industry of Indiana, by
Blatechley, coneludes the geological part of the book. He states.
that “The output for 1904 was greater than in any previous year,
both in the number of barrels produced and in value, though the
average market price declined nearly seven cents. Since 1898 each
year has seen an increase in production, and in the seven years has.
more than trebled.” The most important development during the
year was in the Munsie-Parker-Selma field where a third “pay
streak” was discovered 240 to 300 feet below the top of the Tren-
ton rock at this place. The output for 1904 was 11,330,030 barrels
valued at $12,127,107. The last article is by Melville T. Cook on
the “Insect galls of Indiana.” J. W. B:
MONTHLY AUTHOR'S CATALOGUE
* OF AMERICAN GEOLOGICAL LITERATURE
ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY.
ADAMS, F. D.
The Monteregian hills; a Canadian petrographical province,
(Can. Ree. Sci., vol. 9, p. 198, 1905).
ADAMS, F. D. (and O. E. LE ROY).
The Artesian and other deep wells on the island of Montreal.
(Geol. Sur. Can., vol. 14, pp. 74, maps, 1904.)
BABB, C. C. (See NEWELL, F. H.)
BAIN, H. F. (See ECKEL, E..C.)
HARRIS, G. D.
A report on the establishment of tide gage work in Louisiana.
Bull. 3, Geol. Sur. La., pp. 28, 1905.
BASTIN, E. S.
Note on Baked Clays and Natural Slags in eastern Yyoming.
(Jour. Geol., vol. 13, pp. 408-418, July-Aug., 1905.)
\
BERRY, E. W.
The ancestors of the big trees. (Pop. Sci. Month., vol. 67, pp.
465-474, Sept., 1905.)
BIBBINS, ARTHUR (See WARD, L. F.)
BOUTWELL, J. M. (ARTHUR KEITH, S. F. EMMONS).
Economic geology of the Bingham mining district, Utah. Prof.
Pap. U. S. G. S., No. 38, pp. 410, pls. 49, 1905.
Monthly Author's Catalogue. 263
MELLOR, E. T. ;
Glacial (Dwyka) conglomerate of South Africa. (Am. Jour.
Sci., vol. 20, pp. 107-119, Aug., 1905.)
MURGOCI, G. M.
Genesis of Riebeckite rocks. (Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 20, pp. 33-
146, Aug., 1905.)
NEWELL, F. H. (and R. E. HORTON, N. C. GROVER, J. C. HOYT.)
Report of the Progress of Stream Measurements for the year
1904. U.S. G.S. Wat. Sup. & Irr. Pap. No. 125, pp. 114, pls. 2, 1905.
NEWELL, F. H. (and C. C. BABB, and J. C. HOYT).
Report of Progress of Stream Measurements for the Calendar
Year 1904. U.S. G. S. Wat. Sup. and Irr. Pap. No. 130, pp. 204, pls.
2, 1905.
NEWELL, F. H. (D. W. ROSS, J. T. WHISTLER, T. A. NOBLE).
Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar
year 1904. Wat. Sup. & Irr. Pap. No. 135, pp. 300, 1905.
NOBLE, T. A. (See NEWELL, F. H.)
OSBORN, H. F.
Western explorations for fossil vertebrates. (Pop. Sci. Month.,
vol. 67, p. 561, Oct., 1905.)
OSBORN, H. F.
Skull and skeleton of sauropodous dinosaurs Morasaurus and
Brontosaurus. (Science, vol. 22, p. 374, Sept. 22, 1905.)
Vea Rea
OSBORN, H. F.
Recent vertebrate paleontology. (Science, vol. 22, p. 18, Aug.
11, 1905.)
PECK, F. B.
The tale deposits of Phillipsburg, N. J., and Easton, Pa. (An.
Rep. State Geologist, N. J., 1904, pp. 163-185.)
BIO a
PENFIELD, S. L. (and G. S. JAMIESON).
Tychite, a new mineral from Borax lake, California, and on its
artificial production and on its relations to northrupite. (Am.
Jour. Sci., vol. 20, pp. 217-225, Sept., 1905.)
PERKINS, W. R. (See LOGAN, W. N.)
PRATHER, J. K.
The Atlantic Highland Section of the New Jersey Cretacic.
(Am. Geol., vol. 36, pp. 162-179, Sept., 1905.)
PRINDLE, L. M.
The gold placens of the Fortymile, Birch Creek and Fairbanks
regions, Alaska. Bull. 261, U. S. Geol. Sur., pp. 84, pls. 16, 1905.
PROSSER, CHAS. S.
The Delaware Limestone. (Jour. Geol., vol. 18, pp. 413-443,
July-Aug., 1905.)
264 The American Geologist. October, 1905
PROSSER, CHAS. S.
Notes on the Permian Formation of Kansas. (Am. Geol., vol.
13, pp. 143-162, Sept., 1905.)
1
RAFTER, GEO. W.
Hydrolology of the State of New York. New York State Mus.
Bull. 85, pp. 902, pls. 45, maps 5, 1905. :
REID, J. A.
The structure and genesis of the Comstock lode. (Univ. Cal.,
Bull. Geol. Dept., vol. 4, pp. 177-199.)
RIES, H. :
The production of flint and feldspar in 1904. (Min. Rese. U. Ship
U. S. Geol. Sur. 1904, 5 pp.)
ROSS, D. W. (See NEWALL, F. H.)
SLICHTER, CHAS. S.
Observations on the Ground Watens of Rio Grande Valley. U.
Ss. G. S. Wat. Sup. and Irr. Pap. No. 141, pp. 81, pls. 5, 1905.
SPURR, J. EDW.
Descriptive Geology of Nevada South of the Fortieth Parallel
and Adjacent Portions of California (Second Edition) U. S. G. S.
Bull. No. 208, pp. 229, pls. 8, map, 1905.
STANTON, T. W.
Stratigraphic notes on Malone mountain and the surrounding
region near Sierra Blanca, Tex. (Bull. U. S. G. S., No. 266, pp.
23-33, 1905.)
\
STONE, R. W.
Mineral Resources of the Elders range quadrangle, Pennsyl-
vania. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 256, pp. 1905.
TAFF, J. A. :
Description of the Tahlequak folio. U. S. Geol. Sur., Geol.
Atlas; Folio No. 122, 1905.
WARD, L. F. (W. M. FONTAINE, ARTHUR BIBBINS, G. R. WIE-
LAND). :
Status of the Mesozoic flora in the United States, second paper.
Part I, text, and Part 2, plates. Mon. U. S. Geol. Sur., vol. 48, pp.
616, pls. 119, 1905.
WARING, G. A.
Quartz from San Diego county, California. (Am. Jour. Sci.,
vol. 20, pp. 125-128, Aug., 1905.)
WEEKS, F. B:
Bibliography and index of North American Geology, Paleontol-
ogy, Petrology and Mineralogy, for the year 1904. U.S. Geol. Sur.,
Bull. 2745" pp! 218; 1905:
WHISTLER, J. T. (See NEWELL, F. H.)
Correspondence. 265
WIELAND, G. R. (See WARD, L. F.)
WOODWORTH, J. B. 2
Pleistocene Geology of Mooers Quadrangle, New York State
Mus., Bull. 83, pp. 60, pls. 25, map, 1905.
WOODWORTH, J. B.
Ancient water-levels of the Champlain and Hudson valleys, N.
Y. State Mus@um, Bull. 84, pp. 265, plates 28, July, 1905.
CORRESPONDENCE
Economic GEOLOGY IN PERU.—It might be of some interest to
the readers of the AmeErRIcAN GeEoLoaist to learn something about
the scientific organization recently created by the government of
Peru to investigate the natural resources of the republic. Owing
to the very rapid development of the various mining industries, the
establishment of a bureau which should be authorized by the gov-
ernment to locate and fix boundaries of mining claims, collect sta-
tistics relative to the production and values of ores, and accumu-
late various data relative to the geology, mineralogy, and geog-
raphy of the country, became an immediate necessity. Accordingly
in 1902 the bureau now known as the “Cuerpo de Ingenieros de
Minas del Peru” was established with Sr. J. Balta, the present min-
ister of public works, as the director. It was soon discovered how-
ever, that the subjects and projects demanding the immediate and
serious consideration of this organization were so numerous and
varied in kind, that it became highly advisable to classify the work
in hand and distribute allied lines of investigation to independent
commissions each with its chief and corp of assistants, the series
of commissions, however, being under the general charge of the
Director of the “Cuerpo,” Sr. Marco A. Denegeri. The divisions
of the “Cuerpo” are as follows:
1. Division of Mines, established 1902, including:
(a) Permanent commissions in large mining areas, to locate
claims, fix boundaries, etc.
(b) Exploratory commissions to investigate and report upon
newly discovered mining areas.
2. Division of Water Supply, established 1904, including:
(a) Engineering projects relating to the storage and distribu-
tion of surface water for irrigation purposes.
(b) Geological Investigations to determine oe and distribu-
tion of underground waters.
3. Division of Economic Geology, established in 1904.
266 The American Geologist. October, 1905
All these commissions have their responsible chiefs and one or
more assistants and among these chiefs are four American special-
ists, namely, Dr. George T. Adams, in charge of underground waters,
M. H. Hurd and Chas. W. Sutton for engineering and topographic
work, and Mr. V. F. Marsters for economic geology. The only non-
Peruvian technical assistant is Mr. H. T. Stiles, who is under the
direction of Mr. Hurd. At this time there are at work:
2 Permanent mining commissions.
6 Exploratory mining commissions.
1 Economie geology commission.
2 Topographie and water-supply commissions.
1 Underground water commission.
Generally the names of the permanent commissions are taken
from the districts in which they are located, e. g., the Cerro de
Pasco, Yauli Ica, Callao, ete. commissions. Each commission is al
lowed a certain sum of money which is under the direct control
of the responsible chief.
The object of the geological commission is to investigate specific
problems relative to the development of the metallic and non
metallic deposits of Peru. This department constitutes the first
official geological survey in the republic. The first problem to be
considered will be the geology of the oil fields of northern Peru
(Provinee of Tumbes.)
While the “Cuerpo” has been in existence but a little over
three years some twenty-six bulletins dealing with a wide range
of subjects have been published. These may be obtained by appli-
cation to the Director, Sr. Denegeri.
Lima, Peru, Sept. 12, 1905. V. F Marsters
MaTEO TEPEE —A little over a year ago, while going over sev-
eral new works, the writer was struck by the many ways in which
the several authors had in spelling the same words. Several in-
stances were noted, but one of the best illustrations was that of a
voleanic tower in the northeastern corner of Wyoming—‘“Mateo
Tepee,” or what is more popularly known as the “Devil’s Tower.”
This tower of perpendicular basaltic columns, may be seen to the
right of the Burlington railroad in going west, between New Cas-
tle and Sheridan, Wyoming. According to Newton and Jenney, it has
an elevation of 625 feet from the surrounding country and may be
seen for many miles around.
Professors Chamberlin and Salisbury spell it in their new Geol-
ogy, page 156, fig. 124, “Matteo Tepee,” locality Wyoming.
Prof. R. S. Tarr, spells it, in his “New Physical Geograrhy,”
fig 231, facing page 127, “Mato Tepee” locality Wyoming.
In the May number 1904, of the American GEOLOGIST, under
the title of “Hditorial Comment, Peleliths,’ plate 22 facing page
324, the same name is spelled “Mato Teepee” and the locality given
as South Dakota.
In the “Report on the Geology and Resources of the Black Hills
Personal and Scientific News. 267
of Dakota” by Henry Newton and Walter P. Jenney, 1875, published
1889, it is spelled again Mato Teepee and the locality given as
Dakota—i. e. one would infer as much from the title of the report.
However, a map of the Black Hills was prepared by these gentle-
men and accompanies the report, and shows the tower to be in
Wyoming. At the time this report was made the tower was called
“The Bad God’s Tower” or in other words ‘The Devil's Tower.”
The boundary line between South Dakota and Wyoming is a
little west of 104° or about 104°-1’-20”. ‘Mateo Tepee” or “Bear
Lodge” as Newton and Jenney called it, is located on their map
’ at almost exactly 104° 45’ W. Long. and 44° 35’ N. Latitude. This
-places it in the northeast corner of Wyoming, in Crook county.
The name, ‘Mateo Tepee,” is of course of Indian origin, prob-
ably from the Sioux, and literally means “Bear Wigwam”—Mateo,
pronounced Mah-to—meaning bear and “ Tepee’’ meaning wigwam,
lodge, or a conical tent. In former days this region (around the
Devil’s Tower) was a g reat bear country and was visited each year
by the Indian bear hunters—hence the name.
In conclusion the writer believes this name should be spelled
“Mateo Tepee” and the locality is without a doubt in Wyoming.
J P Rowe
University of Montana, Missoula,
September 21, 1905.
PERSONAL AND SCIENTIFIC NEWS.
ILLINOIS GEOLOGICAL SuRVEY. At the last session of the
legislature a bill was passed establishing a geological sur-
vey of the state and making an appropriation of $25,000 per
year for this purpose. Of this amount $10,000 may, at the
discretion of the board of control, be used for topographic
mapping in cooperation with the U. S. Geological Survey.
This cooperative work has been undertaken for the present
year, at least, and work along this line was begun about the
first of June. The board of control consists of the governor
of the state, the president of the State University and one
other member to be appointed by the governor. Gov.
Deneen this summer appointed as the third member of the
board JPror. -t. Cye-Chamberlin. , The headquarters. of: the
survey are to be at the State University at Champaign and
the University furnishes rooms for the survey. For print-
ing, etc. $5,000 is available from the state printing funds.
Dr. H. Foster Bain, of the U. S. Geological Survey has ac-
cepted the position of state geologist and enters upon this
work November Ist.
268 The American Geologist. October, 1905”
University oF Wisconsin. During the coming Janu-
ary Mr. Bailey Willis, of the United States Geological Sur-
vey and Carnegie Institution, will present a course of twelve
lectures in the Geological Department of the University of
Wisconsin on the subject of “Continental variations, with
special reference to North America.” The course is given
primarily for students making geology a major study, and
is open to such students not regularly registered at this
university.
IN THE YEAR 1904 THERE WERE OBSERVED in Norway 35
earthquakes, of which the most severe was on the 23rd of
October, and more than half of the whole number occurred
after that date-—Kolderup.
Dr. US. GRANT RETURNED from Alaska, passing
through Minneapolis in the early part of September, in time
to resume his work at Northwestern University.
DR. W, J. McGEE HAS BEEN APPOINTED DIRECTOR Of the
Public Museum at St. Louis.
THE LakE SupERIoR MininG Institute will hold its
eleventh annual meeting on the Menominee range at Ish-
peming, Mich., October 17, 18 and 19. There will be trips
by: train to Crystal Falls, Iron; Mountain, Escanaba and
Gladstone.
Pror. CHARLES SCHUCHERT of Yale University, has
returned from a geological trip extending over the ancient
formations of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and eastern
Quebec.
E. H. SELiarps late of the University of Kansas, is in
charge of the departments of zoology and geology at the
University of the state of Florida.
W. J. MILLER HAS BEEN APPOINTED to succeed professor
C. H. Smyth Jr, in geology, at Hamilton college, and M. W.
Twitchell has been appointed to the chair of geology at
South Carolina college, Columbia, S. C.
Pror. C. N. Goutp of the University of Oklahoma, will
be absent the current college year and his duties will be
discharged by Prof. E. G. Woodruff.
CuarLEs W. Brown has been appointed instructor in
geology and mineralogy at Brown University.
THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST. VOL. XXXVI. PLATE XIV
Quarry in a Glacially Transported Mass of Chalk, near Malmé, in South-
ern Sweden.
{Photograph by Dr. N. O. Holst. |
THE
Pore aAN GEOEOGIST.
VOL. XXXVI, NOVEMBER, 10s. No. 5.
GLACIAL MOVEMENTS IN SOUTHERN SWEDEN.
By Pror. G. FREDERICK WRIGHT, Oberlin, Ohio,
PLATE XIV.
Having had the privilege of spending two or three days
with Dr. N. O. Holst, while he was engaged in surveying
for the geological map of Skane, the southern province of
Sweden, I am permitted to bring before the English public
some of the important and remarkable discoveries which
he has made. These relate first to the direction and force
of the ice movement, and secondly to the unity of the
period.
Skane, the most fertile province of Sweden, projects
southward of the main peninsula so as to make it almost
a part of Denmark, to which by virtue of its physical geo-
graphy it properly belongs. It is completely covered with
glacial deposits to a depth of 100 or 200 feet. A very well
defined terminal moraine runs across the province east and
west, about midway between the north and south boun-
daries.
The material in this moraine is to a considerable extent
derived from Finland, showing that the center of glacial
dispersion was somewhat farther east in Scandinavia than
has been supposed. Both the direction of the moraine and
the material of which it is constituted’ show that in southern
Skane the final ice movement had a northwesterly direction.
That is, the ice, after moving down the axis of the Baltic
sea in a southwesterly direction, when it passed the low
mountains bordering the northeastern part of Skane, must
have found the line of least resistance in the direction of
the North sea, causing it to turn around towards the north,
270 The American Geologist. November, 1905
as the lake Erie ice is known to have done in southern
Michigan and northern Indiana.
The most striking indication of this is found in the
position of an immense mass of chalk which is included in
the moraine about five miles east of Malmo. This chalk
mass extends three miles in a_ northeast and southwest
direction, averages 1,000 feet in width, and from 100 to 200
feet in thickness, being, so far as I know, the largest boulder,
or glacially transported mass, that has been described. It
is everywhere covered with till, and almost everywhere has
till underneath it. Its regular position is between what we
should call the upper and the lower till, the upper till being
yellow and the lower blue. But in one place, which I ex-
amined, the lower or blue till was both above and below it.
While the chalk is together in one mass, it everywhere
shows signs of immense pressure and disturbance, being
broken up into small cubes, and having its flint nodules
cracked and arranged in lines simulating stratification. The
upper part of the chalk has also been extensively sheared
off and mingled with the till.
This mass of chalk has been brought fully to light
through its commercial value, eight or ten companies having
mined or quarried it for many years. It belongs to the true
soft chalk of Cretaceous age, and was supposed by the
earlier geologists to indicate a Cretaceous area, where it was
least to be expected, since the chalk which mainly under-
lies the peninsula belongs to the Trias or Lias. The de-
termination of its glacial transportation has therefore solved
a very difficult problem. It must have been picked up
bodily from the shores or bed of the Baltic sea, being trans-
ferred westward many miles to its present position.
Dr. Holst is bringing to light much mew evidence
bearing upon the unity of the Glacial period, and is more
than ever confirmed in his adhesion to the theory that the
upper till and the lower till are of the same age,—the lower
till being that which was dragg-d along under the ice, and
the upper till the material which was incorporated in the
ice, and which so became oxidized in the process of trans-
mission and deposition. In many cases which-he showed
me, this would certainly appear to be the fact, as indicated
Glacial Movements in Sweden. — Wright. 271
by the sharp line which separates the blue from the yellow
till. ,
But the most important discoveries bearing upon this
point were found at Tapplelargo, twelve miles east from
Malmo. Here is an area of several acres covered with an
overwash deposit from the moraine, which is a mile or
more to the south. Ina stratum of clay, about seven feet
thick, many species of shells and plants are found, indicating
peculiar conditions which can be accounted for only by sup-
posing that during the final melting away of the ice the
summers became very warm, so as_ to allow temperate
species to flourish close up to the ice-front, thus allowing
them to mingle with arctic or subarctic species.
It is evident from inspection of the stratum that these
species lived and were deposited contemporaneously, and
not by an advance of the ice after an interglacial period.
This would seem to meet the case of comingling of tem-
perate and subarctic species which Coleman has described
in the vicinity of Toronto, and so it will greatly simplify
our interpretation of glacial phenomena in the northern
United States and Canada.
BOLSON PLAINS OF THE SOUTHWEST.
By W. G. TicHT, Albuquerque, N. M.
There seems to be a very decided tendency on the part
of students in physiographic geology to enlarge upon the
conceptions of topographic types, as they are originally
described, and in the subsequent study of the topographic
features of any particular section, to describe those features
in terms of the modified conception of the type forms.
As a result there develops a very confused idea in the
minds of workers concerning the true type, and with that
misconception in mind the correct interpretation of any par-
ticular region becomes doubtful, and the description of that
region almost wholly unintelligible, giving to the student
who has access to the literature alone, a radical misconcep;
tion of the true topographic conditions.
As an example of my meaning the term “peneplain” may
be taken. It would be interesting to know how many times
272 The American Geologist. Hoyenibes ae
an aggradation plain of some sort has been mistaken for a
degradation plain and called a peneplain. There are un-
doubtedly many cases where the two types of plains look
nearly alike and only a careful study would determine the
true character.
This superficial resemblance, which extends to various
types of topographic forms, is a constant source of error.
The most serious mistakes are made when two types of
radically different origin and structure are classed together
and made the basis for broad generalizations.
When an author has described a certain type of topo-
graphic form, presumably from a careful study of some
definite region, and has given a name to that type, it can
only lead to much confusion and error when the same name
is used by another to describe a different form, or to attempt
to modify the meaning of the term to fit other conditions.
It is not intended at the present writing to discuss the
uses and abuses of he term “bolson” as applied to inter-
montane valleys but rather to take the term as originally
described* and apply it to the study of the great valleys of
the southwest and especially to New Mexico.
To quote briefly: “Bolsons are generally floored with
loose, unconsolidated sediments derived from the higher
peripheral regions. Along the margins of these plains are
talus hills and fans of boulders, and other wash-deposits
-brought down by mountain freshets. The sediments of
some of the bolsons may be of lacustral origin.” “The
bolson plains on the other hand,” (as distinguished from
plateau plains) “are newer and later topographic fedtures,
consisting of structural valleys between mountains or
plateau plains, which have been partially filled with debris
derived from the adjacent eminences.” “The bolson plains
are constructional detritus plains filling old structure
troughs.”
It seems that this description is clear enough. The
type form is not dependent upon the characters of the
bordering mountains nor the character or structure of the
deeper valley floor, nor is it especially concerned with the
total thickness of the wash-deposits over the floor of the
*HILL, Top. Atlas, U. S., folio 5, p. 8, 1900:
Bolson Plains of the Southwest—Tight., 273
older valley, except in so far as these deposits must con-
tribute an important factor in determining the character-
istics of the topography. An important element in this
definition depends upon the interpretation of the word
“plain.” A bolson is genetically related to other construc-
tural plains, such as flood plains and terrace plains of river
valleys. In the flood plain and terrace plain deposits the
plains are more or less narrow and parallel with the stream,
which furnishes the major portion of the deposits. On the
other hand in the bolson, while the deposits are of fluviatile
origin (or largely so) the plain loses the characters of a
flood plain or terrace plain in that it is generally much
broader and the material “is derived from adjacent emin-
ences,” and the plain is of such an extent that the “talus
hills and fan cones and wash-deposits brought down by
the mountain freshets” form only the bordering characters
of the plain, but point unmistakably to the origin of much
of the deposits forming the floor of the bolson.
If we look for a moment at the forces involved in the
formation of a bolson we see that there must exist an ex-
tensive trough in which the contribution of material from
the sides of the bordering mountains is much greater than
the capacity of the pre-existing drainage to remove, or
that in the structural formation of the valley there is formed
a closed basin and into this the lateral materials are de-
posited. In the closed basin type, the basin may or may
not be the location of a lake. If the older trough has free
drainage to start with the lateral introduction of debris
may be such as to divide an otherwise continuous stream
course into a series of lake basins or to even totally obliter-
ate the through-flowing stream as a surface feature.
Mr. Hill says: “These plains or ‘basins’ as they are
sometimes called are largely structural in origin,” and
again he uses the terms “structural valleys between moun-
tains and plateau plains.” If it were intended to confine
the term bolson to those forms which occur in strictly
structural valleys which have ‘not beet subseqitently modi-
fied by erosion; it would’ have a very limitéd'use indeed, for
but few valleys of that type are to be found, and the author’s
iHtastrations db ‘not indicate’ this' limited tse.’ Buf I'take it
274 The American Geologist. Neverien a
that the term “structural valley” or “structural trough” was
used in reference to the large features of the topography as
distinguished from simply valleys of erosion cut mainly by
stream action. The very essential feature of a bolson is
that the plain is bordered by mountain forms or plateau
escarpments. The mountains may be of the fold or fault
type, but rising as they do above the general level’of the
plateau upon which they stand the intervening area might
properly be considered a structural valley. In some cases
this intervening area may be so protected from erosion by
the distribution of the mountain uplifts that it will be pre-
served and will present the structural characters of the
original plateau plains. Again it may be in the line of the
great longitudinal drainage lines of the plateau and be large-
ly removed by subsequent erosion. As far as_ the later
formation of a bolson is concerned, it would appear that
either type might properly be called a structural valley, and
with the later deposition of the detritus forming the bolson
plain, there would be a striking difference in the thickness
of the deposits, those in the eroded structural valley being
much thicker.
It would appear also that in the formation of such a
structural valley by the enclosure of a portion of a plateau
by the elevation of bordering mountains, where the vallev
is not subjected to subsequent erosion and the remaining
valley floor is fairly horizontal, there would be produced a
topographic form which would resemble very closely the
bolson but which would be as essentially different from it
as an aggradation plain is different from a _ peneplain.
These two forms having similar superficial characters may
be easily mistaken, the one for the other, for with the eleva-
tion of the bordering mountains enclosing a structural valley
free from erosion, there will most certainly develop around
the margin of the remnant of the enclosed plateau plain,
talus hills and fan cones and frontal wash aprons which will
rapidly work out over the floor of the valley and eventually
convert it into a bolson plain while the superficial charac-
teristics may remain almost the same during the entire pro-
cess. :
It is apparent that wher the filling of the valley takes
Bolson Plains of the Southwest—Tight. 275
place over the floor of the great structural valley, the pro-
duction of the bolson does not materially modify the topo-
graphic features, but when the great structural valley has
been deeply eroded and then subsequently filled the produc-
tion of the bolson does make a decided difference in the
topographic relations of valley and mountains. We see
then, that the bolson plain finds its proper place in the
series of constructional plains derived from fluviatile actions,
and the lowest member of the series is represented by the
flood plain of the river, in which the material is almost
wholly derived from the longitudinal action of the stream;
while the bolson plains are at the opposite end of the series,
in which the longitudinal stream may contribute largely in
some stages of the building of the plain but that the pre-
dominant factor is the derivation of material from the bor-
dering hights by torrential action of temporary streams and
rivulets which are produced largely by rainfall.
This in general is the writer’s understanding of the use
of the term bolson, as applied to many of the great inter-
montane plains of the southwestern plateau and great basin
region. Whether the writer is correct or not in his inter-
pretation of the use of this term, it is certain that under any
definition of the term there is found in this region a large
number of valley plains having very diverse characters and
very diverse origins. The writer cannot therefore agree
with Dr. Chas. R. Keyes of Socorro, in his discussion of
the bolson plains of New Mexico in the AMERICAN GEOLOGIST
for September, 1904. Dr. Keyes has grouped under this
term such plains as the Jornada del Muerto, San Augustine,
Estancia, Mimbers and. the great plains along the Rio
Grande, Rio Pecos and-Canadian rivers. He has seemed
to correlate these plains, with others, with the great Llano
Estacada of Texas and other great plains to the southwest.
If Dr. Keyes’ correlations are correct, it does not seem to
the writer that these great intermontane plains of the New
Mexico region can be by any definition classed as bolson
plains and many of them certainly conform to that defini-
tion. In view of this difference of opinion it seems advisa-
ble to call attention to some of the features of some of these
various plains in detail. It is well understood that the
276 The American Geologist. Noveniber, 1905
great stake plains of Texas are made up largely of Creta-
ceous sediments which have a more or less regular dip from
the frontal ranges of the Rocky mountains to the gulf of
Mexico. Toward the New Mexico border of this plain the
strata have stronger dip and erosion has exposed the edges
of the strata along the Rocky mountain front. The Creta-
ceous terranes are covered with a mantle of Tertiary gravels
derived from the mountain front.
Dr. Keyes says: “The Las Vegas plateau, Llano Esta-
cada, the bolson plains of New Mexico, and some of the
broken plains of eastern Arizona seem to belong genetically
together ;” and he further says: “When the general bow-
ing up of the region took place in Tertiary times, the great
plain formed was partly a pleneplain of destructional land
origin and partly a constructional plain of marine origin.”
From this it would appear that the bolson plains of New
Mexico, as he describes them, are remnants of this old
peneplain, and that the mountain blocks of the plateau of
New Mexico were formed subsequent to the peneplanation
of the Cretaceous and lateral beds. It is not possible at the
present writing to present the data to show that the struc-
ture of the mountains of New Mexico will not sustain this
position. It is the writer’s desire in this discussion, to con-
fine attention wholly to the valley forms.
Dr. Keyes says: ‘That the old bolson plain in the Rio
Grande valley is at present about 1,500 feet above the
river’ and he refers to the Colorado river as being “a mile
deep in its canyon” below the surface of the great plain
which he has constructed in his hypothesis.
During a residence of four years in the Rio Grande
valley, accompanied with considerable field work, it has not
been my pleasure to see a single remnant of the old plain
to which reference is made. The valley of the Rio Grande
through New Mexico has an extremely complex and varied
form, and history. I desire at the present writing to call
attention to only a few points in its history bearing upon
the particular discussion in hand, and ‘what is’ said with
reference to the valley includes only that section which lies
within the territory of New Mexico, ' The river is at several
points, notably at’ Whité Rock canyon, at Eléphant buttes,
-
Bolson Plains of the Southwest.—Tight. 277
and at El Paso, cutting through a rock gorge upon a rock
floor, but throughout most of its course it is meandering
over a broad flood plain in a still broader shallow trough,
the latter cut some 200 or 300 feet below the surface of
the broad sheet of plain deposits locally known as mesas.
The larger structural valley which is followed by the Rio
Grande is undoubtedly of very complex origin and no gen-
eral description would be adequate for any particular sec-
tion of the river. From the limited amount of data in hand
it would appear that in some sections the river is following
the line of a great fault zone and in other sections it is
apparently following along the axis of an immense anticline,
which has been very deeply and broadly eroded. The great
structural valley presents an average width of fifteen to
twenty miles, measured across the surface of the great mesa
plain. ;
If we examine into the structure of the mesas border-
ing the river, as presented by well sections and deeply cut
atroyos, we find that it is made up wholly of sands, gravels,
and clays of fluviatile origin. The materials composing the
mesas have been largely derived from the lateral mountains.
The depth of this mesa deposit in the old structural valley
is not definitely known. A well over seven hundred feet
deep at Albuquerque did not reveal the rock and as the top
of this well is about 250 feet below the surface of the mesa
plain and near the central portion of the great valley, we
can see that the great structural trough has been filled by
the mesa deposits to the depth of probably much more than
a thousand feet. It is evident from many topographic
features that the river once meandered over the upper sur-
face of this mesa plain at least 250 feet above its present
level. At about that time in the history of New Mexico
there occurred a more or less general extrusion of basaltic
lavas over many areas. At least two of these lava overflows
reached down into the valley of the Rio Grande and attained
such magnitude ‘as to ‘produce ' profound changes ih the
course of the river.’ The first of these which I will mention
is the great lava flow in northern New Mexico which dam-
med the coursée of the Rio Grande ‘above the White Rock
canyon, and the second, the great lava’ flow south of San
278 The American Geologist. November, Dane
Marcial, which deflected the course of the Rio Grande far
to the west of its old valley through the Elephant Butte
canyon and west of the Sierra de los Caballos, reaching its
old course again just a little north of Las Cruces. -The
Jornada del Muerto lying between the San Andreas and the
Sierra de los Caballos is undoubtedly the old valley of the
Rio Grande, from which the river was diverted at the time
of maximum aggradation and at the time of the great San
Marcial lava flow. There is every reason to believe, from a
careful study of the history of the Rio Grande that a cross
section at the Jornada del Muerto is comparable in its
history to a cross section of the river at Albuquerque, where
the mesa deposits are known to be at least a thousand feet
in depth. It is therefore evident that the plain of Jornada
is in no way genetically related to the Llano Estacado, ex-
cept in so far as concerns the Tertiary deposits of the latter.
That the great mesas bordering the Rio Grande are wholly
of fluviatile origin is further shown from the topographic
characteristics in the vicinity of El] Paso where the river
runs through a narrow rock channel between the Franklin
mountains and the range to the southwest.
Some few miles above El Paso, and on the west of the
Franklin mountains are preserved other extensive remnants
of the old gravel and talus plains which extend out from
the canyons of the Franklin mountains at a level of 300 or
400 feet above the Rio Grande. Several miles to the west
across the immediate channel of the Rio Grande are seen
the opposite exposures of the same beds. Whether it was
by the blocking of the old channel with another lava flow
farther to the west or by the normal process of excessive
aggradation, that the Rio Grande was forced through the
narrow mountain pass at El Paso is yet undetermined, but
that it is superposed in its present position upon an ancient
col at El Paso is certain.
The second instance to which attention is directed is
the great basin in New Mexico lying between the San An-
dreas and the Sacramento mountains, known as the White
sands plain or the Hueco bolson.* This certainly is a typical
bolson as the writer understands the use of the term. These
* Hinz, U. S. Folio, No. 3, p: 9.
Bolson Plains of the Southwest.— Tight. 279
great plains are some sixty or seventy miles long and twen-
ty to thirty miles wide with the Sacramento mountains on
the east rising to an average level of 6,000 or 7,000 feet
above the plains and the San Andreas and Organs on the
west and the Sierra Oscuras on the north rising to a some-
what less elevation. The plains are very level or slightly
depressed through the central axis and show a decided
grade toward the south. In the upper part of this great
plains valley are the white sands and the salt marshes of the
ancient lake Otero basin recently described by Prof. C. L.
Herrick, late of Socorro, New Mexico, in the September
number of the GEoLocist 1904. At the northern end of the
plains lies one of the most extensive lava flows in New
Mexico, surpassed only probably by the great northern lava
flow in Ria Arriba and ‘Taos counties, and in western
Valencia county. That the deposits forming the floor of
this great basin are very deep and composed almost entirely
of fluviatile material has been demonstrated by numerous
wells which have been sunk through various portions of the
plain ranging in depth from a few feet to a well in the
southern portion of the plain over 2,000 feet deep, which
did not even at that extreme depth reveal the rock.
North of the great lava, flow lies the Chapedero mesa
and still farther north of that are the Estancia plains (San-
doval bolson of Hill). While it cannot be definitely assert-
ed with the data in hand, there are many facts which would
seem to indicate that the Estancia plains and the white
sands plains represent a g reat north and south structural
valley, more or less parallel to the Rio Grande valley, from
which the ancient river which occupied it, was either
diverted by the extensive lava flows or by the normal pro-
cesses of aggradation, or, what also seems very probable,
that the sediments of the great bolson plains in these great
structural valley sections have reached such enormous
thickness that the waters of the through flowing drainage
are at present entirely subterranean. There are many facts
in hand to prove that there is a subterranean drainage which
passes out of the southern end of this great axial trough.
In refetring to the region of the Rio Pecos, Dr. Keyes
says: “Of these the last two streams mentioned” (Rio
280 The American Geologist. evenber Auue
Pecos and Rio Grande) “flow in the broad valleys between
lines of block mountains,” And in another place refers to
the long basin plains of the Pecos and states that the Pecos
has cut down to a depth of 2,500 feet below the level of the’
old plain. It would seem that Dr. Keyes has failed to rec-
ognize the fact that the Rio Pecos derives most of its water
supply from the eastern side of the ranges of the Rocky
mountains ; that the drainage of the river corresponds very
closely with the strike of the Cretaceous beds, the Pecos
itself being a very asymmetric river, having all of its tribu-
taries of any consequence on its western side. And when
it is borne in mind that the river is flowing in its southern
course through southeastern New Mexico along the out-
crop of a great bed of gypsum and that the Cretaceous ter-
ranes of the Llano Estacado are dipping to the eastward it
will be seen that in the development of the Pecos valley the
axial stream has been migrating slowly eastward down the
‘dip of the strata against the edge of a hard stratum. On
the westetrn side of the Pecos the surface of the region con-
forms very closely with a very hard limestone element of
the Cretaceous series which rises rapidly toward the west
nearly to the crests of the bordering mountains, while on
the eastern side of the river there is a sharp escarpment of a
few hundred feet from the upper edge of which extends the
great plain of the Llano Estacado, which slopes gradually
to the southeast, the surface of which is strewn with the
‘Tertiary gravels. The Rio Pecos, therefore has no moun-
tains bordering the eastern side of its valley and there are
no extensive detrital plains in any way comparable to those
of the Rio Grande along the course of the Pecos outside of
the mountain valleys at its head waters, except the great
frontal apron of Tertiary mountain wash just referred to.
If we are to assume that two thousand feet of sedi-
ments have been removed from the Llano Estacado then it
might be proper to say that the Pecos is flowing 2,500 feet
below the aggradation surface of the Cretaceous terranes;
otherwise we must consider that the major portion of the
valley of the Pecos is-scarcely more than a good sized drain-
age ditch along the line of strike of the hard beds of the
Cretaceous formatiom which’ underliés the Staked Plains
region.
Bolson Plains of the Southwest.—Tight. 281
Concerning the bolsons of the Rio Mimbres or Ante-
lope plains I have little data at hand except that it is well
known that underneath the Antelope plains there is a large
supply of subterranean water contained in deeply buried
river gravels. It has never been my pleasure to visit the
San Augustine plains, therefore | cannot speak authorita-
tively concerning this extensive bolson.
With this brief statement concerning some of the physi-
ographic and structural features of New Mexico it seems
to the writer that Dr. Keyes is not justified in classifying as
a common physiographic type the great plains of the Llano
Estacado to the eastward of New Mexico and the typical
dolsons which occur within its borders. In the judgment
of the writer it would not even be possible to place the
border plains of the Rio Grande and of the Rio Pecos in the
class of bolsons, and certainly such plains as the Hueco,
Minibres, the Estancia and the Jornado can bear no relation
whatever to the. great plateau plain through which the
Colorado river has cut its grand canyon.
From the data in hand it appears to the writer that in
New Mexico and much of the great basins region where the
colson plains form an important physiographic type, there
is a common history of origin. The whole region has been
ai some time at a very much higher level than at present
and subjected to such erosion that the great structural val-
luis of the entire region were worn out several thousand
feet in depth. Every feature of origin seems to point with
unmistakable finger to a time of such erosion, under atmos-
pheric conditions of heavy participation, with a much higher
elevation of the plateau than at the present time. There
certainly was a time when the carrying capacity of the axial
streams of all the valleys was much in excess of the loads
of material furnished to them by their lateral tributaries and
by torrential action of the characteristic method of precipi-
tation of the semi-arid region, resulting in the supply of en-
ormous quantities of material from the steep mountain
slopes into the valleys in such quantities that the larger
streams were vastly overtaxed and the period of aggradation
was inaugurated. This period continued until the deposit
in these ancient valleys accumulated to thousands of feet
282 The American Geologist. November, 1908
in thickness. In many cases the valleys were so completely
filled that the detrital plains of the neighboring valleys were
united, giving the appearance of extensive plains with iso-
lated islands or bordering ridges.
Where the flow of water in the larger drainage axis
like the Rio Grande was sufficient, the river contributed
largely in the process of aggradation and plains building.
At or near the time of maximum aggradation, in the
New Mexico region, at least, occurred the period of great
basaltic lava flows. ‘These were so distributed that in some
cases, the lava flowed on to the bolson plains of the great
isolated valleys or into the great plains bordering the Rio
Grande and other streams diverting their courses. This
great period of subsidence and aggradation is most striking-
ly shown in portions of southern Arizona, where Dr. W. T.
Lee of the Geological Survey, has told me that the fluviatile
deposits following the great eroded channelways of the Col-
orado and other streams extend to several hundred feet be-
low sea level as is abundantly attested by well data.
While it does not seem at all necessary to postulate the
great deformations of the land to account for transitions
from conditions of degradation to those of aggradaation, as
in many cases variations of climatic conditions including
precipitation and so on, may be sufficient causes, yet where
it is known that the plain of degradation extends below the
plain of the present marine base level, a difference in alti-
tude must be assumed. Dr. D. W. Johnson in an extensive
article on the High Plains and Their Utilization, published
in the 21st annual report of the United States Geological
Survey, Hydrographic Division, has described with much
detail the method of the formation of the frontal aprons bor-
dering the mountain areas in the semi arid regions with
special reference to the great sheet of Tertiary, gravels
which are spread out over the high plains region, including
the Llano Estacado. He presents a diagramatic section on
page 729 of that report showing the relation of Tertiary
gravels to the underlying Cretaceous over the Stake Plains
plateau, and he rightfully, I believe, attributes their origin
to the frontal ranges of the Rockies. His description of the
method of formation and structure of the great Tertiary
Bolson Plains of the Southwest.—Tight. 283
plains is in accordance with the writer’s views upon the
same subject, and present the conditions which prevail
throughout the western plateau and great basins region
during a portion of Tertiary time.
That there is certainly a great similarity in the method
of formation of the Tertiary deposits over the Llano Esta-
cado and great bolsons of New Mexico, and the basin region
there is no question. The same attitude of the land under
uniform climatic conditions produced throughout the entire
southwestetrn country more or less uniform phenomena of
erosion and aggradation on the pre-existing land forms, but
that the term bolson is to be applied to any and all portions
of these deposits wherever found is to be much questioned.
The same conditions which spread out a great sheet of
gravels over the surface of the Cretaceous on the Llano Es-
tacado produced an extensive filling in all the great moun-
tain-bordered basins and erosion valleys of the plateau re-
gion. 7
Nor can we class as bolsons such plains of recent origin
as occur along the Rio Grande, which have been described
by Dr. Herrick, in the GEoLocisT, vol. 33, June 1904, as
clino -plains.
If we are to consider the section of the Rio Grande be-
tween Bernalillo and Socorro, the Jornado del Muerto, and
the Mesilla valley as typical bolsons as described by Mr.
Hill, and are also to consider the Roswell basin of the Pecos
as a typical bolson, it seems certain that the Roswell bolson,
so classified, must be of a much more recent origin than
those of the Rio Grande, for the Rio Grande deposits seem
to be correlated in time with the great Tertiary deposits
over the surface of the Llano Estacado, while the deposits
occupying the Roswell basin have been made since the
erosion of that basin out of the Tertiary and Cretaceous
formations of the Llano Estacado. Again if we are to con-
fine our definition of the term bolson to plains formed with-
in the structural valleys (using this latter term in a very
broad sense )then we must exclude the Roswell valley from
the class of bolsons, for the writer is satisfied that the sec-
tion of the Pecos included within the borders of New Mex-
ico is wholly an erosion form.
284 The American Geologist. November, 1905
In no sense then can the extensive bolsons of New
Mexico be grouped into a common class and referred to as
remnants of the early Cretaceous peneplain preserved
“merely by lack of erosion agencies.”’ We must then take
sharp issue with Dr. Keyes, when he says of the bolsons
of New Mexico: ‘“Bolson plains may be considered as sec-
tions of an upraised peneplain surface in its earliest infancy,
in the stage when they are as yet untouched by stream
action.”
As a bolson plain is a constructional form and is not
confined necessarily to any period of time it must be recog-
nized that the bolson plain passes through a history of con-
struction and destruction similar to that of any other con-
structional topographic form, and the various stgaes of its
formation and destruction should be carefully noted. After
the formation of the bolson plain the region may become
subjected to intense erosion, which would eventually leave
but remnants of the old plain, while a neighboring plain not
subjected to such treatment might persist or even continue
to develop its characteristics as a distinct physiographic
type.
It seems to the writer that the bolson plain will find its
proper place and recognition in the literature of topographic
forms,
Glacial Lakes and Marine Submergence—Upham. 285
GLACIAL LAKES AND MARINE SUBMERGENCE IN THE
HUDSON-CHAMPLAIN VALLEY.
By WARREN UPHAM, St. Paul Minn
Very important studies of the Quaternary history of
the Hudson-Champlain valley have been recently published
by Charles E. Peet and J. B. Woodworth, who have worked
mainly, both in the field and in the study, without collabora-
tion together, yet reaching closely similar conclusions.*
The work of Mr. Peet is a continuation from his service
since 1893 on the Geological Survey of New Jersey, for
which he mapped the Pleistocene deposits of the Palisade
Ridge, bordering the Hudson river. His plans for extend-
ing this investigation along all the valley north to lake
Champlain and the St. Lawrence were made under the
direction of Prof. R. D. Salisbury, and the field work and
presentation of results have been directed by Prof. T. C.
Chamberlin; but the author claims the full responsibility
for the opinions expressed. He had reached the main re-
sults some four years ago, and later gave attention chiefly
to the crustal movement and the origin of the water body
in the Hudson valley, whether lacustrine or marine.
Professor Woodworth gives in his two very elaborate
publications the results of his surveys for the New York
State Museum during the years 1900 to 1903, with the aid
of field notes and advice by G. K. Gilbert from several
seasons of his work in the St. Lawrence valley, where he
had examined the country from lake Ontario around the
northern slopes of the Adirondacks and southward on the
west side of lake Champlain to West Chazy. That explor-
ation led to the selection of the Mooers quadrangle for de-
tailed mapping of its glacial drift and lacustrine and marine
formations.
* Glacial and Postglacial History of the Hudson and Champlain
Valleys, by CHARLES EMERSON PEET; reprinted (1904), with slight revision,
from the Journal of Geology, vol. xii, pp. 415-469, 617-661, July-August and
October-November, 1904; with 27 figures in the text (maps, sections, pro-
files, and views from photographs).
Pleistocene Geology of Mooers Quadrangle, being a_ portion of
Clinton County, including parts of the towns of Mooers, Champlain, Al-
tona, Chazy, Dannemora, and Beekmantown, N. Y., by Jay BAcKUS
WoopworiH (Bulletin 8, New York State Museum), June, 1905; pages
60, with 25 plates (maps, and views from photographs), and a folded
map of the Glacial geology of Mooers Quadrangle.
Ancient Water Levels of the Champlain and Hudson Valleys, by
Jay Backvs WoeopwortH (Bulletin 84, New York State Museum), July,
1905; pages 65-265, with 28 plates (maps, profiles, and views), 24 figures in
the text, and the Glacial map of the Mooers Quadrangle (the same ag
in the preceding bulletin).
286 The American Geologist. NL
In deference to McGee, Salisbury, and others, who re-
gard the Lafayette and Columbia formations of the Atlantic
coastal plain in southern New Jersey, and thence south to
the Gulf of Mexico, as of marine deposition, Peet states very
fully the arguments that would refer the Late Glacial water
body in the Hudson valley to incursion of the sea. This
would seem indeed to be the first and most obvious pre-
sumption, in view of the fossiliferous marine beds in the
Champlain and St. Lawrence valleys at altitudes ranging
to a maximum of 560 feet on Mt. Royal, at Montreal, while
the divide between lake Champlain and the Hudson river,
near Fort Edward, is only 147 feet above the sea level.
But no marine fossils are found in the abundant strati-
fied gravel, sand, and clay deposits of the Hudson valley,
_ which indicates, with the evidences of Quaternary uplift of -
the southern part of this valley and of the Long Island re-
gion and the southern Atlantic coast, that a land barrier on
> the south held a glacial lake in the Hudson and Champlain
valleys, outflowing along the now submarine continuation
of the course of the Hudson outside the Narrows. This ex-
planation of the submerged shallow valley and of the modt-
fied drift and later stratified beds along the Hudson river,
belonging to the time of recession of the continental ice-
sheet, I have presented in various publications during the
past fourteen years, having in 1892 given the name Hudson-
Champlain to this glacial lake.*
In other papers I have argued against the supposed
marine origin of the Lafayette and Columbia series, attrib-
uting them instead to river deposition on land areas, from
erosion of the Appalachian mountain belt at times when
that region has undergone epeirogenic uplifts.*
Although a marine or estuarine origin of the Hudson
valley deposits is argued by Peet as fully as seems possible,
he also gives full consideration to the evidences for the
freshwater deposition of these beds, evidently deeming this
the more probable view, so that he leaves this question open
and undecided.
*(Geol. Soe. of America, Bulletin, vol. iil, pp. 484-487.
* Am. Jour. Sci., third series, vol. xli, pp. 33-52, Jan., 1891. Am.
Naturalist, vol. xxviii, pp 979-988, Dec., 1894. Proc., A. ‘A. A. S., vol.
xliii, 1894. Compte Rendu du Congrés Géologique International, Zurich,
1894, pp. 238-251. Am GeroLoei-r vol. xxv, pp. 318-314, May, 1900.
Glacial Lakes and Marine Submergence—Upham. 287
Woodworth takes more definite ground in support of
the explanation of the Hudson beds as sediments of a glacial
lake, to which he gives the name Lake Albany; and the
glacial lake of the Champlain valley, which he thinks to have
been later and distinct, he names Lake Vermont. To the
present writer, however, it seems quite certain that the
glacially dammed water bodies of these two parts of the
Hudson-Champlain valley were continuous at the same
levels, changed with the gradual northward uplift of the
valley, forming deltas and shore lines which are interrupted
by conditions of topography and sedimentation, but which
by exact surveys with levelling will be traced continuously
from the Hudson valley northward around the marine area
of the Champlain,, St. Lawrence, and Ottawa basins, lying
at higher altitudes than the marine shores and fossiliferous
beds.
By my examination, in 1901, of the lowest part of the
water divide between the Hudson and the Champlain, pub-
lished in the AMERICAN GEoLoGIsT for October, 1903, I
could find no evidences of outflow there from the glacially
ponded waters of the Champlain basin. ‘That divide or low-
est place of the watershed, near Fort Edward, seems to me
to have been covered by the Hudson-Champlain glacial lake,
and by the later glacial Lake St. Lawrence, until the con-
tinued departure of the ice-sheet far north allowed the sea
to come into the St. Lawrence and Champlain valleys, then
filling the southern part of the latter nearly to the hight of
this col of its watershed.
The names Lake Albany and Lake Vermont, applied by
Woodworth, seem to be synonyms of my previous nomen-
clature as lakes Hudson-Champlain and St. Lawrence, pub-
lished in my U. S. Geological Survey monograph of Lake
Agassiz and in other papers,* which, however, are not in-
cluded in the extended bibliography given by Woodworth
for this subject, although he cites a large number of my
* Geol. Soc. of America, vol. iii, pp. 484-7, 1892. Am. Jour. Sci., third
series, vol. xlix, pp. 1-18, with map, Jan., 1895. Minnesota Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Survey, Twenty-third Annual Report, for 1894 (pub. Feb.,
1895), pp. 156-193, with map. U. S. Geol. Survey, Monograph xxv, The
Glacial Lake Aggassoz, 1895, pp. 254, 262-264. Am. GEoLoGcisT, vol. xxxii,
pp. 223--230, Oct., 1908. International Quarterly, vol. xi, pp. 248-265, July,
1905.
288 The American Geologist. Nevemiety ous
earlier glacial papers. Several very noteworthy papers by
others, also, as Elias Lewis, Jr.,t and Prof. J. S. Newberry,t
relating to Long Island and the Hudson valley, are similarly
overlooked in his bibliography.
From consideration of the amount and probable rate
of the rise of the Champlain and St. Lawrence region from
the Late Glacial and Postglacial marine submergence,
Woodworth estimates the duration of the Postglacial epoch
as somewhere between 20,000 and 100,000 years. ‘The pres-
ent writer has shown, however, that nearly all the uplifting
of the Lake Agassiz area took place probably within so
short a time as about one thousand years, during the ex-
istence of that lake, since which time the region has been
affected only by very slight changes of level. Likewise
probably the uprise of the St. Lawrence basin was at first
relatively rapid, so that it might all take place within the
period of about 7,000 or 6,000 years which is indicated for
Postglacial time in that part of the northern United States
and Canada by Prof. N. H. Winchell in his studies of the
recession of the Falls of St. Anthony, with which my studies
of the Niagara falls and gorge well coincide. The former
estimate of the period since the Ice age as tens of thousands
of years, still advocated by Gilbert and Woodworth, is op-
posed by a great range of well accordant evidences on the
glaciated areas of both North America and Europe.
This Hudson-Champlain area, made classic in glacial
geology by the work of C. H. Hitchcock, Baldwin, Baron de
Geer, Gilbert, Merrill, Peet, Woodworth, and. others, which
through the writings of Hitchcock and Dana gave the name
Champlain to the closing epoch of the Ice age, deserves yet
further work of detailed surveys, with exact levelling for
determination of the relations of all its lacustrine and marine
shore lines. No other area of our continent promises more
important information concerning the Glacial and Recent
periods.
It should also be added that the deeply submerged outer
fjord of the Hudson, made known with exact soundings and
charting by Lindenkohl, is the key to the causes of the
Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. x, pp. 434-446, Feb., 1877.
Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. xiii, pp. 641-660, Oct., 1878.
tr sb
The Jurassic Horizon.—Keyes. 289
Glacial period, by its testimony of very great preglacial land
“elevation, together with the similar evidence given by the
submarine continuations of the Congo, the Adour, and other
-fivers, and by the profound depths of the Scandinavian and |
Arctic - fjords.
eal JURASSIC HORIZON AROUND THE SOUTHERN END OF
THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS.
By CHARLES R. KEYES, Socorro, New Mexico
Soon after passing the Colorado line the Rocky moun-
tains rapidly lose their predominant characteristics and
fade out completely into the Mexican tableland. The moun-
tain ranges which succeed to the southward are short, iso-
lated, tilted blocks, that are of a wholly different type from
that of the mountainous structures to the northward, and
to which they present marked topographic contrasts.
At this southern extremity of the Rockies in northern
New Mexico, the general stratigraphy presents some un-
looked for phases that are of exceptional interest. More-
over, it is here that the eastern Mississippi valley strati-
graphy, with which American workers are most familiar,
loses its identity and is replaced by a less known western
stratigraphy. The rock-successions of these two provinces
have never been satisfactorily or exactly paralleled. Of the
‘many stratigraphic problems that have arisen recently for
solution in this region none has possessed greater interest
than the questions surrounding the horizon at which the
Jurassic system should be represented.
Ever since the time of Jules Marcou’s trip, sixty years
ago, in connection with the Pacific railroad expedition along
the thirty-fifth parallel, when he pronounced the now cele-
brated Tucumcari section in eastern New Mexico as of
Triassic and Jurassic ages, there has been waged one of the
bitterest and most useless controversies in the history of
American geology. Marcou was well acquainted with’ Ju-
- rassic and Triassic sections of Europe and, as Louis Agassiz
has well remarked,* he could hardly be blamed for seeing
* Am. Jour. Sci., (1), vol. xxvii, p. 134, 1859.
290 The American Geologist. NON CHER eres
a close analogy in the New Mexican sequence. The full
force of this position finds another instructive parallel in
the so-called Permian question of central Kansas.
Both of these controversies doubtlessly would have
been avoided had all participants relied less on analogy and
more upon the actual critical criteria which the formations
themselves supply.
Singularly enough, after all these years in which Mar-
cow has stoutly maintained the correctness of his original
position, the “Triassic” part of the Tucumcari section ap-
pears finally to be determined without much doubt as Tri-
assic in age. It now,becomes a question of more than
passing interest to inquire anew regarding Marcou’s Jurassic
beds of the same locality.
-According to Marcou’s Pyramid mountain section,
which is near the Cerro Tucumeari, and which is essentially
the same, there were included in his so-called Jurassic
sequence (a) about 225 feet of soft, shaly, light-colored
sandstones, which Hill has since correlated with the Trinity
sands of central Texas, (b) 50 feet of bluish fossiliferous
shales, which Hill considers as forming the uppermost por-
iton of the Washita division of the Comanche series, and
from which Marcou collected his few fossils, and (c) 50 feet
of massive yellow calcareous sandstone, which has since
been found to be the attenuated extension of the Dakota
sandstone. Even within the last decade Cummins has
gathered all of these beds into a single unit and proposed
for them the-title of the ~ Tucumcari formation-> 7 Allgot
these formations at Tucumeari appear to form a perfectly
conformable succession.
More extended observations have lately shown quite
conclusively that marked unconformities actually exist be-
tween everyone of the formations mentioned. Regarding
them many questions now arise concerning their real sig-
nificance in the geological history of the region.
The remnant of the Dakota sandstone (c) which is
found in the Tucumeari section is now known to form the
base of the Mid-Cretaceous (Upper Cretaceous of Meek
~ Journal of Geology. vol. vii, pp. 221-241, 1899.
* Texas Geol. Sur., Third Ann. Rept., p. 201, 1892.
The Jurassic Horizon. —Keyes. 291
and Hayden). It rests unconformably on all older forma-
tions, from the Mid-Carboniferous limestones to the
Comanche series.
The shale (b) beneath the massive sandstone at the top
of the Tucumcari section, has been correlated with the top-
most portion of the Washita division of the early Cretaceous
as represented farther to the eastward in Texas. The lower
members of the early Cretaceous successively thin out to
the north and west from the central part of that state and
each overlaps the next below.
The next formation below (a), which rests unconform-
ably upon the Triassic Red Beds and which has been par-
alleled with the Trinity sands of central Texas appears to
be a formation with as yet no tangibly determinable rela-
tionships. It may be the basal member of the early Cre-
taceous section which is so well developed farther to the
eastward, and this has been the view advanced by Hill and
other workers in the Texas field. Or, it may be a littoral
deposit that followed up an advancing shore; and thus it
may have an age in its different parts extending throughout
the Comanche period. However, this phase of the subject.
receives full discussion elsewhere.
This so-called Trinity sandstone stands apart from all
else. It has no direct genetic relationships with the forma-
tions either above or below. The unconformable relations
that it bears both to the superior strata and to the inferior
rocks clearly indicates the lapse of a considerable time in-
terval at least at the base. There is then in this sandstone
an important geological formation about which little is yet
definitely known regarding its geological relationships ; and
to the westward at the same horizon an important erosion
interval is represented. The equivalents of these in the
sediments of other localities, as well as the space they repre-
sent in the general geological column have become topics of
some speculation.
White, who was long the best American-authority on
the Cretaceous rocks, considered the Trinity sands, or
Dinosaur beds, as reaching down into the Jurassic period.
Marcou regarded the Jurassic as partially represented by
this formation. Most writers have disputed the existence
292 The American Geologist. Nercines aes
of any Jurassic beds in this part of the continent. Their
evidence has been even less conclusive than that presented
by the pioneer geologist just mentioned. It is now known
that Marcou and his critics were not discussing exactly the
same thing.
Independent of whatever may have been concluded in
the past regarding the presence or absence of Jurassic de-
posits in the Tucumcari section it is certain that there exists
at the horizon where the Jurassic system is naturally lo-
cated in the general geological column, a stratigraphic gap
and a formation about which there is much to learn before
their real significance is understood. It may be that after
all Marcou’s surmise was right and that the Jurassic sys-
tem finds representation in the Cerro Tucumcari, just as it
now appears that his shrewd guess regarding the Triassic
eventually proved to be correct.
In this connection it is of interest to note that in west-
ern New Mexico, in the-Zuni region, Dutton has regarded
the great sequence of sandstones which he called the Zuni
series, and which is upwards of 1,200 feet thick, as very
likely of Jurassic age. He correlated this series with the
extensixe deposits of so-called Jurassic age in Arizona, Utah
and southwestern Colorado. The Zuni series for the pres-
ent is here still associated with the Triassic system. Its
stratigraphic relationships, especially with the Dakota
sandstones, and the position in the Tucumcari region are
indicated in the section subjoined (Fig. ..).
DAKOTA SANDSTONES
THE JURASSIC HoRIZON IN THE SOUTHERN ROCKY MOUNTAINS.
The horizon represented by the heavy line is worthy of
much attention. Its stratigraphic horizon is that of the
Jurassic system of the general geological section.
a. Ff
- UNIVERSITY of ILLINOIS:
=
7
/
}
.
e *
=
’
\
,
,
~—
6 a
*
ad -
PLATE XV
THE AMERICAN GEOLOGIST, VOL, XXXVI
INSTITUTO GEOLOGICA DE MEXICO
El Instituto Geologica de Mexico.—-Guild. 203
EL INSTITUTO GEOLOGICA DE MEXICO.
By F. N. GuiILp, Tuscon, ARIZ.
PLATE XV.
Since the International Congress of Geologists is to
convene in the city of Mexico during the coming summer
of 1906, it may be interesting to the readers of the AMERI
CAN GEOLOGIST and especially to those who expect to attend
the congress, to learn something of the work of the Institute
in Mexico which corresponds to our national geological sur-
vey. Such a description seems especially opportune at the
present time when the Institute has taken up its quarters
in an excellent new building expressly designed for its pur-
poses, and is now busily engaged in sending invitations to
all parts of the world and making other preparations for the
congress which is to be held within its walls.
The first step which led to definite results in the forma-
tion of a geological survey in Mexico was made in 1886 and
through the efforts of Antonio del Castillo, then professor
of mineralogy and geology in the School of Mines, an au-
thorization was obtained two years later for the formation
of a Comision Geologica de México. The first publication
issued in 1895 appeared under the title of Boletin de la
Comision Geologica de México. Later, however, the name
was changed to Instituto Geologico National de México and
the publications appeared under that name. Castillo, who
may be considered as the founder of the Institute, was
chosen director which position he held until his death in
1895. One of the first objects of the Institute seems to have
been the preparation of sketches (bosquejos) on the gen-
eral geology of the country. These appear in bulletins No.
4, 5, and 6. They are accounts of scientific expeditions by
various members of the staff into different parts of the re-
public. ‘oh
- The Institute was first housed in the School of Mines
building, later however, removed to temporary quarters in
the Calle de Paseo Nuevo Num. 2, and finally into its pres-
‘ent building on 5a Calle del Ciprés. It is equipped with
excellent chemical laboratories for the analysis of rocks and
minerals, museums for geological and mineralogical collec-
tions, drafting rooms, libraries, laboratories for microscopic
204 The American Geologist Nesemen Tees
investigation, and all necessary appliances for geologic re-
search. The museum is especially well equipped with a
large collection of nicely trimmed rocks and thin sections
corresponding. Possibly there is no better place than
Mexico for the study of variations in rhyolitic and andesitic
outflows, and the Instituto Geologico keeps its doors open
to scientists who desire to study there. The staff of the
Institute at present consists of José G. Aguilera, appointed
director on the death of Castillo, Ezequiel Ordonez, sub-
director and petrographer, Emilio Bose, Carlos Burckhardt,
Juan D:; Villarello; E.sAngermann; TF lores, R.Roblesss:
Truax, and A. Villafana, geologists, R. Santillan, secretary,
F. Roel, and V. de Vigier, chemists.
The Institute has an interesting and in some respects
unique field for investigation. The larger portion of the
sedimentaries and older crystalline rocks in Mexico are cov-
ered by great masses of recent products of volcanic activity
such as ashes, andesitic and basaltic outflows. The Insti-
tute has a very complete collection of these rocks which
have quite thoroughly been worked out from a petrograph-
ical standpoint and presented to the public through its ex-
cellent bulletins. Its investigators plan in the near future
to discuss more completely the chemical relations of the
outflows and doubtless valuable additions will be made to
our knowledge of the differentiation of volcanic magmas.
Volcanic craters are found everywhere, some in the state of
activity (Colima) others possessing but faint traces of their
formet power (Popocatepetl). Even within less than two
hours ride from the city of Mexico groups of volcanoes may
be studied where crater cones rise but a few hundred feet
above the level valley of Mexico (Sierra de Catarina.)
These present variations from pure cinder cones (Las Cal-
deras) to cones from the crater of which more liquid mate-
rial has escaped (Cerro de Ixtapalapa). Thus a more ideal
spot for the investigation of at least one phase of geology
could hardly be imagined.
Following is a list of the publications of the Institute:
Num. 1.—Fauna Fosil de la Sierra de Catorce, por A. del Castillo
y J. G. Aguilera.—1895.—56 pp., 21 1am.
Num. 2.—Las Rocas Eruptivas del S. O. de la Cuenca de México,
por E. Ord6nez.—1895.—46 pp., 1 1am.
El Instituto Geologica de Mexico.—Guild. 205
Num. 3.—La Geografia Fisica y la Geologia de la Peninsula de Yu-
catan, por C. Sapper.—1896.—58 pp., 6 lam.
Nums. 4, 5 y 6—Bosquejo Geol6gico de México.—1897.—272 pp., 5
1am.
Nums. 7, 8 y 9.—El Mineral de Pachuca.—1897.—184 pp., 14 lam.
Num. 10.—Bibliografia Geologica y Minera de la Republica Mexicana
por R. Aguilar y Santillan.—1898.—158 pp.
Num. 11.—Catalogos sistematico y geografico de las especies mine-
ralogicas de la Republica Mexicana, por José G. Aguilera.—
1898.—158 pp.
Num. 12.—E] Real del Monte, por E. Ordonez y M. Rangel.—1899.
—108 pp., 26 1am.
Num. 13.—Geologia de los alrededores de Orizaba, con un perfil de
la vertiente oriental de la Mesa Central de México, por Emilio
Bose.—1899.—78 pp., 3 lam.
Num. 14.—Las Rhyolitas de México (Primera parte), por E. Ordé-
nez.—199.—78 pp., 6 lam.
Num. 15.—Las Rhyolitas de México (Segunda parte), por E. Ord6-
nez.—1901.—78 pp., 6 lam.
Numero 16.—Los Criaderos de fierro del Cerro del Mereado en Du-
rango, por M. Rangel, y de la Hacienda de Vaquerias, Estado
de Hidalgo, por J. D. Villarello y E. Bose.—1902—144 pp.,
5 lam.
Numero 17.—Bibliografia Geol6gica y Minera de la Republica Mexi-
cana por R. Aguilar y Santillan.—i904. [E£n prensa.]
PARERGONES.
Tomo I. No. 1.—Los temblores de Zanatepec, Oaxaca.—Estado ac-
tual del Volcan de Tacana, Chiapas, por Emilio Boése.—1903.
25 pp., 4 lam.
No. 2.—fisiografia, Geologia 6 Hidrologia de los alrededores de la
Paz, Baja California, por E. Angermann.—E] Area cubierta
por la ceniza del Volcan de Santa Maria, Octubre de 1902, por
Emilio Bose.—1904. 26 pp., 3 lam.
No. 3.—E] Mineral de Angangueo, Michoacan, por BH. Ord6nez.—Ana-
lisis de una muestra de granate del Mineral de Pihuamo, Ja-
lisco, por J. D. Villarello—Apuntes sobre el Paleozoico en So-
nora, por HE. Angermann.—1904. 34 pp., 2 lam.
No. 4.—Estucio de la teoria quimica propuesta por el Sr. Andrés
Almaraz para explicar la formaci6n del petréleo de Aragon,
México, D. F., por J. D. Villarello.—E1 fierro metedrico de
Bacubirito, Sinaloa, por E. Angermann.—Las aguas subterra-
neas de Amozoc, Puebla, por E. Ord6énez.—1904.—24 pp., 1
lamina.
No. 5.—Informe sobre el temblor del 16 de Enero de 1902 en el Esta-
do de Guerrero, por los Dres. E. Base y E. Angermann.—Es-
tudio de una muestra de mineral asbesti‘orme procedente del
Rancho del Ahuacatillo, Distrito de Zinapécuaro, E. de Michoa-
can, por el Ing. J. D. Villarello.—1904.—26 pp.
296 The American Geologist. November, 1905
No. 6.—Estudio de la hidrologia subterranea de la region de Caderey-
ta Méndez, EB. de Querétaro; por el Ing. J. D. Villarello.—1904.
—58 pp., 2 lam.
No. 7.—Estudio de una muestra de grafita de Ejutla, Estado de Oaxa-
ca, por el Ing. J. D. Villarello.—Andalisis de las cenizas del vol-
can de Santa Maria, Guatemala, yor el Ing. E. Orddénez.—
1904.—26 pp.
No. 8.—Hidrologia subterranea de los alrededores de Querétaro,
por el Ing. J. D. Villarello.—1905.—56 pp., 3 laminas y 2
figuras.
‘City of Mexico, Aug. 25, 1905.
‘SSERPENTINES IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF PHILADELPHIA.
ANNA JI. JoNAS, Bryn Mawr, Pa.
The object of this paper is to give a brief review of the
occurrence and origin of the known serpentines, and to
describe in particular, the serpentine dykes in the neigh-
borhood of Philadelphia, Penna.
It is generally conceded that serpentine, wherever oc-
curring as a mineral or a rock, is a secondary product
formed in the zone of katamorphism and that it is devel-
oped by the alteration of non-aluminous, ferro-magnesian
silicates ; olivine, the pyroxenes, anthophyllite, tremolite and
actinolite. In a less number of cases serpentine has been
derived from a limestone.
An entire rock mass may be composed exclusively of
serpentine, or the rock may contain remains of the original
minerals from which the serpentine was derived. The
physical characters of the rock serpentine are therefore
somewhat modified by the presence of associated minerals.
In color serpentine has a wide range through all shades of
green, brown and reddish brown. Its texture depends
largely on the mineral from which it was derived; serpen-
tine formed by the hydration of olivine is massive; that
variety formed by the alteration of an amphibole is usually
fibrous. That variety which results from the alteration of
pryoxene may be described as massive.
Since serpentine, a katamorphic product, is not easily
weathered, it usually forms a ridge scantily covered with
a sterile soil composed of silica, magnesia and stained with
iron oxide.
Serpentines Near Philadelphia --Jonas. 207
Distribution.—Serpentine has a wide distribution
through the British Isles and Europe, and has been describ-
ed from several localities in Asia and Africa. The serpen-
tines of England, Wales and Scotland have been traced to
olivine rocks and are usually associated with masses of
gabbro or dioryte. The serpentines of Europe, for the
most part, occur in belts of igneous rocks and crystalline
schists and gneisses, and are largely derived from perido-
tytes, pyroxenytes or gabbros. Serpentinised marble is re-
reported from the Passauer gneiss district of central Europe,
from the upper Reno valley of Italy and from the Knopia
district of Finland, and serpentine is associated with cal-
careous schists on Corsica and at Antioch, Asia.
In America serpentine is found throughout the belt of
crystalline formations which extends from Maine to Ala-
bama and forms the floor of the Piedmont plateau.
Maine.—*In Maine, serpentine has been reported by
Mr. George P. Merrill at the northern end of Deer Isle in
Penobscot bay. He describes it as a very dark green varie-
ty mottled by diallage crystals.
Vermont.—There are many localities of serpentine in
the state of Vermont? on the boundary between Dover and
Newfane counties, at Windham; in the hills of the north-
western part of Chester extending to Ludlow and Caven-
dish; at Plymouth, Roxbury, Westfield and Troy. The
serpentine is associated with steatite and occurs both in
mica schists and gneisses. It is placed among the strati-
fied rocks because it occurs as thick beds in foliated rocks
and does not cut them. This could be accounted for on the
supposition that the serpentine was an intrusive which had
been folded along with the rock into which it was intruded.
The steep slopes of Belvidere? mountain are composed of
amphibolyte. In it the hornblende has been largely alter-
ed to fibrous serpentine.
Massachusetts.—In the Holyoke folio Emerson dis-
cusses the serpentine which extends from Holyoke, Massa-
chusetts, south into Connecticut. The Chester amphibolyte
*G. P. MERRILL, ‘Stones for Building and Decoration,” p. 60.
+ Geology of Vermon 1861, vol. i, p. 544.
t Science, vol. xxi, No. 533, Mar. 17, 1905 (review). “The Serpentine
a Associated Minerals of Belvidere mountain, Vermont,” by V. F.
ARSTERS.
298 The American Geologist. November ieee
is described as a ‘dark, flaggy hornblende schist,” in part
replaced by serpentine and emery. In an earlier publica-
tion it was described as an altered eruptive, but in this folio
Emerson calls it an altered sediment, probably a dolomyte
and of Lower Silurian age, lying between the Rowe and
Savoy schists, both of which are sericite schists. Emerson
decided that the Chester amphibolyte is a sediment because
in the sedimentary series of Connecticut, Massachusetts and
Vermont there are beds of dolomyte which pass into ensta-
tite limestones and amphibolytes. Not only is emery found
in limestones but the amphibolytes of the above mentioned
series are derived from limestones. The Pelham gneiss* is
exposed in long, narrow strips, extending north and south
and lying to the east of the Connecticut river in Pelham
and Shuttesbury. In this gneiss are dykes of a bronzite-
olivine rock partially altered to serpentine.
In this monograph Emerson mentions the occurrence
of serpentine in the Chester amphibolyte. It enters Massa-
chusetts from Vermont and extends southwest through
Rowe, Hampshire, Hampden, Blauford, Granville and
Russel counties and dips below the sands of the Westfield
plain and does not reappear.
New Yorp —I\n 1887 Dr. Williams published a paper on
the serpentine? in the Onondaga salt group at Syracuse.
The exposure was situated on James street but for many
years has been inaccessible. It was noted in 1837 and re-
ported to Vaunuxem, the state geologist, who regarded it as
an aqueous deposit. Dr. Williams claims for it an igneous
origin $ in 1890 he published some additional proof for his
view.
$8 In Essex county at Port Henry and Moriah, there is
serpentine derived from an altered dolomyte and pyroxene
limestone. ) -Mi-
eroscopic character of the ore of
the Treadwell mine, Adams, Iv.
88: Mt. St. Elias, Russell and
Yukon valley, Hayes, (abs.), lv;
216; Ice under tundra, Russell
(p.s.n.), vi 325; Ice cliffs on the
Kowak river, Cantwell, vi, 51;
Explorations in, Anon, vil, 33;
Muir glacier, H. P. Cushing, viii,
200 SDICtoy {Gon Hh eseVVl SiGe Millie
330; Pribyloff islands, S. Brown
(rev.) Ix, 217; Alaska, John Muir,
tosi
Soc. (p.
xi, 287; Physical geography of,
Russell (rev.) xiv, 331; Geology
of Glacier bay, Cushing (abs.),
XV; Gls) (Ditto) (reve xvii, oe
Hypersthene-Andesite from Mt.
Edgecombe, Cushing, xx, 156;
Explorations (p,s,n,), xxi, 265;
Reconnoissance of gold fields, G.
FW. Becker (rev.), xxi, 382; Sur-
face geology, O. Nordenskjold,
xxlii, 288; Crossing the Valdez
glacier at Bates pass, W. R.
Abercrombie, xxiv, 349; Work of
the U. S. Geol. Sur. (p.s.n.), xxvl,
64; Scapolite rocks, J. E. Spurr
(rev.) xxvi, 393; Granite of the
Yukon valley, R. G. McConnell,
xxx, 55; Extinct bison (p.s.n.)
xxxi, 262; Harriman Expedition,
Glaciers and glaciation, G. K.
Gilbert (rev.), xxxiii, 259; Dit-
to, Geology and _ paleontology,
Emerson, Palache, Dall, Ulrich,
Knowlton (rev.), xxxiv, 122; Coal
December, 1905.
fields (p.s.n.) xxxiv, 401; Recon-
noissance in northern, Schrader,
(rev.) xxxv, 247.
Albertite-like asphalt in the Choc-
taw nation (rev.) xxiv, 319.
Alden, W. C. (with R. D. Salis-
bury), Geography of Chicago and
its environs (rev.), xxv, 174; Chi-
cago, folio, U. S: G. S., sexx, 255.
Alderson, V. C., Geology in the High
School, iv, 284.
Algae, Considerations on, G. Mail-
lard (rev.) ii, 54; From the Tren-
ton limestone, R. P. Whitfield,
(rev.), xv, 188;. As geological
guides, xili, 95.
Algérie, Le bassin de la Tafna. L.
Gentil, (rev.), xxx, 253.
Algonquin and Nipissing beaches,
F, B. Taylor, xvii, 397; and War-
ren beaches. Upham, xvll, 400.
Algonquin river. G. _ K. -Gilbert
(abs.), xviii, 231,
Alkali deposits of Wyoming, ty ae
Read, xxiv, 164.
Alkaline rocks of Madagascar, A.
Lacroix (rev.), xxxi, 183.
Alkaline reaction of some natural
silicates. F. W. Clarke. (rev.),
xxiii, 328.
Allamakee county, Report on. S.
Calvin. (rev.), xvil, 51.
Allanite and Epidote, intergrowths
of, W. H. Hobbs, xii, 218.
Allegany county, Maryland, Abbe
and O’Harra (rev.), xxix, 119.
Allen, Thos. W., (p.s.n.), xxvii, 327.
Allotropic forms of silver. Lea
(eit.), iv. 254.
Alluvial river terraces, develop-
ment of (rev.), R. E. Dodge, xlv,
97.
Altitudes between lake Superior
and the Rocky mountains, Upham
(rev.) ix, 341; Dictionary of, in
the United States. Gannett (rev.)
xxv, 121.
Aluminum, produced by electroly-
sis (p,s.n.) iii, 844; Market prices
(p.s.n.) vii, 272. electro-metal-
lurgical process (p.s.n.) x, 398.
Alunogen and bauxite in New
perce (abs.) W. P. Blake, xiv,
Amboy clay series, Age of, A. Hol-
leks (abs); ) exXxit, ee eDo.
America, How long ago peopled,
(ed. com.), xxxi, 312
American Anthropological associa-
tion (p.s.n.), xxxvi, 64.
American Anthropologist (p.s.n.),
y 183; (rev.), ili, 149:
American Aphidae, Tertiary. Scud-
der. (rev:)} xv, 123:
American Association for the ad-
vancement of Science (ed. com.),
lip) dis ACpisen)h litielsss soogsGpe
Sin:), ive)104,) 2515 25620 (p Sena) au wile
261; (p.s.n.), viii, 62, 192; Pleisto-
cene papers at, viii, 230; (p.s.n.),
xii, 130; Pleistocene papers at,
xii, 172; (p.s.n.), xii, 207; Lists
and abstracts of papers, xiv, 202;
(p.s.n.), xv, 195: (p.s.n.), xvi, 68;
Geol. Soc. and Am. Asso., War-
ren Upham, xvi, 233; (p.s.n.),
xviii, 59; Warren Uphm, xviii,
Index,
yee (usin); xxi, 333°. (pis-n:),
xxii, 130; Geology and ‘eogra-
phy, Upham, xxii, 248; (p.s.n.),
xxiv, 197; Sketches of past pres-
idents by. Marcus Benjamin (p.
Retin) ei, O90; (p.S.n:), | XXV,
394; (p.s.n.), xxvii, 387; Commem-
orative tablet (ed. com.) xxix,
Ties) -s:D.),) XXX, 398; (p/s.n.)
xxxl, 66; Summer meeting of
Section EH, 1905, E. O. Hovey,
xxxv, 398; (p.s.n.), xxxvi, 331.
American committee of the Inter-
national Congress of Geologists.
Pp. Erazer,’ i; 3, 86; Report on
the several formations, i, 97; Re-
ports of the American Commit-
tee, ii, 189; An unjust attack up-
on, P. Frazer, iii, 65.
American Géologist, Introductory, I,
1; Consolidation with Economic
Geology, xxxvi, 309.
American geological classification
and nomenclature, J. Marcou,
(rev); “il, 129.
American Geological railway guide,
Macfarlane (rev.), vi, 248.
American Geological Society, Pro-
posed, i, 394; (p.s.n.), ii, 360, 370;
(p.s.n.), iii, 62, 140, 344. See Geo-
logical Society of America.
American Institute of Mining En-
gineers, -(p.s.n.), xvi, 268, 330;
Gps.) EXVil, a aD; 5) (P-Sem.)s x1;
ZUM SMe), XXX, 202, (DeS-M.), 65,
BOL DsS. Te). XXXII, 264:
American meteorites described (p.
s.n.), xxviii, 265.
American Meteorological
(rev.), xi, 357.
American mining congress (p.s.n.),
xxii, 400
American Museum of Natural His-
Journal,
tory (p.s.n:); xxiii, 395; (p.s-n.)
xv O42 1(p:Sin-) > xxvii, 64; (Cpis:.
Nays xxVvil, soos (P:s.n.). xxix, 130;
Progress of vertebrate paleontol-
SV! belay, Xxxv;. 31:
American Naturalist, (p.s.n.), i,
134; v, 255.
American Paleontological Society,
SecA, OF PP; Bay, xxxv, 124:
American petrographical micro-
scopes, N. H. Winchell, iii, 225.
American Philosophical Society
(ed. com.), xxviii, 317.
American Society of Naturalists
(pis. Sel; 1383.
American Society of Civil Engin-
G€ersin(p sin) vs. 127.
American Neocomian and Gryphaea
pitcheri. Marcou, v. 315.
Ames knob, North Haven, Maine,
Halley Willis, xxx, 159.
Ami, H. M., List of fossils of the
Quebec (rev.), v. 247; The Citadel
Hill rocks (p.s.n.), vii, 71; Strata
of the Quebec group (rev.), viii,
115; Geology of Quebec and its
environs (rev.), viii, 186; Cam-
brian fossils from the Rocky Mt.
TOP CADS.);_1:Xts 0 182: Quebec
group about Quebec (abs.), xiv,
66; Note on a collection of Silu-
rian fossils (rev.) xv, 264; (p.s.n.)
Xvi, 267; Preliminary list of or-
ganic _remains (rey.), xvii, 393;
Ordovician in New Brunswick
~ Dawson,
Volumes I-XXXVI. - 5
and Nova Scotia (rev.), xx, 276;
Sketcn ur J. W. Dawson, xxvi, 1;
A national muséum for Canada,
xxvii, 259; Sketch of EH. Billings,
XXVIII, zo: bibliography of G. M.
xxviii, (6; billings and
his bibliography, xxviii, 128; Bel-
inurus siltorkensis, xxix, 138;
Sketch of A. R. C, Selwyn, Xxx,
12) (Dp: Sai.) , ocoxxls 332:
Ammoniten-Brut mit Aptychen in
der Wohnkammer von Uppeha
steraspis Uppel, Michael rev.)
xvi, 312.
Amount of glacial erosion in the
Finger lake region of New York.
D. #. Lincoln. (abs.) xii, 177.
Ampyx, with descriptions of Amer-
an species. A. W. Vogdes, xi,
oh).
Amusing error (ed. com.), xv, 120.
Amygdaioid in Manitoba (p.s.n.),
XxXxiv, 132,
Amygdaloidal melaphyrs of the
Boston basin, W. O. Crosby,
xxvii, 324.
Amyzon beds, ii, 289.
Anaconda Copper Company (p.s.n.),
xxvii, 197.
Analysis of folds. Van Hise. (abs.)
xvi, 244.
Ancestry of the upper Devonian
placoderms of Ohio, E. W. Clay-
pole, xvii, 349.
Anderson, F. M., River system of
aoe California (abs.), xxvil,
Anderson, C. C., Report on the wa-
rea powers of ‘Georgia (rev.), xxil,
9
Anderson, J. G. Om Olandska ran-
kar (rev.), xvii, 55: Cambrische
u. Silurische phosphorit fiihrende
Gesteine aus Schweden (rev.),
xix, dar:
Anderson, Netta C., List of Mas-
todon and Mammoth remains
(rev.), xxxvli, 258.
Anderson, R. V. (p.s.n.), xxxv, 261.
Ancient glacial action in Austral-
asia, C. H. Hitchcock, xxiii, 252.
Ancient lake beaches on the islands
in Georgian bay, F. M. Com-
stock, xxxiii, 312.
Ancient river deposits of the Spring
river valley in Kansas, O. H.
Hershey, xvii, 37. .
Ancient volcanic rocks of South
ta (rev.), F. Bascom, xix,
Andesytes of the Aroostook volcan-
ic area of Maine (rev.), H. E.
Gregory, xxv, 175.
Animals before man in North
unre F. A. Lucas (rev.), xxx,
Andrews, William, The Diuturnal
eaeOny of the Earth (rev.), xxv,
ou.
Andrews, E. C., Limestones of the
Fiji islands (rev.), xxvii, 256.
Andrews, C. W., Recently discov-
ered extinct vertebrates from
Egypt (rev.), xxviii, 389.
Andrews, Edmund, Sketch of work
(p.s:n.), xxxiil, 201.
Animikie Black Slates and Quartz-
ytes, equivalent to the Huronian
6 The American Geologist.
No Eis Winchell, ci; 1h;.) Uncon-=
formities of, in Minnesota, A.
Winchell, I, 14; Copper in the
caps rocks, A. C, Lawson, v,
Anhedron, a new _ petrographical
term, Ll. V. Pirsson, (abs.), xvii,
94.
Annals of British Geology. J. F.
Blake (rev.), xi, 302; xv, 387.
Ann Arbor, post-glacial geology.
Wooldridge, ii, 85; Lake beaches
at Spencer, Il, 62.
Annelid, new genus and _ species,
S. Calvin, i, 24; Teeth from the
Hamilton; ve We Clarke, lain:
from the Medina, Foerste, ii, 416.
Announcement of the Theory of
Evolution (ed. com.), xxviii, 316.
Anorthosyte as a rock term, Kolde-
rup, xxxli, 392; H. P. Cushing,
xxix, 190.
Anorthosytes of the Minnesota
shore of lake Superior, A. C.
Lawson (rev.), xII, 59.
Another appeal to induction from
the scholastic methods of mod-
ern geology. (rev.), H. H. How-
orth, xxxvl, 125.
Another episode in the history of
Niagara river, - J. Spencer,
(abs.), xxil, 259.
Another Kansas meteorite. (p.s.n,),
xxviil, 334.
Another meteorite in the supreme
court, (ed. com.), xxxvl, 47
Another old outlet of lake Huron,
G. F. Wright (p.s.n.), x, 262.
Antarctica (ed. com.), xvii, 241;
Antennae and other appendages of
Triarthrus becki, W. D. Matthew,
(rev.), xl, 193.
Anthracite coal, Bow river, Cana-
dian Northwest, Dodge 1, 172;
Geo. M. Dawson, I, 332; Exhaus-
tion of (ed. com.), Ill, 45; In Col-
orado, Lakes, vill, 14; Origin of,
C. R. Keyes, xlil, 411; New the-
ory: of origin, W. S. Gresley,
xviii, 1; In Arizona, W. P. Blake,
xxl, 345.
ple vOltean: Martin (p.s.n.) Il,
Antilles, Archean character of the
nuclei, P. Frazer, xxl, 250; Slopes
of drowned valleys, J. W. Spen-
Cen (abs: )s oval, i 23T.
Antiquity of the fossil man of Lan-
sing, Kansas, Upham, xxx. 135;
Ditto (ed. com.), xxx, 189; Ditto,
Upham, xxxl, 25; Pleistocene ge-
ology of the Coneannon farm
near Lansing, N. H. Winchell,
xxxl, p.. 263;. Ditto, Williston,
Todd, Wright, xxxl, 291, 294;
(ed. com.) xxxlIl, 185; More about,
Luella Owen (rev.), xxxll, 254:
Evidences of rheumatoid arthri-
tis, C. A. Parker, xxxiii, 39; On
the Lansing man, S. W. Willis-
ton, xxxv, 342.
Antiquity of man (ed. com.), Il, 51;
Putnam (cit.), v, 128; In eastern
N. Am.. N.S. Shaler, xi; 180: In
America, W. J. McGee, xil, 174;
(ed. com.), xxxi, 312; See ‘under
Man.
Antiquity of the races of mankind,
xxviii, 250.
December, 1905.
Antiquities from under Tuolumne
Table mountain. G. F. Becker.
(rev.), “vil, 258; at Baoussé
Rousse, x, 296.
Apatite in Norbotten, Norway,
Loesstrand (abs.) xi, 364; ecrys-
tals, Antwerp, New York (rev.),
N. Knight, xxxi, 62.
Appalachiah Virginia, N. H.
ton, x, 10; A. Keith, x, 362.
Apparent anomalies of stratifica-
tion in the Postville well, S. Cal-
vin, xvii, 195.
Appleby, W. R. (p.s.n.), viii, 404.
Applied Geology, International
Congress (p.s.n.), xxxvi, 62.
Appomattox formation (rev.), Il,
130.
Approximate interglacial chronom-
eter, N. H. Winchell, x, 69, 302.
Aqueous origin of gold, Everette,
(p.s.n.), vii, 389.
Aragonite fossil shells more solu-
ble than those of calcite (rev.), I,
261.
Areal geology of the Castle Rock
region, Colorado, xxix, 96.
Archean, The, T. G. Bonney (ed.
com.), iv, 424. 5
Archean and Algonkian, changes
in, by Van Hise (ed. com.), xxviil,
385.
Archean geology of Missouri, Ha-
worth, i, 280. 363; of the Antilles,
Frazer, ii, 421; Fossil plant. Brit-
ton (rey.), ii, 58; Formation of
America, opinions of American
geologists, report of the Amer-
ican committee, P. Frazer, il,
146; Report of the English com-
mittee (cit.), ii, 187; Artesian
wells from in Minnesota (p.s.n.),
iv, 392; Geology of the region
N. W. of lake Superior, Lawson,
(rev.), iv. 59; Ditto. vii, 320; Dit-
to, Van Hise. vii, 383; Not to be
correlated with that of Europe,
Barrois (cit.), viii, 255; Eruptive
rocks of Finland (ed. com.), ix,
49; Of southern Mass. (abs.),
Emerson, xv. 247: Gneiss in the
Sierra Nevada. xvii, 344: Lauren-
tian north of Montreal. F. D. Ad-
ams (rev.). xx, 131; Gneisses of
the Grenville series. F. D. Adams
(rev.), xx, 200; Nuclei of the An-
tilles! (P) Prazer, \xxi,! 250) vRe=
semblances between Minnesota
and Finland. N. H. Winchell, xxi,
Hee Of the Alps (ed. com.), xxviil,
89.
Archaeological notes on _ central
Minnesota, O. H. Hershey, xxiv,
2838.
Arctic exploration (p.s.n.), xiv, 272;
(ed. com.), xiv, 389; (p.s.n.), xx,
He the
Arctic climate, secular
(ed. com.) xv. 254.
Area and duration of lake Agassiz,
Vill, 227.
Areal work of the U. S. Geol. sur-
vey, W. J. McGee, x, 377.
Arenicolites, ii, 2.
Argyrodite and a new sulphostan-
nate of silver from Bolivia
(rev.), S. L. Penfield, xiv, 53.
Dar-
changes
Index,
Arid belts of South Africa and
South America, Proposed exam-
eae E. W. Hilgard, xxxiil,
Arietidae, Genesis of, by A. Hyatt.
Jules Marcou, vi, 128.
Arizona ores (ed. com.), xiii, 419;
Petrified forest (p.s.n.), xiii, 291;
Sheet-flood erosion in Papague-
ria, W. J. McGee (rev.), xviii, 228;
Gypsum in, Blake, xviii, 394; An-
thracite coal, W. P. Blake, xxl,
345; Remains of Bos, Wi PR:
Blake, xxii, 65, 247; Distribution
of metallic wealth (rev.), xxiii,
125; Remains of the mammoth,
Blake, xxvi, 257; Salient features
in its geology ;,W. P. Blake, xxvii,
160; Silicified trees, O. C. S. Car-
ter (p.s.n.), xxvi, 259; Conglom-
erate dykes, M. R. Campbell,
PX ons
Arkansas, Rep, Geol. Sur., 1887,
Branner,. i, 65; Ozark uplift,
Broadhead, iii, 6; Second Annual
report, iii, 269; Resources (p.s.n.)
iii, 279; Neocomian and chalk,
Marcou, iv, 357; Neozoic geology,
Hill; (rev.),; iv, 243; Bauxite, J. C.
Bramnern Vil, 281s" ‘Geol, sur.,
(rev.), vii, 259, 263, 269; Coman-
che series, R. T. Hill (rev.), viii,
259; Geol. Sur.,- (rev.), viii, 261,
329; Iron deposits, R. A. F. Pen-
rose, (rev.);> x; 324: Report for
1891-2, Branner, (rev.), xiv, 394;
Tertiary Geology, Harris (rev.),
xiv, 394; Indurated Tertiary
sandstone, Call (rev.), xiv, 395;
Origin of novaculites, Griswold
(rev.), xvi, 261; Red river and
Clintan monoclines, Newsom and
Branner, xx, 1; Batesville sand-
stone, Weller, (rev.), xxi, 129;
Geol. reports (p.s.n.), xxiii, 394;
Igneous complex of magnet cove,
sf S. Washington, (rev.), xxvii,
2.
Arlington iron (meteoric), N. H.
Winchell, xviii, 267.
Armes, W. D., Autobiography of,
Jos. Le Conte, (rev.), xxxii, 396.
Arnheim beds,. Distribution of
brachiopoda, A. F. Foerste, xxxvi,
244,
Arnold, Ralph (p.s.n.), xxxii, 198;
Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene
of San Pedro (rev.), xxxiii, 49;
(p.s.n.), SOOLEL, 396; (p.s.n.),
xxxv, 324; Some crystalline rocks
of the San Gabriel mountains,
California (rev.), xxxv, 391.
Arrangement and ey ores of
plates in the Melonitidae (abs.),
Jackson and Jaggar, xvi, 239.
Arrowpoints from the Loess at
Muscatine, Iowa, F. M. Witter, Ix,
276; Found with bones of Bison
occidentalis in western Kansas,
S. W. Williston, xxx, 313.
Artesian wells, at Davenport, Tif-
fany, iii, 117; at Woodhaven, L.
I., Bryson, iii, 214; Stillwater,
Minn., Meeds (p.s.n.), iil, 342; in
South Dakota, Todd (cit.), Iv,
255; from the Archean (p.s.n.), Iv,
392; in Kansas, and cause of their
flow, R. Hay, v, 296; at Keokuk,
Volumes I-XXXVI. 7
with water power, A. §S. Tiffany
(p.s.n.), Ws 128% from »the drift,
C. W. Rolfe; vi, 32; in North and
South Dakota, Upham, vi, 211;
Government investigation (p.s.
n.), vii, 271; between 97 degrees
of longitude and the Rocky
mountains, R. Hay (rev.), xi, 113;
at Key West, Fla., E. O. Hovey,
(abs.), xviii, "218; Hydraulic gra-
dient in the Northwest, Als) 82
Todd (abs.) xviii, 219; of a por-
tion of South Dakota, prelim-
inary report, N. H. Darton (rev.)
ix, 274; of Illinois, Leverett (rev.),
xix, 418; in New Jersey and Long
Island (rev.), L. Woolman, xx,
136; of Jowa, é
(rev.), Xx, 2725, of Georgia, S. W.
McCallie (rev. iF xxv. 251; of Tex-
AS se bien. McLee. 384; at Min-
Bee ats; N. H. Winchell, xxxv,
6
aS as an Archean term, Il,
Asbestus and asbestiform minerals
(abs.), G. P. Merrill, xvi, 240.
Ashburner, C. A., Petroleum and
Natural Gas in New York state
@ev.) sp sil;—-430 obit) ave lass
aa ead sketch, AS Winslow,
vi
Ashley, Geo. H., The Neocene strat-
igraphy of the Santa Cruz moun-
tains (rev.), xvii, 331; xxvli, 328;
The Ditney folio, USS) G.'S.;
(rev.); xxxi, 255, 283.
Asia. Tectonic geography of east-
ern, W. H. Hobbs, xxxiv, 69, 141,
214, Side
Asiatic Russia, G. F: Wright (rev.),
DO BPA
Association of Western Naturalists,
(p.s.n.), iii, 63
Association of Government Gecl-
ogists, Proposed, viii, 196.
Association of gastropod genus Cy-
clora with phosphate of lime de-
posits, A. M. Miller, xvil, 74; Ar-
gillaceous rocks with quartz
vee: O. A. Derby (rev.), xxiv,
Associated minerals of rhodolite,
Hidden & Pratt (rev.), xxlil, 328.
Astronomical conditions favorable
to glaciation, G. F. Becker (rev.)
xiv, 191,
Atlantic coast, Quaternary of. C.
H. Hitchcock, fi, 300.
Atlantic group of the
Meyer, ii, 93.
Atlantic Highlands section of the
New Jersey Cretacic. J. K. Pra-
ther, xxxvi, 162.
Atwood, E. H. Movement of ice
on Minnesota lakes, vii, 252.
Atwood, W. W., Geology and Geog-
raphy of the Devil's lake region
and the Dalles of Wisconsin,
(rev.) xxvi, 252.
Atmospheric condensation a cause
of solar heat. J. H. Kedzie (rey.),
iv, 183.
Attempt to explain glacial lunoid
furrows, A. S. Packard. v. 104.
Attitude of the eastern ana central
portions of the United States
during the Glacial period, T. C.
Tertiary.
(o/e)
Chamberlin, viii, 288, 267.
Augen-Gneiss area at Bedford,
New York, Luquer and Ries,
xviii, 239.
Aughey, Samuel, Geyserite in Ne-
braska. (cit.), i, 277.
Augite syenite near Loon lake,
New York (abs.), P. Cush-
ing, xxiii, 106, 330 (rev.).
Augusta, Use of the term in ge-
ology, C. R. Keyes, xxi, 229
Auriferous gravels of the Sierra
Nevada. H. W. Turner, xv, 371.
Australasia, Ancient glaciation in.
C. ‘H. Hitchcock, xxiii, 252; Mt.
Lofty ranges, W. H. Howchin,
(rev.), xxxv, 114.
Australia, Evolution of, A. C. Greg-
ory, (abs.), xvi, 114.
Australian Tertiary mollusca, G. F._
Harris, (rev.), xxi, 383.
Australian Institute of Mining En-
gineers, (p.s.n.), xii, 6d.
Autobiography of Jos. Le Conte, W.
D. Armes, xxii, 396.
Autodetus and some paramorphic
shells of the Devonian, M.
Clarkes sci, zit.
Avalanche of ice on the Gemmi
Pass, xvii, 359.
Average elevation of the United
States, Gannett, (rev.), xv, -62.
Aviculipecten, typical species and
generic characters, G. H. Girty,
xxxili, 291, xxxiv, 3382; W, Hind,
xxxiv, 200.
Avi-fauna of the Silver lake region,
Oregon, Shufeldt, vii, 235.
Award of geological medals at Lon-
don, viii, 62. ,
Awards in the department of Mines
and Metallurgy, St. Louis Pur-
chase Exposition, xxxv, 62, 130.
Auxology, Terms of, Buckman and
Bather, xii, 43; (ed. com.), xil,
257; A. Hyatt, xii, 290; (ed. com.),
xii, 326.
Azoic system and its subdivisions,
P. Frazer, ii, 184; Definition of,
(ed. com.), v, 106;
Azoique terrain de Bretagne, fossils
in, Barrois, (rev.), xi, 118.
Aztecs, used meteoric iron, Hen-
soldt, iv, 37;
B
Babcock, EF. G. (and F. A. Wilder),
Geol. Sur. of North Dakota, sec-
ond report, (rev.), xxxi, 383.
Backbone of the continent, Wheeler,
(p.s.n.), vii, 270.
Backstrom, H., Causes of magmatic
differentiation. (rev.) xiii, 194,
Tvenne nyupptackta svenska klot-
graniter, (rev)., xiv, 53; Vestina-
faltet; En petrogenitisk studie,
(rev.), xxi, 385,
Backward step in paleobotany, G.
F. Matthew, (rev.), xxIx, 251.
Bacubirito meteorite of Mexico,
H. A. Ward, xxx, 203; J. G. Agui-
lera, (cit.),
Bagg, R. M.. (p.s.n.), 131, 400; Oc-
eurrence of Cretaceous fossils in
The American Geologist.
December, 19805.
the Eocene of Maryland, xxii, 370;
Cretaceous foraminifera in New
Jersey, (rev.), xxiii, 126; (p.s.n.),
xxxii, 61; Earthquakes in Socorro,
New Mexico, xxxiv, 162; Foram-
inifera of the bluff at Santa Bar-
bara, Cal:, xxxv, 123.
Bahamas, Expedition to, A. Agas-
siz, (abs.), xiii, 141°
Bailey, E. H. S., (cit.), v, 250; (p.s.
Ts) axe.
Bailey, G. E., (p.s.n.), iv, 254.
Bailey, L. W., Explorations in New
Brunswick, Quebec. and Maine,
(rev.), v, 246; Relations between
the geology of Maine and New
Brunswick, (rev.), vi, 390; Geol-
ogy of southwestern Nova Scotia,
(pisin:.)), xX, 08> Jerogress, of sin=
vestigations in southwestern Nova
Scotia, -(rev.);, xiv; (605) .G@o:s-ne),
xvi, 197;
Bain, H. F., (p.s.n.), xii, 129; Pecul-
iarities of the Mystic coal seam,
xiii, 407; (p.s.n.), xv, 835; Central
Iowa section of the Mississippian
series, xv, 317; (and J. E. Todd,)
Interloessial till near Sioux City,
(rev.), xvi, 61; Preglacial eleva-
tion of Iowa, (rev.), xvi, 62; (p.s.
n.), xviii, 58, 265; Glacial drift in
central Iowa, (rev.), xx, 272; Geol-
ogy of Polk county, (rev.), Xx,
334; Drift in southwestern Min-
nesota and northwestern Iowa,
(abs)., xxi, 186; Aftonian and pre-
Kansan deposits of southwestern
Iowa, xxi, 255; (and A. F. Leon-
ard), Middle coal measures of
the western interior coal field,
(abs.), xxiii, 251; Interglacial de-
posits in Iowa, xxii, 3826; Notes
on the drift of northwestern Iowa,
xxiii, 168; (p.s.n.), xxiv, 66; (p.s.
n.), xxvi, 63; Western interior
coal field, (rev.), xxx, 124; (p.s.
fy XO ae Le Gisele) ie eMC Ae,
394; (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 68, 202, 332;
(peS.n.)y XX ees
Baker, James, Annual report, mines
oF tien Columbia, (rev.), xvil,
95.
Baker, Marcus, cp.s.n.), xxl, 382;
(p.s.n.), xxil, 129; (obit.), xxxill,
61.
Balanus proteus, J. A. Cushman,
xxxiv, 298.
Baldwin, Judge C. C., (cit.), Opin-
ion of Charles Whittlesey, iv, 267.
Bald mountain, New York, Struc-
eee according to Emmons, vil,
Baldwin, S. Prentiss, Recent
changes in Muir glacier, xi, 366;
Pleistocene history of the Cham-
plain valley, xiii, 170
Baldwin, W. J., (p.s.n. Ny, vill, 404.
Ball, —, The cause of an ice age,
(rey). sachs 202:
Ball, R. S., ‘Wanderings of the north
pole, (rev.), xil, 2.
Ball, Valentine, (obit.), xvi, 203.
Bather, A., Remarks on _ Golliez
section in the geological hand-
book of Switzerland, xv, 62. :
Bandai are of Japan, Hobbs, xxxiv,
285, 291.
Banded structure of some Tertiary
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 9
gabbros, Geikie and Teall, (rev.),
xv, 1238.
Baoussé Roussé, New discoveries
at, Nadaillac, x, 296.
Baraboo iron ore, N. H. Winchell,
XxXxXiv, 242.
Bacnee Geology, Jukes-Browne,
viii, 4
Barber, W. B., Lamprophyres and
associated igneous rocks of the
Rossland district, .xxxiii, 335,
(obit.), xxxv, 399.
Barbour, E. H., (and Torrey), Me-
teorites of Iowa, viii, 65.
Barbour, JE. 'H., “(p:s:n:).. viii, 64,
196; Nebraska geological survey,
vol. 1, (rev.), xxxiii,
Barite and selenite crystals in Mon-
tana, J. P. Rowe, xxxiii, 198.
Barlow, A. E., Huronian and Laur-
entian contact north of lake Hu-
ron, v, 19; Nickel and copper de-
posits of Sudbury, Ont., (rev.),
viii, 114; Relation of the Laur-
entian and WHuronian north of
lake Huron, (abs.), xi, 138; ditto,
(reyv.), xiii, 63; Some dikes con-
taining huronite, (p.s.n.), xv, 68;
ditto, (rev.), xvi,! 119; (p.s:n.),
xxix, 398.
Barnacles from Gay Head, Mass.,
J. A. Cushman, xxxiv, 293; Paleo-
zoic, structure of, J. M. Clarke,
xvii, 137 :
Barrande, Discovery of the primor-
dial fauna in Britain, ii, 77; Opin-
ion of the Taconic system, il,
77; And the Taconic system,
Jules Marcou, iii, 118.
Barrell, Jos., Physical effects of
contact metamorphism, (rev.),
PEM os! OC DsSli-)e XX, = aos
Barrett, R, L., The Sundal drain-
age system in central Norway,
(rev.), xxvii, 1238.
Barris, W. H., (obit.), xxvlill, 64;
Sketch of his life, C. H. Preston,
xxviil, 358.
Barrois, Chas., The terms of the
Cambrian, (p.s.n.), ii, 366; Granu-
lites du Morbihan lil, 271; (cit.),
Iv, 50; Correlation of pre-Cam-
brian of Hurope and North
America, (cit.), viii, 255; Sur la
présence de fossiles dans le terrain
azoique de Bretagne, (rev.), xl,
118; Rouvilligraptus richardson,
(rev.),xii, 336; Des relations des
mers Devoniennes de Bretagne et
des Ardennes, (rev.), xxiii, 386;
Extension du Silurien supérieur
dans- le Pas de Calais, (rev.),
xxiii, 386; Les Goniatites du ra-
vin de Conlarie (rev.), xxiii, 386;
Barrows, Franklin, Geological chap-
ter of the Agassiz association,
vill, 129.
Barton, G. H., (p.s.n.), vl, 402; (p.
s.n.), ix, 412; Channels in drum-
lins, (rev.), xlii, 224; Former ex-
tension of glaciation in Greenland
and in Labrador xvill, 379; Gla-
cial observations in the Umanak
district, Greenland, (rev.), Xx,
329° (p:s.n.), xxvil, 397; (p:s.n.),
xxvil, 327.
Barus, Carl, Viscosity of solids
(rev.), Ix, 342; (p.s.n.), xvi, 129.
Basal complex, Neponset valley,
Mass., W. O. Crospy, xxxvi, 3%;
Beyond the southern end of tne
Rocky mountains, C. R. Keyes,
Xxxvi, 112,
Basanite from Wyandotte
(rev.), vii, 382.
Bascom, Florence, (p,s.n.), xil, 69;
Structures, origin and nomencla-
ture of the acid volcanic rocks
of South mountains, (rev.), XIII,
122; (p.s.n.), xv, 336; Serpentine
and diabase, (abs.) xvii, 346; Re-
lation of the streams in the
neighborhood of Philadelphia to
the Bryn Mawr gravels, xix, 50;
Ancient volcanic rocks of South
mountains, (rev.), xix, 139; Fin-
land excursion of the 7th Int.
Cong. Geologists, xx, 339; On
some dikes in the vicinity of
Johns bay, Maine, xxiii, 275; (p.
s.n.), xxxiv, 401.
Basal line of Carboniferous’ in
northeastern Missouri, Keyes, x,
380.
Bashore, H. B., Columbia deposits
Ae the Susquehanna, (abs.), xvili,
8.
Basic eruptive rocks in Androscog-
gin county, Maine, G. P. Merrill,
x, 49.
Basic rock derived from granite, C.
H. Smyth, Jr., (rev.), xiv, 199.
Basic rocks of northeastern Mary-
land, A. G. Leonard, xxvili, 1365.
Basin range structure in the Death
valley region of southeastern Cal-
ifornia, M. R. Campbell, xxxl,
OieLe
Basins of the great lakes, origin
of, J. W. Spencer, vii, 86; In gla-
cial lake deltas, Fairchild, (avs),
xxii, 254.
Baskerville,
264.
Bassler, R. S., (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 396.
Bastin, E. C., A Permian glacial
invasion, xxix, 169.
Bath meeting of the British Asso-
ciation (ed. com.), ii, 419.
Bather, F, A., Museum arrange-
ment, (p.s.n.), x, 260; (and Buck-
man), Terms of auxology xii, 43;
Crinoidea of Gotland, (rev.), xiil,
355; Brachiocrinus and Herpeto-
erinus, xvi, 213; Wachsmuth and
Springer’s monograph on crinoids,
(rev.), xxiv, 56; What is an echi-
noderm?, (rev.), xxviii, 257; Echi-
cave
Chas... (DiS) cl,
noderma, (rev.), xxviii, 389.
Batocrinus calvini, R. R. Rowley,
v, 146.
Batrachian and other footprints
from the coal measures of Jog
gins, G. F. Matthew, (rev.) xxxil,
54: Of eastern Canada, G. F.
Matthew, (rev.), xxxv, 181.
Bauer, L. A., Magnetic declination
tables, and principal facts relat-
ing to the earth’s magnetism,
(rev.), xxxi, 123.
Baur, G. Remarks on Dinosauria,
(rev.), viii, 55; (p.s.n.), viii, 64;
(p.s.n.), xxii, 180. i
Bausch-Lamb petrographical micro-
scope, G. H. Williams, (cit.), iil,
229.
fe)
Bauxite in Arkansas, J. C. Bran-
ner, -vilj) Led:
Bayley, W. S., Synopsis of Rosen-
busch’s classification, (rev.), iil»
48; Peripheral phases of the gab-
bro of Minnesota, (abs.), xv, 67;
Summary of progress in mineral-
ogy in 1894, (rev.), xv, 186; ditto
in 1895 (rev.), xvii, 335; (and Van
Hise), Preliminary report on the
Marquette iron district, (rev.),
xviii, 320; Progress of petrography
The American Geologist.
December, 1905.
bearing Brachiopoda: devel-
opment of Terebratalia obsoleta
Dall, (rev.), xii, 188; Larval forms
of trilobites from the lower
Helderberg, (rev.), xii, 384; Devel-
opment of the brachial supports
in Dielasma and Zygospira, (rev.),
xii, 394; On the mode of occur-
rence and the structure and de-
velopment of Triarthrus becki,
xiii, 38; Further observations on
the ventral structure of Triarth-
in 1896, (rev.), xix, 350; -(p.s.n.),
XK, 99s (lS: )) KV OnD-
Beaches of lake Agassiz, (rev.),
Warren Upham, i, 64; of Long
Island, Bryson, ii, 64, 136; Nipis-
sing VE Bai Laylorm. xv 5045) Jor
lakes Warren and Algonquin, Up-
ham, xvii, 400;
Beach phenomena at Quaco, N. B.,
C. L. Whittle, vii, 183.
Beachler, Chas. S., Keokuk at
Crawfordsville, ii, 407; Crinoidea
at St. Paul) Ind:, iv, 102; Rocks
at St. Paul -Ind:, vii,.178: Rocks
of Niagara age in Indiana, ix,
408; Keokuk group of the Miss-
issippi valley, x, 88; Small pre-
glacial basins in northwestern In-:
diana, xii, 51; (obit.), xiii, £40.
Beam, Wm., (and H. Leffmann),
Examination of water for sanitary
and technical purposes, iii, 334.
Bearing of paleontological facts on
nomenclature, H. S. Wollisme,
rus, xv, 91; The larval stages of
Trilobites, xvi, 166; Structure and
appendages of Trinucleus, (rev.),
xvi, 259; Sketch of James Dwight
Dana, xvii, 1; Supposed discov-
ery of antennae of trilobites by
Linnaeus, in 1759, xvii, 303; On
the validity of the family Bohe-
millidae, xvii, 360; Occurrence of
Silurian strata in the Big Horn
mountains and in the Black
Hills, xviii, 31; Systematic posi-
tion of the trilobites, xx, 38; (p.s.
Ma), XX, loss. WCDES a )s OCI elo aes
Sketch of O. C. Marsh, xxiv, 185;
Note on a new Xiphosuran from
the upper Devonian of Pennsyl-
vania, xxix, 144; Studies in evo-
lution, (rev.), xxix, 182; (obit.),
xxxiii, 189; Sketch of life and
work of J. M. Clarke, xxxiv, 398.
Beecherella, A new genus of Os-
tracoda, E. O. Ulrich, viii, 197.
Beede, (J: W.;- (p:S.n))5) XXvil; vosls
(rev.), xxxvi, 49; ‘ Age of the Kansas-Oklahoma red
Bearing of physiography on_uni- beds, xxviii, 46; Cottonwood Falls
formitarianism, W. M. Davis, folio, (rev.), xxxiv, 262; (p.s.n.)
(abs.), xvi, 243. aOR TL ‘Sollards
Bear River formation. White and IY ee ene Sg Pome ee
tratigraph h t-
Stor denier seal? Stratigraphy of the eastern ou
ia erop I Se ermian,
Becke method of determining re- a ates POPES R12
fraction, W. O. Hotchkiss, xxxvi, Beginnings of American science,
305. Men feu é Goode, (rev.),’ ii, 429.
Becker G. F., (cit.), DN, 400; Geol- Beitrag, Zur Geologie u paleontol-
ae og eren oy conte gie der republik Mexico, Felix and
é s Je5 Laie ’ = r 90: . =
178; Structure of the Sierra Ne- Lenke, (rev.), x, 120; Zur Kenn
tniss der gattung Oxyrhina, (rev.),
Beclard, Ferd.,
vada of California, (rev.), vii, 201;
Antiquities from Table Mt., Cal.,
(rev.), vii, 258; Early Cretaceous
of California. and Oregon, (rev).
Miiso 2588 Finite homogeneous
strain (rev.), xi, 411; Certain as-
tronomical conditions favorable to
glaciation, (rev.); xiv, 191, (ps.
n.). xvi, 67; On cleavage; (p.s.n.),
xvii, 126; (p.s.n.), xviii, 3384; Ree-
onnoissance of the gold fields of
southern Alaska, (rev.). xxi, 382;
Report on the geology of the Phil-
ippine islands, (rev.), xviii, 126;
Present problems of geophysics,
xxxv, 4;
Les Snpiriféres du
Coblenzien Belge, (rev.), xvii, 249.
Bedford cyrtolite, L. M. Luquer,
MOCK as
Bedford limestone, Estimation of
silica, N. Knight, xxxvi, 57. :
Beecher, C. E.. A _ sniral bivalve
shell, (rev.), i, 60; Brachiospon-
gide, (rey.), iii, 268; Develop-
ment of silurian
evs) vee
the
OF .
PAT BSS
brachiopods.
Development of
Brachionoda. (rev.), =e
Revision of the loop-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beil,
Bell,
C. R. Hastman, xv, 267; Zur Kenn-
tniss der trilobiten fauna bei Cele-
chovitz, Smycka, (rev.), xvii, 396;
Zur kenntniss des Mittel-Cam-
brium von Jénes in Boéhmen, Ze-
lizko, (rev.), xxili, 61; Zur Beur-
theilung der Brachiopoden,
Fluene, (rev.), xxvii, 183; Zur
Kenntniss siberischen Cambrium,
von Toll, (rev.), xxvii, 54;
Belinurus kiltorkensis, H. M. Ami, ,
xxix, 188.
Dugald, On submergence in
Scotland during the Glacial epoch,
(rev.), xii, 58.
Robert, Huronian system, (p.
s.n.), ii, 861; Idea of the Huronian
(cit.), iv, 351; Geology (economic)
of Ontario, (rev.) v, 238; Nickel
and copper of the Sudbury dis-
trict, (rev.), vii, 261; Report on
the Sudbury mining district,
(rev.), ix, 269; Contact of the
Laurentian and Huronian north
of lake Huron, / @wev.), xi; 135;
Succession of the Glacial deposits
of Canada, (abs.), xii 226; Out-
line of the geology of Hudson
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. II
bay and strait, (abs.), xiii, 92;
Pre-paleozoic decay of crystalline
‘rocks north of lake Huron, (rev.),
xiii, 214; Sudbury mining dis-
trict, (rev.), xiii, 430; Glacial ket-
tle holes in Canada, (rev.), xiv,
68; Honeycombed limestones in
the bottom of lake Huron, (abs.),
xv, 68; A great pre-Glacial river
in northern Canada, (abs.), xvl,
132; Proofs of the rising af the
land round Hudson bay, (abs.),
xvii, 99; (p.s.n.), 419; Summary
report, Canadian geological sur-
Mewes LEW) se xxx, 645" Cp.s.n.),
XXXVIS Sol.
Belly River beds, of Canada, rela-
ave age, J. B. Hatcher, xxxi,
9.
Beltrami island of lake Agassiz,
Upham, xi, 423.
Belvidere beds, A study of, F. W.
Cragin, xvi, 357.
Belvidere mountain, Vt. V. F.
Marsters, (abs.), xxxv, 194.
Bement collection of minerals, pre-
sented to the Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist., (p.s.n.), xxvii, 328.
Bendrat, T. A., (and €. Ll. Her-
rick,) Ohio Coal Measures horizon
in New Mexico xxv, 234; Geol-
ogy of Lincoln county, S. Dako-
tas XXL, . 65:
Benedict, W. H., (p.s.n.), Tracks
fee the Potsdam sandstone, iii,
OL.
Benen, Marcus, (p.s.n.), xxlv,
Bennettites dacotensis Macbride,
Geological position of, S. Calvin,
Sit ho:
Ben Nevis, The last stronghold of
the British ice-sheet, Warren
Upham, xxi, 375.
Benton formation in report of Am.
committee, ii, 264.
Bergeron, J., Trilobites of the Or-
dovician of Ecalgrain, (rev.), xv,
262; New Ordovician tribolites,
(rev.), xvii, 395.
Bering sea, Geo. M. Dawson, (rev.),,
Migr.
Berkey, C. P., (p.s.n.), xvi, 130,
329: (and T. H. Eby), Native cop-
per in hematite, Soudan, Minn.,
(rey.), xix, 417; Chemical analy-
sis of the Fisher meteorite, xx,
317; Geology of the St. Croix dal-
les area, xx,345; ditto, xxi, 139, 270;
The Sacred Heart geyser spring,
xxix, 87; Origin and distribution
of Minnesota clays, xxix, 171; (p.
s.n.), xxxi, 394; Geological recon-
noissance of the Uintah reserva-
tion, (abs.), xxxiii, 384; Economic
geology of the Pembina region,
XxxVv, 142;
Berlin meeting,
Frazer, i, 93.
Bermuda islands, Changes of level,
Ra Sie Tarnexix, s 298;
Bernard, Felix, Elements of pa-
leontology, (rev.), xi, 410; ditto,
part 2 (rev.), xiv, 334.
Berry, E. H., (p.s.n.). xxxvi, 331.
Berry, E. W., The Cretaceous ex-
posure near Cliffwood, N. J.,
xxxiv, 253.
Int. Cong. Geol.
Bessey, C. E., (p.s.n.), v, 63.
Beuschausen, L., Lamellibranchia-
ten des reinischen Devon, (rev.),
xviii, 124; (obit.), xxxiii, 333.
Beyer, S. W., (p.s.n.), xvi, 131; The
Sioux quartzyte, (rev.), xx, 272;
(pissin) ese, as. Gpss.1)y) XXKxG |
is
Bibliography, Carvill Lewis, ii, 377;
Uriah Pierson James, iii, 285; Car-
boniferous glaciation in Africa, iii,
326; Benjamin Franklin Shumard,
iv, 4; Henry Rowe Schoolcraft, v,
7; North American vertebrate pa-
leontology, 1889, v, 250; Leo Les-
quereux, v, 295; Charles A. Ash-
burner, vi, 76; Richard Owen, vl,
140; North American vertebrate
paleontology, 1890, vii, 231; Paleo-
zoic crustacea, (rev.) vii, 379;
Jos. Leidy’s paleontological pub-
lications, viii, 333; Alexander
Winchell, ix, 127, 273; Joseph
Francis Williams, ix, 152; of Ge-
ology, Gilbert and Margerie,
(rev.), ix, 269; of fossil insects,
(rev.) ix, 266; of North American
vertebrate paleontology for 1891,
ix, 249; Ditto, for 1892, xi, 388;
John S. Newberry, xii, 15; of Pa-
leozoic crustaceae, (rev.), xii, 262;
Increase Allen Lapham, xiii, 35;
Mesozoic invertebrata, (rev.), xiv,
330; John Locke, xiv, 354; Geol-
ogy of Indiana, (rev.), xiv, 395;
George H. Williams, xv, 78; of
North American paleontology
(rev.), xvi, 62; Joseph Granville
Norwood, xvi, 72; Edward Hitch-
cock, xvi, 139; Paleozoic crusta-
ceae, supplement, (rev.), xvi, 262;
James D. Dana, xvii, 7; Charles
Wachsmuth, xvii, 136; Fielding
Bradford Meek, xviii, 343; Wil-
liam Williams Mather, xix, 9;
of Missouri geology, (rev.), xix,
63; Charles Fred Hartt, xix, 87;
Charles Thomas Jackson, xx, 87;
Michael Tuomey, xx, 210; Joseph
EB. James; xxi, 4; Frederick
Hawn, xxi, 269; Edward Drinker
Cope, xxiii, 10; ditto, (rev.), xxx!,
180; James Hall. xxiii, 149; Ben-
jamin F. Mudge, xxiii, 344;
George Clinton Swallow, xxiv. 4;
Othniel Charles Marsh, xxiv, 147:
William Lothian Green, xxv, 9;
Edward Orton, xxv, 204; Oliver
Payson Hubbard, xxv, 362; John
William Dawson, xxvi, 14; El-
kanah Billings, xxvii, 272; ditto,
xxviii, 132; George Mercer Daw-
son, xxviii, 76; Theodore Greeley
White, xxviii, 270; Ralph Dupuy
Lacoe, xxviii, 343; Edward Waller
Claypole, xxix, 40; Ferdinand von
Roemer, xxix, 138; Alfred R. C.
Selwyn, xxxi, 16; Charles Baker
Adams, xxxii, 12; of the Devonian
in the Ohio basin xxxii, 15; Wil-
bur Clinton Knight, xxxiii, 5;
Charles Emerson Beecher, xxxiv,
10; William Henry Pettee. xxxv,
8: Gerard Troost, xxxv, 90; John
Bell Hatcher, xxxv. 139; Henry
McCalley, xxxv, 200; Clarence
Luther- Herrick, xxxvi, 19; Albert
A. Wright, xxxvi, 67.
2 The American Geologist. December, 1905
Bibliographia geologica, (ed. com.),
XxXVv, 243.
Bidrag till kannadomen on trilo-
biternas Byggnad, Moberg, (reyv.),
XXX, O90k
Biennial report. Survey of N.
Dak., Willard, (rev.), xxxv 394.
Bigsby, J. J., (cited on the Hu-
ronian), iv, 344.
Bingham, A. P., glacial floods in
poe Chenango valley, (rev.), xviii,
9.
Billings, Memorial, (p.s.n.), xxvl,
196; Memorial portrait, (p.s.n.),
xxvii, 198; Biographical sketch,
xxvii, 225.
Biographical sketch, Ferdinard V.
Hayden, E. D. Cope, i, 110; Amos
H. Worthen, E. O. Ulrich, ii, 114;
Charles E. Wright, C. D. Law-
ton, ii, 307; Carvill Lewis, War-
ren Upham, ii, 371; Roland Duer
Irving, TIT. C. Chamberlin, iii, 1;
George W. Featherstonhaugh, J.
D. Featherstonhaugh, iii, 217;
Uriah Pierson James, Jos. F.
James, iii, 281; Benjamin Frank-
lin Shumard, Anon., iv, 1; David
D. Owen, Anon., iv, 65; Douglass
Houghton, A. Winchell, iv, 129;
Charles Whittlesey, A. Winchell,
iv, 2075, (George JE eGook, JC
Smock, iv, 3821; Henry Rowe
Schooleraft, Jane S. Howard, v»
1; Leo Lesquereux, EB. Orton,
v, 284; Charles A. Ashburner, Ar-
thur ‘Winslow, vi, 69; Richard
Owen, N. H. Winchell, vi, 135;
Hbenezer Hmmons, Jules Mar-
cou, vii, 1; James Macfarlane, I.
C. White, vii, 145; Jean N. Nicol-
let, N. H. Winchell, viii, 348; Jos-
eph, Leidy, Per: “Frazer, ix, 1;
Alexander Winchell,- Editorial,
ix, 71; John Francis Williams,
J-~ Bey Kemp, oix,) 1/49; Thomas
Sterry Hunt, Persifor Frazer, xi,
1; John S. Newberry, J. J. Stev-
enson, xii, 1; Increase Allen Lap-
ham, N. H. Winchell, xiii, 1; John
Locke, N. H. Winchell, xiv, 341;
George H. Williams, John M.
Clarke, xv, 69; Joseph Granville
Norwood, xvi, 69; Edward Hitch-
cock, (C) H Hitchcock, ’xviy) 1333
James D. Dana, C. E. Beecher,
xvii, 1; Charles Wachsmuth, C.
R. Keyes, xvii, 131; Fielding
Bradford Meek, C. A. White, xviii,
337; William Williams Mather, C.
H. Hitchcock, xix, 1; Charles Fred
Hartt, E. ‘W. Simonds, xix, 69;
Charles Thomas Jackson, J. B
Woodworth, xx, 69; Michael Tuo-
mey, E. A. Smith, xx, 205; Jos-
eph Francis James, G. K. Gil-
bert, xxi, 1; Frederick Hawn, G.
C. Broadhead, xxi, 267; Edward
Drinker Cope,: Helen Dean King,
xxili, 1; James Hall, H. CC. Ho-
vey, xxiii, 137; Benjamin F.
Mudge, S. W. Williston, xxiii,
339; George Clinton Swallow, G.
C.. Broadhead, xxiv, 1; Oliver
Marey,) “Ay UR @rooke) (xxiv; oe
Othniel Charles Marsh, C.
Beecher xxiv, 135; Issachar Gon
zens, Jr., A. W. Vogdes, xxiv,
327; William Lothian Green, C.
4H. Hitchcock, xxv, 1; Edward Or-
ton, I. C. White, xxv, 197; Oliver
Payson Hubbard, E. O. Hovey,
xxv, 3860; John William Dawson,
H. M. Ami, xxvi, 1; Edward
Drinker Cope, Persifor Frazer,
xxvi, 67; Elkanah Billings, H. M.
Ami, xxvii, 265; Augustus Wing,
H. M. Seely, xxviii, 1; George
Mercer Dawson, B. J. Harring-
ton, xxviii, 67; Theodore Greeley
White, H. Ries, xxviil, 269; Ralpno
Dupuy Lacoe, H. E. Hayden,
xxviii, 335; Willis Hervey Bar-
ris; C.. veh Preston, x, 4 PAs
British Columbia, Glaciation of, G.
M. Dawson, iii, 249; Coal mines,
(p.s.n_); fii, 62; Report of G. M.
Dawson, (rev.), v. 240; Cariboo
Min. Dist., (rev.), A. Bowman,
v, 241; Report on mines, Baker,
(rev.), xvii, 395.
British drift theories, Warren Up-
ham, )s ay Le
Chalk, in Arkansas, Jules Marcou,
Iv, 357:
Chalmers, R., Surface geology of
northeastern New Brunswick.
(rev.), v, 247; Glaciation of east-
ern Canada, vi, 240; Glaciation of
the Cordillera and the Lauren-
tide, vi, 324; Surface geology of
southern New Brunswick, (rev.),
viii, 394; Bay of Fundy in the
Glacial period (abs.), xi, 134;
(cit.), xvi, 198; Surface geology
of eastern New Brunswick,
(rev.), xviii, 46.
Chamberlin, T. C., Ethical functions
of scientific study. ii, 880; Sketch
of R. D. Irving, Ili, 1; Rock scor-
ings of the great ice invasion,
(rev.), iv, 57; Additional evi-
dences bearing on the intervals
between the leading glacial
epochs (p.s.n.), v. 118: Attitude
of the eastern and central por-
tion of the United States during
the Glacial period, (abs), viii.
233: Present standing of the sev-
eral hyvotheses of the cause of
the Glacial period, (abs.), viii,
237: Classification of the Ple-
istocene formations, (abs.), vilil,
22 The Am-rican Geologist.
240, 242. 246, 248; Proposed sys-
tem of cartography (abs.), vill,
260; Horizon of drumlin, ozar and
kame formation, (rev.), xii, 122;
Transportation of the drift of the
Alpine’ glaciers, (abs.), xii, 169;
Attitude of the land at the time
of the Glacial epoch, (abs.), xil,
171; Glacial man not in America,
(abs.), xii, 175; Glacial phenom-
ena about Madison, Wis. (abs.),
xii, 176; The Finger Lake dis-
trict in New York, (abs.). xii,
178; Ox-bows of the Ohio valley,
(abs:),- xil, 273; Pseudo. cols:
(abs.), xii, 179; Glacial succes-
sion in the United States (abs.),
xii, 227, 220: Conditions of Loess
denosition, (abs.), xii, 273; Pseudo
COIS (LEV. OX, ese eeu any,
Leverett) Past drainage systems
of the upper Ohio valley, xiii, 217;
Glacial phenomena of North
America, (cit.), “xv, 55; Reeent
Glacial studies in Greeniand,
(abs.), xv, 197; Notes on. the gla-
ciation cf Newfoundland (abs.),
xv, 298: Geology of the Peary
auxiliary expedition to Green-
land, 1894, (rev.), xvi, 124; he
Natchez formation (abs.), xvil,
108; Origin and deposition of the
loess, (abs.), xx, 197; (p.s.n.)
xxviil, 266; (p.s.n.), 193, 394; Pie-
istocene geology near Lansing,
Kansas (abs.), xxxi, 265; Origin
of ocean basins on the planetes-
imal hypothesis, xxxii, 14; (ps.
n.), xxxiv, 67, 399.
Chamberlin and Salisbury, on the
Griftliess area of the upper Mis-
sissinvi, (rev.). i, 44; Geology, vol.
iy (rev.), xxxiii, 382.
Chambers, Julius, Description of
the Itasea basin, (cit.). villi. 304.
Champlain submergence, Warren
Upham. (rev.), xi, 119; Glacial
epoch, Hitchcock, (rev.), xvi. 235;
In the Narragansett bay region,
M. L. Fuller, xxi, 310.
Champlain valley, Peistocene his-
tory, S. Prentiss Baldwin, xiii;
170: Trap dikes, (rev.), xiii, 426.
Chance, H. M. (p.s.n.), iv, 254; Coal
measures of Indian Territory, vl,
238.
Changes of drainage in Rock river
basin, TN; Frank Leverett,
(abs.), xl, 179; Of level of the
Bermuda islands, R. S. Tarr,
X15 8293"
Channels over divides not evidence
per se of glacial lakes, J. W. Spen-
cer. (rev.), xi. 58.
Channing, J. Parke.
327.
Chanman, E. J., (o.s.n.). xvi, 267;
(obit.), xxxiii, 269.
Characteristics of volcanoes. J. D.
Dana. (rev.), vi, 194; of the Ozark
mountains, C. R. Keyes, (rev.),
xvi, 3938.
Characters of Some paleozoic fishes.
ED, Cope,” (rev.), Ix; 263; of
crystals: an introduction to phy-
sical erystallogravhy. A. da
Moses, (rev.), xxiii, 2389.
Charleston earthquake, C. E. Dut-
ton, (rev.), vii, 199:
@isine). VIF
December, 1905.
Charieston earthquake tremors, E.
W. Claypole, ii, 132.
Chart of the Rugose corals, W. H.
Sherzer, vii,’ 273.
Chatard, T. M., Salt-making proc-
ess in the United States, (rev:),
IVa lolon
Chazy formation in the Champlain
valley, Brainerd, (rev.), 378.
Chazy rocks, the original, Brain-
erd and Seely,- li, 323.
Check list of Texas Cretaceous fos-
sills; Ri DPD. all (rev) vin 124:
Chehalis sandstone, A. C. Lawson,
xiii, 436
Chemistry, A new basis for, T. S.
Hunt, (rev.); vii, 374; Experi-
ments in fundamental, Cooke,
(rev:) 5 ix; 56.
Chemical composition of limestones
of Sussex county, New Jersey,
xiii, 154; and optical properties
of amphiboles, A. C. Lane, (rev.),
XIV 95s LOt.“roscoelite;) SH eww.
Clarke, (rev.), xxiv, 318; of tour-
maline, F. W. Clarke, (rev.), xxiv,
818; of pectolite, pyrophylite, cala-
mine and analcite, F. W. Clarke,
(rev.), Xxiv, 320; of sulphohalite,
S. L. Penfield (rev.), xxvii, 50; of
turquois, S. L. Penfield, (rev.),
xvii, 50; of kulaite, H. S. Wash-
ington, (rev.), xxvii, 187; of Geor-
ea bauxite, T. L. Watson, xxviil,
Chemicai science, The immediate
work in, A. B. Prescott, x, 282.
Chemical and mineral relationships
in igneous rocks, J. P: Iddings,
(rev.), xxvii, 184.
Chemical study of the glaucophane
schists, H. S. Washington, (rev.),
xvii, 184.
Chemung and Catskill east of the
Appalachian basin, J. J. Steven-
son, ix, 6.
Chert of the upper coal measures
in Montgomery county, [fowa,
(ed. com.), i, 116; of the carbonif-
erous limestones of Ireland, G.
J. Hinde, (rev.), i; 121; of Mis-=
soutt E. O. Hovey, (abs.), xiv,
Chesapeake bay, Geology of, Mc-
Gee, (rev.), iv, 118.
Chester, A. H., (p.s.n.), xvil, 340;
(obit.), xxxi, 394.
Chester sandstone, local deposit, J.
Nickles, vii, 47.
Cheyenne sandstone and Neocomian
shales of Kansas, F. W. Cragin,
Vi 283) ATO} Vills. 2oy8 Leo:
Chicago Academy of Sciences, (p.s.
Ne) se XA 22 ea CDsSelle) aes, OAs
(p.s.n.), xxxv, 190.
Chico and Shasta faunas, T. W.
Stanton, (rev.), xii, 122.
Chinese coins, minerals observed
on, A. F. Rogers, xxxi, 43.
Chipped flints. Upper Miocene, Bur-
ma, F. Noetling, (rev.), xiv, 399.
Chlorastrolite and zonochlorite from
Isle Royale, N. H. Winchell, xxill,
116.
Choffat, Paul. The age of the
rock of Gibraltar, (rev.), x, 326.
Chonophyllum, Revision and mono-
graph of the genus, (rev.), Ww.
H. Sherzer, x, 66.
\ ‘tal
Index, Volumes I-XXXV1I. 23
Chouteau group of Missouri, Row-
he iii, 111; Range of fossils, x!l,
Christian faith in an age of
eoenee, W. N. Rice, (rev.), xxxlv,
Dp. 50:
Christie, J. C., (cit.), viii, 242, 247.
Chronological distribution of the
elasmobranchs, O. P. Hay, (rev.),
XIX, 250.
potty bi series, F. W. Cragin, xix,
Cincinnati anticline in southern
Kentucky, A. F. Foerste, xxx,
859; ditto, Foerste, xxxi, 333.
Cincinnati ice-dam, discussion,
viii, 193; F. Leverett, (abs.), vill,
232~ tos. B.) James, xi, 199.
Cincinnati rocks, Their physical
history, N. W. Perry, iv, 326; Col-
lecting fossils at, H. E. Dickhaut,
MMH, Seb.
Cinnabar and Bozeman coal fields
of Montana, W. H. Weed, (rev.),
viii, 54.
Cladodent sharks of the Cieveland
shale, E. W. Claypole, xi, 325;
Recent contributions to"! our
hee of, E. W. Claypole, xv,
Cladodus from the Devonian of Col-.
Grado. sO. Py Faty,. XoOG,) ola:
Cladodus clarki, A new specimen
of. EY W., Claypole, xv, 1.
Cladedus magnificus: a new sela-
chian, E. W. Claypole, xiv, 137.
Ciapp, F. G., Geological history of
the Charles river in Massachu-
setts, xxix, 218; (with M. L. Ful-
ler). Marl-loess of the lower Wa-
bash valley, xxxi, 158; (p.s.n.),
xxxili, 334.
Clarke. E. S., (with Herrick and
Deming), Some American norytes
and gabbros, i, 339.
Glaric, (C. W/.., (pis.n.),, xxvil; 197.
Clark, Dr. Wm., Collection of fos-
sil fishes at Berea, O., il, 62; (p.
Spe vile 145 xib 93:
Clarke, F. W., (and Schneider), On
the natural silicates, (rev.), vll,
56; Alkaline reaction of some nat-
ural silicates, (rev.), xxiii, 328;
Chemical composition of roscoe-
lite, (rev.). xxiv, 318; (and N. H.
Darton), On a hydromica from
New Jersey, (rev.), xxiv, 182;
Constitution of tourmaline, (rev.),
xxiv, 318; (and G. Steiger), Ac-
tion of ammonium chloride on
natrolite, ete., (rev.). xxvil, 49;
Analyses of rocks, U. S. Geol.
Sur., (rev.), xxvii, 816; (and G.
Steiger), Action of ammonium
chloride on analcite and leucite,
(rev.), xxvii, 184.
Clarke, J. M., Annelid teeth from
the Hamilton. and from. the Nan-
les’ shales, N. Y¥., (revs), 1, 127;
Structure and development of
the visual area of the _ trilo-
bite Phaecens rana. (rev.), lil,
146; (and C. BE. Beecher), De-
velopment of some Silurian
brachiopoda, (rev.), v, 54; The
Hereyn-Frage and the Helder-
berg limestones, vii, 109; Fauna
with Goniatites intumescens
in western New York, viii, 86;
Notes on Acidaspis, (rev.), ix,
202: Observations on Terataspis
grandis, the largest known triio-
bite, (rev.), ix, 203; On _. Coro-
nura aspectans, (rev.), ix, 203;
The protoconch of Orthoceras, xii,
112; Eleventh and twelfth New
York reports, (rev.), xiii, 193;
Handbook of brachiopoda, (p.s.
n.), xiii, 439; American species
of Autodetus and paramorphi¢
shells, xiii, 327; Composite generic
fundamenta, xiii, 286; The early
stages of Bactrites, xiv, 37; Nan-
no: a new cephalopodan type, xlv,
205: Sketch of G. H. Williams,
xv, 69; Cephalopod beginnings, xv,
125: On Nanno,° (cit.), xvi, 1;
Structure of certain paleozoic
barnacles, xvii, 137; James Hail
ana the New York state survey,
xviii, 55; A sphinctozoan calci-
sponge from the upper Carbonif-
erous of eastern Nebraska, Xx,
387: (p.s.n.), xxiii, 67; (and James
Hall), Memoir on Dictyospongidae,
(rev.), xxiv, 304; Upper Silurian
fauna of the Rio Trombetas, Bra-
zil, (rvev.), xxiv, 311; (and C.
Schuchert), The nomenclature of
the New York series of geological
formations, xxv, 114; (p.s.n.),
xxvi, 195: (p.s.n:), xxx, 130; An-
notations of Jackel’s theses on
Orthoceras and other cephalopods,
xxxi, 216; (and R. Ruedemann).
Guelph fauna in the state of
New York, xxxii, 254; Naples fau-
na in western New York. (rev.),
xxxiii, 47: (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 397;
Charles Emerson Beecher, xxxiv,
DV Es(O 1S.) OGM, ere cite ele).
D. Luther), Watkins and Elmira
ousdrangies, (rev.), xxxiv, 324;
Portage crinoids, (ed. com.),
xxxv, 246; James Hali and the
Troost manuscrivt, xxxv, p. 256.
Clark, W. B., Tertiary of the Cape
Fear river region, (rev.), v, 119;
(and G. H. Williams). Geology of
Maryland, (rev.). x, 63; Correla-
tion paper. Eocene. (rev.), xli,
399: (and G. H. Williams), Geol-
ogy and physical features. of
Maryland, (rev.), xii, 396; Climate
of Maryland. (rev), xiii. 139;
Greensands of N. J., (rev.), xiii,
910: Mesozoic Echinodermata of
the United States, (rev.). xiv. 329;
Wocene fauna of the middle At-
lantic slope. (rev.). xvi, 239; Eo-
ecene deposits of the middle At-
lantie slope, (rev.), xix, 64; Geol.
Sur. Maryland, vol. i. (rev.), xxii,
875; Maryland geological survey,
vol. ii, (rev.), xxiii, 193; ditto,
vol. iii, (rev.), xxv, 383; Report
on Allegany county, Md., (rev.),
xxix, 119; Maryland geological
survey, vol. iv, (rev.), xxxi. 54;
Maryland geological survey, Mio-
cene. (rev.), xxxv, 392.
Classification of igneous’ rocks.
Rosenbnusch’s,. Bayley’s scheme,
(rev.). tii, 48; of the Cambrian and
nre-Cambrian, R. ip Irving,
(rev.). iv, 111: of eruptive rocks,
Michel Levy. (rev.), iv, 308; of the
chief geographic features of Tex-
24 The American Geologist. December, 1905.
as; Re LT. Hill, -v,. 9) 68;) of Ameri-
can paleozoic crinoids, S. A. Mil-
ler, vi, 275; of the glacial sedi-
ments of Maine, Geo. H. Stone,
(rev.), vil, 186; of mountain
ranges, Warren Upham, (rev.),
Ix, 205; of the theories of the or-
igin of iron ores, H. V. Winchell,
x, 277; of the Cepholopoda (rev.),
X, o2c; ditto, B.-A. Bather,” x,
396; of the Dyas, Trias and Jura
in northwest Texas, Jules Mar-
cou, x, 869; of the Brachiopoda,
C. Schuchert, xi, 141; of topogra-
phic forms, S. H. Perry, xii, 153;
of economic geological depcsits,
xili, 249; Rules and misrules in
stratigraphic, J. Marcou, xix, 35;
of costal forms, F. P. Gulliver,
(abs.), xxii, 2538; Ice-contact of
glacial deposits, J. B. Wood-
worth, xxiii, 80; of igneous rocks,
Lewinson-Lessing, xxiii, 346; of
igneous rocks according to com-
position, J. /.. Spurr xxv, 210;
of igneous rocks, W. H. Hobbs,
(rev.), xvii, 52; of the erystalline
cements, E. C. Eckel, xxix, 146;
Quantitative, of igneous rocks,
(ed. com.), xxxii, p. 48; of sedi-
mentary rocks, A. W. Grabau,
xxxiii, 228; New, of Blastoidea, G.
Hambach, (rev.), xxxiil, 45;. Ba-
trachian foot-prints, G. F, Mat-
thew, (rev.), xxxiii, 259; Upper
Cretaceous of New Jersey, Stuart
Weller, xxxv, 176. :
Clay, what constitutes a clay, (ed.
com.), xxx, 318.
Clayey bands of the drift of the
delta of the Cuyahoga river, and
of the delta at Trenton, N. J., G
EK. Wright, (rev.), xxii, 250.
Clay and kaolin deposits of Hu-
rope, H. Ries, (p.s.n.), xxi, 266.
Clays, origin and distribution of
Minnesota, C. P. Berkey, xxix,
alae
Clays and clay industry of Wiscon-
sin, E. R. Buckley, (rev.), xxx,
329. ‘
Claypole, E. W., Darwin and geol-
ogy, I, 152, 211; Subterranean
commotion near Akron, Ohio, |,
199; The future of natural gas, I,
31; Lake-age in Ohio, (rev.), I,
63; Condition of the interior of
the earth, i, 382; (p-s.n.), 396;
Earthquake tremors at Charles-
ton, S. C., li, 185; Clark’s collec-
tion of fishes at Borea, Ii, 62;
Glaciers and glacial radiants in
the ice age, iii, 73; Vascular na-
ture of the trees of the Coal Meas-
ures, fii, 55; The story of the
Mississippi-Missouri, iil, 361;
(cit.), iv, 337; Illustration of the
‘Yevel of no strain’? in the crust
of the earth, v, 83; Making of
Pennsylvania, v, 225; Paleontolo-
gical notes from Indianapolis, vl,
255; Notice of the death of Frank-
lin C. Hill, vii, 68; Megalonyx in
Holmes Co., Ohio, vil, 122, 149;
Episode in the paleozoic history
of Pennsylvania, viii, 152; Pre-
Glacial channel near Akron, Ohio,
(abs.), viii, 195; Deep boring near
Akron, (abs.), viii, 239; Geologic
correlation, (abs.), viii, 251; New
fishes from the Cleveland shale,
(abs.), ix, 217; The tin islands of
the northwest, ix, 228; (p.s.n.),
Ix, 282; Gigantic placoderm from
Ohio, x, 1; Geology of the British
association at Edinburgh, x, 188;
Dentition of Titanichthys and its
allies, (p.s.n.), x, 193; The head
of Dinichthys, x, 199; A new coc-
costean, Coccosteus cuyahogae,
xi, 167; Pre-Glacial man not im-
probable, xi, 191; Cladodont
sharks of the Cleveland shale, xl,
325; The three great fossil placo-
derms of Ohio, xii, 89; On Glypto-
dendron in Ohio, (cit.), xii, 133;
Early man in America, (abs.), xl,
175; Three new species of Dini-
chthys, xii, 275; A new species of
Carcinosoma, xiii, 77; Cladodus, a
new selachian, xiv, 137; A new
placoderm from the Cleveland
shale, xiv, 379; On a new speci-
men of Cladodus clarki, xv, 1;
Recent contributions to our
knowledge of the cladodont
sharks, xv, 363; (p.s.n.), xvl, 129,
328; Actinophorus clarki, xvi, 20;
Glacial notes from the planet
Mars, xvi, 91; Geology at the
British association for the ad-
vancement of science, xvi, 300;
The time piece of geology, xvii,
40; A new Titanichthys, xvii, 166;
Ancestry of the upper Devonian
placoderms of Ohio, xvii, 349;
Dinichthys prentis-clarki, xviii,
199: Ancient and modern sharks,
and the evolution of the class,
(abs.), xviii, 222; Human relies
in the drift of Ohio, xviii, 302; A
new Dinichthys—Dinichthys kep-
leri, xix, 322; International con-
gress of geologists, xx, 203; (p.s.
n.), xx, 420; Paleozoic geography
of the eastern United States,
(abs.), xx, 200; Paleolith and neo-
lith, xxi, 3838; Microscopical light
in geological darkness, xxii, 217;
Glacial theories—cosmical and
terrestrial, xxii, 310; The earth-
quake of San Jacinto, Dec. 25,
1899, xxv, 106, 192; (p.s.n.), xxv,
129; Notes on petroleum in Cali-
fornia, xxvii, 150; (p.s.n.), xxvil,
130; (obit.), xxviii, 247; Bio-
graphical sketches, by Comstock,
Richardson and Bridge, xxix, 30;
Bibliography, xxix, 40; (p.s.n.),
xxx, 71; The Devonian era in the
Rae basin, xxxii, 15, 79, 240, 312,
CiayeeD stone axe, (p.s.n.), xxxl,
Cleavage, different structures de-
seribed under, Van Hise, (p.s.n.),
xvii, 125; Discussion by Geo, F.
Becker, (p.s.n.), xvli, 126.
Clements, J. M., Some stages in
the development of rivers, (abs.),
xvii, 126; Study of some exam-
ples of rock variation, (rev.), xxii,
381; Contribution to the study of
contact metamorphism, (rev.),
XXIV, 54 (andes da. snrych)s
Crystal Falls iron-bearing district
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI.
of Michigan, (rev.), xxiv, 308;
et: KeVi 195: (p:S-n.)), xxxill,
62, t
Clendenin, W. W., (p.s.n.), | xill,
133; (p.s.n.), xv, 130; Preliminary
report on the Florida parishes of
east Louisiana and the bluff,
prairie and hill lands of south-
west Louisiana, (rev.), xviii, 322.
Cleveland water supply tunnel, S. J.
Pierce, xxviii, 380.
Cliffwood clays and the Matawan,
G. N. Knapp, xxxiii, 23; ditto, E.
W. Berry, xxxiv, 253.
Climatic changes indicated by the
glaciers of North America, I. C.
Russell, ix, 322.
Climatic conditions shown by
North American inter-glacial de-
posits, Upham, xv, 273; ditto, G.
M. Dawson, xvi, 65.
Clinton iron ore, Origin of, C. H.
Smyth, Jsx., (rev.), x, 122.
Clinoplains of the Rio Grande, C.
L. Herrick, xxxiii, 376.
Close of the twentieth volume, (ed._
com.), xx, 403.
Clypeastridae, A new Cretaceous
genus of, F. W. Cragin, xv, 90.
Coal, anthracite, valley of the Bow
river, Jas. A. Dodge, 1, 172; Cas-
cade anthracite basin, Geo. M.
Dawson, i, 332.
Coal, anthracite, exhaustion of, (ed.
com.), iil, 45.
Coal and metal miner’s
book, (rev.), xxviii, 126.
Coal deposits of Iowa, C. R. Keyes,
(rev.), xiii, 353.
Coal field of southeastern Ken-
tucky, Crandall and Hodge, (rev.),
i, 65; of Cinnabar and Bozeman,
Montana, (rev.), viii, 54; of Mis-
souri, A. Winslow, (rev.), xi, 271;
Cerillos of New Mexico, J. J.
Stevenson, (rev.), xvii, 94; Around
Tsé Chou, China, N. F. Drake,
(rev.), xxxiii, 260; Western in|te-
rior, H. F. Bain, (rev.), xxx, 124;
of Montana, J. P. Rowe, xxxii,
3609) or Alaska, -(pis-n:), xxxiv,
401; Bituminous of Pennsylvania,
Ohio and West. Virginia, I. C.
White, (rev.), ix. 264;
foundland, J. P. Howley, (p.s.n.),
Vai 20.
Coal formation, Side light upon, W.
S. Gresley, xiii, 69.
Coal in Colorado, A. Lakes. (rev.).
v, 312; in the south of England,
(DSi) ALVie Oloee Cannelse from
Kootanie, D. P. Penhallow, x,
331; of Crow’s Nest pass, Selwyn,
(abs.), xi, 181: Anthracite in Ari-’
zona, W. P. Blake, xxi, 345: spe-
cial report on Kansas coal. E.
Haworth, (rev.), xxii, 384; In low-
pocket
er Michigan, (p.s:n.). xxv, 59;
on: Turkey creek, Colorado. (p.
s.n.), xxxli, 132; in Spitzbergen,
J. J. Stevenson. (abs.), xxxv, 192.
Coal and plant-besring beds of
Australia and Tasmania, Feist-
mantel, (rev.), vi, 320.
Coal plants. vascular nature of the
tree, E. W. Claynole. fii. 55; Pos-
sible new, W. S. Gresley, xxlv,
199; ditto, xxvi, 49; ditto, xxvil,
of sNew=-=
|
25
6; of the Coal Measures of Missou-
ri, D. White, (rev.), xxvi, 55; of
Indian territory, D. White, (rev.),
xxvi, 58
Coal Measures, chert in Iowa, (ed.
com.), i, 116; Fossils from the
lower at Des Moines, C. R. Keyes,
ii, 285 Sof eentral’= lowar C.* R.
Keyes, ii, 396; Fauna of the low-
er, C. R. Keyes, (rev.), ii, 432;
Vascular nature of trees in, E.
W. Claypole, iii, 55; of Indian ter-
ritory, H. M. Chance, vi, 238;
Lower of Monongalia and Preston
counties, W. Va., S. B. Brown,
Ix, 224; A new fungus, Herzer,
xi, 365; Unconformity with the St.
Louis, C. R. Keyes, xii, 99; Dac-
tyloporus archaeus, MHerzer, xii,
289; Unio-like shells in Nova
Scotia, Whiteaves, (rev.), xiii,
193; of Blount mountain, Gibson,
(rev.), xiii, 284; of Big Stone gap,
M. R. Campbell, (rev.), xiv, 392;
New _ trilobite from Arkansas, A.
W. Vodges, (rev.), xvi, 262: of
western interior coal field, H. F.
Bain, (and. A. TT. Leonard),
(abs.), xxii, 251; Horizon in New
Mexico, Herrick and Bendrat,
xxv, 234; of Kansas, C. R. Keyes,
XXV;5 (3475 “Bireclays’ of, Vio GC
Hopkins, xxviii, 47; in Arizona,
E. T. Dumble, xxx, 270; Bryozoa,
Nebraska, G. E. Condra. xxx,
Baits Erratic boulder in
Tennessee, S. W. McCallie, xxxi,
46; Footprints in the Joggins, G.
F. Matthew, (rev.), xxxii, 54.
Coal mining in Pennsylvania, (p.s.
M15) XVII SOO:
Coals of Colorado, J. S. Newberry,
(rev.), ii, 429.
Coal mines in China, and in British
Columbia, (p.s.n.), iii, 62.
seat oy at Florence, Colo., (p.s.n.),
ii, 62.
Coarseness_ of igneous rocks and
is meaning, A. C. Lane, xxxv,
oO.
Cohen, E., Meteoritenkunde, (rey.),
XV, 328.
Coast ranges of California, pre-
Cretaceous rocks of, H. W. Fair-
banks, xi, 69; Notes on the geol-
ogy of, Turner and Stanton, xlv,
92; Contribution to the geology,
AS (C2 Mawson, xv, 342%" Coast
ranges, age of, F. L. Ransome,
xix, 66.
Cole, Granville, A. J., (p.s.n.), xvii,
257.
Coleman, J. P., Inter-glacial fos-
sils from the Don valley, xlll,
85; Geology of the Rocky moun-
tains between Saskatchewan and
Athabasea, xiv, 83; Rainy Lake
fold region, (rev.), xvi, 313; The
Iroquois beach at Toronto and
its fossils, (rev.), xxiii, 103; The
Huronian question. xxix, 325;
Duration of the Toron?o inter-
glacial epoch, xxix, 71.
Collecting fossils in the Cincin-
ley shales, H. E. Dickhout, xxiil,
335.
Collenot, J. J., (obit.), xi, 363.
.
20 The American Geologist.
Collet, John, (obit.), xxiii, 338.
Collie, G. L., Geology of Conanicut
island, R. Ey (rev.), xv, 386; Ori-
gin of conglomerates, (rev. Ne
xvii, 126.
Collier, A. J., (p.s.n.), xxxiv, 67.
Colorado, Geology and mining in-
dustry of Leadville, S. F. Em-
mons, (rev.), i, 194; Coals of, J.
S. Newberry, (rev.), ii, 429; Coal
oil at Florence, (p.s.n.), iii, 62;
Mesozoie of southern, J. J. Stev-
enson,, iii, 391; Extinct volcanoes,
A. Lakes, v, 38; Ore deposits, A.
Lakes, (rev.), v, 57; Coal deposits,
A. Lakes, (rev.), v, 312; Fossil but-
terflies of Florissant, S. H. Scud-
der, (rev.), vi, 197; Geology and
physiography of northwestern,
Cc. A. White, (rev.), vii, 57; Fish
remains in lower Silurian, C,. D.
Walcott, (p.s.n.), vii, 208; ditto,
(ed. com.), vii, 329: Fuel resour-
GesxwAs Lakes, viii, 7; Supposed
Trenton fish, (ed. com.), viii, 178;
Spherulitic crystallization, Cross
and Iddings, (vd. com.), viii, 387;
Llama remains, FE. W. Cragin, ix,
257. Peculiar schists near Salida,
Cross) (ew) xine i20E Geology
and western ore deposits, an
Lakes, (rev.), xii, 261; Sandstone
dikes in granite, Cross, (abs.),
xiii, 215; New Liriodendron from
the Laramie, Hollick, | (p-s.n.))
xiv, 203; Erosion interval be-
tween Tertiary and Quaterna-
TY Guba) Canmon, Cp Sa.) Sex
406; New Cretaceous genus of
Clypeastridae, F. W. Cragin, xv,
90; Fossil fishes of Canyon City,
(ed: com.), xv, 121; Natural gas at
Manitou, Wm._ Striebly, (rev.),
xvi, 116; Post-Laramie deposits,
(rév.),, xvi, 120; Cripple. Creek
gold mining district, J. F. Kemp,
(abs.), xvii, 193; Uranite,, Pearce,
(rev.), xvii, 396; Lacco-
litic locality, G. K. Gil-
bert and W. Cross, (abs.),. xvil,
407; Underground water in Ar-
kansas valley, G. K. Gilbert,
(rev.), xix, 57; Sandstone dikes
of the Ute pass, Crosby, (p.s.n.),
xx, 68; Tourmaline and tourma-
line schists, H. B. Patton, (rev.),
xxii, 251; Arechean-Potsdam con-
tact, W. ©O.:Crosby, (rev.), xxiii,
92; Geolog gy of the Aspen mining
district, J. BE. Spurr, (rev.), xxiv,
307; Tellurides from, Cc Palache,
(rev.), xxvii, 181; Thomsonite,
mesolite and chabazite from Gold-
en, H. B. Patton, (rev.), xxvii,
183; Carnotite and associated
vanadiferous minerals, Hillebrand
and Ransome, (rev.), xxvii, 185;
Granitie rocks of the Pike’s peak
quadrangle, E. 3B. Matthews,
(rev.), xxvii, 254; Areal geology
of the Castle Rock region, W.
py Ween xxix, 1966 Cladodus from
the Devonian, O! Pa slay,
373; Ore devosits in all forma-
tions, xxxi, 326; Coal on Turkey
ereek, (p.s.n.), xxxii, 182; Hang-
ing valleys of Georgetown, W. O.
Crosby, xxxii, 42; Geology of
western ore deposits, A. Lakés,
XXX,
December, 1905.
(rev.), xxxvi, 319.
Colorado turmation and its inverte-
brate fauna, T. W. Stanton,
(rev.)), Teiv, 1,
Colorado river of Texas, geologi-
cal history, R:. T. Hill, iit, 28%
Colorado Scientific Society, (p.s.n.),
xvi, 68.
Color of soils of high and low lat-
itudes, W. O. Crosby, viii, 72.
Color Sets Int. “Cong. «Geol: iy
oO.
Colossal cavern, Kentucky, H. C.
Hovey; (abs.), xviii, 228; Bridges
of Utah, (ed. com.), xxxiv,. 189.
Columbian exposition, (ed. com.),
geological maps at, xii, 250; Ex-
hibit of petroleum, xii, 323; Ex-
hibits in the mines and mining
building, xii, 376; Additional mod-
els, W. M. Davis, xii, 340; (ed.
com.), Gems, native metals and
other rare minerals, xiii, 415;
Harvard university geological ex-
hibit, xiii, 279; Pleistocene geol-
ogy, xiii, 109; Mesozoic and Ter~
tiary exhibits, xiii, 185; ditto, T.
W. Stanton, xiii, 289; Mineralogy
and petrography, Ga. ish Williams,
xiii, 345; Ores of the noble and
useful metals, (ed. com.), xiii, 48;
Vertebrate paleontolog y; John
Eyerman, xiii, 47.
Columbia formation, McGee, (rev.),
ii, 130; Distribution on the At-
lantic slope, N. H. Darton, (abs.),
xi, 244; in northwestern Illinois,
(OW MET ‘Hershey, (abs.), xiv, 203;
ditto, O. H. Hershey, xv, 7.
Columbia university, summer school,
H. W. Shimer, xxx, 69; (p.s.n.),
xxx, 202, 271, 336; Fall excursions,
H. W. Shimer, xxxi, 62; Summer
field work, H. W. Shimer, xxxil,
130% “Cpisin)y poet, 197; 5259:
Comanche formation, (Am. Com.),
lis 268s4iv, 3s5%5 Of; the! Pexas-—Ar-
kansas region, R. Ef. Hill, (ev.);
viii, 259; the Mentor beds, a Com-
anche terrane in central Kansas,
Em W, Cragin, xvi, 162.
Comatula from the Florida reefs, F.
Springer, xxx, 98.
Commemorative tablet: of the
American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, (ed. com.),
xxix, 178.
Common zeolites of the Minnesota
shore of lake Superior, N. H.
Winchell, xxiii, 176.
Composite generic fundamenta, Ae
M. Clarke, xiii, 286.
compa of Eozoon, (ed. com.),
x5
Comparative taxonomy of the rocks
of the lake Superior region, N.
H. Winchell, xvi, 331.
Comparison of Pleistocene and pres-
ent ice sheets, Upham, (rev.),
xl 29:
Complete geography, supplement by
W. M. Davis on New England,
(rev.), xvii, .328.
Comstock, F. M., Wave-formed
cusp at lake George, N. Y., xxv’
192; Small esker in western, N. ies
Xxxii, 12; Ancient lake beaches
in Georgian bay, xxxiii, 312.
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 27
Comstock, Theo. B., Mineral re-
sources of Arkansas, (rev.), Iii)
2g apes ive) 253° (p.s.n.), Vili,
196; E. W. Claypole, the scientist,
xxi 1: :
Conanicut island, R. I., Geology of,
G. LL. Collie, (rev.), xv, 386.
Concannon farm, Pleistocene geol-
ogy, N. H. Winchell, xxxi, 263.
Concho county, Geological survey
of, Cummins and Lerch, v, 321.
Concrete examples of topography
from Howard Co., Iowa., S. Cal-
Vill XX, GD,
Concretions in the Chemung of
southern New York, HE. M. Kin-
dle, xxxiii, 360.
Condensation and conflagration the-
ories of the suns heat, J. H. Ked-
zie, (rev.), iv, 182, 183.
Conditions of accumulation of
drumlins, Upham, x, 339; of ero-
ston beneath deep glaciers, N. S.
Shaler, (rev.), xii, 191; of ripple-
mark formation, T. A. Jaggar, Jr.,
xiii, 199; and effects of the ex-
pulsion of gases from the inte-
rior of the earth, N. S. Shaler,
(abs.), xvi, 244.
Condon, Thos., Two islands and
et came of them, (rey.), xxxvi,
Condra, G. E., New Bryozoa from
the Coal Measures of Nebraska,
xx, 337; on Rhombopora lepido-
dendroides, (Meek), xxxi, 22; an
gld Platte channel, xxxi, 361; (p.
$.n.), xxxiv, 67.
Cone in cone in the Devonian in
Pennsylvania, W. S. Gresley,
(rev.), xiv, 399.
Confounding of Nassa trivittata and
N, peralta, G. D. Harris, viii, 174.
Conglomerates in gneissic terranes,
A. Winchell, iii, 153, 256; in New
England gneisses, C. H. Hitch-
cock, iii, 253; Dikes in southern
Sg M. R. Campbell, xxxill,
D.
Congress. Int, of Geol., P. Frazer,
i, 8. 86; Proceedings of, the Paris
meeting, i, 6: of the Bologne
meeting, 1, 87; of the Berlin
meeting, i,: 93; Nomenclature
adonvted for rock masses, etc., l,
90; for species. i, 91; Color scheme
for maps. i, 97; London meeting,
reports of the American commit-
tee, ii, 139; ditto, iii, 343; P. Fra-
zer, iv, 44; Philadelphia meeting,
Frazer, v, 208; Berlin meeting,
report of, (rev.), ii, 431; (ps-n.),
xii, 131; Reviews of the Ice-age
at the World’s Congress on Geol-
DEN. mieXlbs, precio SOLttOs moxlt yer:
Int. Cong. Geol., St. Pet-
ersburg meeting. (ed. com.), xix,
344; xxi, 123; Finland excursion,
F. Bascom. xx, 339: Eighth ses-
sion), (Paris); BP. BPrazer, _xxvil,
835; Ninth session, xxxiii, 61.
Connecticut, Triassic in the Con-
necticut valley. W. M. Davis,
(rev.), iv, 112: Fishes and plants
of the Triassic, J. S. Newberry,
(rev.), iv, 187; Two belts of fos-
siliferous black shale in the
Triassic, Davis and Loper, (rev.),
viii, 118; Ice sheet on Newton-
7
ville sand plain, F. P. Gulliver,
(abs.), xii, 177; Eastern boundary
of, the Triassic, W. M. Davis,
(abs.), xiii, 145; Quarries in the
lava beds, W. M. Davis, (rev.),
xvii, 189; Physical geography,
W. M. Davis, (rev.); xvii, 250;
Quartz vein near Mystic, J. F.
Kemp, (abs.), xviii, 63; Triassic
tufl-beds and pitchstone, B. K.
Emerson, (abs.), xviii, 220;
Thames river, fDi any oe Gul-
liver, (rev.), xxiii, 104;
Granites on the north share of
Long Island sound, J. F. Kemp,
(rev.), xxiii, 105; Granites of
southern Rhode Island and Con-
necticut, J. F. Kemp, (rev.), xxv,
122; ditto, (rev.), xxvii, 51; Gran-
ite-gneiss area in central, L. G.
Westgate, (rev.), xxvii, 121; New
footprint from the Connecticut
yaney, J.° AS” (Cushman; -Socddhit,
Conrad’s Tertiary fossils, proposed
reprint, (p-s.n.), xi, 282; Dall’s
collection of Conrad’s works, G.
D. Harris, xi, 279; Republication
by G. D. Harris, (rev.), xii, 60.
Considerations sur les fossiles de-
erits comme Algues, G.’ Maillard,
(rev.), ii, 54.
Consolidation of the American
Geologist with Economic Geology,
(ed. com.), xxxvi, 309
Contact of the Laurentian and
Huronian north of lake Huron, A.
E. Barlow, vi, 19; Metamorphism
of the Palisades diabase, J. D. Ir-
ving, (p.s.n.), xxi, 398; Phenom-
ena of the Palisade diabase, J. D.
Irving, (rev.), xxvii, 53; Metamor-
phism of a basic igneous rock,
Us. Se Grant. (rev): 9 xvi ow;
Physical effects of contact meta-
morphism, J. Barrell, (rev.),
xxix; Sis.
Continental area of the Devonian,
(Am, Com.), ii. 232; Divide in
Nicaragua, C. W. Hayes, (rev.),
xxii, 253.
Continental glacier, effect of pres-
sure. A. Winchell, i, 139.
Continental problems. G. K. Gil-
bert, xii, 118;
Continuity of the Glacial period,
Dr. Holst on, G. F. Wright, xvi,
398.
Contributions to the paleontology of
Brazil, C. A. White, (rev.), I
257: to micropaleontology, E.
Ulrich, (rev.), v. 107; to Canadian
paleontology. J. F. Whiteaves,
(rev.), v, 108; to the geology of
the southwest, R. T. Hill, vii,
119, 254: to invertebrate paleon-
tology, R. P. Whitfield. (rev.), vii,
882: to the geology of the great
vilains, Robt. Hay, (rev.), xi, 56;
to the invertebrate paleontology
of the Cretaceous of Texas, (rev.),
xfil, 124; (cit.), xili, 289; to the
knowledge of the pre-Glacial
drainage of Ohio, W. G. Tight,
(rev.), xiv, 188: to the minera-
logy of Wisconsin, W. H. Hobbs,
(rev.), xvi. 263: to the Cretaceous
_naleoantology of the Pacific coast,
T. W. Stanton, (rev.), xix, 63;
8 The American Geologist. December. 1905,
& letude des terrains sedimen-
taires, (rev.), xxii, 388; to the
study of contact metamorphism,
J. M. Clements, (rev.), XxiVv,
254; to the geology of Fox river
‘valley, S. Weidman, (rev.), xxiv,
257; to the geology of the north-
ern Black hills, J. D. Irving,
(rev.), xxvi, 322; to the geology
of Maine, H. S. Williams and
H. E. Gregory, (rev.), xxvii, 256;
to the Tertiary fauna of Florida,
W. HH. Dally sev Ux
218; (obit.), xix, 364; Sketch by
Helen D. King, xxiii, 1; Life and
letters, P. Frazer, xxvi, 67; Cata-
logue of his publications, 1859-
1897, P. Frazer, (rev.), xxxi,
180.
Copper-bearing rocks, Name of, U.
S. Grant, xv, 192.
Copper deposition, Theory of. A.
C. Lane, xxxiv, 297; Handbook
HB. J. Stevens (rev.), xxxvi, 187.
Copper deposits in Canada, R. Bell,
(rev.), vii. 261.
Copper in the Animikie rocks, A.
C. Lawson. v. 174: In the iron
“ mines at Soudan. Minn., (p.s.n.),
xxi, 382; Native in Oklahoma, E.
Haworth, (p.s.n.). xxvi, 195.
Copper minerals. Note on certain,”
A. N. Winchell. xxviii, 244.
Cooper mines of Rio Tinto, Spain,
James Douglas, (abs.), xxix, 192.
Corals described by D. D. Owen
in 1838, S. Calvin, xii, 108.
Corals and coral islands, J. D. Da-
na. (rev.), vii, f
Coral formations, Darwin's theory,
i, 212; Murray’s theory, i, 113,
213; Some new contributions to
the discussion, (ed. com.) lncoale
Hicks, L. E., The reef builders,
(p.s.n.), vii, 389.
Cordierite and its associates, Nat-
uray HiStoryaol ee eam Teall,
(rev.), xxv, 384.
Cordilleran geological club, (p.s.n.),
Malis 7o" :
Cordillera and Laurentide glacia-
tion, R. Chalmers, vi, 324
Cordilleran paleozoic sea and its
specimcnts C. D. Walcott, xil,
57
Cornell college, Iowa, Dept. of Ge-
ology, (p.s,n.), xxiv, 391.
Cornell summer school of field ge-
ology, C. E. Smith, xxx, 396.
Ccrrelation of the Lower Silurian,
EH. O. Ulrich, i, 100, 179, 303; Dit-
to, ii, 39; Of the stages of the
Ice age in North America and
Europe, Warren Upham, xvi, 100.
Correlation of Warren beaches with
moraines and outlets in south~
western Michigan, F. B. Tay-
lor. (ADS. a xXVilige 2oereOLaainiO=
raines with beaches on the bor-
der of Lake Erie, F. Leverett,
xxi. 195; In the Ozark region: a
correction, O. H. Hershey, xxiv,
190; Of the sub-divisions of the
Coal Measures of Kansas, C. R.
Keyes, xxv, 347.
Correlation: Orotaxis a method of,
C, R. Keyes, xviii, 289.
Correlation papers: Devonian and
Carboniferous, H. S. Williams,
(rev.) eo1x,. bs) \Cambriany ia ps
Walcott. (rev.). ix, 203; Creta-
GCenuss Cus Ade Wehites (reve) ips
121s oOo LOCENE, m aVVermMles
Clark, (rev.), xii, 399; Neocene,
Dall and Harris, (rev.), xii, 399;
Newark system, I. C. Russell,
(rev.). xii, 402; Cretaceous,
A. White (rev.), xii, 119.
Corundum in North Carolina, J.
H. Pratt, (rev.). xxvi, 393.
Coste, Eugene, Mines and mineral
statistics of Canada for 1887,
(rev.), v. 247.
Cote sans dissein and Grand Tow-
er. Cache Marbuty pc 86.
Coville—F V.. (o.sm-.). xvil. 3846.
Coxe: E. B., (obit.); ‘xvi, 66.
Cragin, F. W., New _ or little
known saurian from Kansas, il,
404; Cheyenne sandstone of Kan-
Sas, Viz 233 ivils 3289 79 \(pessn))
vii, 270; On a leaf-bearing ter-
rane in the Loup Fork, viii, 29;
(v.s.n.), viii, 68; Observations on
the genus Trinacromerum, viil,
LiL (pisses. Xilpmeatee Contripu=
tion to the invertebrate paleon-
tology of the Texas Cretaceous,
(rev.), xiii, 124; New fossils of
the Neocomian of Kansas, xiv. 1;
A new Cretaceous genus of Cly-
peastridae, xv, 90; The Mentone
Index,
beds, a central Kansas terrane of
the Comanche series, xvi, 162;
A study of the- Belvidere beds,
xvi, 357; The plains Permian,
xvili, 131; Observations on the
Cimarron series, xix, 351.
Crandall, A. R., Whitely and Pu-
ore counties, Ky., (rev), vil,
Crandall and Hodge, Coal fields of
southeastern Kentucky, (rev.), i;
65.
crater lake, Oregon, (p.s.n.), xviii,
Crane, Agnes, Generic evolution of
paleozoic brachiopods, xi, 400;
Evolution of the Brachiopoda
(rev.), xiii, 194.
Crawford, J., Geciogical survey of
Nicaragua, vi, 377; Recent earth-
quakes in Nicaragua, vii, 77; Neo-
lithic man in Nicaragua, vili, 160;
The Viejo range of Nicaragua,
viil, 190; Evidence of a Glacial
epoch in Nicaragua, viii, 306;
Notes on earthquakes in Nica-
ragua, x, 115; Recent severe seis-
mic disturbances in Nicaragua,
xxii, 56; Decrease of water in
lake Nicaragua, xxvi, 257; Heavy
rains and possible voleanic action
in Nicaragua, xxviii, 328; Earth-
quakes in Nicaragua, xxix, 323,
3938; List of the most important
voleanic eruptions and _ earth-
quakes in western Nicaragua
within historic time, xxx, 111, 395;
Rignon de la Viejo, xxx, 130.
Crawford, J. J., (p.s.n.), xvil, 59.
Gredner, H., (cit.), viii, 241, 246;
(p.s.n), xvi, 327.
Cresson, H. T., and the Delaware
river dwellings, S. D. Peet, v, 190.
Cretacic in America, (Am. Com.),
ii. 259, 263: Foraminiferal origin
of, R. T. Hill, iv, 174; Discovery
of mammals in, in Wyoming and
Dakota, O. C. Marsh, (rev.), iv,
109; Discovery of the Ceratopsi-
dae by Prof. Marsh, (rev.), v, 181.
Cretaceous and Tertiary of Ser-
gipe-Alagoas basin of Brazil, J.
C. Branner, (rev.), vii. 121.
Cretaceous of Texas, R. T. Hill, vi,
252: Pitot Knob. Texas. marine
voleano, R. T. Hill, vi, 286; Near
Wilmington, N. C., T. W. Stan-
ton, vii, 333; Of California and
Oregon, G. F. Becker, (rev.) vil,
258; Covering of the Palezoic in
Texas. Ss) Parry ix, 169s. OF
Mexico, Heilprin, (rev.), x, 121;
Laramie, The close of the Cre-
taceous, Cross, (rev.). x. 256; Of
Iowa and the sub-divisions of
Meek and Hayden, xi, 300; Of
northern California and Oregon,
dS: Diller, “(eev,), xil, 119; Cor-
relation paper, C. A. White (rev.),
x, 121, xii, 119; Of northern Min-
nesota, H. V. Winchell, xii, 220;
Fossil plants from Min-
nesota. Lesquereux, (rev,). xil,
330; Fossils collected by James
Fector in British N. America, in
1857-60. J. F. Whiteaves. (abs.),
xiv. 68: New genus of Clypeas-
tridae, F. W. Cragin, xv, 90; Fos-
t
Volumes I-XXXVI. 29
sil plants from Minnesota, L. Les-
quereux, (rev.), xv, 384; Plants
from Martha’s Vineyard, A. Hol-
lieck,;- @ev-); --XViz- 2095 9 Mossil
sponges in the flint nodules of the
Lower Cretaceous, J. A, Merrill,
(rev), XVilbeipes Olaye Marke ‘at
Cliffwood, N. J., A. Hollick, (abs.),
xviii, 230; Paleontology of the
Pacific coast, T. W. Stanton, xix,
68; Coast ranges, Age of, F.
Ransome, xix, 66; Clay and marl
at Cliffwood, N. J., xx, 137; Cre-
taceous fossils in the Eocene of
Maryland, R. M. Bagg, Jr, xxii»
370; Age of the Amboy clay se-
ries, as indicated by its flora,
A. Hollick, (abs.), xxil, 255; Fora-
minifera of New Jersey, R. M.
Bagg, Jr., (rev.), xxiii, 126; Low-
er, of Kansas, C. N. Gould, xxv,
10S) Of Texas, Re JD Veal rev):
xxx, 384; In Greece and Crete, L.
Cayeux, xxxi, 386.
Crete, Jurassic and Cretaceous, L.
Cayeux, (rev.), xxxi, 386.
Crinoidea, modifications in classi-
fication, Wachsmuth and Spring-
er, (rev.), iii, 200; From the Ni-
agara Limestone, C. S. Beachler,
iv, 102; Republication of Lower
Carboniferous, Whitfield, (rev.),
xiii, 124.
Crinoids, Structure of Crotalocrin-
us, Wachsmuth and Springer,
(rev.), iii, 201; Batocrinus cal-
vini, R. R. Rowley, v, 146; Agari-
cocrinus, C. H. Gordon, v, 257;
Of the Niagara at Lockport, N,
Y., E. N. S. Ringueberg, (rev.),
vi, 250; Work of Wachsmuth and
Springer, (p.s.n.), i, 132; Summit
plates of blastoids, erinoids and
cystids, Wachsmuth and Spring-
er, (rev.), i, 61; New genus, S.
A; Miller, i, 263; Natural casts
from the Burlington, R. R. Row-
ley, vi, 66; Structure, classifica-
tion and arrangement into fam-
ilies, S. A. Miller, vi, 275, 340;
Perisomic plates, Wachsmuth and
Springer, (rev.), vii, 225; Criti-
cism of S. A. Miller, vii, 272; Re-
ply of P. H. Carpenter, vii, 386;
Head of, Dyche, x, 130; Reproduc-
tion of arms, A. F. Foerste, xil,
270, 340; From Missouri, Rowley,
xii, 803; Of Gothland, (rev.), xIil,
855; And brachiopods from Mis-~
souri Hamilton, xiii, 151; Amer-
ican, Wachsmuth and Springer,
(p.s.n.), xiv, 407; Bracheocrinus
and WHerpetocrinus, Bather, xvl,
218; Wachsmuth and Springer’s
monograph (rey.), xxiv, 56; New
Cystocrinoidean, F. W. Sardeson,
xxiv, 263; From Missouri, R. R.
Rowley, xxv, 65; Development of
Agaricocrinus. Mary Klem, (rev.),
XXXVI» 1607 sores: 7 in. fistulate
crinoids, F. Springer, xxvi, 133;
New discovery concerning Uinta-
crinus, F. ‘Springer, xxiv, 92;
From Missouri, Rowley, xxv, 67;
Further note on Uintacrinus, F.
Springer, xxvi, 194; Pores in the
ventral sac of fistulate crinoids,
38
F. A. Bather, xxvi, 307; Structure
and relations of Uintacrinus,
Wrank springer, (rev.), xxviii,
258; Actimnemetra from the s#lor-
ida reeis, H. Springer, XXX, Yd;
Sagenocrinus and forbesiccrinus,
F. springer, xxx, 838; New Cys-
toidea and a new Camarocririus,
C. Schuchert, xxxii, 280; With re-
gard to Portage (ed. com.), xxxv,
246,
Crincids and blastoids; R. R. Row-
ley, rev.), vili, 186; Blastoids and
eystoids from Missouri, KR. kK.
howley, XxXv, 65.
Criteria of subglacial and engiacial
drift, Warren Upham, viil, 376.
Criticai notice of the stratigraphy
of the Missouri paleozoic, Broad-
head, xii, 74; Periods in the his-
tory of the Earth, J. LeConte,
CEE XVI, woln
Croil ,James, on pre-nebular con-
ditions; 7 (cits), av. 20; (obit.,
p.s.n.), vii, 207.
Croll’s Theory redivivus, (ed. com),
xxvii, 174. .
Crook, A. R., Geological causes of
the scenery of the Yellowstone
park, xx, 159; Biographical sketch
of Oliver Marcy,. xxiv, 67.
Cozzens, issachar, Jr., Biographical
sketch, A, W. Vogdes, xxiv, 327.
Crosby, W. O. ‘Tables for the de-
teriuination of minerals, (rev.),
fi, 340; Finer portions of the till,
(p.s.n.), Vv; 1235. Color ‘of ‘soils’ of
high and low latitudes, viii, 72;
Origin of parallel and intersect-
ing joints, xii, 369; Geology of the
Boston basin, (rev.), xii, 192;
(cit.), xiii, 205; Origin of pegma-
tites, (rev.), xiii, 215; Tables for
the determination of minerals,
(rev.), xvi, 262; Sea mills of Ce-
phalonia, xvii, 265; Englacial drift
xvii, 203; Glacial lakes of the
Boston basin, (p.s.n.), xvii, 128;
(with M. L, Fuller), Origin of
pegmatite, xix, 147; Sandstone
dikes of the Ute pass, (p.s.n.),
xx, 68; History of the Blue Hills
complex, Boston basin, (abs.),
xxii, 268; Glacial lake of the
Nashua valley, (rev.), xxiii, 102;
Archean-Potsdam contact in the
vicinity of Manitou, Col., xxiii,
92; On the origin of phenocrysts
and development of the porphyr-
itic structure, xxv, 299; Geologic-
al history of the Nashua valley,
(rev.), XXV; 252; p.S.n.), xxvi, 398:
Geology of the Boston basin, vol.
i, part iii, (rev.), xxvii, 179; are
the amygdaloidal melaphyrs of
the Boston basin intrusive or
contemporaneous? xxvii, 324: Ori-
gin of eskers, xxx, 1; Hanging
valleys of Georgetown, Col., xxxii,
42; (p.s.n.),) xxxil, 197, 332; Dene-
ous rocks of the lower Neponset,
Mass., xxxvi, 34, 69.
Cross-banding of strata by current
Action. J. B. Woodworth, xxvii.
281.
The American Geologist.
December, 1905.
Crossing the Valdez glacier at
Bates pass, W. R. Abercrombie,
xxiv, 349.
Crosskey, H. W., (obit.), xiii, 75.
Cross, VW/hitman, Close of the Cre-
taceous, (rev.), x, 256; Peculiar
schists near Salida, Colo., (rev.),
xi, 120; Sandstone dikes, (abs.),
xiil, 215; Diorite of the Ophir
loop, (abs.), xvii, 345; (p.s.n.),
xvii, 408; (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 64.
Crucial points in the geology of the
lake Superior region. N.. H. Win-
chell, xv, 158, 229, 295, 356; Ditto,
xvi, 12, 75, 150, 205, 269, 331.
Crustacea, Bibliography of Paleu-
zoic, 1698-1889, A. W. Vogdes,
(rev.), vii, 379.
Crystal Falls iron-bearing district
of Michigan, Clements and
Smyth, (rev.), xxiv, 308.
Crystalline rock near the surface in
Pawnee county, Neb., F. W. Rus-
Sell, 124305
Crystalline rocks later than the Ar-
ehen, (Am. Com.), ii, 164; Crys-
talline schists, (p.s.n.), il, 367;
Recent work on, by Prof. Judd,
(Gdkss Comis)pa salwar alain Rocks of
southern California, O. H. Her-
shey, xxix, 273; Of the San Ga-
briel mountains, Arnold and
Strong, xxxv, 391; Rocks of Mis-
souri,, BD. Haworth, (rev.), ix, 750.
Crystall!ne schists, relation to secu-
lar rock decay, R. Pumpelly,
(rev.), vil, 259.
Crystalline limestones, ophiolites
and associated schists of the east-
ern Adirondacks, J. F. Kemp,
(abs.), xv, 61. :
Crystallization. Spherulitic, (ed.
com.), viii, 387.
Crystallized slags, from copper
smelting, A. C. Lane, (abs.), xv
Crystallogenesis, H. Hensvoldt, v,
3801, 375.
Crystallography: A treatise on the
morphology of crystals, N. Story-
Maskelyne, (rev.), xvil, 538; Ble-
ments of, Moses and Parsons,
(rey.). xxvl, 328; Elements of, G.
H. Williams, (rev.), ix, 208.
Crystals. Characters of, A. J. Mos-
es, (rev.), xxili, 389.
Cuba, Mineral resources, lL. E.
Levy. (rev.), xxlil. 328; Harriet
C. Brown, (rev.). xxxii, 187; Sun-
posed union with Florida. Re-
joinder to Dr. Dall’s criticism. J.
W.. Spencer, xxxiv, 110.
Cuhanite et Rutte. Ment.,
Winchell, xxii, 245.
Culver, G. &. Plans for irrigation
in. Dakota, (pis-n.), iv, 389; A fit-
tle Known region in northwestern
Montana, (rev.), xi, 412; The ero-
sive action of ice, (rev.), xvi, 316.
Cumings: “Es Ro) (piss), -xxibe 74:
Orthothetes minutus, n. sp., from
the Salem limestone of Harrods-
burg. Ind.. xxvii, 147; Revision of
certain bryozoan genera, xxix,
H. V.
~——
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 31
ISepes.n), xxxii; s3l:: (and €.
S. Prosser), Waverly fromations
of Central Ohio, xxxiv, 335; De-
velopment of Fenestella, xxxv, 50.
Cummins, W. F., Carboniferous in
Texas, (p.s.n.), ii, 138; On the
Concho country, v, 321; New Car-
boniferous coral, Hadrophyllum
aplatus, (rev.), viii, 187; (and E.
T. Dumble), The Double mountain
section, ix, 347; Report on The
Texas survey, (rev.), x. 311; Tu-
eumcari mountain, xi, 375; On
Cerro Tucumeari (cit.), xii, 103;
(and E. T. Dumble), The Kent
section and Gryphaea tucumceari,
xii, 309; A question of priority,
xv, 395.
Curtice,’ Cooper, Oriskany drift
near Washington, iii, 223.
Curtis, Geo. C., West Indian erup-
tions of 1902, xxxi, 40; Relief of
the earth’s surface, xxxii, 178.
Cushing, F. L., (cit.), xvi, 255.
Cushing, H. P., Notes on the Muir
glacier, Alaska, viii, 207;° Mr.
Cushing on the Muir glacier, G.
F. Wright, viii, 330; (and Weins-
ehenck), Zur genauen Kentniss
der Phonolithe des Hegaus, (rev.)
xi, 274; The faults of Chazy
township, Clinton county, (abs.),
xv, 66; Areal geology of Glacier
bay, Alaska, (abs.),- xvii, 61; Dit-
to, (rev.), xvii, 331, Are there
pre-Cambrian and _ post-Ordovi-
cian trap dikes in the Adiron-
dacks? (abs.), xvii, 407; Ditto,
H. P. Cushing; (rev.), xviii, 390;
Note on hypersthene-andesite
from mount Edgecumbe, Alaska,
xx, 156; Syenite-porphyry dikes in
the northern Adirondacks, (rev.),
xxii, 382; The boundary of the
Potsdam north of the Adiron-
dacks, (rev_.), xxiii, 330; Angite-
syenite north of Loon lake, New
York, (rev.), xxiii, 106, 330; Deri-
vation of the rock name anortho-
site, xxix, 190; Geology of Rand
hill, N. Y., (rev.). xxix. 58; Geol-
logical work in Franklin and St.
Lawrence counties, N. Y., (rev.),
Kee SNe Iuittle’ “Falls,, .N: Y.,
(rev.), xxxv, 250.
Cushman. J. A., New footprint
from the Connecticut’ valley,
xxxiii, 154; Pleistocene forminife-
ra from Panama, xxxiii, 265; Mio-
ecene barnacles from Gayhead,
xxxiv, 293; Fossils from Sankaty
head, Nantucket, xxxv, 194.
Cuspate forelands, F. P. Gulliver,
(abs.), xvii, 98.
oyrad: A new, T. H. M’Bride, xii,
Cycles of sedimentation, J. L. Wil-
liams, viii, 315.
Cyclosphaeroma trilohatum, iste
Woodward, (rev.). vii. 196.
Czyszkowski. S.. Depnesition of gold
in South Africa. (Translated by
H. V. Winchell), xvii, 306.
D
Daimonelix, Remarks on, J. F.
James, XV, 337; or Wat? ,éu.
com.), xvi, 1138; J. F. James, Xvi.i,
198; Cast of burrow of rodent,
Peterson, (p.s.n.), xxxiv, 268.
Dakota formation (Am. Com.), li,
2638.
Dakctas, Artesian water, prelimi-
nary report, INS. HS “Darton,
(rev.), xix, 274.
Dakota Tin Mines, (p.s.n.), vi, 402.
waie, T. Nelscn, The Greylock syn-
clinorium, viii, 1; Rensselaer Grit
plateau, (rev.), xiv, 54; (with
Pumpelly and Wolff), Geology of
the Green mountains in Massa-
chusetts, (rev.), xvi, 386; Struc-
tural details in the Green moun-
tains, (rev.), xvili, 390; (p.s.n.),
xxvii, 327; Structural details in
the Green mountains and in east-
ern New York (rev.), xxxi, 58,
Dale, W. F., (p.s.n.), xvi, 67.
Dall, W. H., Classification of the
Tertiary. (Am. Com.), ii, 282;
Peace Creek beds (rev.), vii, 382;
Collection of Conrads works, G.
D. Harris, xi, 279; Marine Mio-
cene shells from Okhotsk sea,
(p.s.n.), xii, 342; (and G. D. Har-
ris), Correlation paper, Miocene,
(rev.), xii, 399; Appalachicola
river, Dall and: Brown, (rev.),
xiii, 1837; Notes on the Atlantic
Miocene, (abs.), xiv, 202; Contri-
butions to the Tertiary fauna of
Florida (rev.), xxvii, 179; Struc-
ture of Diamond head, Oahu,
XKVIi SOs sGWsSeke by) KOC heroes
Contributions to the Tertiary of
Florida, (rev.), xxxiii, 49; Ditto,
C Sechuchert, xxxiii, 143; Spen-
ecer’s rejoinder to Dall’s criticism
of the hypothesis of the Union of
Cuba and Florida, xxxiv, 110;
Harriman expedition (rev.),
xxxiv. 122.
Dalles of the Wisconsin (p.s.n.),
xxxiii, 396.
Daly, R. A. (p.s.n.), xx, 180; (ps.
n.), xxiii, 206: (p.s.n.), xxv, 393;
(p.s.n.), xxvii, 129; Calecareous
concretions of Kettle point
(rev.), xxvii, 253; Physiography
of Acadia, (rev.), xxvii, 316; (p.
Sinby DoCVvill,. dode (pis. xOKis
194; N. E. coast of Labrador,
Crave ye xexcix.) A256 o GDiS a) Cae
806: Variolitic pillow lava from
Newfoundland. xxxii, 65: ("s.n ),
xxxii, 332" (p.s.n.),.. secxtli> 60:
Secondary origin of certain
granites, (rev.), xxxvi, 312.
Dana. E S., System of Miner?logy,
6th edition. (rev.), x, 64; Textbook
(rev.), xxii, 328.
Dana, James D.. Views on the Ta-
conic, i, 165; Darwin’s theory of
coral reefs, i, 300; (cit.), on Ta-
conic. ii. 69; Nomenclature cf
Lower Paleozoic (Am, Com), Il.
198: Characteristics of volcanoes.
(rev.), vi, 194; Definition of Ta-
32 The American Geologist. December; 1905.
conic mountains (cit.), vi, 247;
Corals and coral islands (rev.),
vii, 57; Walker prize, S. Hen-
shaw ix, 409; (obit.), xv, 336;
Manual of Geology (rev.), Xv,
259; (p.s,n.), Proposed memorial,
xvi, 129; Biographical sketch, C.
EH. Beecher, xvii, 1.
Danbyborough, YVt., Camptonite
dikes; VE: Masters, Xv, 368.
Danzig, E., Eruptive nature of the
gneisses and granites of the Mit-
telgebirge (rev.), iii, 151. -
Darton, N. H., A jointed earth au-
ger, vii, 117; Mesozoic and Ceno-
zoic of Virginia and Maryland,
(rev.), viii, 185; Fossils: in the
Lafayette formation in Virginia,
ix, 181; Guide to Baltimore,
(rev.) ix, 210; Traps of the New-
ark in New- Jersey, (rev.), | ix,
260; Record of N. A. geology,
1887-89, (rev.), ix, 342; Central
Appalachian in Virginia, x, 10;
Distribution of the Columbia for-
mation (abs.), xi, 134, 244; Cen-
ozoic history of eastern Virginia
and Maryland, (abs.), xii, 171;
Green Pond to Skunnemunk,
(rev.), xiii, 211; Faults between
the Mohawk and the Adiron-
dacks (abs.), xiv, 198; —(p.s.n.),
xv, 67, 68; Coastal plain series
(rev.), xvi, 288; Stratigraphic
resumé (rev:), xvi, 238; Lower
Coastal plain series, (abs.), xvii,
107; Resumé (abs.), xvii» 108;
Stream robbing in the Catskills,
(abs.), xvii, 98; Geology of the
Black hills (abs.), xvii, 264; Ar-
tesian water of the Dakotas, pre-
liminary report, (rev.), xix, 274;
Developments in well boring and
irrigation in South Dakota,
(rev.) xxi, 325; Fossil fish in the
Jurassic of the Black hills (abs.),
xxiii, 93; Mesozoic stratigraphy
in s. w. Black hills (abs.), xxiil,
94; Shore line of Tertiary lakes,
(abs.), SX VL e(and enna
Clarke). On a hydromica from
New Jersey (rev.), xxiv, 182; (p.
Spee XXVil; Sos; (pIs.ny), x ) Buller;
(abs.), viii, 239.
De Geer, Gerard, Pleistocene
changes of level in eastern N.
America, xi, 22.
De Lapparent (p.s.n.), ii, 367, 369.
Delaware valley, Older drift, R. D.
Salisbury, xi, 360; water gap, Em-
ma Walter (rev.), xvi, 200, Eo-
cene deposits of the Atlantic
(rev.), xix,
slope, W. B. Clark,
64
Del Castillo, Antonio, (p.s.n.), xvl,
328; (obit.),xvi, 400.
De l’existence de Spongiaires dans
le pre-Cambrien de Bretagne
Cayeux, (rev.), xvi, 59.
Delgado, |. F., Record of the Lon-
don Int. Cong. Geol., iv, 44; (p.
s.n.), v, 209; Fauna of Haut-
Alemtejo (rev.), xxxiv, 192.
Deltas of the Mohawk. F. B. Tay-
lor, Ix, 344; Ditto, Warren Up-
ham, ix, 410.
Delta plain at Andover, Mass., F:
S. Mills, xxxil, 162.
Deming, J. L. (Herrick and E. S.
Clarke). American norytes and
gabbros, I, 339. K
Denison University, Bulletins of
the scientific laboratories (ed.
com.), i, 117; Barney Memorial
Hall burned (p.s.n.), xxxv, 261.
Denton, F. W. (p.s.n.), xv, 272; (p.
aby > td awl? A
Department of geology, University
of Nebraska, (p.s.n.), lil, 341; In
the National Museum (ed. com.),
xxviii, 107.
Departure of the ice sheet from
the Laurentian lakes, W. Upham,
(abs.), xiv, 199.
Devosition of gold in South Afriea.
Czyscezkowski, xvii, 310.
34 The American Geologist.
Derby, Orville A. Nepheline rocks
in Brazil (rev.), i, 209; (p.s.n.),
vi, 68; Nepheline rocks in brazil,
(rev.), x, 326; Quartz veins in ar-
gillaceous rocks (rev.), XXIV, 182;
Mode of occurrence of topaz,
(rev.), xxvii, 185. :
Derivation of the rock name anor-
thosyte, H. P. Cushing, xxix,
190. : ;
Descloiseaux, A. (obit.), xxi, 332.
Description of eight new Cambro-
Silurian fossils from Manitoba,
J. FE. Whiteaves, (rev.), Zo aot
New crinoids, blastoids and
brachiopods, R. R. Rowley, xii,
903: de quelques trilobites de
1] Urdovicien, bergerou, eves, Xv,
262; New fossils from Missouri,
R. R. Rowley, xvi, 217; of Java
and Madoura, Verbeek and Fe-
Menia (lev.), XxX, 331; New LuSsiss
from Missouri, R. R. Rowley,
xxv, 261, Of new species of Clad-
odus from the Devonian of Col-
orado, O. P, Hay, xxx, 373.
Desor, E., Laurentian as a Quater-
nary term, (cit.), v. 33. ;
Determination of common muner-
als, W. O. Crosby, (rev.), xvi,
217; of feldspars by the methods
of Michel Levy, G. F. Becker (p.
s.n.), xix, 223; Of the feldspars.
N. H. Winchell, xxi, 12; Of the
Cambrian age of the Cambrian
limestones of Missouri, C. R.
Keyes, xxix, 384; Of the feldspars
in this section, J. E. Spurr, xxxl,
376.
Determinative mineralogy, Brush
and Penfield, (rev.). xviil, 391.
Development of some Silurian
Brachiopoda, Beecher and Clarke,
(rev.), v, 54; Of the corallum in
Favosites forbesi var occidentalis,
G. H. Girty, xv, 131; of rivers,
illustrated by Deer river in Mich-
igan, J. M. Clements, (abs.), xvil,
126: and growth of Diplograptus,
R. Ruedemann, (rev.), XX, 136; of
well boring and irrigation in
South Dakota, N. H. Darton,
(rev.), xxi, 325; Development of
the Ohio river, W. G. Tight,
(abs.), xxii, 252; and morphology
of Fenestella, E.R. Cumings,
(abs.), xxxv, 50.
Devonian, Origin of the name, (Am.
Com.), ii, 225; Areas in. North
America, (Am. Com.),~ ii, 228;
Continental area, (Am. Com.), ii,
232: Base of, (Am. Com.), ii,
237: Top of, (Am. Com.), ii, 239%
Distinct marine faunas, (Am.
com.), ii, 240; Not sharply divid-
ed, (Am, Com.), ii, 242; Unsettled
problems, (Am. com.), ii, 245;
Faunas of Iowa, S. Calvin. iil, PASI
faunas of Iowa, H. S. Williams,
iii, 230; Remarks on the report of
the American committee, J. Mar-
cou, iii, 60; Plants from Ohio,
J. S. Newberry, (rev.), v, 184;
Plants from Scotland, (rev.), vi,
56: Thickness of in New York,
December, 1905.
C. S. Prosser, vi, 199; Middle De-
vonian of western Australia,
Nicholson and Hind, (rev.), vl,
322; Fossil fishes, (p.s.n.), vii,
143; Of Buchanan county, Iowa,
Calvin, viii, 142; Correlation pa-
per; SS Walliams;,. (rev)
58; Chemung and Catskill, J, J.
Stevenson, ix, 6; Fish fauna of
In Ohio and Germany, C. Ro-
minger, xX, 56; Fauna of Altai
Tschernyschew, (rev.),' xii, 335;
Autodetus and paramorphic
shells, J. M. Clarke, xiii, 327;
Versteinerungen in brazil, Am-
mon, (rev.), xiii, 427; Paleo-
zoic fauna of the Ural Tscherny-
schew, (rev.), xiv, 119; of eastern
Pennsylvania and New York, C.
S. Prosser, (rev.), xv, 262; Upper
middle Devonian in the moun-
tains of the Rhine, Holzapfel,
(rev.), xvi, 389; Series in. S. W.
Missouri,, Hershey, xvi, 294; Fish
remains in Bohemia, Roenen,
(rev.), xvi, 318; Formations of
the southern Appalachian, C. W.
Hayes, (abs.), xvii, 107; Discov-
ery of new fish fauna, Mixer,
xviii, 223; of the Rhine, Beushau-
sen, (rev.), xviii, 124: the south-
ern formations, H. S. Williams,
(rev.), xx, 133; of Bretagne and
Ardennes, C. Barrois, (rev.), xxiil,
386; Mollusks from Brazil, J. M.
Clarke, (rev.), xxiv, 311; System
in Canada, J. F. Whiteaves, xxiv,
210; Fish remains from the Hifel,
Huene, (rev.), xxv, 251, 391; Lam-
prey, Bashford Dean, (rev.), xxvi,
60; New Cladodus from Colorado, ©
QUP) Hay; Xxx; (33; Byravine the
Ohio basin, E. W. Claypole, xxxil,
15. 79, 240, 312, 385; Paleontology,
Williams and Kindle, (rev.),
xxxvi, 49.
Devonic of America and Russia, C.
Schuchert, xxxii, 137.
Dewalque, Prof. G., The Cambrian
Silurian, Taconic, (p.s.n.), ii, 365;
(cit.), v, 381; Use of the Taconic,
(cit.), vlii, 184.
le. pre-Cambrien de
Cayeux, (rev.), xvi, 59.
Diabase dikes of the Rainy lake
region, “Ay C..lawson, ioe ei
the Missouri Archean, HE. Ha-
worth, i, 287.
Dlabasic schists of northeastern
Minnesota, H. V. Winchell, iii, 18.
Diagonal moraine, F. G. Plummer,
xi, 230),
Diagram of barrier reef at Tahiti,
ee Ehiecks sit) 30!
Dlamonds, in meteorites, (p.s.n.), 1,
137; In Wisconsin, (p.s.n.), vil,
72; Second largest, (p.s.n.), x, 398;
In meteoric stones, (p.s.n.), xl,
282; At the Columbian Exposition,
Geo. H. Williams, xiii, 349; Ditto,
(ed. com.), xiil, 416; In meteorites
Huntington, (rev.) xiii, 254; in
Bretagne,
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 35
Wisconsin and their probable
source, W. H. Hobbs, xiv, 31; In
meteorites, Huntington, (rev.),
xvi, 316; Genesis and matrix,
Lewis, Bonney, (rev.), xx, 57; In
California, H. Turner, xxiii,
182; From New South Wales,
(p.s.n.), xxix, 129; The largest
ever found, (p.s.n.), xxxv, 192.
Diamond mines of South Africa,
(ed. com.), xxxi, 51.
Diatomaceous earth
(pissn.), i; 136.
Diceratherium in the White River
beds of South Dakota, Wit ote
Hatcher, xiii, 360; D. proavitum,
pened tse Eoteher, xx, dls.
Dickhaut, H. E., Collecting fossils
in the Cincinnati shales, xxiii, 335.
Dictionary of the fossils of Pennsyl-
vania, Lesley, (rev.), v. 53; Ditto,
(rev.), vii, 382; of altitudes in the
United States, Gannett, (rev.), ix,
342; of altitudes of Missouri, C.
F. Marbut, (rev.), xvii, 54; of alti-
tudes in the United States, H.
Gannett, (rev.), xxv, 121;
Dictyonema cavernosum,
(rev.), xx, 189.
Dictyonema fauna of the slate belt,
Ruedemann, (rev.), xxxiv, 55.
Dictyospongidae, Hall and Clarke,
(vev.), xxiv, 304
Didymograptus, ete. Ger. Holm,
(rev.), xvi; ‘58.
Dielasma, brachial supports, Beech.-
er and Schuchert, (rev.), xii, 394.
Die Beane eiszeit, Waagen, (rev.),
il, 336.
Diener, Carl, (cit.), viii, 242, 247.
Differentiation, causes of magnetic,
PAckstrém, (rev.), xiii, 194; Rela-
tions among igneous rocks, Id-
dings, (rev.), xiii, 195; Extrusive
and intrusive rocks as evidences
of magmatic, J. P. Iddings, (rev,),
xx, 132: Of magmas, (ed. com.),
xxii, 113; In rocks of the copper-
bearing series, (abs.), xxii, 251;
In m2gmas, Lewinson-Lessing,
xxiii, 346.
Differential We. Let) ElobpS;
xiv, 35.
Differences in batholitie granite ac-
cording to depth of erosion (abs.),
B. K. Emerson, xxiii, 104; _
Difficulties in deep coal mining, P.
Turner, (abs.), xxviii, 334.
Dikes near Kennebunkport,’ Me., J.
F. Kemp, v, 129; Near Mt. Lyon,
Clinton Co., N. Y., A. S. BHakle,
xii, 31; Of Oligocene sandstone in
the Neocomian clays, A. P. Pav-
low, (rev.), xvii, 251; In the Adi-
rondacks, H. P. Cushing, (abs.),
xvii, 407; In the vicinity of Port-
land, Maine, E. C. E. Lord, xxil,
335; Of felsophyre and basalt in
Central Appalachian Virginia
(rev.), xxiii, 327; In the vicinity
of John’s bay, Maine, F. Bascom,
xxiii, 275.
Diller, J. S., Lavas of northern Cali-
in Nebraska,
Wiman,
faults,
fornia, (rev.); 1; 125; Volcanic
dust, ii, 64; Sandstone dikes in
Calitornia, (abs.), v, 121; Lassen
Peak vdistrict, v(mevaan vise 196;
(p.s.n., Taylorville region), ix,
215; Late voleanic eruption in N.
California, (rev.), ix, 265; Taylor-
ville region of California, (rey.),
x, 183; The Cretaceous and Ter-
tiary of the Pacific states, (abs.),
xi, 139; Geol, soc. of Wash., xi,
281; Cretaceous and early Ter-
tiary of northern California and
Oregon, (rev.), xii, 119; Shasta-
Chico series, (abs.), xiii, 208;
Revolution in the topography of
the Pacific coast since the aurif-
erous period, (rev.), xiii, 354;
(p.s.n.), xvi, 66; (p.s.n.), xviii,
60, 61; Hornblende basalt in
northern California, xix, 253; Ori-
gin of Paleotrochis, (rev.), xxiv,
182; (p.s.n.), xxix, 128; Topogra-
Phic development of the Klamath
mountains, (rey), ocean:
(p.s.n.), xxxiii, 59;
Dimetian, as a term in the Archean,
(Am. Com.), ii, 163;
Diminution of natural
com.), viii, 176.
Dinichthys, Head, E. W. Claypole,
gas, (ed.
XC LOSS ACClis) ey Pl eae Melani
pole, (CLES Sct 94; Three
new species, Claypole, xii, 275;
Anatomy of, Bashford Dean,
(rev.), xiii, 357; Ventral armor, A.
A. Wright, xiv, 313; Prentis-
clarki,. E. W. Claypole, xviil,
199; Dorsal shields, Cc R.
Eastman, (abs.), RVI, eco.
Column, fins and armor-
ing, Bashford Dean, (rev.), xvili,
316; D. kepleri, Claypole, xix, 322.
D’Invilliers, Phosphate beds of Na-
vassa, (rev.), vil, 202; Certain
eoantles in Pennsylvania, (rev.),
Aube Sait
Dinosauria, Remarks on, DY iG
Baur, (rev.), viil, 55.
Citney folio, Fuller and Ashley,
(rev.), xxxi. 255.
Diphyphyllum semacoénse, new
characters, W. H. Sherzer, iv, 93.
Dip!acodon beds (Am. com.), ii, 289.
Diplograptus pristis, Development
and growth, Ruedemann, (rev.),
xx, 136.
Directions for collecting and pre-
serving fossils, C. Schuchert,
(rev.), xvi, 262.
Direction of pre-Glacial stream
flow in central New. York, (ed.
com.), xxxiil, 43; Ditto, Frank
Carney, xxxill, 196.
Discovery of the antennae of trilo-
bites by Linnaeus in 1759, C. E.
Beecher, xvii, 303; of a_ sessile
Conularia, R. Ruedemann, xviil,
65; New fish fauna in the Devoni-
an, F. K. Mixer, (abs.), xvill, 223;
Fish in the Jurassic in the
Black hills, (abs.), N. H. Darton,
The American Geologist. Deeembertignes
xxiii, 93; of the Laramie in Ne-
braska, C. A. Fisher, xxx, 315; Of
ais gas in Findlay, O., (p.s.n.),
B Wee
Discrimination of glacial accumula-
tion and invasion, Warren Up-
ham, (abs.), xv, 200.
Discussion of the terms rock-
weathering, serpentinization, and
hydrometamorphism, G. P. Mer-
rill, xxiv, 244.
Disintegration of diabase at Med-
set G. P. Merrill, (abs.), xvil,
91.
Dislocations of the earth’s erust,
Margerie and Hein, (rev.), II, 348;
Tertiary of the Atlantic coast, N.
S. Shaler, (abs.), xiil, 143; In the
Atlantic plain and their causes, A.
Hollick, (abs.), xiv, 197;
Dismal swamp district, Virginia, N.
S. Shaler, (rev.), ix, 206.
Dissection of the Ural mountains,
F, P. Gulliver, (abs.), xxii, 23.
Disseminated lead ores of south-
eastern Missouri, A. Winslow,
(rev.), xix, 68.
Distribution of certain Loess fossils,
Cc. R. Keyes, iv, 119; Of stone im-
plements in the tide-water coun-
try, W. H: Holmes, (rev.), xi,
208; Of earthquakes in the United
States, N. S. Shaler, (rev.), xiv,
396; Of land and fresh water
mollusks of the West Indian re-
gion, C. T. Simpson, (rev.), xv,
261; Of iron oxide, I. J. Wistar,
(abs.), xvii, 261; Of Cambrian
and Silurian in Siberia, Baron
Toll, (rev.), xix, 1388; Of vanadi-
um and molybdenum in the
United States, Hillebrand, (rev.),
xxii, 880; Of metallic wealth in
Arizona, W. “Ps Blakes (rev);
xxiii, 125; Of brachiopoda in the
Arnheim beds, A. F. Foerste,
xxxvi, 244;
District of Columbia, Oriskany
drift, Cooper Curtice, iii, 223.
Diuturnal theory of the earth, Wm.
Andrews, (rev.), xxv, 50.
Diversity of the glacial drift, War-
ren Upham, (abs.), xiii, 223.
Divisions of the Ice age in the Unit-
ed States and Canada, C. H.
Hitcheock, xv, 330.
Divining rod, Mechanical action of,
M. E. Wadsworth, xxi, 72;
Dodge, James A., Anthracite coal,
Bow river, i, 172; (and N. H.
Winchell), Kiowa meteorite, v,
309; Ditto, vi, 370.
Codge, R. E., River terraces (rev.),
xiv, 397; (p.s.n.), xvii, 2638; Pene-
plains of eastern Tennessee,
(abs.), xvii, 264; Scientific geog-
raphy in education, (abs.), xxl,
201; (p.s.n.), xxvi, 259; New York
Academy of Sciences, xxviii, 329;
Ditto, xxix, 127; Ditto, xxix. 320;
Elementary geography, (rev.),
xxxiv, 197; Advanced geography,
(rev.), xXxxv, 181.
Dolomytes of eastern Iowa, N.
Knight, xxxiv, 64.
Don river in southeastern Russia,
(rev.), xXxxiv, 121.
Dorpat university, (p.s.n.), xii, 131.
Doremus, C. A., (p.S.n.), XX, 68.
Dotsero volcano, Colorado, Arthur
Lakes, v, 40.
Double Mountain section, Dumble
and Cummins, ix, 347.
Douglas, James, Famous copper
mines of Spain, (abs.), xxix, 192;
(p.s.n.), xxxiii, 395.
Dowling, D. B., Red Lake, Be-
rens river, (rev.), xvili, 389.
Dragons of the air, H. G. Seeley,
(rev.), xxviii, 323;
Drainage systems of New Mexico,
R. S. Tarr, v. 261; Of the Carbon-
iferous area of Michigan, E. H.
Mudge, xiv, 301; Modifications and
their interpretation, M. R. Camp-
bell, (abs.), xvii, 98; Trellised in
the Adirondacks. Brigham, xxl,
219; Peculiarity in Androscoggin
county, Maine, H. T. Burr, xxiv,
369; Features of southern cen-
tral New York, (abs.), xxxv, 52.
Drake, Ns F:, 7 (p:S.n.))), xocimealoas
Coal fields around Tse Chou, Chi-
na, (rev.), xxviii, 260;
Prane colliery, Pa., (p.s.n.). iif, 215.
Drayson, Gen., Cause of Glacial
periods, (p.s.n.), xi, 63.
Dresser. J. A., Petrography of Mt.
Orford, xxvii, 14; of Shefford Mt.,
xxviii, 203.
Drift deposits, a part of the Pleis-
tocene. (Am. com.),. ii, 296; Of
Long Island, J. Bryson, xxii, 245.
Drift of the North German low-
lands, R. D. Salisbury, ix, 294;
Deposits of Germany, J. Bryson,
x, 132; Succession of parts, R.
Bell, (abs.), xi, 174; Englacial,
Warren Upham, xii, 36; In S. W.
Minnesota, N.-W. Iowa, H. F.
Bain, (abs.), xxi, 136; Of north-
western Iowa, H. F. Bain, xxiil,
168; In the Dakotas, Warren Up-
ham, xxxiv, 151.
Driftless area of the upper Missis-
sippi, Chamberlin and Salisbury,
(rev.), 4, 122.
Drift mounds near Olympia, Wash.,
G. O. Rogers, xi, 393; Ditto, Bry-
son, xii, 127; Ditto, Upham, xxxiv,
By
Drumlins, Structure of, W. Upham,
(rev.), v, 61; Conditions of accu-
mulation, W. Upham, (abs.). xX,
218: Ditto, x, 339; Osar kame for-
mation, T. C. Chamberlin, (rev.),
xii, 122; Madison type, Upham,
(abs.), xiil, 222; Channels on,
eaused by glacial streams. G. H.
Barton, (abs.), xiii, 224; Origin of,
R. S. Tarr, xiii. 393; Accumula-
tion, Warren Upham, xv. 194;
And marginal moraines of ice
sheets, Upham, (abs.), xvi, 237;
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 37
Containing or lying on modified E
drift, Warren Upham, xx, 383; In
the English lake district, xxi, 165; Eagle, Gov. Jas. P., On the Arkan-
In Glasgow, Upham, xxi, 285; Ar- | nas "survey, (p.s.n.), vil, 269.
eas of northern Michigan, ue Ge Eby, J. H., (with C. P. Berkey),
Russell, (abs.), xxxv, 177. | Oceurrence of copper minerals in
Drummond, A. D., Great Lake ba- hematite ore, (rev.), xix, 417.
sins of the St. Lawrence, (rev.), Eakle, A. S., Dikes near Lyon Mt.,
iii, 198. aN te : Clinton county, N. Y., xii, 31;
Drury college, Scientific society, Erionite, a new zeolite, xxii, 378;
(p.s.n.), xxxii, 400. E Topaz crystals in the U. S. Nat.
Dryer, C. R., Lessons in physical | museum, (rev.), xxiii, 125; Pet-
geography, (rev.), xxix, 57; Gla- | yographical notes on rocks from
cial geology of the Irondoquoit the Fiji islands, (rev.), xxiv, 305;
region, v, 202. pat (p.s.n.), xxvi, 195; Mineral Tables,
Drygalski’s glacial studies in Green- (rev.), xxxiii, 257;
land, (ed. com.), xxii, 323. : Earle, Charles, Paleosyops and al-
Dual nomenclature in classification,: | lied genera, (rev.), vii, 381
H. S. Williams, (abs.), xiii, 1389; Earliest man in America, (ed.
Character of the Kinderhook | ~¢om.), ix, 52; (p.s.n.), xxviii, 265.
fauna, C. R. Keves, xx, 167. | Early trilobites of the Cambrian,
Duck and Riding Mountains, J. B. | G. F. Matthew, ii, 1; Stages of
Tyrrell, (rev.), v, 241. q Bactrites, J. M. Clarke, xiii, 37;
Duffield, W. W., (p.s.n.),.xiv, 340. Protozoa, G. F. Matthew, xv, 146;
Dulau and Company, (p.s.n.), xxiv, | Pleistocene deposits of Illinois, O.
825: H, Hershey, xvii, 287; Early
Dumble, E. T., Geological Survey of | date for glaciation in the Sierra
Texas, ist report of progress | Nevadas, W. D. Johnson, (abs.),
(rev.), iii, 270; (p.s.n.), iii, 404; xviii, 61;
Important results of the Texas Earth, Inierior conditions, E. W.
survey, vii, 267; Second report, Claypole, i, 382; Ditto, «1, 28; Dit-
Texas survey, (rev.), viii, 187; | to, J. Le Conte, iv, 38; And its
(and Cummins), Double Mountain | inhabitants, Reclus, (rev.), xX;
section, ix, 347; Middle Rio 119; Interior, from the standpoint
Grande, (rev.), x, 65; Third an- of the nebular hypothesis, W. H.
nual report, Texas survey, | Seamon, xiv, 20; Age of, (ed.
Crev Jn %, 311; Grahamite | com.), xv, 382; White hot liquid,
in Texas, (rev.), xi, 120, and geological time, (ed. com.),
Brown coal and lignite in Texas, xxv, 310.
(rev.), xi, 209; (and W. F, Cum- Earthquakes, Charleston, E. W.
mins) the Kent section and Gry- Claypole, ii, 135; Causes of R. D.
phaea tucumearii, xii, 309; Sauspury, iii, 182; In Nicaragua,
(p.s.n.), xv, 67; Carboniferous | J. Crawtord, vii, 77; The Charles-
coal in Arizona, xxx, 270. ton, C. E. Dutton, (rev.), vil, 199;
Dunyte in western Massachusetts, | In Calitornia, in 1889, Keeler,
G. C. Martin, (rev.), xxii, 380. (rev.), ix, 266; In Nicaragua in
Duparc relief models, (p.s.n.), xxvil, 1892, J. Crawford, x, 115; Fossil
66 : earthquake, MeGee, (abs.), xi,
Duration of Niagara falls, J. W. | 133: In central Jap: , <
: 4 | 33; ct _Japan, B. oto,
Spencer, (rev), Zui» 16/08 MS | Grev.), xii 63) OF Constantinople,
Goleman ay PAW aeren Up- (p.s.n.), xiv, 340; Since the close
na Vili. 306 ’ of the Glacial period, N. 8. Sha-
ee Gonomena Ae iesGh OLS ler, (rev.), xiv, 396; At New York,
Shaler, (abs.), xiii, 144 Sanit, Philadelphia, etc., (p.s.n.), a?
’ e/3 ’ fe 947. To ; y) .
Duplication of formation names, F. pall oe agen! bel kon oe 1899,
B. Weeks, xxiii, 266. | pleas mee 0; , eae 106 “199: In
Duslia from the Lower Silurian of a Ww. ae ears gerd aed eet
Bohemia, Jahn, (rev.), xiii, 428. Nicaragua, J. Crawilord, XXIx, viv,
Dyas in N. W. Texas, J. Marcou, | 398, 399; In Socorro, R. M. Bags,
Le ie ceed ae * | dry _xxxiv, 102; New Madrid, “E.
2 : me) M. Shepard, (rev.), xxxv, 180; In
Eeeten Dy T- Die cere Oa ee Norway, in 4 1904, Kolderup,
, ’ , = ’ 20.
Dynamic metamorphism of anor- | (p.S.n.), XXXVI, 268;
osytes in the Adirondacks, J. F. seis Light in the, (ed, com.), xx,
ea Soa ay . 09 Lo ;
Sena ean. ‘canons in and Sy- | Eastern border nape Devonian,
Stirs seta Mert sta ae eas Peis ual (Am. com.), Jt, 28. :
a oe (rev.), vi, -408; Eastern continental area, Devonic,
a, a) ae : (Am. com.), ii, 229.
Brin site Fanaa De Eastern Pe of Bae ice-sheet, C. H.
ee d Pra 99K Hitchcock, xx, 27.
peer mosh, Cty, ll abt Eastern outcrop of the Kansas Per-
mian, Beede and Sellards, xxxvi,
83.
38 The American Geologist.
Eastman, cC. R., Translation of
Zittel’s History of instruction in
Geology, xiv, 179; Beitrage sur
Kenntniss der Gattung Oxyrhina,
(rev.), xv, 267; Distribution of
sharks in the Cretaceous, (abs.),
xvi, 252; (p.s.n.), xvii, 60; Dor-
sal shields in the Dinichthyids,
(abs.), xviii, 222; Fossil fish in
the Devonian of Iowa, (rev.),
xxii, 237; (p.s.n.), xxiv, 134;
Eaton, E. N., Winnebago meteorite,
viii, 3885, :
Eckel, E. C., Intrusives in the In-
wood limestone of Manhattan is-
land, xxiii. 122; Classification of
the crystalline cements, xxix, 146.
Endoceratidae of Canada, J. :
Whiteaves, (rev.), xxxvi, 186. _
Echinoderma, Bather, (rev.), xxviii,
251, 299. f
Eichinodermata, Mesozoic, W. P.
Clarke, (rev.), xiv, 329; Of the
Missouri Silurian, R. R. Rowley,
Xxxiv, 269.
Echinoidea, Revision by Gregory,
(rev.), xi, 360.
Economic geology of Ohio, E. Or-
ton, (rev.), ii, 58; Survey in Geor-
gia and Alabama, Spencer, (rev.),
v, 185; Geological deposits, clas-
sification, W. O. Crosby, xiii, 249;
Geology of the United States, R.
S. Tarr, (rev.), xiii, 189; Reply to
Dr. Penrose, R. S. Tarr, xiii, 361;
Of the Pembina region of North
Dakota, C. P. Berkey, xxxv, 142;
In Peru, V. F. Marsters, xxxvi,
265; Of the United States. Hein-
rich Ries, (rev.), xxxvi, 321.
Economic Geology, (p.s.n.), xxxvi,
380; Consolidation, with the Amer-
ican Geologist, (ed. com.), xxxvi,
309.
Ecuador ores, (ed. com.), xiii, 49.
Educational series of rock speci-
mens, J. S. Diller, (rev.), xxiii,
61.
Edward Waller Claypole, (ed. com.),
xxviii, 247
Effect of continental land areas on
the level of the oceans adjacent,
(p.s.n.), i, 388; Of cliff erosion on
form of contact surfaces, N. M.
Fenniman, (rev.), xxxv, 385.
Egypt, Extinct vertebrates from,
e W. Andrews, (rev.), xxviil,
89.
Eifel tower, (p.s.n.). Iv, 254.
Eighth session, Geol. Cong. Geol.,
Frazer, xxvii, 335.
Einege Beitrige sur Kenntniss der
boehmischen Kreide, J. J. Jahn,
(rev.). xvii, 54.
Eisen. Gustav, (p.s.n.), xvii, 123.
Ejected blocks of Monte Somma,
Johnston-Lavis, (rev.), xiv, 53;
Elasmobranch, O. P. Hay, (rev.),
XIX, | 255%
Eldridge, Geological reconnoissance
in N. W. Wyoming, (rev.), xvl,
392: (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 59.
Elective system in the Michigan
mining school, M. E. Wadsworth,
December, 1905.
xvi, 223; In engineering colleges,
M. E. Wadsworth, xviii, 282;
Electro-chemical analysis, E. F.
Smith, -(rev.), vii, 3381.
Elementary Geology, Chas. Bird,
(rev.), xi, 60; Meteorology, Davis,
(rev.), xiii, 354; Ditto, R. S. Tarr,
(rev.), xix, 277; Geography, R. E.
Dodge, (rev.), xxxiv, 197;
Elements of geology, J. Le Conte,
(rev.), vii, 260; Fourth edition,
(rev.), xviii, 384; Fifth edition,
(rev.), xxxii, 395; Of crystallog-
lography, G. H. Williams, (rev.),
ix, 208; de Paleontologie, Bernard,
(reve); UX 4102 Ditton manta.
(rev.), xiv, 334; of physical ge-
ography, R. S. Tarr, (rev.), xvi,
392; Of strength and weakness in
building stones, A. A. Julien,
(abs.), xxi, 397; Mineralogy, crys-
tallography, etc., Moses and Par-
rous, (rev.), xxvi, 323; Ditto, 3d
edition, (rev.), xxxv, 183.
Elkhorn creek area of the St. Pe-
ae sandstone, O. H. Hershey, xiv,
Elemente der Paleontologie Stein-
mann (rev.), iii, 401; Ditto. v.
183.
Elevation, Isobases of post-Glacial,
DeGreer, ix, 247; Average of
United States. (rev.), xv. 62.
Elftman, A. H. (p.s.n.),. xvi, 130,
328; Keweenawan in N. EH. Min-
nesota, xxi, 90, 175; Ditto, xxil,
ae St. Croix river valley, xxii,’
EI Instituto geologica de Mexico,
F. N. Gould, xxxvi, 2938.
Ellensburg folio, G. O.
(rev.), xxxi, 255.
‘Elliptocephalus asaphoides of the
qacormi¢ of Emmons. J. Marou,
hs LS
Ells »5R. W. Quebec group, (abs.),
v, 120; Province of Quebec, (rey.),
v, 243; Resources of Quebec,
(rev.), viii, 394; Laurentian of
the Ottawa district, (abs.), xi,
134; Importance of photography
in illustrating geological struc-
ture, xi, 1389; Mica in the Lauren-
tian, (abs.), xiii, 214; Potsdam
and Calciferous in Quebec and
Ontario, (abs.), xiv, 67; (and
Barlow), Canal from St. Law-
rence river to Lake Huron (rev.),
Smith,
xvii, 250; Province of Quebec,
(rev.), xviii, 387.
Ellis, Mary, Index of New York
Sane publications (rev.), xxxii,
Elmira quadrangle, Clarke and Lu-
ther (rev.), xxxiv, 324.
Emerson, B. K. Porphyritic gran-
iten) CabS®) 2 aan clair riaSssicmaas
Massachusetts (rev.), viii, 185;
Absence of interglacial conditions
in New England (abs.), xi, 174;
(Histo ocliteal'94 Gorse) eox Ulin uae
Kansas, Udden, vii, 340.
Ergussgesteine aus Smaland, O.
Nordenskjold, (rev.), xvii, 179.
Erian, as a term (Am. com.), Il,
227.
Erionite, new zeolite, A. S. Eakle,
(rev.), xxii, 378.
Erosion of small basins in the pre-
Pleistocene, C. S. Beachler, xii,
bly) Glacial, R. S.. Tarr, xii, 147;
Tertiary and Quaternary of
North America, Upham, (abs.),
xii, 180; Beneath deep glaciers,
N. S. Shaler, (rev.), xii, 191; Dur-
ing the deposition of the Bur-
lington limestones, F. M. Fultz,
xv, 128; of the St. Croix dalles,
Warren Upham. (abs.), xvii, 260;
Of the St. Croix valley, Upham,
(abs.), xxii, 258: Of mountains in
southern California, F. b.
Wright, xxv, 326; Of the great
plains and the Cordilleran moun-
tain belt, xxxiv, 35.
Erosive action ef ice, G. E. Culver,
(rev.), xiv, 316.
Errata, {, vi; Iv,-396: v, 398% vi, vi;
Vile 3943) Wiis vats be, wis xis aos
xiii, 444; xvi, 410; xviii, 409; xix,
AZ sxx. Vit xkl,, vit xxiv; 400;
XXVs 2 LOOT Pex whe! av eV 95
SEXVAL SE CVSS excsclits 402 Ecscicey wits
xxxii, 494; xxxiii, 404; xxxv, 404;
xxxvi, 332.
Erratic Cambrian fossils in the
Eocere of Marthas Vineyard, J.
RB. Woodworth, ix, 2438; Boulder
from the el measures of Ten-
nessee, §. W. McCallie, xxxl, 44.
Eruption of Manna Toa, 1899, Ed-
gar Wood. xxiv, 300.
Eruptives of the Archean. (Am.
com.).ii. 160. 176: Of the lake Hu-
ron recion. H. W. Fairbanks, vl,
162; Of Finland, (ed. com.), Ix,
40 The American Geologist.
49; Of Electric Peak, J. P. Id-
dings, (rev.), xiv, 117, Epochs of
the Taconie or Lower Cambrian,
N. H. Winchell, xv, 295; Acid. of
northeastern Maryland, C. R.
Keyes, xv, 39.
Eskers near Rochester, Warren Up-
ham, (abs.), xi, 241; In southern
New England, J. B. Woodworth
(rev.), xiv, 396; In Illinois and
northward, Upham, xiv, 403; In-
dicating stages in the Kansan
epoch in northern Illinois, O. H.
Hershey, xix, 97, 237; In west-
ern New York, F. M. Comstock,
PSO ie alrae
Esmeralda formation, H. W. Tur-
ner, xxv, 168.
Estimates of geologic time, Upham,
(rev.), xi, 413.
Etchiminian series, G. F. Mat-
thew, ii, 1; Of Cape Breton, Mat-
thew, (rev.), xxv, 121; Walcott’s
view of Matthew xxv, 255.
Etheridge, Robt, Jr., Fauna of the
Hawksbury—Wianamatta = series,
(rev.), Iv, 109; (and Oliff), Meso-
zoie and Tertiary insects of New
South Wales, (rev.), vii, 378, (p.
Sadi bbe ne (eiafol ise IDS Ie Welis))é
Geology and paleontology of
Queensland, (rev.), xii, 266.
Ethical functions of scientific
study, T. C, Chamberlin, ii, 380.
Ettingshausen, Baron, Tertiary flo-
ra of Australia, (rev.), iv, 116.
Etude mineralogique de la lher-
zolite des Pyrenées, A. Lacroix,
(rev.), xvi, 122; sur la metamor-
phisme de contact des roches vol-
Saree A. Lacroix, (rev.); xvi,
122.
Euloma- Niobe
(LEVEE) SOx, E2362
Eureka district, A. Hague, (rev.),
xii, 264.
Fauna Brogger,
Europe, Geological map, (p.s.n.),
xii, 66.
Eurypterina, M. Laurie, (rev.),
xiii, 125.
Eurypterus, W. De Lima, (rev.),
xiii, 284.
Evans, John, (cit.), ii, 367; Pres-
idential address, (abs.), xx, 201.
Evans, M. C. (cit.), iv, 55,
Evans, Dr. — Report on Oregon
unpublished, Bo f. Shumards iv,
6.
Everette, W., Purity of gold, (p.s.
ey vii, 884; Origin of gold, vii,
389.
Evidenges of a Glacial epoch in
Nicaragua, J. Crawford, viii, 306;
Of derivation of Eskers, Kames,
ete., from englacial drift, War-
ren Upham, (abs.), xii, 169; Of
former glaciation in Labrador
and Greenland, Barton,
xviii,’ 379; Of Glacial action in
Australia in Permo-Carbonifer-
ous time, T. W. E. David (rev.),
xviii, 188; Of current action in
the Ordovician of New York, R.
Ruedemann, xix, 367; Of glacia-
tion in Labrador and Baffin land,
R. S. Tarr, xix, 191; Of Epeiro-
genic movements causing the Ice
age, Upham, (abs.), xxii, 250; Of
December, 1905.
the agency of water in the dis-
tribution vf the Loess, 4G.
Wright, xxxiii, 203.
Evolution, J. G. Martin, (rev.), Il,
431; (p.s.n.), ii, 438.
Evolution of climate, James Geikie,
(rev.), v, 818; In the Mammalia,
W. B. Scott, (rev.), ix, 402; Hut-
ton and Cuvier, precursors of
Darwin;,, — (eit.)5. xX, 226s) (Of athe
Brachiopoda, Agnes Crane,
(rev.), xiii, 194; Of teeth in mam-
malia, H. F. Osborn, (rev.), xiii»
357; Outline of development of
the idea, H. F. Osborn (rev.), xv,
184; Of Australia, A. C. Gregory,
(rev.) xvi, 114; Laws of climatic,
Marsden Manson, xxiii, 44; Ev-
olution of climates, Marsden
Manson, xxiv, 98, 157, 205; An-
nouncement of the theory, (ed.
com.), xxviii, 816; Studies in, C.
KE. Beecher, (rev.),: xxix, 182; Of
climates (ed. com.), xxxili, 116;
Of earth structure with a theory
of geomorphic changes, JT. M.
Reader (rev.), xxxiii, 190.
Examination of water for sanitary
purposes, Leffmann and sean,
(rev.), iii, 384; Of sandstone
from Augusta county, Virginia,
Ave W. Miller, Jr. (rev.), xxvii)
Example of wave-formed cusps at
lake George, EF. N. Comstock,
xxv, 192.
Excursion to Sudbury, Ontario, (p.
s.n.), iv, 256; across Long island,
Bryson, vii, 332; Of the Geolog-
ical Society (p.s.n.), xii, 206.
Exhaustion of anthracite coal, (ed.
com.), iii, 45.
Existence de nombreux debris de
Spongiaires dans le pre-Cambri-
en de Bretagne. L. Cayeux,
(rev.) xvi, 59. ;
Exogenous. structure of Carbonif-
erous trees. HE. W. Claypole, iil, -
Gunes
Expedition) -to) Mi St.- Bliass se:
Russell, (rev.), viii, 120; To the
Bahamas, A, Agassiz (abs.), xiii,
141; Scientific to Popocatapetl,
J. G. Aguilera and Ordonyez,
(rev.), Xvii, 330.
Experimental investigation into the
flow of marble, Adams and Nigeh-
olson (rev.), xxvii, 316. | "
Experiments on the rounding of
pebbles ,T. G. Bonney (abs.), i,
260; On the constitution of the
natural silicates, Clarke and
Schneider, (rev.), vii, 56; De-
signed to show the upward
movement of glacial debris, O.
Guthrie, ix, 288; Relative to the
constitution of pectolite, etce.,
Slee and Steiger, (rev.), xxiv,
320,
Explanation by Dr. Grimsby, xix,
222; Of the phenomena seen in
the Becke method of determin-
ing index of refraction, W. O.
Hotchkiss, xxxvi, 305.
Exploration of Indian Territory
and Red river, R. T. Hill, vi, 253;
In Alaska, vii, 33; On Grand riv-
er, Labrador, Cary (rev.), ix, 402;
Index,
Arctic and Antarctic, (ed. com. ),
are 389; In Alaska (p.s.n.), xxvii,
ue
Exposition, Columbian, Mines and
minerals (ed. com.), xii, 376.
Extension of Uniformitarianism; to
deformation, W. Je McGee,
(abs.), xiv, 199; Of the upper Si-
lurian the Pas. de Calais, (rev.),
Barrois, xxiii, 386.
Extinct Perc.ary in Michigan, A.
Winchell (p.s.n.y, i, 67; Volea~
noes in Colorado, A. Lakes, v, 38;
Glacier of the Salmon _ River
range, G. H. Stone, xi, 406.
Extinction of species, Causes of. J.
McCreery, v, 100.
Extra morainic drift in New Jer-
sey, R. D. Salisbury, (abs.,, vill,
238; Ditto, A. A. Wright, x, 207;
Ditto, G. F. Wright, (abs.), x En -Todd,.-xxxill;. 86: Or-
bicular of Dehesa, California,
Kessler and Hamilton, xxxiv, 133.
Gabbroid rocks of Minnesota, A. N.
Winchell, xxvi, 151, 261, 348. he
Galena nugget (p.s.n.), xii, 65;
Limestone, Age of, N.H. Winchell,
(abs). scdv, 208%) “Ditto tNeds bie
Winchell, xv, 33; and Maquoketa
series, Sardeson, xviii, 356; Ditto,
ditto, xix, 21, 180, 330.
Gane, H. S., (p.s.n.), xvi, 131.
Gannett, Henry, Dictionary of alti-
tudes, (rev.), ix, 842; Topograpn-
ical work of the United States
Geological survey, xi, 65, 127:
Average elevation of the United
States, (rev.), xv, 62; Manual of
|
Genera of Sauropoda founded
49
topographic methods, (rev.), xvi,
60; Dictionary of altitudes of tne
United States, (rev.), xxv, 121;
Origin of certain place names in
the United States, (rev.), xxxi,
186; Ditto, (rev.), xxxv, 393.
Gap Nickel Mine, (p.s.n.), vii, 334.
Gardner collection of photographs,
(p.s.n.), xvii, 340. : ;
Garwood, E. J., (p.s.n.), xxvii, 263.
Gas wells in Pennsylvania, E. W.
Claypole, i, 31; At Findlay, O.,
Z, L. White, (rev.), i, 65; At
Litehfield, Ul., (p:s.n.), f, 38: At
San Antonio, Texas, (p.s.n.), ill,
279; Near Albert Lea, Minnesota,
(D:S-n)s NIV, 126.0 At Columbia
Junction, Iowa, (p.s.n.), iv, 126;
Borings in Indiana, Leverett,
8; In Ohio, Leverett, iv, 11;
Ohio ,Orton, (p.s.n.), iv, 63; At
Freeborn, Minn., p.s.n.), v, 128;
Near Letts, Iowa, F. M. Witter.
ix,. 319; In Ontario, Brumell
(abs.), xi, 131; In Ontario, Brum-
ell, (rev.), xii, 120; Central New
York, C. S. Prosser, xxv, 131.
Gasteropoda and cephalopoda of the
Raritan clays of New Jersey,
Whitfield, (rev.), xii, 329.
sre of Scientists, (p.s.n.), vl,
Gates, xxxiii, 156; (p.s.n.), xxxiii
200, 395; (p.s.n.), xxxvi, 198.
Gaudry, A., (rem.), ii, 367; Gpisins):
viii, 240, 246.
Gebirgsformen in Kiarnten, Frech,
(EVE ee MI
Geer, Baron de, (p.s.n.), viii, 195;
Changes of level in Scandinavia,
(abs.), viii, 286; (rem.), viii, 242:
(rem.), viii, 246, 247: Isobases of
post-Glacial elevation, ix, 247;
(Git) xd, 225;
Geest, W. J. McGee, xxx, 381.
Geiger, H. R.. (and Keith), Blue
ridge near Harper’s Ferry, (rev.),
vii, 262.
Geikie, A. (rem:), ii, 366; Centen-
ary of Hutton’s theory of the
earth, (abs.), x, 189; Text-book
of geology, rev.), xiii, 66; Banded
structure of gabbros in the Isle of
Skye, (rev.), xv, 128; (p.s.n.), xvi,
Hd ANG (psn), XxvVilip 582 eCps:
n.), Xix, 223; 365; Visit to Amer-
ica, xix, 424; (p.s.n:), xxxii, 332;
Text-book of geology, 4th edition,
(rev.), xxxiii, 51.
Geikie, James, Vice presidential
address, (rev.), iv, 376; Evolution
of climate, (rev.), v, 313; At Bos-
ton, (p.s.n.), vii, 335; Glaciai suc-
in. Europe (rev.), x. 327; Glcial
succession in the British Isles
and Northern Europe, (abs.), xii,
224: Ice age and its relation to the
antiquity of Man. (rev.), xv. 52;
(p.s.n.) xvi, 180; Earth Seulnture,
or the origin of land forms.
(rev.), xxiii, 261; Structural and
Field geology, (rev.), xxxvi, 320.
Gems and precious stones, G. F.
Kunz. (rev.), vi, 122; At the Co-
lumbian exposition, G. H. Wil-
liams, xiii, 349; (ed. com.). xiii,
415; And gem minera's, 9 C.
Farrington, (rev.), xxxiii, 258.
on
50 The American Geologist. December, 1905.
separate bones, (p.s.n.), i, 338;
Two Carboniferous, T. D. A.
Cockerell, xxxvi, 330.
Generic evolution of the paleozoic
brachiopoda, Agnes Crane, xi,
400.
Generic relations of Platyceras and
Capulus, C. R. Keyes, vi, 6.
General interior condition of the
earth, J. Le Conte, iv, 38.
Genesis of the Arietidae, Hyatt, J.
Marcou, vi, 128; of iron ores by
replacement of limestone, J. P.
Kimball, viii, 352; of clay stones,
H. W. Nichols, xix, 324; of iron
ores, J. P. Kimball, xxi, 155; of
bitumens, S. F. Peckham, (rev.),
xxiii, 327. f
Genetic relationships among igne-
ous rocks, J. P. Iddings (rev.),
xili, 195; and structural relations
of the igneous rocks of the Ne-
ponset valley, W.. O. Crosby,
xxxvi. 34, 69.
Gentil, Louis, Esquisse stratigraph-
ique et petrographique du bassin
de la Tafna (Algerie). (rev.),
xxxi, 258.
Genus Winchellia, L Lesquereux,
xii, 209; Temnocyon and Hypo-
temnodon from Oregon, Eyer-
man, xvii. 267.
Ceographen-Kalendar, H. Haack,
(rev.), XXxXii, 255.
Geogravhic features of Texas, R.
F. Hill, v. 9, 68; Development of
northern New Jersey, Davis and
Wood, (rev.), vi, 195; Distribu-
tion of fossil plants, L. F. Ward,
(rev.), vi, 323; Survey west of the
100th meridian, Wheeler, (rev.),
vil, 259: Illustrations for teach-
ing physical geography, W. M.
Davis, (rev.), xi, 416; Develop-
ment of the eastern part of the
Mississippi drainage basin, L. G.
Westgate, xi, 245; Teaching, Im-
nrovement of. W. M. Davis,
(rev.), xii, 192; Development. of
alluvial terraces, R. HE. Dodge.
(rev.), xiv, 397; Development of
the Connecticut valley, (abs.),
xvi. 245; Relations of granites
and porphyries, C. R. Keyes,
(abs.), xvii, 91; Influences in
American history, A. P. Brigham,
(rev.), xxxiii, 257; Extent of
Cambrian, Frech, (rev.), xxix,
lal
Geographic society of Chicago, (p.
s.n.), xxv, 196; Ditto, (p:s.n.),
xxxv, 190; Of Colorado, (p.s.n.),
xXxxv, 63.
Geography of the region about
Devil’s lake and the Dalles of
the Wisconsin, Salisbury and
Atwood (rev.), xxvi, 252; New
hasis. J. .Q. Redway, (rev.),
xxviii, 254; Of Minnesota, C. W.
Hall. (rev... OOxxii 20 sins ithe
United States, W. M. Davis,
xxxiii, 156; Dodge’s Advanced,
(rev.), xxxv, 181; Physical Lab-
oratory Manual. A. P. Brigham,
(rev.), xxxv, 181.
Geraraphy and resources of Sak-
alin Island, B. Howard, (abs.),
xxii, 261; Of Chicago and its en-
virons, Salisbury and _ Alden,
(rev.), xxv, 174.
Geological classification and no-
menclature, Jules Marcou, ii, 129;
Correlation by means of fossil
plants, L. F. Ward, ix, 34; Biol-
ogy, History of organisms, (rev.),
xvii, 187.
Geological frauds, (p.s.n.), ix, 69;
Myths, B. K.- Emerson, (abs.),
xviii, 217.
Geological.
History of the Osark uplift, G.
C. Broadhead, iii, 6.
Of “the. Quebec group; -Ts!
Flunt, \v, 212.
Evolution of the mnon-moun-
tainous topography of Texas, R.
T. Hill, x; 105; Strueture of the
Blue Ridge in Maryland and Vir~
ginia, A. Keith, x, 362.
Time as indicated by the sed-
imentary rocks of America. C.
D. Walcott, xii, 343.
Features about Atlanta, Ga.,
C. W. Purington, xiv, 105.
Time, Length of, Fairchild,
(rev Ney xv, 51; History of Missouri,
4 Winslow, xv, 81; History of
Rochester, N. ve Fairchild,
(rev.), xv, 50; History of har-
bots; ND oS) Shaler? (neve) 26,
Canals between the Atlantic and
Pacific oceans, J. W. Spencer,
(abs.), xvi, 248; Sketch of the
Sierra Tlayacac, Mexico, A. C.
Gill. .(abs.),- xvi, 240.
Of the Chautauqua grape belt,
RS.) Darn “Grevid) EXVin 61s Sl Sev-—
enth summer meeting, Upham,
xvi, 233; (p.s.n.), xvi, 329, 400;
Philadelphia meeting, abstracts,
W. Upham, xvii, 89; (ed. com.),
xviii, 35; Buffalo meeting, ab-
stracts, Upham, xviii, 213; Meet-
ing at Washington, (list of pa-
pers), xix, 145; Meeting at Mon-
treal \(pissn-)5, xx, sb) hist eos
papers at the winter meeting,
New York, (p.s.n.), xxiii, 68; Re-
port of the same meeeting, E, O.
Hovey, xxiii, 861; Twelfth win-
ter meeting, List of papers, xxiv,
395; (p:S.n.), Xxvii, 129: Ditto,
Cordilleran section, abstracts,
xxvii, 130; Rochester meeting, (p.
s.n.), xxix, 64; Winter meeting,
1902, Washington, (p.s.n.), xxxi,
66; St. Louis meeting, (p.s.n.),
xxxii, 400; St. Louis meeting,
List of papers, xxxiii, 203; (p.s.
Hs) pe OO Seventeenth
meeting, p.s.n.), xxxv, 129.
Geol. Soc. Wash. (p.s.n.), xi, 283;
(p.s.n.), xiii, 76; (p.s.n.), xv, 399;
(pss!) XViE’ 6% 4002 Gorse)
xvii, 125, 1938, 264, 341, 344, 407:
(p.s.n. abstracts), xviii, 61; (p.s.
n.), xxi, 135; List of papers, (p.
S100) Remi erdiqe EL SID Svidope | (Gewsiaup
xxi. 397; (p.s.n.) xxiv, 391; (p.s.n.)
XXV5 195,—3a0; (p-Sin:), xxvily 129,
196, 263, 327, 389; (p.s.n.), xxviii,
SURIEE MGenstiogin ppo-dbc Ue Crgoustiauils
xxxi, 64, 128, 198, 325, 399; (p.s.n.),
xxiii, 200, 269; (p.s.n.), xxxv,
190.
Geological Surveys. See under the
several states.
Geologist, The American, consol-
idated with Eronomic Geology,
(ed. com.), xxvi, 309.
Geologues du Jura, J. Marcou,
(rev.), iv, 186.
Geology, vol. 1. Chamberlin and
Salisbury, (rev.). xxxiii, 382.
Geology, in the educational strug-
ele for existence, (ed. com.), I.
36: And mining industry at Lead-
ville, S. EF. Emmons, (rev.), i,
194.
In preparatory schools, W. E.
Taylor, i, 316: As a means of
eulture. ti, 44, 100; Chemical,
physical and stratigraphical,
Prestwich, (rev.), fi. 341.
Of Mt. Stevhen, British Colum-
bia. R. G. McConnell, iii, 22; Of
western Texas, Hill, (rev.). iil,
51: And mining of the Black
Hills, Carpenter and Hoffman,
52
(rev.), ili, 202.
Head of Chesapeake bay, Mc-
Gee, (rev.), Iv, 113; Of south-
eastern Iowa. C. H. Gordon. iv.
237: in- the High school, V. C:
Alderson, iv, 284; Of New Zea-
land, Hutton, (rev.) iv, 306; Of
Queensland, R. L. Jack, (rev.),
iv, 307; Of the Montmorenci, J. F.
James, iv, 387; Interesting Nor-
wegian, A. Winchell, iv, 314.
Of Colorado ore deposits, (rev.)
A, lakes, v, 57.
Of the Lassen peak district,
Diller, (rev.) vi, 196; Mt. Des-
ert island, Shaler, (rev.), vi, 197.
And Physiography of N. W.
Colorado, (CG. A. White, (rev;);
vii, 57; Of the Concho country,
Otto Lerch, vii, °73; Mother Lode
gold belt, H. W. Fairbanks, vii,
209: Of the Southwest, R. T.
Hill, vil, 119, 254, 366; South-
western New York, G. D. Harris,
vii, 164.
Of the Barbadoes, Jukes-
Browne, (rev.), viii, 56; Environs
of Quebec, Jules Marcou, (rev.),
viii, 119; Ditto, H. M. Ami, viil,
186; Mont Diablo, H. W. Turner,
(rev.), viii, 117; South America,
Steinmann, (abs.), viii, 198; As a
study (ed. com.), viii, 324; At the
University of Wisconsin (p.s.n.),
viii. 404.
Of” ‘Columbia; ‘Bolivia,. ete:
Karston, (rev.), x, 321; Of Mary-
land, Williams and Clark, (rev.),
x, 63; Crazy mountains, Wolff,
(rev.), xX, 319.
And resources of Kansas, R.
Hay, (rev.), xi, 359.
Geology. A. J. Jukes-Browne,
(rev.), xii, 339.
Big Stone gap coal fields, M. R.
Campbell, (rev.), xiv, 392.
Angel island, F. L. Ransome,
(rev.), xv. 57; Conanicut island,
G. L. Collie, (rev.). xv, 386.
At-the British Association, E. W.
Claypole, xvi, 300; Crucial points
in the geology of lake Superior
region. N. H. Winchell, xvi, 12.
The alb0s. 205s 269). seis) Of “old
Hampshire county. Massachu-
setts, B. K. Emerson, (abs.),
xvi, 238: Green mountains in
Massachusetts, Pumpelly, Wolff
ard Dale. (rev.), xvi. 386
of Moriah and Westport
townshins, J. Ye. emp; (rev.)),
xvii, 251.
And mining Krahmann, (rev.),
xviii, 2983: In the universities of
the United States. TT: C. Hop-
kins, (p.s.n.), xviii, 401.
Of a typical mining camp in
New Mexico, C. L. Herrick. xix,
254.
St. Croix dalles area, C. P.
Berkey. xx, 345.
Greater New York, F. J. H.
Merrill, (abs.), xxi. 72; Of the
Keweenawan area in northeast-
ern Minnesota, A. H. Elftman,
xxi, G0Ludlth: Of Gthe 4St Croix
diles, @. BP. Berkey. xxi. 139.
270: Massanuttan mountain in
The American Geologist.
December, 1905.
Virginia, A: C. Spencer, (rev.),
xxi, 197; Environs of Tammer-
fors. J. J. Sederholm, xxl, 213.
Environs of Albuquerque, New
Mex., C) Le Herrick, xxii, 267 Of
the Yukon gold district, J. E.
Spurr, (rev.), xxii, 49; Ke-
weenawan area in Minnesota,
A. Hi. Elftman, xxii, 131; and
Geography at the American As-
sociation meeting at Boston, ab-
stracts, Upham, xxii, 248.
And physiography of the Lake
region in Central America, (abs.)
xxili, 94; And Archeology of Cal-
ifornia, McGee and _ Holmes,
(abs.), xxiii, 96; Of the Cascade
mountains, I. C. Russell, (abs.),
xxiii, 96; Yosemite national park,
H. W. Turner, (abs.), xxiii, 100;
Lake Placid region, J. F. Kemp,
(rev.), xxiil, 195.
Aspen mining district, J.’ E.
Spurr, (rev.), xxiv, 307; Greene
county, Mo., E. M. Shepard,
(rev.), xxiv, 184; And Paleontol-
ee von Zittel, (rev.), xxiv,
Old Hampshire county, Mass.,
B. K. Emerson; (rev.), xxv. 51;
Orizaba, E. Bose, (rev.), xxv,
315; Of New Hampshire, C. H.
Hitcheock, (ed. com.), xxv, 244.
At Harvard University, (p.s.n.),
xxvii, 64; Of eastern Berkshire
county, Mass3v Bo kk. Eimiersom,
(rev.), xxvii, 59; Of the Tallulah
gorge, S. P. Jones, xxvii, 67; Of
the Boston basin; The Blue Hills
complex, AW. Os, ‘Crosbys = (ev,
xxvii, 179; Of the Little Belt
mountains, Weed and _ Pirsson,
(rev.); xxvii, 254; In its relations
to topography, J. C. Branner,
(rev.), xxvii, 257.
Of the South African republic,
(p.s.n.), XXVIII, | 72655 Eastern
Choctaw coal fields, Taff and Ad-
ams, (rev.), xxviii, 318; And wa-
ter resources of Nez Percé coun-
ty, Idaho, I. C. Russell, (rev.),
xxviii, 310.
Randhill and vicinity, Clinton
county, H..P:, Cushing; -@ev-);
XX 582) Of Cincinnati; Iq sev
Nickles, (rev.), xxix, 181.
Jemez-Albuquerque region, New
Mevico, A. B. Reagan, xxxi, #7
Fort Apache region, A. B.
Reagan, xxxii, 265; And water
resources of the Snake _ river
plains, Idaho, I. C. Russell,
(rev.),- Xxxii, 121.
lirder the new hypothesis of
earth origin, | L. Fairchild,
xxxiii, 94; Of Worcester, Mass.,
Perry and Emerson, (rev.),
xxxiii, 122.
Watkins and Elmira quadran-
gles, Clarke and Luther, (rev.),
xxxiv, 3824; And water resources
of the Lower James valley, South
Dakota. Todd and Hall, (rev.),
xxxiv, 325.
San Jnsé district, Mevico. (rev.)
xxxv, 55: Cerillos hills, D. W.
Johnson, (rev.), xxxv, 56; Shafter
Index,
Silver mining district, J. A. Ud-
deny (rev.),.. xxxv. 183; Little
. Falls, New York, H. P. Cushing;
(rev.), xxxv, 250; Mount Lofty
ranges, Howchin, (rev.), XxxXxv,
114; Economic of the Pembina
region of North Dakota, C. P.
Berkey, xxxv, 142.
Applied, Congress of, (p.s.n.),
xxxvi, 62; Of the Perry basin
in S. E. Maine, Smith and White,
(rev.), xxxvi, 127; Field course in
the Appalachian region (p.s.n.),
xxxvi, 198; Rosebud Indian res-
ervation, A. B. Reagan, xxxviy,
230; Economic in Peru, V. F.
Marsters, xxxvi, 265; Of western
ore deposits, A. Lakes, (rev.),
xxxvi, 319; Structural and Field,
J. Geikie, (rev.), xxxvi, 320;
Economic, United States, H.
Ries, (rev.), xxxvi, 321.
G@eeienphogeny of the coast of
northern California, A. C. Law-
son (rey.), xv, 387; Upper Kern
basin, Lawson, (rev.), xxxv, 113.
Geomorphology of the southern
Zpenehians, Hayes, (abs.), xl,
Geophysics, present problems, G. F.
Becker, xxxv, 4.
George, R. D. (p.s.n.),
(p.s.n.), xxxi, 394.
Orprala formation,
xxvi, 259;
J. Marcou, il,
Georgia, University of, (p.s.n.), ii,
370; Economic Geological survey,
Spencer, (rev.), v, 185; North-
eastern Alabama and adjacent
portions of Georgia, Hayes, (rev.)
xeo223 (pisn:);. Xi, 064° Geol: sur.,
Paleozoic group, J. W. Spencer,
(rev.), xii, 267; Coosa valley, C.
W. Hayes, (abs.), xiii, 142; Fea-
tures about Atlanta, Purinton,
xiv, 105; Report on marbles, S.
W. ‘McCallie, (rev.), .xv, 329;
Bauxite mines of Georgia, Ries,
(abs.), xvii, 263; Hocene stages,
G DPD; Harris; (abs:), xviii, 236;
Geological Survey, Phosphates
and Marls, (rev.) xxi, 93: Ditto,
Water powers, xxi, 196; Phenom-
ena resulting from the_ surface
tension of water, G. E. Ladd,
xxii, 267; Cretaceous and associ-
ated clays, G. E. Ladd, xxiii, 240;
Report on clays, G. E. Ladd,
(rev.), xxv, 249; Artesian well
system, S. W. McCallie, (rev.),
Tallulah gorge, S. P. Jones,
xxv, 251; The geology of the
xxvii, 67; Trap dikes, S. W. Mc-
Callie, xxvii, 133; Granitie rocks
(Conia ike Watson, xxvii, 199;
Bauxite deposits, T. L. Watson,
xxviii, 25: Phenocrysts in the
Granite, T. L. Watson, (rev.),
xxviii, 58: Roads and road build-
ing, S. W. McCallie, (rev.), xxix;
56; Sandstone dikes near Col-
ones S. W. McCallie, xxxil,
Geotectonic and physiographic sge-
ology of western Arkansas, Win-
slow, (rev.), vil, 259.
Geotectonische probleme, Rothpletz,
(rev.), Xv, 328
Volumes I-XXXVI. 53
Gerate Troost, L. C. Glenn, xxxv,
Geschichte der Geologie und Pale-
pee sta von Zittel, (rev.), XXiVv,
06.
Gesner, Abram, Review of his sci-
entific work, G. F. Matthew,
(rev.) xx, 1387.
Geyserite in Nebraska, L. E. Hicks
ES S. Aughey, i, 277; Ditto, ii,
436.
Giant’s kettles near Christiania
and in Lucerne, Upham, xxii, 291. °
GIB T atbars Paul’ Choffat,, (ren.)) Xs
Gibson, A. M. Coal Measures of
Blount mountain, (rev.), xiii, 284;
Coosa coal field, (rev.), xvi, 260.
Gigantic placoderms from Ohio.
E. W. Claypole, x, 1,
Gilbert, C. C., (rev.), ii, 366.
Gilbert, C. H. (p.s.n.), i, 262.
Gilbert, G. K (rem.), v, 381, 382,
384, 385; Lake Bonneville (rev.),
vii, 132; Post-Glacial anticlines
in the vicinity of Ripley and Cal-
edonia, New York, (abs.), viii,
230; (rem.), viii, 242; (rem.), viii,
247; (rem.), vili, 249, 256;
Bibliography by the Inter-
national Congress of Geologists,
ix, 64; (rem.), x, 218; Continental
problems, (rev.), xii, 118; Coon
butte, Arizona (cit.), xiii, 115;
Chemical equivalence of crystal-
line and sedimentary rock (abs.),
xii, 213, (rem.), xv, 203; Gravity
determinations reported by G. R.
Putnam, (rev.), xv, 388; (Dp.s.n.),
xvi, 131; Niagara falls and their
History, (rev.), xvii, 47; (rem.),
xvii, 103; (p.s.n.), xvii, 341; 5
new laccolite locality in Colorado,
(abs.), xvii, 407; Algonquin river,
(abs.), xviii, 231; Whirlpool,, St.
David’s channel (abs.), xviii, 232;
Profile of the bed of the Niagara
in its gorge (abs.), xviii, 232;
Underground water of the Ar-
kansas valley, (rev.), xix, 57;
Sketch of Jos. F. James, xxi, 1;
(p.s.n.), xxii, 129; Ripple marks
and cross bedding (abs.), xxiii,
102; Ice-sculpture in western
New York (abs.), xxiii, 103; Re-
cent earth movement in the
Great Lakes region (rev.), xxiii,
126; (p.s.n.), xxv, 129, 195; (and
A. P. Brigham), Introduction to
physical geography, (rev.), Xxx,
123; (p.s.n.), xxxill, 60; Regula-
tion of nomenclature in the work
of the United States geological
survey, xxxiil, 138; Glaciers and
glaciation in Alaska, G. K. Gil-
bert, (rev.), xxxiII, 259; (p.s.n.),
xxxiv, 399; A reference library,
xxxv, 126; (p.s.n.), xxxvi, 61.
Gill. A. C., Sketch of the Sierra
Tlayacac, Mex. (abs.), xvi, 240.
Gilman, C. E. (and Branner), Stone
reef at the mouth of the Rio
Grande do Norte, Brazil, xxiv,
342,
Gilsonite, Claypole, iv, 386.
Giordano, F. (rem.), v, 209; (obit.),
xi, 363.
54
Girty, G. H., Development of the
corallum in Favosites forbesi, xv,
181; Mr. Sardeson and fossil tab-
ulates, xviii, 332; Typical species
and characters of Aviculipecten,
pagel 291; Ditto,. ditto, xxxiv,
Glacial, erosion in Norway, J. W.
Spencer, (rev.), ji, 482; Forma-
tions of Long island, Bryson, ii,
136.
Origin of cliffs, W. M. Davis, iii,
14; New Theory, (ed. com.), iii,
shee Erosion, J. W. Spencer, iii,
Epoch, its cause, Upham, (cit.),
iv, 108:
Lunoid furrows, Packard, v,
104; Geology of the Irondequoit
region, "©; (R.) Dryersovs 202:
Period, Causes of, Upham, vi,
327; Boundary in western Penn-
sylvania, G. F. Wright, (rev.),
vi. 390.
Sediments of Maine, G. H.
Stone, vii. 136; Lakes of Canada,
Upham, vii, 375; Striae older than
the Quaternary in Norway,
Reusch, (p.s.n.), vii, 388.
Grooves at the southern mar-
gin of the drift, Foshay and Hice,
(rev.), viii, 186; Grooves of Kel-
ley’s island, (p.s.n.), viii, 266;
eet of Germany, Salisbury, ix,
Geology, Progress of, (ed.
com.), ix. 260.
Striae in Kansas, L. C. Woos-
ter, x, 131; Lakes, Shore lines, J.
KH. Todd, x. 298; Succession in
Europe, J. Geikie, (rev.), x, 327.
Channels over divides not evi-
dence of glacial lakes. J. W.
Spencer, (rev.). xi, 58; Relation-
ship of certain great lakes. Up-
ham, (rev.), xi, 59: .Distinet
epochs, Salisbury, xi, 133; Single
epoch in New England, Hitch-
cock, xi, 194; Man and the gla-
cial period. Symposium, xi, 180;
Geology of Marthas Vineyard
and Long Island, Bryson, xi,
210; Succession in Ohio, iebs
Leverett (rev.), xi, 413.
Submergence in Scotland, Du-
gald Bell. (rev.). xii. 58; Erosion,
Ieee See me Seite eae oa elhok | be!
America, G. F. Wright, (abs.),
xii, 173, 187; Erosion in the Fin-
ger lake region. D. F. Lincoln,
(abs.), xii. 177; Phenomena about
Madison, T. C. Chamberlin, (abs.)
xii, 176; Period, Unity of, G. F.
Wright (abs.), xii, 178: Night
mare and the flood. H. Howorth,
(ed. com:). “xti, 181.) Striae in
tows. JCalvin: “sCprsine). (xi 205:
Suecession in Furone and Amer-
1Gas, Misy2280) 22655 221, 200s) Deno
sition of the Joess. Chamberlin,
Cors.ne) = xls 2
Drift in MIll., Leverett, (abs.),
xiii, 110; Ditto. Chicago. Guthrie,
Cabsoe = S 4) BYAT,
Halleflintas of Sweden, Nordensk-
jold, (rev.), xvii, 56.
Hall, ©. M., (p-S-n.), xxvi, 63: Wife
and work of, Warren Upham,
xxxi, 95; North Dakota Agricul-
tural college survey, (rev.), xxxiii,
123; (and J. E. Todd), Geology
and water resources of the Low-
er James valley, (rev.), xxxiv,
325; Papers on lake Agassiz,
(cit.), xxxv, 394.
Hall, C. W., Southeastern Minne-
sota (abs.), ix, 216; (and —&. W.
Sardeson), Paleozoic formations
in southeastern Minnesota (rev.),
x, 182; Pre-Cambrian floor in
the northwestern United States
(abs); 8XVy Og) Cp S:ns) excvineera Oe
Pre-Cambrian base-leveling in
the northwestern states (abs.),
xviii, 238; Syllabus of general ge-
ology for students (rev.), xx,
823% CDsSin>) xXx, o4e5 Cand: Have
Sardeson), Wind deposits of
eastern’ Minnesota (abs.), xxiii,
103; Geography of Minnesota,
(rev.), xxxii, 121.
Hall, James, (rem.), i, 5; Paleontol-
ogy of New York, vol. vi, (rev.),
i, 58; Nomenclature of the Low-
er Paleozoic (Am. com.), ii, 200;
(p.s.n.), ii, 862; Paleontology of
New York, vols. v and vii (rev.),
iii, 147; Mesozoic in the south-
west, (cit.), iv, 159; (and Fra-
zer), Report for the Am. Com-
mittee, iv, 390; Award of the
Hayden medal (ed. com.), v,
234; (rem.), viii, 253; Testimon-
ial of the Int. Cong. Geologists,
x, 1, (plate); Oneota sandstone
(abs.), x, 194:° Introduction to
paleozoic brachiopoda, (rev.), x,
251; Reminiscence of Newberry,
xii, 14: Coal fields of Iowa, (cit.),
X
193; Summer School of Field
Geology, xxx, 396; Geology of
Louisiana, 1903, (rev.), xxxi, 256;
(p.S.n.), xxxiif, 296.
Harris, |. H., Collection of inverte-
brate fossils, sketch of his life,
Cc. Schuchert, xxxi, 131.
Harris, G. F., (and H. W. Bar-
rows), Eocene and Oligocene of
the Paris basin, (rev.), Xi, 359.
Harris, |. W., Kames of the Oris-
kany valley, xiii, 384.
Hartley, Noel, (cit.), iv, 79.
Hartman, R. N., (obit.), xxxii, 61.
Hartzell, J. C., (p.s.n.), xxxiv, 398.
Harvard University exhibit, (ed.
Gom:), xiii; 279 —(p-s:n.), xxiv;
392; Field course in Geology, (Dp.
s.n.), xxxi, 262, 326.
Harvey, W. H., (p.S.n.), xxxvi, 60.
Harvey, -W. M., Notice of, R. T.
Hatch, F. Hi, Introduction to
petrology, (rev.), vii, 377.
Hatcher, J. B., (p.s.n.), i, . 136;
Median horned rhinocerus, xiii,
149; Diceratherium in the White
River beds, xiii, 360; Dicerather-
ium proavitum, xx, 313; (p.s.n.),
xxv, 195; Lake systems of south-
ern Patagonia, xxvii, 167; New
and little known vertebrates,
(rev.), xxvii, 379; Relative age
of the Lance Creek beds of Wy-
oming, ete:, xxxi) 369; (obit.),
xxxiv, 131; Sketch of, C. Schu-
chert, xxxv, 131.
Hatteras axis in Triassic and Mi-
ocene time, L. C. Glenn, xxiil,
See
Hauchencorne,—(rem.), v, 380.
Haughton, S., (obit.), xxi, 74.
Hawaiian islands, Voleanoes, J. D.
Dana, (rev.). vi, 194; Supposed”
gevserite, Goldsmith, (abs.),
xviii, 60; Brevity of Tuff-cone
eruptions, S. E. Bishop, xxvii,
1: Structure of Diamond Head,
Ww. H. Dall, xxvii, 386: Eruption
of Mauna Loa, BE. Wood. xxxiv,
62.
Hawn, Frederick, Sketch by G. C.
Broadhead. xxi, 267.
Hartt, C. F., Sketch by F. W.
Simonds, xix, 69.
Hawkesbury series, fossil fishes, A.
S. Woodward. (rev.), vi, 322.
Hawkesbury® Wianamatta fossils,
Etheridge. (rev.), iv, 109.
Haworth, E., Archean geology of
Missouri, i, 280, 363; Fossil plant
from the Cretaceous, i, 337; Age
and origin of the erystalline
rocks of Missouri, (rev.), ix,
55; (p.s.n.), xv, 400; Survey of
Kansas. (rev.), xix, 272; Kansas
coal, (rev.), xxii, 384; Kansas
survey, vol. iii, xxili, 135; Min-
eral resources of Kansas, 1898,
(rev.), xxiv, 305; (p.s.n.), xxvl,
195.
Hay, O. P., Nomenclature of Amer:
jean fossil vertebrates. xxiv, 345;
Snout fishes of Kansas, (abs.),
xxix, 192; Chronological distribu-
tion of the elasmobranchs,
(rev.), xxix, 255; New Cladodus
58 The Am-rican Geologist.
from Colorado, xxx, 372; Recent
literature bearing on the Loraine
formation, xxxii, 115; (p.s.n.),
xxxii, 263; Fossil turtles of the
Bridger basin, xxxv, 327; Verte-
brate paleontology of the Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History,
xxxv, 31; Paleontological Society,
meeting of section A, xxxv, 124.
Hay, R., N. W. Kansas, (rev.),
iii, 199; Salt in Kansas, (rev.),
iv, 309; Kansas salt mine, v, 65;
Horizon of the Dakota lignite,
(rev.), v, 247; Artesian wells in
Kansas, v, 296; Reconnoissance
in S. W. Kansas, (rev.), vi, 382;
Artesian and underground inves-
tigation, (rev.), xi, 113, 278; The
great plains, (rev.), xi, 56; Geol-
ogy of Kansas, (rev.), xi, 359;
(obit.), xvii, 192.
Hayden, F. V., Sketch by E. D.
Cope, i, 110; Coal of Montana,
(rev.), iii, 400; Geology of New
Mexico, (cit.), iv, 221.
Hayden memorial geological fund,
{, 394.
Hayden medal, award to James
Frail) (ede. GOm > pave coe Omen
D. Walcott, (p-s.n.), xxxvi, 332.
Hayden, H. E., Sketch of R. D.
Lacoe, xxviii, 335.
Hayes, Cc. Willard, Overthrust
faults of the Appalachian, (rev.),
vii, 262; Yukon valley, (abs.), ix,
216; Northwestern Alabama,
(rev.), xX, 322; The Yukon basin,
(revs) = xis Sse (Coosa yavalley,
(abs.), xiii, 142; Devonian in
the southwestern Appalachians,
(rem.), xvii, 98; Ditto, (rev.),
xvii, 107; Continental divide in
Nicaragua, —(albso)s) x) xv;
203; Divisions of the Ice age in
tue United States and Canada,
xv, 330; sketch of E. Hitchcock,
xvi, 133; Champlain Glacial epoch,
(abs:), xvi, 2385;> (rem.), xvi, 2373
Gotham’s cave in northern Ver-
mont, (abs.), xvi, 248; (rem.),
xvii, 938, 96; Paleozoic terranes in
the, Connecticut valley, (abs.),
xvii, 105; Sketeh of \“W. W.
Mather, xix, 1; Eastern lobe of
the ice sheet, xx, 27; (p.s.n.),
xx, 137: Hudson River lobe of
the laurentide ice sheet, (abs.),
XX 2555 Glacial action in
Australasia, - xxiii, 252; (p.s.n.),
xiii, 396; Sketch of William
Lothian Green, xxv, 1; (p.s.n.),
xxvi, 195; New Zealand in the
Ice age, xxviii, 271; Glaciation of
the Green mountains, (rev.),
xXxxv, 316; (p.s.n.), xxxvi, 61.
Hitchcock, E., On the Witchita
mountains, (cit.), v, 73; Sketch
by. C. H. Hitchcock, xvi, 133.
Hobbs, W. E., New fossils from
eastern Massachusetts, xxiii, 109;
(obit.), xxxii, 263.
Hobbs, W. H., Pseudomorphs from
the Taconic, x, 44; Schists in
Berkshire, (abs.), x, 195; Sec-
ondary banding in gneiss, (rev.),
xi, 59; Schists of Berkshire,
(rev.), xi, 273; Intergrowth of
epidote and allanite, xii, 218;
Housatonic valley in Massachu-
setts, (abs.), xiii, 142; Volecanite,
(abs.), xiii, 214; Diamonds in
Wisconsin and their probable
SQUEGES) XIV) dolls: Differential
faults exXiVsasoos Summary of
progress in mineralogy and pet-
rography in 1894, (rev.), xv, 186;
().s.n.), .xvi, 131; Pre-Cambrian
December, 1905.
voleanoes in southern Wisconsin,
(abs.), xvi, 240; Mineralogy of
Wisconsin, (rev.), xvi, 267; Min-
eralogy in 1895, (rev.), xvii, 50;
(p.s.n.), xxiv, 134; Gdldschmidt-
ite, (rev.), xxiv,"182; Classifica-
tion of igneous rocks, (rev.),
xxvii, 52; Manhattan island,
(abs.), xxx, 399; Tectonic geog-
raphy of eastern Asia, xxxiv, 69,
141, 214, 288, 371; Contributions
from the mineralogical laboratory
of ‘Wisconsin, xxxvi, 179.
Hodge, G. M., (with A. R. Cran-
dall), Kentucky coal fields, (rev.),
i, 65; “Pounding ‘mill” in Ken-
tucky, (p.s.n.), i, 68.
Hoffman, G. C., Peculiar form of
metallic iron in Huronian
quartzyte, viii, 105; Chemical
contributions, (rev.), viii, 395;
List of minerals, (rev.), viii, 396;
Chemistry and mineralogy, Cana-
dian survey, (rev.), xviii, 387.
Hofman, H. O., (p.s.n.), iii, 202.
Holland, I. H., Rocks’ from Korea,
(rev.), viii, 396.
Holley, G. W., Whirlpool of Niag-
ara, (abs.),) xvi, - 251:
Hollick, A., (and J. F. Kemp),
Granite at Mts. Adam and Eve,
(rev.), xiii, 427; Dislocations in
the Coastal plain, (abs.), xiv,
197; New Liriodendron from Col-
orado, (abs.), xiv, 202; Cretaceous
plants from Marthas Vineyard,
(abs.), xvi, 239; Marine Creta-
ceous on Long Island, (abs.),
xvi, 248; Clay marl exposure at
Cliffwood, (abs.), xviii, 280; Sec-
tion at Cliffwood, (abs.), xix,
224; Ditto, (rev.), ee BITE
Human implements in the Tren-
ton gravels, (abs.), xxi, 1385;
Block Island, (abs.), xxi, 200;
Drift on Staten island, (abs.),
xxii, 249; (p.s.n.), xxiii, 394; Down
the Yukon, (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 399.
Holm, G., Leaves of the Lirioden-
dron, (rev.), vi, 251; Hyalithidae
and Conulariidae, (rev.), xii, 334;
Didymograptus, etc., (rev.),
xvi, 58; (p.s.n.). xvi, 329; Apical
end of Endoceras, (rev.), xix, 60;
Paleontological notes, (rev.), Xx,
187; Ditto, (rev.), xxi, 188; Ditto,
(rev.), xxiii, 383.
Holmes, Mary E., The carinae on
the septa of rugose corals, (rev.),
i 6its
Holmes, W. H., Stone implements
in the tidewater country, (rev.),
xi, 208; Vestiges of early man in
Minnesota, xi, 219; (rem.), Xx,
199* W Goisns). | 0c) 2045 Gosek)
OO SO,
Holmes; J. /A:,, (vem. xii) Ws
Mica deposits of the United
States, (abs.), xxiii, 106; (p.s.n.),
xXxxv, 128.
Holst, N. O., A great quartzyte
more recent than the Olenus
schist, vi, 357; (rem.) viii, 242,
247; Continuity of the Glacial
period, xvi, 396; (p.s.n.), xvii,
404; (and Moberg), Interglacial
neriod in Sweden (rev.), xxv,
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 61
121; white chalk of the Tullstorp
region, (rev.), xxxiii, 126.
Holtzapfel, Devonian in Bohemia,
(rev.), xv, 262, Devonian in the
Rhine mountains, (rev.), xvi,
389.
Homosteus and Coccosteus,
uair, (rev.), iii, 149.
Honeycombed limestone in the
bottom of lake Huron, R. Bell
(abs.), xv, 68.
Honeyman, D., Glacial geology of
Nova Scotia, (rev.), iii, 48;
Sketch, Jules Marcou, v, 185.
Hopkins, T. C., Influence of strate-
graphy on springs, xiv, 365;
(p.s.n.). xv, 400; (p.s.n.), xvii,
121; (p.s.n.), xviii, 58; Origin of
conglomerates, (abs.), xviii, 230;
Geology in the _ colleges of the
United States, (abs.), xviii, 401;
Building materials of Pennsyl-
Vania, i(rey.), xx; 1363° (pis.n:),
xx, 138; Feldspars in serpentine
in southeastern Pennsylvania,
Traq-
(abs.), xxii, 256; Conshohocken,
plastic clay, (abs.), xxiii, 102;
Gnas) xxv, 25: (p:S.-n:); xxvil,259):
Cambro-Silurian limonite ores of
Pennsylvania, (rev.), xxvii, 50;
(p.s.n.), xxvii, 387; Coal Measure
free elays. xxvii; (47) Gp-:S.n.),
Koo CSM.) XXXiv,| 67.
Horizon of drumlin, osar and kame
formation, T. C. Chamberlin,
(rev.), xii, 122.
Hornblende, from Italy, F. R. van
WiGrnee xxl, 310.
Hornblende-basalt in northern Cal-
ifornia, J. S. Diller, xix, 263.
Hotchkiss, Jed., (obit.), xxiii, 274.
Hotchkiss, W. O., Becke method,
index of refraction, xxxvi, 305.
Houghton, D., Memoir of, A. Bra-
dish, (p.s.n.), iii, 403; Sketch of
1ie and work, A. Winchell, iv,
129. ;
Hovey, E. O., Siliceous oolyte,
(abs.), xiii, 223; Cherts of Miss-
ouri, (abs.), xiv, 196; Rare min-
erals in the upper part of New
York, (rem.), xvii 127; Artesian
well of Keywest, (abs.), xviii,
218; Eleventh winter meeting,
Goes As xxilis §S65- (p.smn-), 23)
338; Oliver Payson Hubbard, xxv,
860; Harney peak district, (abs.),
xxv, 396; (and R. P. Whitfield,),
Paleontological collection of the
Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. (rev.).
xxix, 252; New York Academy of
Sciences, xxix, 191, 320; (p.s.n.),
xxix, 395; Martinique and Saint
Vincent, (rev.), xxx, 388; (p.s.
>) NOOK, Navas CDS.) Oc, LOS
New York Academy of .Science,
Soci s 645) (pisiny);, soxxtih 1315
196,400; Ditto, xxxiii, 266 Cone of
the Grand Soufriere, (p.s.n.),
MK MOO: WWLtLO, XXXIV; sade
Am. Asse. Adv. Sci. Sec. E.
xxv, 398.
Flovey;, “Hix (‘C:,. (rem:), xxii, 174;
notes on the Jsles of Shoals,
(abs.), xvi, 248; Making of
Mammoth cave. (abs.), xviii,
228; Region of the Causses
(abs) 2 S0di;, #25655 (pS. hoc;
136; Life and work of James
Hall, xxtily 237.
Howchin, Walter, Mount Lofty
ranges, (rev.), xxxv, 114.
Howard, Benj., Island of Sakalin,
(abs.), xxii, 261.
Howard, Jane ilies Sketch of
Schoolcraft, v, 1.
Howe, W. T. H., (and S. L. Pen-
field), Chem. composition of
Ge neat age ete (ceva;
58.
How is the Cambrian divided? G.
F. Matthew, iv, 139.
How long ago was America
peopled? M. Manson, xxxii, 128;
Ditto, Matthew, xxxii, 195.
Howley, J. P., Taconic of New-
foundland, iv, 121; Coal in New-
foundland, (p.s.n.), xvii, 259.
Howorth, H. H., Southward flow
of Siberian rivers in the age of
the mammoth (abs.), v, 182;
Glacial nightmare and flood, (ed.
com.), xii, 181; Another appeal
to induction from the scholastic
methods of modern’ geology,
(ROVE) 7 ORM) alee:
Hubbard, Bela, (p.s.n.), iii, 404.
Blue Mound
Hubbard, G. De
163; (p-s.n.),
xxxvi, 61.
quartzyte, XXV,
Hubbard, G. G., (obit.), xxi, 74.
Hubbard, Enc, Gp.sim.)5p cv) 268:
(p.s.n.), xxiii, 272; Felsytes of
..Keweenaw point (rev.), xxv, 122;
(p.s.n.), xxvii, 64.
Hubbard, Oliver Payson,
hy E. O. Hovey, xxv, 360.
Hudson bay, Explorations on the
east, A. P. Low, (rev.), v, 242;
Rising of the land, R. Bell,
Sketch
(abs.), xvi, 99; and strait, Ry
Bell, (abs.), xxiii, 92.
Hudson-Champlain valley, marine
submergence, Upham, XXxVi,
285
285.
Hudson river, submarine gorge, J.
W. Spencer, xxxiv, 292.
Hudson River. not the equivalent
of the Loraine shale, Ami (p.s.
n.), vii, 71. lobe of the lauren-
tide ice sheet, Hitchcock, (abs.),
SXip LoD:
Huene, F., Craniadae of the Baltic
Silurian (rev.), xxv, 249; Fish
remains from the Wifel, xxv, 51;
Lower Silurian brachiopods of
the Baltic, (rev.), xxvii, 47; Sup-
plement to Silurian Craniadae
(rev.), xxvii, 47; Blackmann on
the Brachiopods, (rev.), xxvii,
183; New Medusa, (rev.), xxvii,
184,
Huggins,—(cit.), iv, 197.
Hughes, T. McKenny, (rem.), v.
209; (rem.), vill, 241, 246, 250.
Hugh Miller Centenary, (ed. com.),
xxix, 249.
Hulke, J. W., (cit.), v, 208.
Hull, E., (p.s.n.), 1, 3838; Nomen-
clature of the Lower Silurian
(rem.), fi, 366; (rem.), iv, 50, 52;
Physical geology of Tennessee,
vii, 345.
Human relics in the drift of Ohio,
62 The American Geologist.
E. W. Claypole, xviii, 302; Femur
from the Trenton gravels, (p.s.
Tey OXY De
Hunt, T. Sterry, (p.s.n.), ii, 138,
Lower Paleozoic, (Am. com.), ii,
202: (rem.), ii, 365; (rem.). iv, 52;
(p.s.n.), iv. 62; ‘Chemical reac-
tions in the primeval ocean,
Cit SMV, - 2882 (ei) esi, 342),
(rem.), v, 210; History of the
Quebee group, v, 212; (rem.), v,
380, 382; Resignation from the
Philadelphia local committee, v,
388; New basis for chemistry,
(rey.), vii, 374; Chemical and ge-
ological essays, (rev.), viii, 51;
(obit.), ix, 218; Sketch, Persifor
Frazer, xi, 1.
Hungtington,
326.
Huntington, Oliver, (cit.), iv, 74;
Diamonds in meteorites, (rev.),
xiii, 284, Ditto, (rev.), xvi, 316.
Huronian, Relation to Animikie
slate and Ogishke conglomerate,
N. H. Winchell, i, 11; Is there a
Huronian group? R. D. Irving,
(rey.), i, 119; Synonymous with
Taconic, S. A. Miller, i, 238,
Superceded by the Taconic, A.
Winchell, i, 356; of Canada, Sel-
wyn, ii, 61; Ditto, (rem.), Bell,
ii, 361; Two systems confounded,
A. Winchell, iii, 212; Ditto, Sel-
wyn, iii, 339; Methods of strati-
graphy in studying, N. H. Win-
chell, iv, 342; and lLaurentian
contact north of Lake Huron, A.
E. Barlow, vi, 19; A last word
with the Huronian, A. Winchell,
vii, 261; Peculiar form of metal-
lic iron, Hoffman, viii, 105;
Contact with the Laurentian
north of lake Huron, R. Bell,
(abs.), xi, 135; Ditto, A. H. Bar-
low, xi, 138; Volcanics, South of
lake Superior, C. R. Van Hise,
(title), xi, 138; Michipicoten area,
A. B. Wilmot, xxviii, 14; Ques-
tion, A. P. Coleman, xxix, 325.
Huronite, dikes containing, Bar-
low. (abs.), xv, 68; ditto, (rev.),
XV Lge
Hussakite, and its relation to xen-
otine, EH. E. Kraus and J.
Reitinger, xxx, 46.
Hutchinson, H. N.,
hills, (rev.), ix, 58.
Hutton, F. W., Geology
Zealand, (rev.), iv, 306.
Hutton, theory of the earth, A.
@eildies Si Calbsy)) cio Sonn oe Semleys
xxiii, 136; Centenary at New
York Academy of Sciences, xxix,
320:
Hutton’s Philosophy. Lapworth, x,
226.
Huxley, T. H., (obit.), xvi, 129.
Hyde, J. M., (p-S.n.), xxxii, 331.
Hydraulic gradient of the main
artesian basin of the northwest,
Jj. EB. Todd) (abs.)),, xviii, 2019:
[See HG OHS A a>. c.o.d ir
Story of the
of New
Hydrology division of the U. S.
Geol. Sur., xxxvi, 332.
Hyatt, A., New Carboniferous
cephalopods, (rev.), viii,. 187;
(p.s.n.), ix, 215; Jura and Trias
December, 1905.
at Taylorville, Cal., (rev.), x,
186; Fauna of Tucumcari, xi,
281: Stages of growth and de-
cline;. i¢eit.), xil,. 43. Terme vor
bioplastology, xii, 290, ‘ 326;
(rem.), xiii, 140; Trias and Jura
of the western states, (abs.),
xiii, 148; Genus Nanno, Clarke,
xvi, iit: Terminology for
Pelecypoda, (abs:). “xvil” (262
Phylogeny of an acquired char-
acteristic, reviewed by Beecher,
XVI5) 2563) (Obit. 9 soci jel.
Hydromica from New Jersey,
eure and Darton, (rev.), xxiv,
82.
Hyolithidae and Conulariidae,
Holm, (rev.), xii, 334.
Hypersthene-andesyte from Mt.
Edgecombe, Alaska, ie fea
Cushing, xx, 156.
Hypostomen of Homalonotus,
Beushausen, (rev.), xiii, 71.
Hypotheses of the cause of the
Glacial period, (abs.), viii, 237;
of a Cineinnati Silurian island,
A. M. Miller, xxii, 78.
Hypsometric map of Missouri, C.
R. Keyes, xv, 314.
I
Ice blocks which gave rise to lake-
lets and kettle holes, an attempt
to estimate their thickness, J.
B. Woodworth, xii, 279.
Ice age, in North America, G. F.
Wright, (rev.), iv, 106; Cliffs on
the Kowak river, Russell and
Cantwell, vi, 49; Cause of, J. F.
Blake, xi, 202; At the World’s
Fair, Review of papers, xii, 223;
In North America and Europe,
Upham, xvi, 100.
Ice contact in the classification of
glacial deposits, J. B. Wood-
worth, xxiii, 80.
Ice dam at Cincinnati, discussion,
viii, 193: Of lakes Maumee,
Whittlesey, and Warren, F. B.
Taylor, xxiv, 6.
Ice lobes, relation to ‘“‘driftless
area.’ F. Leverett. (abs.). xvii,
102.
Ice or water, another appeal to
induction, H. WHoworth, (rev.),
xxxvi, 125.
Ice sculpture in western New
York, G. K. Gilbert, (abs.), xxiii,
103.
Ice sheet of Greenland, Upham,
viii, 145; On the Newtonville
sand plain, 1 PP. Gulliver,
(abs.), xii, 177; Pleistocene and
present compared, Warren Up-
119; In Narra-
B. Woodworth,
ham, (rev.)), xii,
gansett bay, J.
xviii, 391.
Ice work, present and past, T. G.
Bonney, (rev.), xviii, 44. —
Wdaho formation, (Am. com.), 292.
Idaho, Immense deposit of ice, (p.s.
n.), iv, 192; Extinet glacier of
the Salmon River range, G. H.
Stone, xi, 406; From Red Rock
to Leesburg, J. F. Kemp, (abs.),
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI.
. Xx, 68; Orthoclase as gangue
mineral, W. lLindgren, (rev.),
xxii, 377; ~The Nampa figurine,
G. F. Wright, xxiii, 267; Ditto,
McGee, xxiii, 336; Geology and
Water resources of Nez Perce
county, I: -C.-' Russell: (rev.),;
xxviii, 319; Geology and water
resources of the Snake _ river
plains, I. C. Russell, (rev.), xxxii,
teh Glacial drift, Upham, xxxiv,
Sane
Iddings, J. P., Rosenbusch’s mic-
roscopical petrography, ii, 430,
Origin of cuartz in basalt.
(rev.), iii, 525 Rosenbusch’s
Microscopical petrography,
(rev); sill,;, oa. Obsidian Cliff,
(rev.), iv, 103; Voleanic rocks
in Tewan mountains and pri-
mary quartz in certain basalts,
(rev.), ix, 264; State Museum,
(ed. com.), xi, 109; Ditto, Josua
Lindahl, xi, 216; origin of ig-
meous rocks. (rev.), xii, 124;
Genetic relationship among ig-
neous rocks, xiii, 95; Rocks of
electric peak, (rev.), xiv, 117:
(rem.), xvii, 100; Chemical and
mineral relationships in igne-
OCMUSUrocks, “(LCV.), xxii, 38: (Gps:
Mee XV. Sos _CD:S-N-), -XXxXxili, 202.
Identification of Ohio coal meas-
ures in New Mexico, Herrick
and Bendrat, xxv, 234.
Igneous rocks, late volcanic erup-
tion in northern California,
Diller, (rey.), ix, 265, Tabulation
. of igneous rocks, F. D. Adams,
(TEVo) bx, 2685) Oriem.-of, | Jz .P:
Iddings, (rev.), xii, 124; Electric
peak and Sepulchre mountain,
Tddings, (rev.), xiv, 117; Igneous
complex of Magnet eove, Ark.,
H. S. Washington, (rev.), xxvii,
alae Rock series and mixed
rocks. A. Harker, (rev.). xxvii,
123; Determination of the com-
ponents, I. A. Williams, xxxv,
34; Coarseness and its mean-
ing. AL SC. “Wane, =xxxv, .65::'- of
the Lower Neponsett valley, W.
O. Crosby, xxxvi, 34, 69.
Illinois, Gas wells (p.s.n.), i, 138;
Spore cases. Protosalvinia, in
the drift at Chicago, Thomas, (p.
s.n.), iii, 280; Conularia miss-
ouriensis, Calvin, v, 207; Artesi-
ian water from the drift, C. W.
Rolfe, vi, 32; Local deposit of
Chester sandstone, J. M. Nickles,
vii, 47; Survey report, (p.s.n.),
Vii, Tis Ditto. — (rev.); vil, 203);
Preglacial drainage in western,
Frank Leverett, (abs.), x, 220;
Changes of drainage in Rock
rivor basin. Frank Leverett,
(abs.), xii, 179; Pleistocene rock
eorges. O. H. Hershey, xii, 314;
Exposition, Soils and subsoils,
(ed. com.), xiii, 109; Geological
map and economic resources,
1D. W. Meade, (rev.), xill, 123;
New invertebrates from the
Paleozoic, Miller and Gurley,
(rev.), xiii, 356; Elkhorn Creek
area of St. Peter sandstone, O.
63
H. Hershey, xiv, 169; Columbian
formation, O. H. Hershey, (abs.),
xiv, 203; Superglacial eskers,
Upham, xiv, 403; Columbia
Formation, O. H. Hershey, xv, 7;
Loess of western, F. Leverett,
(abs.), xvii, 102; Early Pleisto-
cene deposits, O. H. Hershey,
xvii, 287; Pre-Glacial erosion in
northwestern Illinois, Oz TH:
Hershey, xviii, 72; Academy of
Science, Chicago, (p.s.n.), xviii,
334; Eskers of the Kansan
epoch, O. H. Hershey, xix, 197,
237; The Chicago area. Frank
Leverett, (rev.), xx, 57: New
well at Rock Island, J. A. Udden,
xxi, 199; Weathered zone be-
tween the Illinoian and Kansan,
F. Leverett, xxi, 254: Ditto be-
tween the Towan Loess and the
Illinoian till sheet, Leverett,
xxi, 254; Gold-bearing formation
of Stevenson county, Ohne
Hershey, xxiv, 240; Geography
of Chicago and its’ environs,
Salisbury and Alden, (rev.),
xxv, 174; Glacial lobe, Leverett,
(rev.). xxv, 381; Geological sur-
vey established, (p.s.n.), xxxvi,
62; Proboscidean remains, Ud-
den, (rev.), xxxvi, 258.
IIlustration of the level of no
strain, BE. W. Claypole, v, 83:
Fauna of the St. John group,
Matthew, (rev.), xii,: 192; Ditto,
ditto. (rev.), xiv, 187.
Immediate work in chémical sci-
ence, ,A® B. Prescott, 3x, 282.
Improved rock-cutter, (p.s.n.), xv,
400.
Improvemert of geographical
teaching, W. M. Davis, (rev.),
Sie, 192°
Incolaria securiformis, Herzer, xi,
365.
Index animalium. C. D. Sherborn,
(rev.). xxxi;-184.
Index of New York publications,
Mary Ellis, (rev.), xxxii, 392; To
the mineral resources of Ala-
hama; Smith and McCalley,
(rev.), xxxiv, 195.
India, Carboniferous glaciation, C.
D. White, iii, 301.
Indiana, Academy of Sciences,
(p.s.n.), i, 138; Keokuk group at
Crawfordsville, C. S. Beachler,
ii, 407; Natural gas field, Frank
Leverett, iv, 6; Crinoidea from
the Niagara limestone, C. §S
Beachler. iv, 102; Paleontological
notes from Indianapolis. E. W.
Clayvvole, vi, 255, 400; Rocks at
St. Paul, C. S. Beachler, vii, 178;
Seventeenth report, Gorby, (reyv.),
viii, 186; Niagara rocks in, C. S.
Beachler, ix, 408; Eighteenth re-
port, New fossils, S. A. Miller,
(rev.), x. 323: Erosion in N. W.
CIR 3eachler, xv, 51: Cas-
toroides in Randolph county. Jos.
Carecinosoma, E. W. Claypole.
Moore, xii, 67; New species of
xiii, 77; Academy of Science,
Bibliography of Indiana geology,
64 the American Geologist.
Marsters and Kindle, (rev.), xiv,
395; Eighteenth annual report,
Gorby, (rev.), xiv, 125; Twenty
first report, Blatchley, (rev.), xx,
135; Academy of Science, (p.s.n.),
xxi, 188; Water resources, Lever-
ett, (rev.), xxi, 324; Pre-Glacial
channel, Bownocker, xxiii, 178;
Wells of, Leverett, (rev.), xxiii,
385; Twenty-third report, Blatch-
ley, (rev.), xxv, 182; Orthothetes
minutus in Salem limestone of
Harrodsburg, E. Re Ciumines,
xxvii, 147; Upper Ordovician at
Vevay, E. R. Cumings, xxviii,
361; Richmond = group, _A. ne
roerste, xxxi, 333; Richmond
group and Stropnomena, J. M.
Nickles, xxxii, 202: Yariation of
members of the Ordovician, A.
F. Foerste, xxxiv, 87; Twenty-
eighth report, Blatchley, (rev.),
xxxv, 53; Twentieth annual re-
port, Blatchley, xxxvi, 261.
Indian Territory, Coal Measures, H.
M. Chance, vi, 238; Exploration,
Re UES a vit) 25279 Goldin, ikv.
tT. Hill, vii, 254; Volcanic .dust,
Williston, x, 396; Asphalt, J. A.
Matt, “(rév.), XxXxIVyvolos neeascts
ern Choctaw coal field, Taff and
Adams, (rev.), xxviii, 318.
Inequalities in the old Paleozoic
sea bottom, J. E. Todd, xv, 64.
Influence of country rock on min-
eral veins, W. H. Weed, xxx,
170.
Ingall, E. D., Mines and Mining in
Canada, (rev.), v, 242: Mineral
statistics and mining, (rev.), viii,
395; (and H. P. Brumell), Ditto,
1892, (rev.), xvi, 197.
Inland Educator, (p.s.n.), xviii, 400.
Institute of Technology of Massa-
chusetts, Decision by the Su-
preme court, (p.S.n.), xxxvi, 331.
Instituto geologica de Mexico, F.
N. Guild, xxxvi, 293.
Innes, W. M., Report on New
Brunswick and adjacent areas,
(rev.), v, 246.
Intercollegiate excursion in New
England, (p.s.n.), xxxii, 333.
Interruption during the deposition
of the Burlington limestone, F.
M. Fultz, xiv, 246.
Inostransef, A., (rem.), v, 209.
Insects, fossil, S. H. Scudder, (rev.),
viii, 52; Annotated bibliography,
Scudder, (rev.), ix, 266; Fauna
of the Rhode Island coal field, S.
H. Scudder, (rev.), xiv, 330;
Canadian, S. H. Scudder, (rev.),
xvii, 189.
Interesting features in the surface
geology of the Genesee region,
L. Fairchild, (abs.), xvi, 254.
Interglacial epoch, intervals, Cham-
berlin (abs.), v, 118; Time, N.
H. Winchell, x, 69. 302: Ditto.
Briart, (pss.n-), 2x; 134; Peat, sin
Wisconsin, B. W. Thomas, xi,
983: Shells in Shropshire, Eng-
land. G. EF. Wright, (rev.), _ xi,
57: Fossils from the Don valley,
Toronto, A. P. Coleman, xiii,
85: Series of Germany. A. Jent-
zsch. (abs.), xili, +221;
Climatic
December, 1905.
conditions shown by, Upham, xv,
273; Climatic conditions, G. 5
Dawson, xvi, 65; In Bu-
chanan county, Iowa, S. Cal-
Vin, ) hiv, L285
Irondequoit region, C. R. Dryer, v, Proklem in Dakota. Culver. (p.
202. Sint), IW 389)5 Report on; Rios
Iron making in Alabama, W. B. Hinton, (rev.), xiv, 48.
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. Gy.
Irving, A., Metamorphism of rocks,
(rev.), v, 56.
Irving, J. D., Brown’s park bed,
Uitah, (abs.), xvii, 406; . Contact
metamorphism of the Palisades
diabase;/ (abs.), xxi, 398; North-
ern Black Hills, (rev.), xxvi, 322;
Contact metamorphism of the
Palisade diabase, (rev.), xxvii,
53; Stylolitic structure in lime-
stone, (abs.), xxxiii, 266.
Irving, R. D., (and Chamberlin), on
the Lake Superior sandstones,
(ed. com.), i, 44; Is there a Hu-
ronian group? (rey.), i, NESE
(obit.), ii, 66; Biographical sketch,
ties ehamberiin,. fii, 1: ‘Con-
tributions to science, iii, 4; Clas-
sification of the Early Cambrian,
iii, 400; Classification of Cam-
brian and pre-Cambrian, (rev.),
iv, P11; /(cit-); iv, 291; (and Van-
Hise), Penokee iron bearing ser-
ies, (rev.), ix, (207; “Cand. Van-
, Hise), Penokee Iron-bearing ser-
ies. (rev.), xv, 326. ~
Islands and coral reefs of Fiji, bs.). xiii, 137; Fossil plants as
an aid to Geology. (rev.), xiv,
235: Plants from old Port Caddo
Landing, (cit.), xvi, 308; Fossil
floras of the Arapahoe, ete..
(abs.), xvii, 345; (p.s.n.),
xxxiii, 270; Harriman expedition,
Geology and Paleontology, (rev.),
XXXIV, 122.
Krexvi'e beds
Stanton, (rev.),
fauna. Av W.
xix, 63.
~
2
/-
Kolderup, C.
of western Norway, (rev
126; The rock name
Xxx, OZ. A
Koochiching granite. Alex N. Win-
chell, xx, 293.
The American Geologist.
F., Labrador rocks
ao EXIM
anorthosyte,
T. Hol-
mammals in
1891, in
Korea, Rock specimens,
land, (rev.). viii, 396.
Kost, Ct Bo ADp-c1e:) YOKE
Florida, (p.s.n.), viii, 191.
Koto, B., Earthquake of
Japan, (rev.
the voleanological
Japan,
), xiii, 65; Scope of
survey of
(reyv.), xxv, 385; The isles
of Taiwan,
Kowak river
Cantwell,
Kraats,
von
(rev.), xxv, 385.
Iee cliff. Rus
vi, 49
K., Note
sell and
on the
formation of gold ore, xviii, 100.
Krahmann, M
Krakatoa,
192s (pes =).
Krassnof, M.
souther
195.
Kraus, E. H.,
Hussakite,
46; (p.
Sellen
ax, (p.s.n.),
iii, 63.
xvi, 267.
lavaisny (eds, xcom-))) Sl;
; Black earth of
De RUSsias. = Gorsins) >) sav;
(and) J. Reitinger),
a new mineral, xxx,
xxxiv, 833; Celestite’
bearing rocks, (abs.), xxxv, 130;
Origin
of
the caves of,
Daye XOCKV a lola
granite in Finland, B.
us, .(rev.), xiii, 123.
Kigel
Froster
Kula, Asia Minor. Volcanic
isl, Washington,
285.
Kulaite,
Kimmel,
Composition of.
Washington,
Fe
ice-dammed,
S.n.), xvi,
Put in
cones,
(rev.), xIil,
Tala iS
(rev.), xxvii, 187.
B., Lake Passaic,
(rev.), xv,
329; (p.
327; The NE warE sys-
tem, report ‘of progress. (rey.),
xx, 134; The Newark system of
New Jersey, (abs.). xxiii, 93;
(p.s.n.), xxiv, 134; The Palisades
of the Hudson, (p.s.n.), xxv, 329;
(m-S.n.). xxix, 21925 »Geol. iSur:
New Jersey, 1901, (rev.), xxx,
123; Geol. Sur. New Jersey. final
GFEPOLts | “VOls vey aCGeVe is) OCXly ny olor
(p.s.n.), xxxii. 331; New Jersey
survey, Annual report. 1903,
(rev.), xxxive 119; Report for
1904, New Jersey survey, (rev.),
xxxvi, 126.
Kuntze, Otto, Quenstedtite near
Montpelier, Towa, xxiii, 119; (p.
s.n.), xxvii,
«untz, Geo.
stones, (rev
Trons, (rev.),
320;
(p.s.n.), vii,
nets, (rev.),
hibited by,
Exposition,
(DsS:ne).
198.
F. Gems and precious
.),. vi, 122: Meteoric
Mil A Oe (as
Son) avis
Diamonds in Wisconsin,
72; Bohemian gar-
x, 64; Apparatus ex-
at the Columbian
(DOESN) Fee iiiene all):
394; Exhibit
erals. (p.s.n.), xxxili, 398:
fontein
192.
Kunzite,
Xxxii,
diamond,
Chas.
394.
XVI, 645 30D: San.
259 (@p-Sim)e
colored snodumine.
Nhe Seale
xxxii, 264; Lilac
(rev.), xxxii,
of radio-active min-
Baskerville,
Jagers-
(abs.), XxXxXvV,
(rev.),
December, 1905,
L
Labrador, Exploration on Grand
river, ~Aw (Cary, (revi, ix, 402%
Coast, A. -S.,- Packard, (rev.),
ix, 401; ' Former extension of
glacial action, G. “‘H.° Barton,
xviii, 379; Peninsula, Scivge oo
335. Recent literature, O. P. Hay,
Lance Creek Ceratops beds, J. B. xxxii, 115.
Hatcher, xxxi, 369. Larix, A ncw species in the inter-
Landes, H., (p.s.n.). xvii, 191, 339; glacial of Manitoba, D. P. Pen-
Survey of Washington, (p.s.n.), hallow, ix, 368.
xxxiii, 396; (p.s.n.). § xxxiv, 67; Larval forms of trilobites, C. E.
vol. il, (rev.), xxxii, 187. Beecher, (rev.), xII, 334; Ditto,
Lar’ sculnture, Elements of, L. E. ditto, xvi, 166.
Hicks, (rev.). i, 412. ' Lassen peak district, J. S. Diller,
Land slip on the riviére Blanche, (rev.). vi, 196.
M. Dawson, (abs.), xxiii, 103. Last word with the Huronian. A.
Winchell, (rev.),, vii. 261.
74 The American Geologist. Decewmer asue
Late Tertiary, CA. com); walllpen southern California, (rey.), xiv,
278; volcanic eruption in nortb- 330; Contribution to the geology
ern California, and its peculiar of the Coast ranges, xv, 342;
lava, J. S. Diller, (rev.). ix, 265. The geomorphogeny of the
Later Cretaceous in Iowa, Cc. A. north coast of C&lifornia, (rev.),
White, i, 221; Ditto, A. G Wil- | xv, 387; Geology of San Francis-
son, {p.s.n.), i, 337. co peninsula, (rev.), xviii, 319,
Latest eruptives of the Lake Su- (vem.), xxvii, 132; Phe Eparenean
rerior region, N. H. Winchell, interval, (rev.), xxx, 122; (p.s.n.),
xvi, 269; and lowest pre-Iroquois xxxiii, 60; Geomorphogeny of
channels ketween Syracuse and the upper Kern basin, (vev.),
Rone, H. L. Fairchild; (rev.), XXXvV, 113.
OGM aD: Lawton, C. D., Sketch of C. E.
Ea Plata museum, ydekker, Wright, ii, 307; Mineral re-
(vev.), xiii, 358. sources @f Michigan. (rev.), wi,
Lauderback, G. D., (p.s.n.), xxxifi, 25h
f0: (p-S.n.), XxxV, 324. Lez. M. Carey, Allotropie forms of
Laurentian lakes and Niagara silver, (p.S.n.); iv, 254:
falls,- Upham, xviii, 169. Lead and Zine deposits of Miss-
Laurentian, Limits in the Archean, ouri, J. De Robertson, sxXvy Zens
(Am. com.), ii, 182; AS a Qua- Ditto, Winslow and Robertson,
ternary term. v, 29: and Newark. (rev.), xvi, 118; Of Iowa, A. G.
as geological terms, C. H. Hitch- Leonard, xvi, 288; Of south-
ceek, v, 197; And Champlain as western ‘Wisconsin, U. S. Grant,
terms in geology, J. Marcou, vi, (rev.), xxxii, 188.
64; The name,. J. F. James, vi. Leadville, Colo., Mining Indusiry,
133; So-called limestones at St. S. F. Emmons, (rev.), i, 194.-
Jokn, New Brunswick, (ed. Leaf-bearing terrane in the Loup-
(com.) ix, 198: Ditto, G. F. Mat- Mork jE. Men Cracing -Viiligmegs
thew. i, 2123). Of. the ) Otta- Le Claire limestone, ~S. Calvin,
wa district; ,R: W. Hills. (abs.), (abs.), xvii, 125.
xi, 134; Contact with the Hur- Le Conte, John L., (cit.), iv, 221:
ONAN, Re Sell SCD Se) toa an eens Le Conte, Jos., Flora of the Coast
Ditto, Barlow,. xi.) plas > And islands in relation to recent
Huronian north of lake Huron, A. changes of »hvsical geography,
EK. Barlow, (rev.), xili, 63; Con- i, 76; Classification of the Terti-
tribution to knowledge of, F. ary. (Am: com), ily 92835. brans—
D. Adams, (abs.), xv, 67. fer of Lick observatory, (rev.),
Laurie, Malcolm, Eurypterina, ii. 428; Interior condition of the
(rey.), xii, 125. Law of priority, earth, iv, 38; Hlements of geolo-
J. T. Cunningham, (abs.), xviii, gy, (rev.), vii, 260; Changes in
182. the, Atlantic and Pacific coasts,
Lawsonite, a new mineral from (rey.). “vill; 54; (p.s-me) xi,
California, F. L. Ransome, (rev.), 208; Divisions of worldwide ex-
xvi, 119. tent. {abs.), xii, 272; Critical
Laws of climatic evolution, M. periods in the history of the
Manson, xxiii, 44. (ed. corn.) camel, bev). XM I ST, RE EREMES
xxxiii, 116. > 5 : of Geology, (rev.), ~XvViii, 384;
Lawson, A.C. Diabase dikes, Rainy Pi MLB DENY CN aa
lake, i, 199; Foliation and sedi-
mentation, iii,” 169; 276; Archean
northwest of lake Superior,
(rev.), iv, 59; (cit.), 295; Geolo-
gy of the Rainy lake region, v,
55; Pre-Paleozoic surface, (abs.),
Vv; l19e Archean, i "(rem iwi. 2:
Lecture notes on general and
snecial mineralogy, R. F. Van
Horn. (rev:), xxxiii, 128:
ees (RA... SGD ES ne evil a6b.
Lee. W. T., Areal seologv of the
Castle rock region, Colorado,
Ay an 5 Pee ee xxix; 96.
Tye MIGeoe anEe Gee ee xe Leffrann and Bean. Water for
rocks. north of lake Huron, (cit.) . sanitary and technical purposes,
Vit 30: Goes ne) vinemila d2etros (rew.). iti, AB4. : Pha
gravphical difterentiation of certain Leyarra, P. S., (obit.), xi, 362.
dikes of the Rainy lake region, Lehiah University, ___(p.S.n.), Xxvil,
vii, 133; Lake Superior strati- 389: (p.s.n.), xxviii, 399; (p.s.n.),
graphy, vii, 320; (p.s.n.), viii, 63; Xxxli, 322.
Abandoned strands of lake War- Lehmann, J. Granites of Saxony,
ren, (abs.), xi, 177: Topographi- (rew.), iii; 150:
cal survey of California, (p.s-.n.)
xii, 283; Coastal topography of
the north shore of lake Superior,
(rey.), 356; 362; Anorthosytes of
the Minnesota shore of iake
Superior, (rev.), xii, 59; Lacco-
itic sils of the northwest shore
Leidy, Jos., Resignation from the
local committe, v, 388; Mam-
malian remains, (rev.). v, 314.
(obit.), vii, 390; List of paleonto-
logical publications. viii, 833;
Memorial sketch, Frazer. ix, 1;
eee
of lake Superior. (rev..\, xii, 59; (p.s.n.), xvii, 257,
Carmelo bay, (rev.), xii, 262: Leith Cae Ka 5) (peste ipo se 5
Multiple diabase dyke, xiii, 293: Mesabi iron-hearing district of
Chehalis sandstone, Mili, eetools Minnesota. (rev.), xxxii, 251; (».
Post-pliccene, diastrophism of s.u.), xxxiv, 400.
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 75
\
tength of geologic time, H. L.
Pairehild, (rev.), xv, 51.
Lenke, H. (and J. Felix), Geology
and paleontology of Mexico,
(rev), ¥x,. 120.
Leonard, A. G., Lead and zinc de-
posits of Iowa, origin, xvi, 288;
Icwa lead mines, (rev.), xx, 272;
(and H. F. Bain), Middie Coal
Measures. western interior coal
Snieds.s Cabs:), xii, ~ 251; Basic
rocks of Northeastern Maryland,
xxviii, 135; Iowa Geol. Sur., vol.
Deuee(Lev ys, XKXI, 124; (p.s.n.),
ROUX eo.
Leptichtys, A. Stewart, xxiv, 78.
Les dislocations de lécorce ‘er-
restre, Margerie and Heim,
(rev.), ii, 348.
Lerch, O. (and W. F. Cummins),
Tins ©oneho country, "Texas, v,
$21; Concho country, vii, 73.
Besley, J. oP:,. @o:s-n:);. 1; 2625" Dic=
tionary of the fossils of Pennsyl-
Waid. (revs) Vs Do; (rem.), Vv,
886, 387; Dictionary of fossils,
(rev.), vit, 382; Fina] — report,
Pennsylvania survey, vol. ii,
Greve), xi,;) 117; Final’ report, J.
EF. James, xviii, 323; (obit.), xxxii,
62; Biographical sketch, P. Fra-
ZCVNXXXil, 132.
Les minéraux des roches,
and Lacroix, (rev.), iii, 199.
BMesqueneuxs . lew Cit). wi 2275
(obit.), iv, 392; Sketch, E. Orton,
Vv, . 284; Fossils considered as
manne plants, (rev.),. vi, 322;
(cit.), On Glyptodendron, xii, 133;
Genus Winchellia, xii, 209; Flora
of the Dakota group, (rev.), xii,
328; Cretaceous plants of Minne-
sota, (rev.), xii, 330; Cretaceous
fossil plants from Minnesota,
(rev.); xv, 384.
Lessons in Physical Geography, C.
R. Dryer, (rev.), xxix, 57.
Les transformations des granulites
der Morbihan, Barrois, (rev.), iii,
Level of no strain, E. W. Claypole,
v, 83, 190.
Leverett, Frank,
Levy
Indiana natural
easy Held iv, 69. Crem.) Vv, 123;
Cincinnati ice-dam, (abs.), viii,
232; White clays of the Ohio re-
gion, x, 18; Supposed Glacial man
in southwestern Ohio, xi, 186;
Attenuated drift border and the
outer moraine in Ohio, xi, 215;
Glacial succession in Ohio, (rev.),
lease e(MenD. yey Chh el Bie sk, eto
Changes of level in Rock river
basin in Illinois, (abs.), xii, 179;
(rem.). xii, 181; Diversity of the
older drift in northwestern Illin-
ois; (abs.),. xii, 229; (rem.), xii,
230; Soils and subsoils of Tlinois,
(ed=com.) oti, 109s (andy T= C;
Chamberlin), Past drainage sys-
tems of the Upper Ohio river,
(abs.), xiii, 217; Pre-Glacial val-
levs of the Mississippi and its
tributaries, (rev.), xvii, 118; Cor-
relation of the New-York mor-
aines with the raised beaches of
Lake Erie, (rev.), xvii, 118; Soils
of Illinois, (rev.), xvii, 119; Ice-
lobes south from the Wisconsin
driftless area, (abs.), xvii, 102;
-Loess of western [Illinois and
southeastern Iowa, (albs.), xvii,
102; .:@p;sin.),. xviii, 400; Water
resources.of Illinois, ‘revyv.), xix,
418; Pleistocene features of the
Chieago area, (rev.), xx, 571; The
Chicago outlet, (ahs.), xx, 198;
Correlation of beaches with mo-
yaines on the south shore of
Lake Erie, xxi, 195: Weathered
zone between the Tlinoian and
Kansan till, (abs); xxi, 254; Be-
tween the Iowan loess and the
Illinoian till, (abs.), xxi, 254;
Water resources of Indiina and
Ohio, (rev.), xxi, 324; Intergla-
cial deposits in Iowa, (.bs.). xxii,
326; Wells of northern Indiana,
(rey.), xxiii, 385; The Lllinois. gla-
cial lobe, (rvev.), xxv, 381; (p-s.
n.), xxvi, 195; (p.s.n.), xxvii, 196;
. Glacial features of the Erie and
Ohio basins, (rév.), xxx, 323;
The Loess and its distribution,
xxxiii, 56; Glacial geology of the
southern peninsula of Michigan,
(rev.), xxxiv, 393%.
Levison, W. G., Note on fluores-
cent gems, xxxiii, 57.
Levy, Aw Mi; (pism:); xxxv, 262:
Levy, Miche!, Classification of
eruptive rocks, (rev.), iv, 303; v,
Ge
L.ewinson-Lessing’s
of rocks, xxiii, 346.
Lewis, H. C., Biographical sketch,
Warren Upham, ii, 371; Glacial
geology of Great Britain and Ire-
Jand, (rev.), xiv, 253; Ditto. (ed.
com.), xv, 180; Genesis of the
diamond, (rev.), Xx, 57.
Lewis, J. V:, (p.S.n.), xxxlit, 352;
(p.s.n.), xxxvi, 60.
C.. Palache
classification
Lherzolite-serpentine,
(rev.); xv, 52.
Libbey, Wm., Jr.,
405.
Lichas, Two new Lower Silurian
Species, E:. O. Ulrich, -x,.271; A
new form of trilobite, Delgado,
(rev.), xiil, 284.
Lick observatory, transfer, Le
Conte, (rev.). ii, 428.
Life in the Archean, (Am. com.),
US alas
Life, letters and works of Louis
Agassiz, Marcou, (rev.). xvii, 325.
Lignite, systematic description,
Knowlton, fifi, 108; Its utilization
in “Texas, (p:s.ni) 5x, 262:
Light in the east, (ed. com.), Xx,
LAS:
Lixritic formation, (Am. com.), Ii,
Eon
Limits of the glaciated area in
New Jersey, A. A. Wright. (abs.),
xii, 166; Of post-Glacial sub-
mergence east of Georgian bay,
EF. B. Taylor. xiv, 278.
Lincoln, D. F., Glacial erosion in
the finger lake region of New
York, (abs.), xli, 177.
Lincotin county, S. Dak.. Geology,
T. A, Bendrat, xxxiii, 65.
(pis) 5 xvid,
70 The American Geologist. December, 1905
Lindahl, Joshua, (p.s.n.), ii, 66; (p.
S.n.), x, 197; Illinois state Mu-
seum, xi, 216.
Lindenkohl, A., Mit. St. Elias and
Mt. Orizaba, xii, 213.
Lindgren, W., Two Neocene rivers
of California, (rev.), xi, © 121;
Gold quartz veins of California,
SAM e SHAG eGR y= Sodis HiGko~ (Ores
thoclase as gangue mineral,
(rev.), xxil, >; (p.s.n.), xxxili,
199.
Lindley, Cy i.) bs sneha Los:
Lingulasma, A new genus, Ulrich,
iii, 377; Ditto,-and species of
Lingula and Trematis, E. O. Ul-
TLGhs = IN, eile
Linn county meteorite, Torrey and
Barbour, viii, 65.
Linnaeus, Liscovery of the anten-
nae of trilobites, C, HE. Beecher,
xvii, 303.
Linton, ©., Formation of new ra-
vines, xxi, 329.
Liriodencron, Leaves, T. Holm,
(revi Vi, 2b:
Lispodesthes haworthi, White, i,
294
a
377
Litorina sea, Physical geography,
H. Munthe, (rev.), xvi, 126.
Little Falls, New York, Geology, H.
P. Cushing, (rev.), xxxv, 250.
Lituites, G. Holm, (rev.), ix, 3438.
Livonia (N. Y.), Deep shaft, (ed.
COM) boeXVaewoue: f
Llama remains from Colorado and
Kansas, (HAW. ©raein, Vix, 251.
Localities of Mesozoic and Paleozoic
fossils in California, H. W. Fair-
banks, xiv;) 25:
Lecal Genosit of Chester sandstone,
J. M. Nickles, vii, 41.
Logan, Mt., Highest in North
America, (p:s-n:), xiii, 292. :
Locke, Johm, Sketch of, N. H.
Winchell, xiv, 341.
Lockyer, N., (cit.), iv, 197.
Loesstrand, G., (p.s.n.), xi, 364.
Loess, Preliminary papers on the
driftless area, Chamberlin and
Salisbury, (rev.), i, 122; Fossils
at Iowa City, B. Shimek, i, 149;
In Brazil, Mills, iii, 345; In the
R. Keyes, iv, 119; Arrowpoints
at Musecatine,- F. M. Witter, ix,
Northwest, (ed. com.), iii, 398;
Distribution of certain fossils, C.
276;. Deposition. (p.s.n.)), xii, 273;
of western Illinois and south-.
eastern Iowa, Leverett, (abs.),
XV; | 11025 Charberlin, (rem.),
xx, 197: Origin, Udden, xx, 274;
Is the loess of aqueous origin?
B. Shinrek, |: \(rev>)),) s ‘Smithy. ‘q@rev:)
xxix, 311; Ames: knob, Bailey
Willis, xxxi, 159; Perry basin,
S~ith and White, (rev:.), xxxvi,
nA
Maitland, A. G., extra Australian
artesian basins, GEV.) Sa SVlIL,
265.
Making of Pennsylvania, FE. W.
Claypole. v, 225; Mammoth cave,
H.C. Hovey, ) (rev. pe xvill, 228:
Malaspina glacier, I. C. Russell,
@ev.);-o xilye (L21s Ditton (revs):
xiv, 190.
Mammalia of the Uintah forma-
tion, Scott and Osborn, (rev.),
vi, 56; from Mongolia, Lydekleer,
(rev.), x, 389.
Mammalian paleontology of North
America, 10 years progress, H.
F. Osborn, xxxvi, 199-
Mammalian remains from the
southern states, Jos. Leidy,
(rev.),, W, 314.
Mammals, Cretaceous, oO. Cc.
Marsh, -.(rev.), iv, 108; White
River and Loup Fork, Scott
and Osborn, (rev.), vii, 1345
Living and extinct, W. H. Flow-
er. (rev.). xi,:-353:
Mammoth Cave, Crystal growth in,
15% JOM MORE Ge ssipale a 5-o.4\e meta
Mammoth in ATIZONa, - Wie. Ges
Blate.. xxvi, 257; in Siberia, Bar-
on Toll, (rev.), xvi, 314; Siberian
GSN Xxx 128:
Mammoth tooth, at Given, Iowa,
(mesin.) > xxx e268
Manganese, its uses, ores and de-
PDOSItSs: BRI VAs "By Penrose, © Jin;
(rev.), viii, 261; In Canada, H.
P_ Prumell. x, 80%
Manhattan Island, W. H. Hobbs,
(abs.), xxx, 399;
Meanlit's formation, of New York,
C. Schuchert, xxxi, 160.
Meson, Marsden, Causes and con-
ditions of glaciation, xiv, 192;
How long ago was America
reopled?, xxxii, 128; The laws
of climatic evolution, xxiii, 44;
Evolvtion of climates, xxiv, 93,
15s BOSS GOS OI, 4 Ole
Martell, W. B. D., (obit.), xvii,
258.
Manual of the study of documents,
P. Frazer. (rev.), xiv, 118; Geol-
oev. of India. (p:s-n:), xiv. 272" of
geology, J. D: Dana, (rev.), xv,
259: of topographic methods, H.
Gannett. (rev.). xvi, 60; of de-
terminative mineralogy, Brush
and Penfield, (rev.), xxii, 328;
of the chemical analysis of
rocks, Washington, (rev.), xxxiv,
293: of physical geography. A. P.
Brigham, (rev.). xxxv, 182.
Manington oil field. W. Virginia,
I. C. White, (rev.), x, 65:
Man, The Madisonville discoveries,
(p.s.n.), i, 137; Pre-Glacial man,
(ed. com.), i, 198; The antiquity
of Man, (ed. com.), ii, 51; The
The American Geologist.
December, 1905.
Nampa image found, (p.s.n.),
iv, 387; Man and the Glacial
period, discussion, Boston Socie-
ty, Natural history, Putnam,
Wright, “Shaler, ete.,°(abs.), v,
123; H. T. Cresson and the Del-
aware river dwellings, S. wD.
Peet, v, 188; Geological tests
applied to archeological relics, S.
D. Peet, vii, 44; Natural and ar-
tificial terraces, S. D. Peet, vii,
113; at Little Falls, Minn., at
the departure of the ice-sheet,
Upham, vii, 224; Antiquities un-
der Tuolumne table mountain,
Cal., G. F. Becker, (rev.), vii,
258; Flood plain and the mound-
builders, S. ID} Peet, viii,
44; And _ the Mammoth, (ed.
com.), viii, 180; And Equus, Cope
(abs.), viii, 231;Earliest in Amer-
ica, (ed. com.), ix, 52; And pre-
historic horses, Cope, (p.s.n.),
ix, 67; Arrow points from the
loess at Muscatine, Iowa, F. M.
Witter, .ix, 276; Antiquity and
origin of the human race,
By. Wirizht\ Vepesin. eax ead
Man and the glaciers, A. Geikie,
(abs.), x, 190; Notes by McGee
and Holmes, (abs.), x, 196; New
discoveries at Baoussé Roussé,
Nadaillaec, x, 296; Ditto at Men-
tone, (p.s.n.), x, 329; Man and
the Glacial period, G. F. Wright,
(rev.), x, 387; Ditto, R. D. Salis-
Uy, ocd, Aloe, = eal) eT Teo IN ome
Shaler, xi, 180; Ditto, Warren
Upham, xi, 189; Ditto, (ed. com.),
xi, 110; Ditto, Upham, xi, 242)
Ditto, AGW AL) Wrisht.. xi) ealieae
Distribution of stone implements
in the tide water country, W. H.
Holmes, xi, -208; WVestiges of
early man in Minnesota. xi, 219;
Continuity of the paleolithic and
neolithic periods, J. A. Brown,
(rey.). xi, 352; Cope on Paleolith-
ic, (p.s.n.), xii, 61; Evidence of
Glacial in America, G. A
Wright, (abs.), xii, 173; Antiqui-
tv. W. J. MicGee, (abs.), xii, 174;
Glacial, ‘in America, (ed. com.)
xii, 187; Glaciated stone axe, é
FE. Wright, (abs.). xiii, 217; Barly
in Minnesota, Warren Upham,
xiii, 363; Platyenemic, in N. Y.,
W. H. Sherzer, (abs.), xiv, 197;
Chipped flints in the upper Mio-
cene of Burma, F. Noetling,
(rev.), xiv, 399; (p.s.n.), xiv, 407;
Great ice age and its relation to
antiquity, James Geikie, (rev.),
MVP Chipped chert im-
plement in Glacial gravel, G. F.
Wright. (abs.), xvi, 255; Human
relics from the drift of Ohio, E.
W. Claypole, (abs.), xvii, 238;
Evidence of Glacial, in N. J., G.
F. Wright, (abs.), xvill, 238;
and the Megalonyx, xx, 52; An-
cient in the Delaware valley,
general discussion, xx, 198; Peat
bog of Sweden and Antiquity of
man in JBurope, K. Kjellmark,
(rev.), xx, 334; Paleolith and
neolith, E. W. Claypole, xxi, 333;
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. ‘ 79
Glacial delta of the Cuyahoga.
river compared with the Trenton
gravels, G. EF. Wright,. (abs.),
EX 250: Primitive. in the
Somme valley,* Warren Upham,
xxii, 350; Truth about the Nampa
figurine, 266, G. F. Wright, xxiii,
267; ditto, McGee, 336: Geology
and archeology of Calif., McGee
and Holmes, (abs.), xxiii, 96;
Archeological notes in central
Minnesota, O. H. Hershey, xxiv,
283; Antiquity of the races of
mankind, (ed. com.), xxviii, 250;
In the ice age at Lansing, Kan-
sas, Warren Upham, xxx, 1325;
The Lansing skeleton, (ed. com.),
xxx, 189; Arrow head with Bison
occidentalis, S. W. Williston,
OOK elias Animals before, in
North America, F. A. Lucas,
(rey.), xxx, 390; Valley loess and
the fossil of Lansing, Kan., War-
ren Upham, xxxi, 25; Clayton
Stone axe.) (psn); — xxx}. 193.
Pleistocene geology of the Con-
cannon farm near Lansing, Kan.,
N. #. Winchell, xxxi, 263: How
long ago was America peonled?,
ed. com.). xxxi, 312; ditto. Mars-
den Manson, xxxii, 128; ditto, G.
F. Matthew. xxxii, 195; Antiquity
of the fossil of Lansing, Kan. (ed.
com.), xxxii, 185; Loess and the
Lansing Man., B. Shimek, xxxii,
353; Rheumatoid Arithitis in the
Lansing, C. >. 4 1 FT 1 Dunyte in
western, G. C. Martin, (rev.),
xxii, 380; Glacial lake of the Nash-
ua vallev, W. O. Crosby, (rev.),
xxiii, 102; Thames river in Conn.,
F. P. Gulliver, (rev.), xxiii, 104;
Fossils from eastern, W.' BE.
Hobbs. xxiii, 109; Boston basin,
(p.s.n.), xxiii, 126; The quatern-
ary era, Shaler, (cit.), xxiv, 88;
Petrogranvhical province of Essex
county. H. S. Washington. (rev.),
xxiv, 255; Wash plains of south-
ern New England. J. B. Wood-
worth, (rev.), xxiv, 381; Low-
er Cambrian fauna from
eastern. H. T. Burr, xxv, 41; Ge-
ology of old Hampshire county
Nashua valley during Tertiary
and Quaternary times, W. O.
Crosby, (rev.), xxv, 252; Eastern
Berkshire county, B. K. Emer-
son, (rev.), xxvii, 59; Boston bas-
in, Vols de ePart. aie awe (©. “Cros.
by, (rev.), xxvii 179; Structural
relations of the Amygdaloidal
Melaphyr, (rev.), xxvii, 319;
ditto, W. O. Crosby, xxvii, 324;
History of Charles River, F. G.
Clapp, xxix, 218; Delta plain at
Andover, F. S. Mills, xxxii, 162;
Institute of Technology, (p.s.n.),
xxxii, 532; ditto, xxxiii, 60; Pleis-
tocene of Sankaty head, J. A.
Cushman, xxxiv, 169; Barnacles
from Gayhead, J. A. Cushman,
Xxxiv, 293; Igneous rocks of lower
Neponset valley, W. O. Crosby,
xxxvi, 34; 69; Fossils from San-
katy head, J. A. Cushman, xxxvi,
194; Institute of Technology, (p.
2) PIOXXMVi So.
Mathematical theories of the earth,
R. S. Woodward, iv, 268.
Mather, W. W., Sketch, C. 4H.
Hitchcock, xix, 1.
Mathews, E. B., Granites of Pike’s
peak, (abs.), xv, 68; (p.s.n.),
--xvi, 66; 131; (p.s.n.), xxiv, 134;
Granite rocks of the Pikes Peak
quadrangle, (rev.), Xxvii,. 254;
Quantative classification of igne-
ous rocks, (abs.), xxxi, 399.
Mathews, J. H., (p.s.n.), xxix, 396.
Matthew, G. F., Psammichnites and
trilobites, ii, 1; How is the Camb-
rian divided? iv, 139; Fish re-
mains in the Niagara, viii, 61;
Cambrian faunas, Vill, -2877, A
new Horizon in the St, John
group, (rev.), ix, 57; Eozonal
limestones at St. John, Is; 21s
Diffusion and sequence of the
Cambrian faunas. (abs.), x, 66;
Fauna of the St. John group,
(rev.), xii, 192; 340; Trematobol-
us, an articulate brachiopod of
the inarticulate order, (rev.),
xii, 396; Organic remains of the
Little River group, (abs.), xiv,
67; Fauna of the St. John group,
INOS ou eu e. USI isn Early
Protozoa, xv, 146; The Protolen-
us fauna, (rev.), xvi, 200: Genus
Microdiscus, (rey.), xviii, 28; Or-
dovician system on the Atlantic
coast, (rev.), xviii, 50; Faunas
of Paradoxides beds, (rey.), xix,
62; What is the Olenelius fauna
xix, 396; Abram Gesner, a re-
view of his scientific work,
(rev.). xx, 137; Distribution of
Cambrian species, (abs.), xx,
276: Cambrian faunas, (rev.),
xxii, 50; Oldest Paleozoie fauna,
(abs.), xxii, 262; Studies of the
Cambrian faunas, No. 2, (rev.),
xxiii, 262: Paleozoic Terrane be-
neath the Cambrian, (reyv.),
xxiv, 55; Etcheminian fauna of
New Foundland, (rev.), xxiv.
125; Upper Cambrian faunas of
Mt. Steven, (rev.), xxiv, 382:
Fragments of the Cambrian fau-
nas (rev.), xxIv,. 383; Btch-
eminian fauna, of Cape Breton,
(rev.), xxv, 121; Walcott’s view
Matthew,
$2
of the Etcheminian, xxv, PAT
New Cambrian fossils, from Cape
Breton, (rev.), xxvii, 49; Are
the St. John Plant beds carbon-
iferous?, xxvii, 383; Cambrian of
Cape Breton, (rev.), xxix, 180;
Ostracoda of the Cambrian,
(rev.), xxix, 311; Acrothyra and
Hyolithes, (rev.), xxix, 261; Hyo-
lithes gracilis, (rev.), xxix, 251;
‘Backward step in Paleobotany,
(rev.), xxix, 251; Notes on Cam-
prian faunas, (rev.), xxxi, 256;
On batrachian footprints from
the coal measures of Jog-
gins, xxxii, | 34; How long ago
was America peopled? xxxii,
495; Classification of batrachian
footprints, (rev.), xxxiii, 259;
Batrachian footprints in eastern
Canada, (rev.), xxxv, 181.
Ww. D.. On Antenne and
other appendages of Triarthrus,
pbeckii, (rev.), xii, 193: (p.s.-n.),
xvi, 203; Metamorphism of Tri-
assic coals, (abs.). xvii, HOS sorve=
The American Geologist.
McKellar,
December. 190d.
McCreery, J. M. Causes of the ex-
tinction of species, v, 106
KK Peter, Gold ‘earin
Hee of Bagg Bay, (rev.), aCe
McNair, F. W.,. (p.s.n:), xxiv, 5;
GpySins) sy soos
McGee, W. J., Ovibos cavifr
- 6 UE ‘ rifrons in
Iowa, I, 126; Three formations
on the middle Atlantic slone,
(mevV.a) eo al a al2 9 Gp sen liaboiie
Geology of the head ae Chere
peake bay, (rev.), iv, 113; South-
ern extension of the Appomattox
formation, (abs.), v, 120; Neo-
cene and Pleistocene continent
movements, (abs.), villi, 2384;
(rem.), viii, 242; Ditto, wili, 248;
Ditto, viii, 251; (p.s.n.), viii, 403:
Gulf of Mexico as a measure of
isostasy, (abs.), ix, 217; Com-
parative chronology, (abs.). x
196; Areal work of the United
States geological survey, x, 377;
(rem.). xi, 173; Pleistocene” his-
tory of northeastern Iowa, (abs.),
vision of the Puerco Fauna, x1 178: 179: : ;
(rev.), xxi, 190; Is the White Se eee este a
River Tertiary an Bolian forma- 58: A fossil SEE GRIE = Rec XI,
tion?, (rev.), XxiV, 250; (p.s.n.), xi, 133: Gant ei Wage sec! a
xxv. 393; (p.S.n.), XXXIy 196; tiquity’ of ih ra uae An-
Outlines of the continents in Ter- (CARR MLS TAS Sar) merica,
tiary times, (abs.), xxxiii, 268; Camparisen Be Ba oet Weis
Evolution of the camel, (p.s.n.), sia DORE Tiere oe
xxxiii, 397.
(abs.), xii, 180: (p.s.n.), xii, 206:
attirolo, M., (rem.), iv, 52. } \ )
Moune Loa, Eruption of 1903; E. | eee xii, 230; Pleistocene of
‘Wood, xxxiv, 62; northeastern Jowa, (rev.), xii,
: (oper 259; The Lafayette formation,
McCauley, T. G.,
process of burn-
ing pulverized fuel,
(p.s.n.), iii, (rev.), xiv, 155; Extension of un-
216 PSE alee to deformation,
. cS +: rev.), xiv, 199; (p.s.n.), xv, 66;
McBride, T. H., A new Cyead, xil, Sete ; , , 66;
948: Carboniferous plants of Bea Ba map of the
Towa. (rev.), xviii, 226. nited States, xvi, 61; ditto, (ed.
McCalley, H., Valley regions of ecom.). xvi, 113; Geological map
Alahamace(reve)s Uxxlijme2a WV ars of New York, (abs.), xvii, 264,
vior coal basin, (rev-), xxvi, 61; Sheet-flood erosion, (rev.), xviii,
928: (p.s.n.), xx, 194, (and AWG dale
2 Stes A = Holmes), Geology and Archeology
298: Biographical sketch, E. A. aes 5 1d. : J
Smith. ex: 198; | of Calif., (abs.), xxill, 96; Truth
Mecalife. s: W., Preliminary re- | about the Nampa figurine, xxiii,
fyo.s.n.). xxvii, 388; (obit.). xxxiVv,
port on the marbles of Georgia. 336 5 New Madrid earthquake,
(rev.). XV, 329; Phosphates and xxx, 200; (p.s.m.), xxx, 271;
marls of Georgia. (rev.), xxii, Geest, xxx, 381. ;
193: Artesian well system of se Mrs. Anita N., (p.s.n.), iv,
teorgi DF , 281; ‘Tra :
Geese ot eal: bes Mead, D. W., Economic resources
Roads and road building materia ane payee, of, Tll., (rev-),
of Georgia, -(rev.), xxix 56; An » Leo. : 4 :
erratic S yourser from the Coal,| Mead, Cc. S., Field geology in Ohio
Measures, xxxi, 46: Sandstone state University, xxxll, 261.
dikes near Columbus, Ga.. xxxii, Mean density of the earth, J. H.
199. pe ey ae :
; , (psn), xxxil, echanics 0 ppalachian struc-
Gea Died P ture, Béiley Willis, (rev.), Xv,
McConnell. R. G., Note on the geol- GO. ; ie ‘
ogy of Mt. Stephen. iii, 22: (p-S. Mechanical composition of wind
n), iv, 392; Glacial features of deposits, D. Udden, (rey.),
k and Mackenzie bas- xxiv, 382. ] ;
a TGs: v, 119; Ditto, vill, | Mecklenburg or Baltic Moraines,
394; Geology of Athabasca, | Warren Upham, xxii, 43.
(rev.), xiii, 429 Glacial deposits | Medusae, C. D. Walcott, (rev.),
xxiii, 57.
Meed, R. K., Portland cement, (p.
Se DOO lize
Meeds, A. D., Deep well at Still-
water, Minn., (p.s-n.), iii, 343.
of southwestern Alberta. (abs.), |
xvi, 235; Report on thy Canadian |
survey, 1894; (rev.), xviii. 386; |
So-called basal granite of Yukon |
valley, xxx, 55; (p.S.n.), XXX, 326. |
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 83
Meehan’s Monthly, (rev.), viii, 329;
Meek, F. B., Biographical sketch
by C. A. White, xviii, 337; Car-
boniferous fossils at Morgan-
town, xxx, 211.
Meek, S. E., (p.s.n.), iv, 126.
wipe alenyx beds. (Am. com.), II,
Megalonyx in Holmes Co., Ohio,
BE. W. Claypole, vii, 122, 142, 149;
In Big Bone Cave, Tenn., J. M.
Safford. (abs. viii, 193. 195, 232;
Meguma series of Nova Scotia, J.
E. Woodman, xxxiv, 13.
Melaphyr of the Boston Basin, H.
tT. Burr, (rev.), xxvii, 319; Dit-
to, W. O. Crosby, xxvii, 324.
Melonites multiporus, Jackson and
Jaggar, (rey.), xvii, 326.
Memoir, Dictysopongidae, Hall and
Clarke, (rev.), xxiv, 304.
Menage, Scientific expedition to
the Philippine Islands, (p-s.n.),
vi, 134.
Mendenhall, W. C., (and Schrader)
Mineral resources of Mt. Wran-
gell, (rev.), xxxii, 393; Richmond
folio, (rev.), xxiii, 198; (p.s.n.),
xxxiv, 398.
BUEN ans as a term, (Am. com.),
Li ith
Mentone, New discoveries at, (p.s.
Ni.) 57 X, 1329.
Mentor beds, a Kansas Comanche,
terrane, F. W. Cragin, xvi, 162.
Mercer, H. C., (p.s.n.), xx, 199;
(rem.), xii, 174.
Mercerat, Alide, (p.s.n.), xii, 205.
Merriam, C. H., (p.s.n.), xvii, 346.
Merriam, J. C., (rem), xxvii, 132;
i Gpisin.), 2 xox; 396); (p.s.n.),
xxxiv, 398. :
Merriam, W. N., (p.s.n.), xvi, 327.
Merriman, Mansfield, Slate regions
of Penn., (rev.), xxiii, 328.
Merrill, F. J. H., (p.s.n.), xvi, 129;
Mineral resources of New York,
(reve) x tii; ubst DicconnOn Ele
EACH COCK mil e2 DDS ae LEO mits
Winchell, iii, 256; Natural science
at the University, N. H. Win-
chell iii, 165; Foliation and sedi-
mentation, A. C€. Lawson, lil,
169, 276; Sponges of the Lower
Silurian, FE. O. Ulrich, iii, 233;
Stillwater deep well. A. D.
Meeds, (n.s.n.), iii, 342; Lingu-
lasma and new. species of Ling-
via and Trematis, E. O. Ulrich.
iii, 377; Ditto, iv, 21; Archean of
the region northwest of lake
Superior, A. C. Lawson, (rev.),
iv, 59; Gas-well at Albert Lea,
(p.s.n.), iv, 126; Chemical origin
of the iron ores of the Keewatin,
N. H. Winchell and H. V. Win-
Gwells icing. 2s) DUEtOn © lokaavian
Baise: iv; 3825) DittowuN. ie, & VE
V. Winchell. iv, 383; Artesian
water from the Archean, (p.s.n.),
iv, 392: Acad. Nat. Sciences,
(p.s.n.), iv, 320; Seventeenth re-
port of the Geological Survey,
(rev.). v, 58; Some _ results of
Archean studies, A. Winchell,
(abs.), v, 121; Gas exploration at
Freeborn. (p.s.n.), v, 128; An
abandoned gorge of the Mississ-
inpi river at Minnehaha falls, U.
S. Grant, vi, 1; Taconic iron ores
of Minnesota and western New
Houndilands) ANE Ves ana Ei avie
(p.s.n.), xxxii,
December, 1905.
Winchell, vi, 263; History of lake
Agassiz, vii, 188, 197,. » 222%
Movement of ice in Minnesota
lakes, E. H. Atwood, vii, 252%
Appropriation by the Legislature,
(p.s.n.), vii, 3834; Iron ores of
Minnesota, N. H. and H. V.
Winchell, (rev.), vii, 370; Area
end duration of lake Agassiz,
Warren Upham, viii, 127; Source
of the Mississippi river. J. V.
Brower, viii, 291; Southeastern, C.
Wi. Hall, (abs:)); 9 ibe. Zilles Nie w.
Brachiopoda of the Trenton and
Hudson groups, Winchell and
Schuchert, ix, 284; Kawishiwin
agglomerate at Ely. N. H. Win-
chell, ix, 359; The claims of
Willard Glazier, Report of a
committee of the Historical Soci-
ety, ix, 411; Stratigraphic posi-
tion of the Ogishkeconglomer-
ate, U. S. Grant, x, 4; An inter-
glacial chrometer. N. H. Win-
chell, x, 69, 302: Nineteenth an-
nual report of the Geological sur-
vev, N. H. Winchell, (rev.), x;
124; Seme problems of the Mesa-
ha iron ore, N. H. Winchell, x,
169; Paleozoic formations of
southeastern. Hall and Sardeson,
(rev.), x, 182; Twentieth Geolog-
ical report, N. H. Winchell,
(revs): xi, 354: ((p:s:n-) ol, obAe
The Mesahbi iron range. H. V.
Winchell; -(rev.), xi, .355; Ves-
tiges of early man, W. H.
Holmes.- xi, 219; Coastal topog-
ravhy of the north side of lake
Superior, A. C. Lawson, (rev.),
vi, 356: Ausgite soda-granite, U.
S. Grant, xi, 383; Anorthosytes
of Lake Snperior, A. C. Lawson,
(rev.), .xii, 59; Norian of the
northwest. Nigy olale Winchell,
(rev.). xii, 60; Cretaceous in
northern. H. V. Winchell, xii,
220: Cretaceous fossil plans. L:
T.esavereux. (rev.). dit BBtie
Svonges. graptolites and corals,
Winehell and Sehuchert. (rev.),
xii, 331; Microseonical fauna of the
Cretaceous. W oedward and
Thomas, (rev.). xii. 330; Tower
Silurian 3rvoza, EH. O. Ulrich,
xii, 3831; Tower silurian Brachi-
enoda, Winehell and Schuchert,
(rev.). xii, 332; False hedding in
useratuanalars Wacaherli tee fete) Dpentsyenpnaese Sd filin
43; Archean of Lake Superior, W.
Ey iG Smitha arava) ie aociiiemoae
Academv of natural sciences. (p-
s.n.). xiii, 75; Multiple diabase
dyke, A. C. Lawson, xiii,-293;
Karly man. Warren Upham. xiii,
363; Geological survey, 1892: N.
HA. Winchell, (rev.), xiii, 425;
Keweenawan of Lake Superior,
U. S. Grant. xiii, 437; Iron ores
of the Mesabi, J. E. Spurr, xiii,
335; W. H. Scofield, (obit.), xiii,
440; Topographical survey, (p.s.
n.), xiv, 66; Tertiary and Quat-
ernary base, leveling. Warren
Upham. (abs.), xiv, 199: Age of
the Galena, N. H. Winchell,
. Wisconsin
Paden olunds tae. 89
(abs.), xiv, 203; Tertiary and
early Quaternary base-leveling,
Warren Upham, xiv. 235; Silur-
jan Lamellibranchiata, E. O. Ul-
rich, (rev.), xiv, 249; Iron bear-
ing rocks of the Mesabi, J.
BE. Spurr, (rev.), xiv, 251; Silur-
jan Ostracoda, E. O. Ulrich,
(rev.), xiv, 333; New Meteorite,
(ed. com.), xiv, 389; Age of the
Galena, N. H. Winchell, XV, 33;
Glacial drift in northeastern,
Warren Upham, (rev.), xv, 51;
Beep beral phases of the gabbro,
S. Bayley, (abs.), xv, 67;
Jase of the Taconic, N. H. Win-
chell, xv, 153; 229; Lake Superior
mining institute, pS. ets
272; Eruptive epochs of the Ta-
conic, N. H.. Winchell, xv, 295;
(p.s.n.), xv, 336; Canadian locali-
ties of the Taconic eruptives, N.
H. Winchell, xv, 356; Final re-
port, Vol. 3, Partl, Paleontology,
IS EYEE Winchell, (rev.), xv, 384;
Lake Superior region prior to the
survey, N. Ho Win-
chell, xvi, 12; Keweenawan ac-
cording to the Wisconsin geolo-
gists, ON. EH. Winchell, xvi, 715;
University of, (p.s.n.), xvi, 130;
Rational ‘view of the Keweena-
wan, N. H. Winchell, xvi, 150;
Synchronism of the Lake Super-
jor region, N. H’ Winchell, xvi,
205; Latest eruptives of the
Lake Superior, region, N.
H. Winchell, xvi, 269;
269; Source of the Mississippi,
N. H./ Winchell, xvi, 322; Taxon-
omy of lake Superior region, N.
H. Winchell, xvi, 331; Structure
of the Vermilion range, Smyth,
and Finlay, (rev.), xvii, 247;
Erosion of the Sit. Croix Dalles,
Warren Upham, (abs.), xvii, 260;
St. Peter sandstone, F. W. Sar-
deson, (rev.), xvii, 390; Cristal
de Labrador du Gabbro, N. H.
Winchell, (rev.), xviii, 190;
Fauna of the Magnesian series,
F. W. Sardeson, (rev.) xviii, 184;
Voleanie ash from Lake Superi-
or, Winchell and Grant, xviii,
211; Inter-glacial gorge of the
St. Croix River, Warren Upham,
(abs.), xviii, 223; Revision of the
Moraines, J.. BE. Todd, (abs.),
xviii, 225; Arlington iron, N. H.
Winchell, xviii, 267; Galena and
Maauoketa series, F. W. Sarde-
son; xvili, 356; ditto, xix, 21, 91;
180, 330: Final report, Vol. 3,
Part, 2, Paleontology, Ulrich
Clarke, Scofield, and Winchell,
(rev.), xix, 346; Lakes with two
outlets, U. S.- Grant, xix, 407;
Copper minerals in hematite
ore, Eby and Berkey, (rev.), xix,
417;.Glacial Lake Hamline, (p.s.
Ne) xix, 423; Some new
features in the geology,
N. RB Winchell, XX; 41:
Development of Mississippi Val-
lev. O. H. Hershey, xx, 246;
Koochiching granite, A. N. Win-
ehell, xx, 292; Fisher meteorite,
Elftman,
Minnewaska region. Ff. W.
xx, 816; Glacial Lake Agassiz,
Warren Upham, (rev.), xx, 324;
Keweenawan, Part 1, Glacial ge-
ology, A. H. Elftman, xxi, 90; Part
2, Keweenawan series, xxi, 175;
Academy of Natural science, (p.
s.n.), xxi, 135; Geology of the
St. Croix Dalles, C. P. Berkey;
xxi, 139; Archean of Minnesota.
and of Finland, N. H. Winchell,
xxi, 222; Copper in Lake Superi-
or iron mines, (p.s.n.), xxi, 331;
History of mining and quarry-
ing, Warren Upham, (rev.), xxii,
51; St. Croix River valley, A. H.
xxii, 58; Eruptive de-
Taylors (Malls; N. EH:
Winchell, Mochi 72; Keweena-
wan ‘series, Part’ 2, :xxii, 131;
Mesolite, N. H. Winchell, xxii,
228; Erosion of the upper Miss-
issippi valley, etc.. Warren Up-
ham, (abs.), xxii, 258; Oldest
known rock, N. H. Winchell,
(abs.), xxii, 262; Origin of the
Arehean Igneous rocks, N. H.
Winchell, xxii, 299; Conglomer-
ates in the Galena, F. W. Sar-
deson, xxii, 315; Thomsonite and
Lintonite from Lake Superior, N.
H. Winchell, xxii, 347: Thalite
and Bowlingite from Lake Supe-
rior. N. H. Winchell, xxiii,
41; Wind deposits, Hall and Sar-
deson, (abs.), xxiii, 103; Zeolites,
N. H. Winchell, xxiii, 176; Opti-
cal characters of Jacksonite., N.
H. Winchell, xxiii, 250; Adularia
and other secondary minerals, N.
H. Winchell, xxiii, 317: Englacial
drift in the Mississipri basin,
Warren Upham, xxiii, 359; Cys-
tocrinodean from the Ordovician;
bris at
EF. W. Sardeson, xxiv. 263: Arch-
aeological notes, O. H. Hershey,
xxiv, 283: Drift in Minneanolis,
Warren Upham. xxv, 275: Gab-
broid rocks of Minnesota. A. N.
Winehell. xxvi, 151; 197; 261. 348:
Contact metamorphism of an ig-
neovs rock. U. S. Grant, (rev.),
xxvii, 51; ‘‘Geyser spring,’ C. P.
Rerkev. xxix, 87; Iron ores, N.
HA. Winchell xxix, 154°" Oricin
2nd distribution of clays. C. P.
Berkey, xxix, 171; Original
source of the Lake Suverior iron
ores, J. E. Spurr, xxix, 335: Re-
enlts of the geological survey, N.
H. Winchell, xxxi, 246; Note on
Titaniferous Pyrexene. Ash IN.
Winehell, xxxi, 309: Geography,
Co We. Hall?” (Grew) = 3972 2 Dittoy Eile.
Cushing, xi, 276.
Movements of vocks under defor-
mation, C. R. Van Hise, (abs),
xvii, 99.
Movements in the Rock Mount-
ains,, (p.s.n.), xxviii, 332.
Mt. Stuart folio, Washing, G. O.
Smith, (rev.), xxxiv, 392.
Mud, eruption in Asia, (p.s.n.),
v, 191, and sand dikes of the
Miocene, E. C. Case, xv, 248.
Mudge, B. F., Sketch by F. W.
Williston, xxiii, 340. «
Mudge, E. H., Observations along
Grand River, Mich, xii, 284;
Drainage systems of the Car-
boniferous area in Mich., xiv,
301.
Muegge, O., (p.S.n.), xvii, 257.
Muir glacier region, H. P. Cush-
ing, (abs.), viii, 194; Muir glaci-
er, H. P. Cushing, viil, 207, 237;
G. F. Wright, viii, 330; Origin of
gravel deposits beneath, I. C.
Russell, ix, 190; Movement, G.
EF. Wright, x, 397; Ditto, Hy P:
Cushing, xi, 276; Changes, S. P.
Baldwin, xi, 366.
Mukai, Th., Iron ore in Japan, (p.
Sion ee aodip else:
Muldrow, R., Measurement of Mt.
McKinley, (p.s.n.), xxviii, 134.
Multiple basic dike, A. C. Law-
son, xiii, 298.
Munthe, H.,
Litorina Sea,
Geography of the
(reve) 7X2 or
Interglacial submergence of
Great Britain, (rev.), xxii, 193.
Munuscong Islands, F. B. Taylor,
xv, 24.
Murchison medal, (p.s.n.), i, 335;
Silurian system of rocks, v, 89.
Murray, Alexander, (cit.), iv, 122,
43.
Murray, Sir John, (p.s.n.), xxxiv,
Museu Paraense Bulletin of, (rev.),
xx, 189.
Museum of comparative zoology,
(pes ny). KV Soo:
Mystic coal, H. F. Bain, xiii, 407.
N
Nadaillac, new discoveries Baoussé
Roussé, x, 296.
Nagra Calcitkritaller fron Nord-
marken. 7. C. Moberg, (rev.),
xxiv, 59.
Name of the copper-bearing rocks
of lake Superior, U. S. Grant,
MVie Oe
Nampa Image, (p.s.n.), iv, 387.
Nampa image, Gok. Wwirieht,
xxiii, 267; Ditto, W. J. McGee,
xxiii, 336.
Nanaimo, Formation of Vancouver,
fossils. J. F. Whiteaves, (rev.),
xiv, 68. :
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 93
Nanno, Cephalopodan type, J. M.
@Glarkeynexiv, (205: ditto, EF. W.
Sardeson, xiv, 402; Remarks on,
A. Hyatt, xvi, 1; Apical end of
certain Endoceratidae, J. FE.
Whiteaves, xxxv, 23.
Nansen’s Polar expedition, (p.s.n).,
xviii, 195; (p.s.n.), xx, 420.
Nansen’s continental oscillations,
and bathymetrical features of
the North Polar sea, J. W.
Spencer, xxxv, 221.
Nantucket, N. S. Shaler, (rev.),
cv aa [i i
Naples fauna in western N. Y., J.
M. Clarke, xxxiii, 47.
Narragansett ieee ‘sheet, J-u 5;
Woodworth, xviii, 391.
Narrative of the journeys of David
Phonpson, J. Bi Tyrrell,’ i, 256.
Nason, F. L., post-Archean age of
the white limestones, vii, 241;
White limestones of New Jersey,
(ice veeeeeVA bZ0r “(pis.n)>* Vili,
131; Post-Archean age of white
limestones, viii, 166; Magnesian
series of the Ozark uplift, xi, 99;
Tron ores of Missouri, (rev.), xi,
205; iron-bearing rocks of the
Adirondacks, ~ xii, 25; ‘‘Correct
succession of the Ozark series.”’
a review reviewed, xii, 141;
white limestones of Sussex
county, N. J., xiii, 154; Cambrian
age of limestones in Sussex
eounty, xiv, 261; (p.s.n.),, xvii,
340.
Nason, H. B., (obit.), xv, 336.
Nassa trivittata and peralta, G. B.
Harris, viii, 174.
Natchez formation, T. C. Cham-
berlin, (vev.), xvil, 108.
Nathorst, A. G., the position of the
Olenellus beds, ii, 356.
Naticopsis, subgeneric groups, C.
R. Keyes, iv, 193.
National academy of sciences, (Dp.
Sn), lie 404" 6 iplsin.), xiv, 408;
(es.m), XVil, 404; (p.s'n.), xxi,
396; (p:s.m.)," xxv, 328; (p-s.n.),
XXX, oot; (p.-S.m:)), xxxi,, 398. ;
National encyclopedia of Ameri-
ean biography, (rev.), xvili, 190.
National geographic society, (p.s.
ne), xvi, 59;
National museum, at Washington,
(ed. com.), xxxv, 378; new
building, (ed. com.), xxxi, 1/8.
National museum for Canada, H.
Me wAINI OXXVIi. 2595) 3283 \(p.Sint),
xxvii 393.
National representation in the In-
ternational Congress of geolo-
gists, (ed. com.), xiv, 327.
Natural and artificial terraces, S.
Da Peet, wil, 213:
Natural formation of pellets, J. A.
Udden, xi, 268.
Natural gas, Future of, E. W.
Claypole, i, 31; Report on, by
@rton, i, 62; At Findlay, O.; f,
65: At Litchfield, Ill, i, 138; Field
of Indiana, Leverett, iv, 6; Di-
minution of, (ed. com.), viil,
176; Field, Central Ohio, G. A.
Bownocker, xxxi, 218.
Natural gas and petroleum in On-
tario, JH.) JP: “Brummell (rey.),
xfi, 220:
Natural history of cordierite, J. J.
H. Teall, (rev.), xxv, 384.
Natural science, at the University
of Minn., iii, 165: (ed. com.),
XIX potas
Navassa Island, Phosphate depos-
na E. D'Invilliers, (rev.), vii,
»
Nebraska. ;
Niobrara river, with reference to
irrigation, i, 69; Crystalline rock
near the surface, i, 130; Salt
well at Lincoln, i, 131; Geyserite,
int 2h43 Voleanie dust, “Lez E.
Hicks, ii, 64; Green quartzyte,
L. E. Hicks, ii, 351; Bison lati-
frons, ii, 439; Soils, L. E. Hicks,
iil, 36: Further notes on Green
Quartzite, J. E. Todd, ili, 59;
Preliminary notes on the geol-
ogy, EF. W. Russell, Vil; oss
Academy of sciences organized,
(p.s.n.), vii, 385; Paleozoic fishes,
E. D. Cope, (rev.), ix, 263; Vol-
canic dust from Omaha, J. E.
Todd, x, 295; Rhinoceros from
the Loup Fork beds, J. B.
Hatcher, xiii, 149; Voleanic ash!
near Omaha, J. E. Todd, xv,
130; Remarks on Daemonelix, J.
F. James. xv, 337; Daemonelix
or “what? (ed.* com.) xvijPi1i3:
Calcvisponge from the Carbonif-
erous, J. M. Clarke. xxiii, 87;
Tertiary formations. N. H. Dar-
ton, (abs.), xxiii, 94; Discovery
of the Jaramie, C. A. Fisher,
xxx, 315; New Bryozoza from
the Coal Measures, G. E. Cond-
ra, xxx, 337; Rhombopora lepido-
dendroides, Ga. E. Condra,
xxxi, 22; An old Platte channel,
G. E. Condra, xxxi, 361.
Nebraska University,
XXXvV, 261.
Nebular and Planetesimal theories,
of the earths origin, Warren Up-
ham. xxxv, 202.
Nebular theory, untenableness. N.
Mistockles, xxxIv, 226; 310, 361.
Need of an editor, (ed. com.), ix,
Needed term in Petrography, L.
V. Pirsson, (rey.), xvii, 94.
Nejecd meteorite, (p.s.n.), xxix, 128:
Nelson, N. P., formation of a ter-
race, xii, 125.
Nematophyton, in the New York
state museum, C. S. Prosser,
od bE Y eR
Neocene and Pleistocene continent
movements. Wied dis McGee,
(abs.), viii, 234,
Neocene, erratic Cambrian fossils,
J. FE. Woodworth, ix, 243,
Neocene, correlation paper, Dall
and Harris, (rev.), xii, 399.
Neocene rivers of California, W.
Lindgren, (rev.), xii, 121,
Neocene of the Sata Cruz mount-
aaa G. H. Ashley, (rey.), xvii,
(p.s.n.),
94 The American Geologist. December: 1905.
Neocomian in Arkansas, Jules
Marcou, iv, 357; shales of Kansas,
HY. W. Cragin, vi, 233; Ditto, vil,
23, 179; Gryphaea pitcheri, Jules
Marcou, v, 315. :
Neolithic man in Nicaragua, J.
Crawford, viii, 160,
Neozoic of southwest Arkansas, R.
Tull (neve) alwvmetoe
Nepheline rocks in Brazil, O. A.
Derby, ly) Zoos Bart ews, Oe eA:
Derby, (rev.), x, 326.
Nepheline-basalt, from Pilot knob,
Texas, J. BH. Kem»! \vij7292)
Nepheline syenite, in Dungannon
and Faraday, (rev.), xiv, 68;
189.
Nepheline syenite in western On-
tario, W. G. Miller, xxxii, 182.
Nepheline melilite basalt from
Oahu, (ed. com.), xxv, 312.
Neponset valley, ‘structural rela-
tions of the igneous rocks, W. O.
Crosby, xxxvi, 34, 69. ,
Nettletroth, Henry, Fossil shells,
(rev.), v, 107.
Netmayr, Die Stamme Des Thier-
richs}) Greve). IV DSeh Cees) eens
209; 380.
Neutaconkanut boulder, (p.s.n.),
xxvii, 329.
‘Nevada, Eureka district with an
atlas. Arnold Hague, (rev.), xii,
264; Esmeralda formation, H. W.
Turner, xv, 168: Geology of Es-
meralda county, H. W. Turner,
xxix, 261; south of the 40th par-
rallel, J. E. Spurr, (rev.), xxxiil,
122; Notes on Gold field, (ed.
com.), xXxxv, 382.
Newark and Laurentian as geolog-
197
ical terms, C. H. Hitchcock, v,
Newark, Priority as a group name,
TG vRusselliewiit ose
Newark system, I. C. Russell. iii,
178; Correlation paper, I. C. Rus-
sell, (rev.), xii, 402; report of
rrogress, H. B. Kiimmel, (rev.),
XX let OL INE Ie eles) oimmng©el:
(nhs) Sila 93k
Newark, age of the brownstone, B.
S. Lyman, (rev.), xiii, 284.
Newberry, J. S., receives the
Murchison Medal, i, 335; Pro-
duction of gold and silver, i, 66;
Nomenclature of the lower Pale-
ozoic, (Am. com.), ii, 203; Classi-
fication of the Tertiary, (Am.
com), ili; \2815\-"Coals' of SColot,
(rev.), ji, 429; (p.s.n.), Til, 64;
Reconnaissance in New Mexico,
(Git INA whos 328; Laramie
group. (abs.), v, 118; Mevonian
plants, (rev.). v, 184; (rem.), v,
R81; 884; Paleozoic fishes of
North America. (rev.), vi, 3238;
Cobite) Sie GSeinCpisine) esd 64:26);
Sketch of, by J. J. Stevenson,
xii)» 1s On) YDinichtys;~\(cit.);
xii, 90; Unfinished » manuscript,
(p.s.n.); xxiii, 394.
New Brunswick, Report of Bailey
and Innes, on Northern, (rey.),
v, 246; Report of Chalmers, sur-
face geology, (rev.), Vv, 247; re-
Jations to eastern Maine, L. W.
Bailey, (rev.), vi, 3890; Beach
phenomena at ‘Quaco; ‘Co-i:
Whittle, vii, 183; Surface geolo-
gy, Chalmers, (rev.), vili, 394;
Diplaspis acadica, G. F. Matt-
hew, viii, 61.
New genus and new species of
tubicolar annelida, S. Calvin,
i, 24; Crinoids from the Niagara,
S. A. Miller, [, 263; Geological
map of Europe, i, 93, 117; Cir-
cular to geologists, (p.s.n.), i,
3003 Post-Pliocene Limnaeid,
Call, i, 146; Characters of Diphy-
phyllum, simcoense, W. H. Sher-
Brachiopoda from the Trenton
and Hudson River, Winchell and
TS. Hunt; Cev., vit} estas
Lamellibranchiata, Ulrich, v, 270;
102; WLamellibranchiata, Ulrich,
vi, 178, 382; Basis for chemistry,
zer, iv, 938; Forms of Crinoidea
at St. Paul, Ind., Beachler, iv,
Schuchert, ix, 284; Discoveries at
Mentone. (p.S.n-)), Xx, 329;
Lower Silurian Ostracoda, Ul-
rich, x, 263; New species and
new structural parts of fossils,
Miller and Faber, (rev.), x, 316;
Locality for millerite, LOR eb dla.
Keyes, xi, 126; And little known
invertebrata, from the Neocom-
ian of Kansas, EF. W. Cragin,
xiv, 1; Sub-order of the Ancylo-
poda, H. F. Osborn, (rev.), xiil,
357; Liriodendron from the Lar-
amie in Colorado, A. Hollick,
(rev.), xiv, 203; Cretaceous gen-
us, Clypeastridae, F. W. Cragin,
xv, 90; Marine Algae, R. P.
Whitfield, (rev.), xv. 183; Insec-
tivore, from the White River
beds, W: “B. Scott, (rev); xv,
264; Trilobite from Arkansas, A.
W. Vogdes. (rev.), xvi, 262: Fos-
sils from Missouri. R. R. Row-
lev, xvi, 217; Ordovician trilo-
bites, J. Bergeron, (rev.), xvii,
395: And important source of
phosvhate rock, in Tennessee, J.
M. Safford, xviii, 261; Well at
Rock Island, Ill., J. A. Udden,
xxi, 199; Developments in well
boring and irrigation, in South
Dakota. N. H. Darton. (rev.),
xxi, 325: Cvstocrinoidean species,
F. W. Sardeson. xxiv, 263; Dis-
covery concerning Uintacrinus,
RF. Springer, xxiv, 92: Light on
the drift in South Dakota. J.
BE. Todd, xxv, 96; Lower Cam-
brian fauna from eastern Mass.,
HW. T. Burr, xxv, 41; Occurrence
of ruby in North Carolina, Judd
and Hidden, (rev.). xxv, 175:
Minerals from the zinc mines of
Franklin, N. J.. Penfield, and
Warren, (rev.), xxv, 174; Occur-
hence of Nepheline syenitein N.
jJ.. F. L. Ransome, (rev.), XXvV,
176: Species of crinoids. blas-
toids and cystoids, from Missouri.
R. R. Rowley, xxv, 65; Cambrian
fossils, from Cape Breton, G. F.
Matthew, (rev.), xxvii, 49; Epiro-
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 95
genic movements causing the
ice age, Warren Upham, xxix,
162; Fossils from sub-Carboni-
ferous of Missouri, R. R. Row-
ley, xxix, 303; Bryoza from the
Coal Measures, G. E. Condra,
xxx, 338; Siluric Cystoidea and
a new Camarocrinus, C. Schuch-
ert, xxxii, 230; Exposure of ser-
pentine at Syracuse, N. Y., E.
M. Kraus, xxxiii, 330; Footprint
from the Conn. Valley, J. A.
Cushman, xxxiii, 154; Physical
geography, R. S. Tarr, (rev.),
xxxiii, 257; Sources of supply of
iron ore. J. F..Kemp, (rev.),
SexeVves 195.
New species. see under fossils.
Newell, F. H., (p.s.n.). xiv, 202,
204; Report on irrigation. 1891,
(rey.), xv, 49; Hydrographic sur-
vev. stream measurements for
1899, (rev.), xxx, :/322.
Newfoundland, geology of. J. P.
Howley, iv, 121: Carboniferous
fossils. J. W. Dawson. (rev.).
viii. 259; Glaciation. T. C. Cham-
berlin. (rev.), xv, 203; Coal field,
(p.s.n.), xvii, 259: Wariolitic pil-
low-lava,. R. A. Daly. xxxii, 65.
New Hampshire, Conglomerate in
Geiss) (CC. He § Hitchcock, lil,
253; Bleolite-syenite. W. S. Bay-
lev, (rev.), x, 64; Studies in the
Connecticut valley glacier, C. H.
Hitchcock. (abs.), x, 217: Erup-
tive rocks. C. H. Hitchcock,
(abs.), xiii, 2128: Paleozoic ter-
ranes, C. H. Hitchcock, (rev.),
xvii, 105: Graftonite from Graf-
ton, S. L. Penfield. (rev.). xxv,
176: Geology, C. H. Hitchcock,
(ed. com.), xxv, 244; Grafton-
ite. S. l. Penfield. (rev.), xxvi.
393; Moraines and eskers. of
the last glaciation, Warren Up-
ham. xxxilli. 7.
New Jersey. Archean plant of Sus-
sex county. Britton. (rev.), il.
58: Fossil fishes and nvlants of
the ‘Triassic. J. S.' Newberry,
(rev.), Iv, 187; Geographic “de-
velopment of northern. Davis
and Wood, (rev.). vi. 195: Post-
Archean age of the White lime-
stones, vii, 241: Geological sur-
vev. report for 1890. J. C. Smock.
(rev.). viii, 120; Trans of the
Newark system, N. H. Darton,
(rev.), ix, 266: Extra-morainic
drift. A. A. Wright. x. 207: Ditto.
(abs.), A. A. Wright. x, 220;
Paleo-hotany of the vellow grav-
el at Bridgeton. Hollick. (abs.),
x, 221: Iron-bearing rocks of the
Adirondacks. F. L. Nason, xli,
95: Glaciated area, A. A. Wright,
(abs.), xii. 146: Wxtra-morainic
adrift, G. F. Wright. (abs.). xi,
166: Gasteronoda and Cephalo-
noda. R. P. Whitfield. (rev.). xii,
329: Renort for 1892. R. D. Salis-
hurv, (rev.), xii. 336: Hibernia
fold, I: E. Wolff. (abs.). xiil,
142: White Limestones of Sus-
sex county, F. DL. Nason. xiii.
154: Ditto, xiv, 161; Origin and
classification of the green-sands,
Wi Bue Glark. ‘(aips:)n sci) 210:
Green pond _ to Skunnemuck
Mountain, N. Y., N. H. Darton,
(abs.), xiii, 211; Mollusca and
Crustacea of the Miocene, R. P.
Whitfield, (rev.). xvi; 391; Seg-
regation, R. S. Tarr, (abs.), xiv,
196; Zine mines, J. F. Kemp,
(abs.), xiv, 202; Limestones, IL.
G. Westgate, xiv, 308; Surface
formations, R. iD} Salisbury,
(abs.), xv, 203; Report for 1893,
J. ©. Smock, xv, 329: Strati-
graphic relations in the Atlantic
coastal plain, N. H. Darton,
(abs.), xvii, 108: Report for 1894,
J. C. Smock. (rev.), xvii, 186:
Fossil Unionidae, H. A. Pilsbrv,
xviii, 60; Report for 1895: J. C.
Smock, (rev.), xviii, 187; Marl
Exposure at Cliffwood, A. A.
Hollick, (abs.). xviii, 230: Evi-
dence of Glacial man, G. ins
Wright. (abs.), xviii, 238: (p:s.
n.), xviii, 266: Newark system,
H. B&B. (Kainimel. ((rev-)) cc, 134
Clay marl exvosure at Cliffwood.
AE THolick. (rev: xox eds: sAr=
tesian wells, L. Woolman. (rev.),
xx; 136; Report for 1896. J.-C.
Smock. (rev.). xxi, 126; Physical
geography, Salisbury and Ver-
neule. (rev.), xxii, 123; Report
of 1897. J. C€.. Smock; ‘(rev.).
xxii, 239; Age of the Amboy
clays, A. MHoollick, (abs.). xxii,
B
. 255; Newark system, H
Ktimmel, (abs.). xxiii, 93: Cre-
taceous Foraminifera, ING
Bage, Jr: (rev); | oextile 126.
Hardystonite. J. E. Wolff. (rev.).
xxilf, 329: Report for 1898. J. C.-
Smock. (rev.). xxiv, 253: Pectol-
ite. nvrophvllite, calamine and
analeite. Clarke and _ Steiger.
(rev.). xxiv, 320: Tran of Rocky
hill. A. H. Phillivs, (rev.), xxlv.
321; New minerals from the zine
mines, Penfield and Warren,
(rev.). xxv, 174; Nepheline syen-
ite. F. J. Ransome. (rev.). xxv.
176; Native lead with copper at
Franklin furnace. W. M. Foote.
(rev.). xxvii. 182; Report for
1911, H. B. Kiimmel. (rev.), xxx,
123: Glacial geology. R. D. Sal-
isbury, (rev.). xxxl, 316; Cliff-
wood clays and the Matawan.
G N. Knavp. xxxtil, 33: Report
for 1903. H. B. Kiimmel, (rev.).
exes + 19) Cretaceous near
Ciffwood. FE. W. Berrv, xxxlv,
253: Classification of the Unper
Cretaceous, Stuart Weller. xxxv,
176: Renort 1904. H. 'B. Kiimmel,
(rev.). xxxvi, 196: Atlantic High-
land section, of the Cretacic, J.
K. Prather, xxxvi. 182.
Newland, D. H., (p.s.n.), xxxiv,
398.
Newly found meteorite from Mount
Vernon, Ky., G. P. Merrill, xxxl,
156.
New Madrid earthanake. G Cc:
Broadhead, xxx, 76; Ditto, W.
CO The American Geologist. SPR mI Ts
J. McGee, x 200; i - 7 ata
WO ehenea: sae ace Ditto, EH. Diane Baer (ed. com.), xiil,
New Mexico, Mesozoic series, Jules esclye 129 20 DRAGS MDa ee
Marcou, iv, 155, 216; Drainage d i
systems, R. S. Tarr, v, 261; Ge- Newton, K. B., (and R. Holland),
ology of, R. T. Hill, viii, 133; Fossils from Formosa, and Riu-
Tucumeari. mountain, W. F. Kin, ‘rev.), xxx, 122.
Cummins, xl, 3/5; Cerro Tucum- rreiati
cari, Jules Marcou, xii, 103; Al- ee ‘ee bea a eee ae of the
unogen and bauxite, W. P. Blake Hi ieee sary eee peers Ulrich,
(rev.),_ xiv, 196; Cerrilios coal oA #05), HtenOrt (OF eoeg
field, J. J... Stevenson, (rev...) teh en Bie eu IAL Celene
xvii, 94; Notes on the geology seeaclntigr ea Sears of Western New
Cc. L. Webster, xviii 56; So- one SPINE UG DETR heii tapered ae
called Socorromtripoll Cc. TAME eRe relation of the Lower Silurian
rick, xviill,, «135; Geology of a honlagus ge li, 395. The
typical mining camp, C. L. Her- ets Ree aioe {ROCESS ear
fick, xix. SobeaCheibes wor mae and mee We ii, 323; Paleontology,
buquerque, C. lL. Herrick, xxii, Be: Ditt all Fall, (rev), . iy
26; Copper and lead in the San ! ( i ) get im soe Clarke, ae
Andreas and Caballos Moun- Rene 4 ade (Reese ye Cs
tains, ©: Ju. Herrick,” xxii, (285; pears Prachi Meo Corey
Mineralogical notes, C. H. War- Heaat -rachiospongidae, C. EK.
ren (Leva) xXxXil oO l9ee CDSs), Sonites CBN TAN tate Camp-
xxiii, 278; Coal Measures hori- Tee Oe ues oe Sed - Whitehall,
zon, Herrick and Bendrat, xxv, song py pid Meters ae
234: Reconnoissance in western ciation of mountains, Warren
Socorro and Valencia counties, Upham, iv, 165, 205; Natural sci-
C. L. Herrick, xxv, 331; Bulle- ence in the public schools, (p.s.
tin of Hadley laboratory, Vol. EAD Fie 192; Glacial geology of
IT, 1900, (rev.), xxvii, 58; Recon- poe” Lronded tot ee 0 ae
noissance in Valencia county, D. ENCE Vs a Crinoidea of the
W. Johnson, xxix, 80; Land slide Ns DISS e a Wee
in the Chaco Canon, Dodge, Drive 8. Ringuebersg, (rev.), vi
(abs.), xxix, 399 - coool of 2505 Devonian and Silurian, of
mines... (piSin.)/. xxx 72s Ditto, Western Centralaveae Ss: Prosser,
xxxi, 129, 395; Jemez-Albuquer- vi; 299% Northeastern extension
que region, A. B. Reagan, xxxi, u the Teo guars beach, J. W.
67: Block mountains, IBY WwW. eee kd a Section of Bae
Johnson, xxxi, 135; School of ge ae mons, vu, 5
mines, (p.s.n.), xxxii, 60; xxxiii, Southwestern New York, G. D.
332: Block mountains,’ C. R. Harris, vii, 164; Building stones
Keyes, xxxiii, 19; Formation of J. C. Smock, vii, 196; Position
Mountain-ranges, C. L. Herrick, of the Catskill group, C. S. Pros-
xxxiii, 301; Clinoplains, of the Psa Peet AUR imeS sie eek the
Rio Grande, C. L. Herrick, xxxiii, hhamplain valley, E. Brainerd,
376: Block mountains, a_ correc- vii, 3/8; Fauna with Goniatites
tion, xxxiii, 393; Age of the lavas Intumescens, J. M. Clarke, viii,
of the plateau region, A. B. Rea- 86; Beecherella, a new genus of
gan, xxxii, 170; earthquakes in lower Helderberg Ostracoda, Ul-
Socorro, R. M. Bagg, Jr., xxxiv, rich, viii, 197; Deltas of the Mo-
102: Bolson Plains and the con- hawk, HF. B. Taylor, ix, 344;
ditions of their existence, C. R. Ditto, Hudson and Mohawk, Up-
Keyes, xxxiv, 160; Lake Otero, ham, ix, 410; (p.s.n.), ix, 412;
A Senki: AIRC SpIeeb (Oe Ib.) TEIeae Devonian and Silurian Strata, C.
rick, xxxiv, 174; Geology of the S. Prosser, (rev.), x, 257; Cham-
Cerrillos hills,, D. W. Johnson, plain sub-mergence, Warren Up-
(rev.), xxxv, 56; Geological sur- ham, (rev.), xi, 119; Lake fill-
vey proposed, (p.s.n.), xxx, ing in the Adirondack region, C.
262. Eee Smythy dit. Xi, coh Ses
Newsom, J., (with Branner), Red near Rochester, Warren Upham,
River and (Collation monoclines; xi, 241; Thickness of Devonian
Arkansas, XX, and Silurian rocks, C. S. Pros-
New South Wales, Vegetable Creek- | ser, (rev.), xi, 411; Iron-bearing
tin mining field, i, 122; Inverte- | rocks of the Adirondack moun-
brate fauna, R. Etheridge, Jr.. tains, F. L. Nason, xii, 25; Dikes,
(rev.), iv, 109; Records of the | near Lyon mountain. Clinton
Geological survey, Vol. 1, Part 1, | county, A. S. EHakle, xii, 31; Fin-
(rev.). iv, 111; Geological sur- | ger Lakes, A. P. Brigham, (rev.),
vey, Records, Vol. 1, part 3, xii, 128; Glacial erosion in the
(rev.), vi, 321; Department of Finger Lake Region, D. F. Lin-
mines, revort for 1889, (rev.), coln, (abs.), xii, illr(7es Finger
vi, 262: Fossil fishes, A. |S. Lakes, Brewer, H. S. Williams,
Woodward. (rev.), vi, 322; .Ge- Chamberlin, (rem.), xii, 178;
ological survey. records. Vol. 2, Pleistocene history of the Cham-
2. (rev.), vii, 378; Diamonds ‘plain valley, S. P. Baldwin, xiii,
part
and rare minerals at the Colum- 170; the 11ith and 12th reports
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 97
of the state geologist, (rev.), xiii,
193; Skunnemunk mountain, N.
H. Darton, (rev.), xiii, 211; gab-
bros of Lake Champlain, Kemp,
(rev.), xiii, 214; Lake Cayuga,
a rock basin, R. S. Tarr, (rev.),
xiii, 216; Kames of the Oriskany
vavevele. W. Earris, xiii; 384;
Trap dikes of Lake Champlain,
Kemp and Marsters, (rev.), xiii,
426; Granite of Mounts Adam
and Eve, Kemp and_ H4Hollick,
(rev.), xiii, 427; Handbook of
BRrachiopoda, (p.s.n.), xiii, 439;
Rensselaer Grit Plateau, T. N.
bale, (rev.), xiv, 54; Lake Cayu-
ga a rock basin, F. W. Simonds,
xiv, 58; Ditto, J. W. Spencer,
134; lbitto, R. S. Tarr, 194; Ni-
agara gorge of the post-Glacial
period, Warren Upham, xiv, 62;
Platycnemic man, W. H. Sher-
zer, (rev.), xiv, 197; Faults, be-
tween the Mohawk and the Ad-
irondacks, N. H. Darton, (rev.),
xiv, 198; Duration of Niagara
falls, J. W. Spencer, (rev.), xiv,
204; Geological map of the state,
Jules Marcou, xiv, 257; Pre-Gla-
cial channel of the Genesee
river, A. W. Grabau, (rev.), xiv,
397: Geological history of Roches-
ter, Hl Fairchild, (rev.), xv,
50; Faults of Chazy township, H.
Pe Cusnin=, (abs.):, xv, 66; 13th
report of the state geologist,
Hall, (rev.), xv, 263; Deep shaft
at Livonia, (ed. com.), xv, 379;
Erigan: a correction, F. B. Tay-
lone xv, 394: (p:s-n.), xv,. 400;
Gress ee xvi, 1295)" (p.s.n-), xvi,
403; New York Academy of Sci-
ences, J. F. Kemp, xvii, 61; met-
amorphism of Anorthosites. J. F.
Kemp, (rev.), xvii, 92; Stream
robbing in the Catskill moun-
tains, N. H. Darton, (rev.). xvii,
98; Kour Kame Areas. H. L.
Fairchild. (rev.), xvii, 104: Ses-
sile Conularia, R. Ruedemann,
xvii, 158; (p.s.n.), xvii, 193: Mo-
riah and Westport townships. J.
Peeiehip.. (Tev.):, X H.
Hershey, (abs.). xxvii, 258; Con-
stitution of Barytocelestite, C.
W. Volney, (rev:), xxvii, 315;
Helderberg fossils near Mont-
real, Petrography of Shefford
mountains, ds A. Dresser,
xxviii, 203; Bacubirito of Sina-
loa, Mexico, H. A. Ward, xxx,
203: Sagenocrinus, Forbesiocrin-
us and allied forms, F. Springer,
xxx, 88; Neceptive fossilization
of certain species, F. W. Sarde-
son, xxx, 39: Fossils from For-
mosa and Kiu-kiu, Newton and
Holland. (rev.), xxx, 122; Juras-
sic fossils from Durango, Mexi-
co, D. W. Johnson, xxx. 370.
the Lansing man, S. Williston,
XXxXV, 342.
Oneota_ sandstone, Hall,
(Go lt=i. 909 Pap qa Rs
Ontario, Economic geology of, R.
Bell, (rev.), v, 238; Natural gas
and petroleum, H. P. Brumell,
(rev.), xii, 120; Second report of
James
the bureau of mines, A. Blue
(rev.), xii, 260; Nepheline sodal-
ite in Dunganon, B. J. Harring-
ton, (abs.), xiv, 68; Nepheline
svenite in Dunganon, F D
Adams, (rev.), xiv, 189; ‘Deep
well at Deloraine, A. R. C.
Selwyn, (rev.), xvi, 197; Bureau
of mines, 4th report, 1894; Archi-
bald Blue, (rev.), xvi, 313; coast
between Fairhave and Sodus
bays, J. O. Martin, xxvii, 331;
Oolite, formation of, A. Roth-
microscopic struc-
pletz, x, 279;
(abs.),
ture of, Ei. ©. Hlovey,
xiii, 223.
Ophiolite, Thurman, N. Y., G. ips
Merrill, iii, 268.
Ophir loop, Diorite of, W. Cross,
(abs.), xvii, 345.
Opinions concerning the age of
the Sioux guartzite, Ci WER:
Keyes, (rev.). xvi, 319. :
Optical and chemical properties
of the Amphiboles, A. C. Lane,
(rev.), xiv, 195. :
Optical characters of Jacksonite,
N. H. Winchell, xxiii, 250.
Orange sand, Lagrange and Ap-
pomattox, Hilgard and Saffordy
viii, 129; Ditto, R. D. Salisbury,
viii, 195.
Orbicular granite from Rhode Is-
land, J. F. Kemp, (rev.), xiv, 53;
from Sweden, H. Backstrom,
(rev.y, xiv, 53; Gabbro of Dehe-
ca. Kessler and Hamilton, xxxIv,
IB RY
Orcutt, C. R., Occurrence of tourm-
alines in California, (abs.), xxil,
265.
Ordonez, E., gold of Mexico, (rev.),
xxfi, 124; eruntive rocks of the
Cuenca of Mexico, (rev.), xviii,
47: (cit.), xx, 189. :
Ordovician, (Am. com.), ii, 211; on
the Atlantic coast, G. F. Matthew
xviii, 15; in the Take Champlain
valleys, T. G. Wnite, (abs.), xxiii,
96: Meteorology _ of, ie AME
Sardéson, xxvi, 388: Variations
in thickness of subdivisions, A.
F. Foerste, xxxiv, 87.
Ore deposits of Colorado, A. Lakes,
(rev.), xii, 261; Of the United
States! J. F. Kemp, (rev.), xt,
268: Deposits of the United
States, J. F. Kemp, (rev.), Xv,
57: Deposits of Monte Cristo,
Washington, (ed. com.), XXX, aes
Formation through surface de-
composition, C. R. Keyes, xxvil,
Ores of the noble and useful met-
als jof the Columbian exposi-
tion, (ed. com.), xiii, 48.
Oregon, Early Cretaceous Of, 5. Ge
F. Becker, (rev.), vii, 258; Cre-
taceous and early Tertiary, J. §.
Diller, (rev.), xil, 119; New spe-
cies of Temnocyon, John Eyer-
man, xiv, 320; Fossils from the
Miocene, J. Eyerman, xvii, 267;
Crater lake special map, J. S&S.
Diller. (p.sin.),.. xvilf) 595; Cre-
taceous of the Pacific coast; Re-
lations with the Eocene, T. W
104
Stanton, (abs.), xviii, 61; Two
Islands, and what came of them,
Gondon, (rev.), xxxvi, 122: The
Willamette meteorite, (ed. com.),
xxxvi, 47, 250.
Organic origin of chert, in Car-
boniferous of Ireland, G. Hinde,
(rev.), i, 121; Remains from the
Littie River group, G. F. Mat-
thew. (rev.), xiv, 67.
Organizing committee of the Int.
Cong. geologists, (p.s.n.), vi, 400.
Origin, glacial of Long Island, J.
Bryson, ii, 136; Of the basins
of the Great Lakes, J. W. Spen-
cer, (rev.), ii, 346; Of the lower
stratified erystallines, (Am. com.),
ii, 171; Of clitfs, W. M. Davis, iii,
14; Of Quartz in Basalt, Iddings,
(rev.), iit, 52; Foliation in the
Archean, A. C. Lawson, iii, 169;
Ditto, A. Winchell, iii, 193; Ditto,
A. C. Lawson, iii, 276; Of petro-
leum, (ed. ‘com:), Iv, Sots) (Of
the drift, James Geikie, (abs.),
iv, 376; Drumlins, Warren Up-
ham, (rev.), v, 61; Present out-
lines of the Bermudas, J. W.
Fewkes, v, 88; Red color of cer-
tain formations, I. C. Russell,
(rev.), v, 110; Aqueous, of gold,
(p.s.n.), vii, 389; Mountain
ranges, IT. M. Reade, viii, 275;
Iron ores by replacement of
limestones, J. P. Kimball, vii,
352; Of the Eozoon, (ed. com.),
ix, 55; Gravel beneath the Muir
glacier, I. C. Russell, ix, 190. Of
iron ore of the Mesabi range,
INS “El = Wanehell ex 69s) And
classification of theories of iron,
H. V. Winchell, x, Of Clin-
ton’ iron) ore; sCa Ea Smyth its.
(rev.), x, 122; Of parallel and
intersecting joints, W. O. Cros-
bv. xii, 368; Of igneous rocks,
J. P. Iddings, (rev.), xii, 124: Of
Peconic Bay and Shinnecock hills
John Bryson, xii, 402; Maryland
granites, C. R. Keyes, (rev.),
xiii, Of New Jersey green
sands, W. B. Clark, (abs.), xiii,
2105 (Of (drumilinsy) Ro iS) ) Garr,
Xi, 893s" Of Janthracite, iC) OR:
Keyes, xiii, 411; And nature of
soils, N. S. Shaler, (rev.), xix,
114; Of Novaculites and Quartz-
ites, F. Rutley, (rev.), xiv, 253;
Of Spheroidal basalt, (ed. com.),
xiv, 321; Of Eskers, Warren Up-
ham, xiv, 403; And use of
natural gas, at Manitou, William
Striebly (rev.), x
SOI os.
Rupert
Silurian,
105
Otero lake, an ancient salt basin,
in New Mexico, C. L. Herrick,
xxxiv, 174.
phe pee mountains, R. T. Hill, v,
70.
Outer glacial drift in Dakota, Mon-
tana, Idaho and Washington,
Warren Upham, xxxiv, 151.
Outlet of the Great Lakes through
Lake Nipissing, G. F. Wright,
xi, 243.
Outline of the geological features
of Maryland, Williams and Clark,
(rev.), xii, 396; Of the geology
of Hudson Bay, R. Bell, (abs.),
XLT, 925
Outlines of T. Mellard Reade’s
scheme ot mountain making, T.
M. Reade, viii, 275: Of the con-
tinents in Tertiary times, W. D.
Matthews, (rev.), xxxiii, 268.
Overthrust faults of the southern
Applachians, C. W. Hayes, (rev.),
vii, 262.
Ovibos Cavifrons from the loess of
Iowa, W. J. MeGee, (rev.), i,
126
Owen, Richard, Magnetic phenom-'
ena, (p-s-n.), iii, 404; ((obit.);
v, 520; Biographical sketch, N.
H. Winchell, vi, 135. ;
Owen, Sir Richard, (obit.), xi, 218.
Owen, David Dale, Sketch of life
and work, Anon, iv, 65; Descrip-
tion of fossils, in 1839, S. Cal-
vin, xii, 108.
Owen, Luella A. (p.s.n.), xxvii, 387;
More concerning the lansing
Skeleton, (rev.), xxxii, 254; The
Loess at St. Joseph, Mo., xxxiii,
a29.
Oxyrhina, C. R. Eastman, (rev.),
MVE ols
Ozark, Uplift, G. C. Broadhead, iii,
63 -Ditto,)-iv,. 153; Series, G. CG:
Broadhead, viii, 33.; Series cor-
rect succession, G. C. Broadhead,
xi, 260; Series, Fossils. G. C.
Broadhead, xii, 79; ‘‘The correct
suecession,’’ reviewed, F. L. Na-
son, xii, 141; Uplift, Springs in
the, Influence of stratigraphy on
springs, T. C. Hopkins, xiv, 365;
Mountains, C. R. Keyes, (rev.),
xvi, 393; Plateau and river val-
leys of, O. H. Hershey, xvi; 338;
Highlands, Peneplains, O. ils
Hershey, xxvii, 25.
Ozarkian epoch, (ed. com.). xvii,
389.
ip
Pacific coast, Cretaceous paleontoi-
ogy, fauna of the Knoxville beds,
T. W. Stanton, (rev.), xix, 63;
Pacific society of mining engineers,
Cpis:m.), xoxlli, sos:
Packard, A. S., On the Synearida,
(rev.), ii, 131; Glacial lunoid fur-
rows, YV, 104; The Labrador
coastive (reves lx Aas. (obits,
xxxv, 191.
«Packard, R. L., Rock analyses, x,
54.
106 The American Geologist. December, 1905.
Palache, ©., Soda-rhyoiite, North of forks, Mont. A. C. Peale, (rev.),
Berkeley, (rev.), xii, 263; Fall of xiv, 394; Fauna from Asia and
volcanic dust xi, 422; Lherzolite North Africa, F; Frech, (rev.)
serpentine rocks of Potrero xvi, 261; Barnacles, J. M. Clarke,
(rev.), xv, (p.S.n.), xvii, 412; 52) xvii, 127; Rocks of the Mississip-
Rock from the vicinity of Berke- pi. thickness, C. R. Keyes. xvii,
ley, containing a new soda am- 169; Fossils, new, S. A. Miller,
phibole, (rev.s, xv. 52; Geology (rev.), xvii, 184; Notices, G.
of the Harriman Expedition, Vol. Holm, (rev.), xx, 187; Ditto, xxl,
4., (rev.), xxxiv, 122; Notes on 188; Fossils, Galena, Trentonand
the Tellurites from Colo., (rev.), Black River of Lake Winnipeg, J.
xxvii, 181; Calcite from the cop- F, Whiteaves, (rev.), xx, 187; Gla-
per mines of Lake Superior, ciation, (ed. com.), xx, 56; Fauna
(rev.), xxv, 122. : ; of South America, E. Kayser,
Palaeosaccus _ dawsoni. Hinde, (rev.), xxi, 66; Of Southern Po-
(rev.), Xi, 275; xii, 335. land: G. Gurich, (rev); scdipsos.
Palaeopalaeomon newberryi, R. P. Terrane beneath the Cambrian,
Whitfield, ix, 237. G. F. Matthew, (rev.), xxiv, 55,
Palaeosyops and allied genera, C. Faunas of northwestern Arkan-
Earle, (rev.), vii, 381. sas, H. S. Williams. (rev.),
Paleobotany, A backward step, G.
F. Matthew, (rev.), xxix, 251.
Paleoliths in glacial drift at Mad-
xxviii, 254;
Palisades of the Huason, (p.s.n.),
i i i P 7 329.
isonville, Ohio, (p:s.n.), I nese XXV, a
Paleailth and, weouthy E. Ww. Clay - Raila, Cormorant: {p-.s.n.), XVI,
pole, xxi, 333. neue i
Paleolithi an, i. D: ‘Ss. anama Isthmus Pleistocene, Sub-
aes cr Bn De Cope ke sm) mergence, Warren Upham, vl,
3591; Gold deposits of, O. H. Her-
Paleontological and stratigraphical shey, xxiv, 73.
principles vs. the Taconic, de
Marcou, ii, 10; Notes from In- pauhendic of Texas, E. D. Cope,
dianapolis, E. W. Claypole, vi ’ Foes ;
255; Base of the Taeoite, N. H. Sa att a new journal (rev.),
Winchell, xv, 229; Notes from u :
Buchtel college, E. W. Claypole, Papers on the Glacial geology
xv, 1, 363; Ditto, xvi, 20: Notes, of Great Britain, H. C. Lewis,
Carl Wiman, (rev.), xvii, 119; dit- (rev.), xiv. 253; On the matrix of
to, Gerard Holm, (rev.), xx, 187; the diamond, H. C. Lewis, (rev.),
ditto, xxi, 188; ditto, J. F. Pom- Parallel intergrowths of Allanite
peckj, (rev.), xxii, 51; ditto, G. andy Peters: We He Elobbs, exik,
Holm,. (rev.), “xxiii} 383; ditto, | Ans TOES z)
xxiv, 59; Collection of A. Win- 218; roads of Glen Roy, W. Up-
chell, (p.s.n.), xxvi, 196; Specula- ham, xxi, 294. :
tions, L. P. Gratacap, xxvii, 75; Paramorphic alteration of Pyroxene
Ditto, xxviii, 214; Ditto, xxix, to Hornblende, CY OEE “Gordon;
290: Society, O. P. Hay, xxxv, xxxiv, 40. ’
124: Facts in nomenclature and Parasitism, (ed. com.), xxi, 123.
classification of sedimentary Parisite, Composition of, Penfield
formations, H. S. Williams, (rev.), and Warren, (rev.), xxiv, 318.
xxxvi, 49. Parka decipiens, Dawson and Pen-
Paleontology of Brazil, Cretaceous sallow, (rev.), ix, 341. _ :
fossils, C. A. White, (rev.), i, Parker, C. A., Rheumatoid Arthri-
257; Labors of Joseph F. James, tis in the Lansing man, xxxiil,
(ed. com.), i, 323; Of Missouri, 39. ee heruli
Part, 1. C. R. Keyes. (rev.), xiv, Parker, J. D., (p.s.n.), vii, 335. _
2°91: Of Minnesota, N. H. Win- Parkeria, structure and affinities,
chell and others, (rev.), xv, 384; Nicholson, (rev.), i, 255. ‘
Of Missouri Pt. 2, C. R. Keyes, Parliament of science in the United
xv, 267; and the Biogenetic law, States, (ed. com.), ii, 118. .
K. von Zittel, (rev.). xviii, 140: Parmelee, H. P., (p.s.n.), xvi, 327.
Cambrian Terranes of the Boston Parmelee, H. P., (cit), xx, 198.
basin. AN AW: Grabau, (abs.), Parsons, C. L., Elements of Minrer-
xxii, 264; Universal, C. Schuch- alogy, ete., (rev.), xxvi, 323; Hle-
ert. xxxiv, 332; Vertebrate prog- ments of mineralogy, (rev.),
ress at the American Museum, Xxxv, 185. p
OF Pe laye xX KVs) Coull: Patagonia, exploration, (p.s.n.), xii,
Paleotrochis, Origin of, J. S. Dil- 205; Fragments of slate on the
Ter. “revi ocx, 82: sea, E. Nordenskjold, xxiv, 388;
Palestine, Terraces of the Dead Lake systems of, J. B. Hatcher,
sea, Hull. (abs.), x, 192. xxvii, 167.
Paleozoic, lower, (Am. com.) li, Patent water-witch, (p.s.n.), Vv,
193; Characters of fishes, E. D. 256.
Cope, (rev.), ix, 263: Formations Patten; H. B., Peculiar formations
in southeastern Minn.. Hall and of the Rio Grande, (p.s.n.), xvil,
Sardeson, (rev.), x. 182; Over- 122; (p.s.n.), xviii, 196; 'Tourma-~
laps in Virginia, M. R. Campbell, line and tourmaline schists, (rev.),
(rev.), xiii, 147; Section at Three xxii, 2519 (pis me xxvil; 295
Index, Volumes I-XXXV1. 107
Thomsonite, Mesvlite and Cha-
bazite from Golden, Colo., (rev.),
xxvii, 183.
Pavlow, A., (rem.), viti, 247.
Paviow, A. P., Sandstone dikes in
qeecenian clays, (rev.), xvil,
ol.
Paviow, A. W., The Don River in
southeastern Russia, (rev.),
XXIV OT.
Pavlow, Mme., Phylogeny of the
Linguates, (rev.), xi, 120.
Peace Creek beds of Florida, W. H.
Dall,: (rev.), vii, 382.
Peale, A. C., Paleozoic section at
aoe Forks, Mont., (rev.), xiv,
Pearce, R., Some notes on Uranite
in Colo., (rev.), xvii, 396.
Pearls at Chilton, Wis.. (p.s.n.),
vi, 402.
Pearson, H. W., ‘‘Upheaval of Scan-
dinavia,”’ MVE. a2 (p.s.n.),
xxviii, 65; Suit against the
Great Northern road, (p.s.n.),
Xxx, ese
Peary auxiliary expedition, of 1894;
T. C. Chamberlin, (rev.), xvi, 124.
Peary Greenland expedition, 1896,
(p.s.n.), xviii, 335.
Peary arctic exploration, (p.s.n.),
xx, 1ST.
Peary, R. E.. Northward over the
great ice, (rev.). xxli, 123; (p.s.
n.), xxxii, 263.
Peat in Loup region, Neb., F. W.
Russell, (p.s.n.), 1, 137.
Pecatonica as a geological term, O.
H. Hershey, xx, 67.
Peconic bay and Chinnecock hills,
Origin, John Bryson, xii, 402.
Peculiar schists near Salida, W.
G@rosss (rev); xi; 20:
Peet. C. E., Glacial Geology of
New Jersey, (rev.), xxxi, 316.
Peet, S. D., Cresson and the Dela-
ware river dwellings, v, 188; Geo-
logical tests applied to Archeo-
logical relics, vii, 44; Natural and
artificial terraces, vil, 113; Flood-
plain and the mound-builders,
viii, 44: Pre-historic Amerita
(rev.), xl, 349.
Peqmatite, Origin of, W. O. Crosby,
and M. il. Puller, xix, 147; in
Tiabase, an occurrence of acid,
T, A. Jaggar, Jr., xxl, 203; Veins
of San Diego county, G. A. War-
ing, xxxv, 356.
Pelecypods, Noetling on the mor-
phology of, R. Ruedemann, xxxl,
24,
Pelee, Mont. Eruption of, (p.s.n.).
xxx, 132; Eruption of. G. C. Cur-
tice, xxxi, 40; 55; Tower, A. Heil-
prin. (rev.), xxxv, 183; and its
eruptions, A. JLacroix, (rev.),
xxxvi, 316.
Pennsylvania, Bivalve shell from
the Waverly, C. E. Beecher, (rev.),
i, 60; Pittsburg coal bed and its
disturbances, H. A. Wasmuth, I.
272; Structural geology of the
Carboniferous, H. A. Wasmuth,
ii, 311; Glaciation -in_ the Lacka-
wanna region, J. CC. Branner,
(rev.), ii, 430; Age of the Tipton
Run coal, I. C. White, iv, 25; Min-
eralogy of, Part i, J. Hyerman,
(rev.), iv, 309; Paleozoic Ostra-
coda, T. Rupert Jones, iv, 337;
Casts of Scolithus flattened by
pressure, A. Wanner, Iv, 35; Dic-
tionary of fossils, J. P. Lesley.
(rev.), v, 53; Rivers and valleys,
W. M. Davis, (rev.), v, 60; New
plants from the Erian and Car-
boniferous, J. W. Dawson, (rev.),
Claypole viii, 152; Diminution of
New minerals from the serpen-
tine belt, J. Eyerman, (rev.),
natural gas, (ed. com.), viii, 156;
v, 180; The making of, part 1.
BE. W. Claypole, v, 225; New fos-
sils G. B. Simpson, (frev.), vl,
128: Glacial boundary, G. F.
Wright, (rev.), vi, 390; Gap nick-
el mine, (p.s.n.), vii, 335; Episode
in the paleozoic history, E. W.
viii, 398; Report on Union, Sny-
der, Mifflin and Juniata coun-
ties, E. V. D’Invilliers. (rev.),
ix, 57; Stratigraphy of the bitu-
minous coal fields, I. C. White,
(rev.), ix, 264; ditto, J. J. Steven-
son, ix, 352; (p-S-n.), x, 195; Ex-
tra morianic drift of the Sus-
quehanna valley, G. F. Wright,
(abs.), xX; 219; Volcanic rocks of
South mountain, G. H. Williams,
(rev.), xi, 55; South mountain
glaciation, E. H. Williams, Jr..
(abs.), xil, 166; Extra Morainic .
drift between the Delaware and
Schuylkill, E. H. Williams, Jr.,
(abs.), xiii, 221; Voleanic rocks
of South Mountain, F. Bascom,
(rey.), xiil, 122; Glacial history,
G. F. Wright, (abs.), xiii, 219;
“Slate binders’ of the ‘Pitts-
burg’ coal beds, W. S. Gresley,
xiv, 356; Cone-in-cone in the De-
vonian, W. S. Gresley, (rev.), xiv
399: Devonian sytem, C._S. Pros-
ser, (rev.), xv, 262; Does the
Telaware water gap consist of
two river gorges?, Emma Walter
(rev.), xvi, 200; Folds and faults
jn Anthracite bed, B. S. Lyman,
xvi, 261: Pottsville series. D.
White, (p.s.n.), xvii, 266; Origin
of the wind gap, F. B. Wright,
xviii, 120; Notes on Kansan drift,
wm EF. Williams: (abs.)!, xviii,
937: Lesley’s final report. Ai os
James, xiii, 323; Relation
of streams to «Bryne Mawr
gravel, F. Bascom, XIX; 50;
Cambrian rocks, C. D. Wal-
cott, (rev.), xix, 64; Ancient
voleanic rocks of South Mountain,
F. Bascom, (rev.), xix, 139; State
college, (p.s.1i.), xix, 364; Com-
plete oil well record, I. C. Vrnite,
xix, 422; Brown stones, de Sao
Hopkins. (rev.), xx, 136; Pitts-
burg bed, I. C. White, xxi, 49;
Feldsnars in serpentine. T. C.
Hopkins, (abs.), xxii, 256: Con-
shohocken Plastic clays, T. C
Hopkins, (abs.), xxiil, 102; Slate
regions, M. Merriman, (rev.).
xxili, 328; Troost’s map of the en-
108 The American Geologist.
virons of Philadélphia, (ed. com.),
xxvi, 391; Ditto, S. H. Hamilton,
xxvii, 41; Buried valley of Wy-
oming, W. Griffith (rev.), xxviii;
324; Fossils near Ackley station,
C. E. Beecher, xxix. 148; Notes
upon the Mauch Chunk, J. J.
Stevenson, xxix, 242; Kansas
glaciation, -E. H. Williams, Jr.,
(rev.), xxxii, 253; Fossil fauna of
Devonian sections, H. S. Wil-
liams, (rev.), xxxvi, 49.
Pe'eliths (ed. com.), xxxili, 319.
Pembina region, economic geology,
C. P. Berkey, xxxv, 142.
Penck, A., (cit.), xx, 197; (p.s.n.),
Xxxv. 64.
Peneplain, R. S. Tarr, xxi, 351;
Pr neplain W. M. Davis, xxiil,
207.
Peneplains, of the Ozark High
Lands, O. H. Hershey, xxvii, 25.
Penfield, S. L. (and J. S. Pratt,)
Staurolite, (rev.). xiii, 285; Crys-
tallization of -herderite, (rev.),
aii; 4275) Cand. Jp Ca 5Minor: Jr.)
Topaz, (rev.), xiii, 427; (and W.
T. H. Howe), Chondrodite, hu-
mite and clinohumite, (rev.), xiil,
358; Argyrodite and a new sul;
phostanate (rev.), xiv, 53; (and
Brush), Determinative Mineralo-
ev, (GWev.), xsocxlil: 265;
Fauna of Sankaty Head. J.
A. Cushman. xxxiv, 169; history
December, 1905,
of Fishers’ Island, M. L. Fuller,
xxxv, 51; proboscidean fossils of.
J. A. Udden, (rev.), xxxvi, 258;
Pliocene and pleistocene of San
Pedro, _Calif., Ralph Arnold,
(rev.), xxxiii, 49. :
Plummer, F. G., Diagonal moraine,
xi, 231.
Poebrotherium, osteology of, W. B.
Scott, (rev.), viii, 327.
Pockets of fire clay in the Niagara,
Farnsworth, ii, 331.
Poissons Paleozoiques,
(rev.), fii, 196.
Polar cap of Mars,
196
Lohest,
(p.s.n.), xviii,
Pompholopsis whitei, Call, i, 147.
Pompeckj J. F., Cambrian fauna of
Tejrovic and Scarej, (rev.), xviii,
186; Tremadoc fossils at Hof,
(rev.), xviii, 264; Paleontological
and stratigraphical notes from
Anatolia, (rev.), xxii, 51; On
Calymene (rev.), xxii, 384; Juras-
sic fauna of Franz Josef land,
(rev.), xxv, 320; Euloma and
Parostoma, (rev.), xXxXvV, 383.
Pond, E. J., (obit.), ix, 280. -
Popocatapetl, Aguilera and Ordon-
ez, (rev.), xvii, 330.
Popocatapet! and Ixtaccihuacl, O.
C. Farrington, (rev.), xx, 135;
(p.s.n.), xxi, 332.
Popular lectures and addresses,
Lord Kelvin, (rev.), xiv, 118.
Porocystis pruniformis- Cragin, H.
Rauff, (rev.), xv, 122.
Portage Crinoids, Clarke, (ed.
com.), xxxv, 246.
Portland cement, C. D. Jameson,
(rev.), xvi, 115; (ps.n.), xxx, 72.
Port Mulgrave, latitude and longi-
tude, A. Lindenkohl xii, 214.
Posada, J., (and A. .C. Lawson),
Carmelo Bay, iCalif:, (rev...) xi,
262.
Posepny Franz, (obit.), xv, 336.
Possible depth of mining and bor--
ing, A. Cc. Lane, (abs.), xvii, 100;
new coal plants in coal. W. 3
Gresley, xxiv, 199; new coal
plants in coal, W. S. Gresley,
xxvi, 49; coal plants in coal, W.
S. Gresley, xxvii, 6.
Post-Archaen age of the limestones
of Sussex county, N. J., F.
Nason, vii, 241, age of the lime-
stones’ of Ne. J.,) &: Ls Nason;
viii, 166.
Post-Cretaceous grade plains in
southern New England, F. P.
Gulliver, (rev.), xvill, 231.
Post-Cretacic system, (Am. com.),
II, 165:
Post-Glacial geology of Ann Arbor,
Wooldridge, C. W., il, 35.
Post-Glacial time, W. Upham,
xxviii, 235.
Post-Laramie deposits of Colo., R.
W. Hills, (rev.), xvi, 120.
Post-Pleistocene, Limnaeid, R. E.
Call, 1, 146; subsidence vs. Gla-
cial dams, J. W. Spencer, (rev.),
viil, 186; diastrophism of Calif.,
A. GCG. Lawson, (rev.), xIv, 336.
Index, Volumes I-XXXV]J. III
Potential energy as a cause for man not im
as probable, E. W. =
olay heat, Kedzie, (rev.), Iv, pole, xi, 191; and ce en
; ; y valleys of the Cuyahoga Rive
Be mation, hee bee Upham, sae uly (Ostelayaton
; rt i, . J. al of lowa, H. F. Bain, (rev.), xvl
(rev.), fi, 129; formation, Fos- | 62; ri i i on. : j
sil wood and lignite, F. H. Knowl- Beil Cape) tur eee int
ton, ili, 99; or younger Meso- creek W. G. Tight,’ xvii, 326:
ae periaine, i Valleys of the Missisippi and its
ae SI. eK , : : ard, tributaries, F. Leverett, (rev.),
Potosi silver district, A. F. Wendt, | Upham, (rev.), xvill, 293; Brosion
Sy SAI 7. i tay or ;
Potsdam sandstone, Original des- | #? Hershey “Mv oe coiled.
eon of Emmons, i, 174., Udden, xxi, 262: drainage in
~ a ee in Que- Ohio, J. A. Bownocker, — xxili
Ps es i: % 4 sgh = . — , x
Pounding rail stil in use in Ky., sh ie thay Maer cr ie gorge,
. M. Hodge, (p.s.n.), i, 68. aye ia ele i 7:
Poynting, J. Hn (ihe then density) Preyhistaney Norse, os) by ot
, (rev.), xill, 358. their works and relics S. D. Peet,
etal J. dee eae 439; 7th (rev.), xi, 349; Noted localities.
U C gical survey, i Wil , iii, 267
(rev.), iii, 399; Plans for irrig:- vee ison, XxxIil, 267.
Pre-Kansan deposits in Iowa, H.
tion, (p.s.n.), iv, 128; (cit.), viii, He Bain oxi? SER? and lawan, ee
. , » 250;
251; 256; 10th report U. S. G. S.,
(rev.), ix, 337; Evidences of man
in Glacial gravel, (ed. com.),
Miipeline lnth report W..S. G: 'S:,
(rev.), xil, 259: (p.s.n.), xii, 415;
Water resources of the U. S.
(abs.), xiv, 202; 18th report U.
S. survey, rev.), xv, 48; 14th an-
nual report of U. S. G. S. (rev.),
xvi; oL0;—15th report U. S: G. S.
(rev.), xvlil, 317; Notice of death
and funeral, (p.s.n.), Xxx, 272;
pReteh of, G. P. Merrill, xxxl,
Prather, J. K., Atlantic highlands
pection of the Cretacic, xxxvl,
Pratt, J. H., Notes on Anthophyllite
ete., (rev.), xxii, 377; Origin of
corundum, (rev.), xxii, 377; As-
sociated minerals of Rhodolite,
(rev.), xxiii, 328; Origin and com-
posits of Long Island, M. L. Ful-
ler, xxxii, 308.
Preliminary report, on petroleum
and natural gas, E. Orton, (rev.)
i; 62; Sea coast swamps, N. S
Shaler, (rev.), i, 258; notice of
Temnocyon, John Eyerman, xiv
320; report, Northeastern Minn.
Upham, (rev.), xv, 51; On the
geology of So. Dak., J. E. Todd.
(rev.), Xv, 186; Marbles of Geor-
gia S. W. McCallie, (rev.), xv
329; notes on the Great Lakes
in 1895, F. B. Taylor, xvli, 253;
report on the Florida parishes
of La., W. W. Clendenin, (rev.)
xviii, 322; Geology of the com-
mon roads of the U. S.. (rev.)
N. S. Schaler, xviii, 318; Mar-
quette district of Mich., Van Hise
and Bayley, (rev.), xviil, 32,
notes on geology of the Yukon
position of Chromite, (rev.), S ) we \
xxiv, 181; Separation of alumina O. Nordenskjold, xxiii, 288; nox
from molten magmas (rev.). xxiv, tice of the Etcheminian _fauna,
319; Two new occurrences of GF. see pat a ON cal Oca 4 125;
corundum in North Carolina, 1otice oO e Etchminian fauna,
G. F. Matthew, (rfev.), xxv, 121;
(rev.), xxvi, 393; (p.s.n.), xxxvi,
331.
®re-Cambrian, formations, R. D.
Irving, (rev.), iv, 111; floor in the
northwestern states, C. W. Hall,
report, Clays of Georgia, G. E
Ladd, (rev.), xxv, 249; Artesian
well system of Georgia. S. W
McCallie, (rev:), xxv, 251; Sec-
(p.s.n.), xv, 67: |voleanoes in tion in Alpena county. Mich., A.
southern Wis., W. H. Hobbs, W. Grabau, xxviii, 177 report on
(rev.), xvi, 240; Debris of spong- jal of Georgia. S. W. McCallie
es, L. Cayeux, (rev.), xvI, 59; roads and road building mater-
Of Brittany H. Rauff. (rev.). xvii, | (rev.), xxix, 56; report on_ the
water resources of the Great
396; and post-Ordovician dikes in ‘
fae Sdinonddeks,.e ©. Cushing, | Plains, N. a ees ot
: SKS POL: ist 0 mastodon
Pel, 2a toporravne oF | and mammoth remains, N. C
the Adirondacks, J. F. Kemp ‘
(abs.), xvill, 63; Base-levelling Anderson, (rev.), xxxvi, 258. |
in the Northwestern states, C. Preller, C. S., (p.s.n.), xvii, 258.
W. Hall, (rev.), xviii, 238. | Pre-natal history of the geological
| societv of America, (ed. com.),
Pre-Cretaceous age of meta- v1. 18h
: f Ss 5 ’ ; Aaa :
etecka In 153. Salty See. Pre-nebular conditions, A. Win-
an chell, Iv, 196.
Pre-Glacial, man Madisonville | se
: ’ : , - eozoic decay of crystalline
Ohio, (p.s.n.), 1,137; ditto, (ed. | "Wodks R. Bell, (rev.), xlil,, 214.
com.), i, 193; channels at the falls Prescott, The immediate work in
of the Ohio, 3. Bryson, v, 186; chemical science, x, 282.
112 The American Geologist.
Present condition of the earth’s in-
terior, W. H. Seamon, xiv, 20.
Preservation, of the glacial grooves
of Kelley’s Island, (p.s.n.), viii
266; Of muscle-fibres in sharks in
the Clevland shales, Bb. Dean,
XxX, 273.
Pressure on continental glacier, A.
Winchell, i, 139.
Preston, C. H., Sketch of, W. H
Barris, xxviii, 358.
Prestony: ims l2., New Meteorite
from Oakley, Kan., (rev.), xxvii
Prestwich, Jos., Geological text
book, (rev.), ii, 341; Nomencla-
ture of the Quaternary, (cit.),
(DEST) y ailljnnc Of; a CGlta) pei Veeedor
(eit.)) Vy 2085) 383i (pySni), xvi,
TOs. Coblitt), xviii; 2-133:
Pre-Taconic supposed organisms,
(ed. com.), xviii, 123.
Pribilof Isiands, of Alaska, S.
Browmny (Caos: bc.) 2? ede Sita
ley Brown, (rev.); xi, 57.
Primitive man in the Somme val-
ley, W. Upham, xxii, 350.
Primordial fossils, from Mt. Stev-
ens, \C] (Rominger.) (ew). 1; ol:
fauna discovered in Britain, Mar-
cou, ii, 77; fauna discovered bv
Emmons, (cit.), iv, 50; Fauna in
the British Isles, J. W. Salter,
(Git) rai s0s
Principal Missourian section, C. R.
Keves, (abs.), xxii, 251.
Principles and methods of correla-
tion by means of plants, L. F
Ward, (rev.), xiv, 334.
Prince Edward Island, Surface ge-
ology, R. Chalmers, (rev.), xviii,
46.
Princeton, Scientific expeditions,
(p-Ss.n.), vi, 136; Scientific ex-
pedition, (p.s.n.), viii, 64; scien-
tific expedition, of 1891, (p.s.n.),
ix, 282.
Prindell, 1. oM:,, (psn. xxibe, 1194:
Prismatic stadia telescope, R. II
Richards, (rev.), xiii, 212.
Prizes, Boston Society of Natura}
History, S. Henshaw, ix, 409.
Problems, of Devonian nomencla-
ture, (Am. com.), ii, 245; in Iowa.
Ss Calving sili 2556 Ditto: icieaiS:
Williams, iii, 230; locating fault-
ed beds, BH. H. Williams, Jr.
(rev.), v, 250; in geophysics anc
geological history, G. K. Gilbert
(abs:), - xip) 13%: (Continental 1G
K. Gilbert, (rev.), xii, 118; Ple-
istocene in Missouri, J. ©. Todd
(rev.), xiii, 216; of Geophysics’
G. F. Becker. xxxv, 4.
Proboscidean fossils of the Pleis-
tocene in Ill. and Iowa, J. A.
Udden, (rev.), xxxvi, 258.
Procton; J) JR: | (Gp.S:m.);
(obit.), xxxiii, 69.
Production of secondary minerals
at Shear-zones, C. Callaway,
(rev.), iv, 310: of iron ores in
1895, John Birkinbine, (revy.),
xviii. 388.
Professional papers. (p.s.n.), xxxl,
64; 396; On hydrology
xxxi, 194; Atlas folios, xxxi, 255.
bm.
Vv, 200}
December, 1905.
Professor Wright’s book, A_ ser-
vice to science, N. H. Wincheli,
xi, 19; Youmans and the U. S.
G. S., (ed. com.), xi, 342.
Progress, of American Glacial ge-
ology, (ed, com.), ix, 260; in the
geological survey of the Great
Likes, W. Spencer, (abs.), xiv
204; Ditto, J. W. spencer, xiv,
289; Investigation 11 Nuva Sco-
tia, L. W. Bailey, (abs.), xiv.
67; of vertebrate paleontology at
the Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. O| P.
FTAs) OXOOKV erGills
Proof of the rising cf land aroun&
Hudson Bay, R. Bell, (abs.)
xvii, 99.
Proposed examinations of the arid
belts of S. Africa and S. Amer-
ica, E. W. Hilgard, xxxiii, 394.
Prosser, C. S., Thickness of the
rocks of Western Central N. Y.
vi, 199; Geological position of the
Catskill group, vii, 351; Thick-
ness of the Devonian and Silur-
ian, 9(rev.)s xvi 2685
(p.s.n.), xxiv, 134; Gas wells sec-
tions, in) Central N. Y., xxv, 130:
Section of the Alloway, N. Y.,
well xxv, 353; Specimen of
Nematophyton in the N. Y. State
Museum, xxix, 372; Richard Bur-
ton Rowe, xxx, 128; Notes on
the geology of eastern N. Y.,
xxxii, 380; (and J. W. Beede)
Cottonwood Falls folio, (rev.).
XxxiVv; 262° -(pss.n.), xxxiv, 2025
(and E. R. Cumings), Waverly
formations of central Ohio, xxxiv,
335; Permian formation of Kan-
sas, xxxvi, 143.
Protoconch of Orthoceras, J. M.
Clarke, xii, 112.
Protolenus fauna, (G. F. Matthew),
(rev.), xvi, 200.
Protosalvinia, B. W. Thomas, (p.s.
n.), ili, 280.
Protospongia rhenana, C. Schlu-
ter s(neve) se Xilifmcsos
Prutzman, Paul W., Chemistry of
Calif. Petroleum, xxxv, 240.
Psammichnites in the Cambrian,
G. F. Matthew, Ii, 1. E
Pseudo-cols, T. C, Chamberlin,
(revi) exit, > zi.
Pseudomorphs from the Taconic
region, W. H. Hobbs, x, 44.
Pteraspidae wand Cephalaspidae,
Structure of, W. Patton, (rev.),
xxxifi, 325.
Publications of B. F. Shumard, iv,
4,
Puerco formation. (Am. com.). ii,
266; Fauna, W. D. Matthew,
(rev.), xxi, 190,
Pumpelly, Raphael, (p.s.n.), _ iii,
400; Rock disintegration. relation
to crystalline schists, (rev.),
Vill 259; (Cit. de) \Villih a2b DMC psSeaey,
xvi, 267; Geology of the Green
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI.
mountains, (rev.), xvi, 386; (p.
s.n.), xxxi, 262; (p.s.n.), Xxxxiv,
ed
Purington, C. W., Geological fea-
tures about Atlanta, xiv, 105;
(p.s.n.), xvi, 67; Glaciation in
talaga xxvii, 45; (p.S.n.), xxxiv,
400.
Putnam, F. W., Antiquity of man,
(abs.), v, 123; Stone implements
of Glacial age, (abs.), xii, 176;
(Git) axwis 25D ~(cit.),;. xx, 199.
(prs-n.), ox, 20
Putnam, G. R., Trans-continental
‘series of gravity measurements,
(rev.), xv, 388.
Pynchon, W. H. C., Great Falls
of the Mohawk, (abs.). xvi, 254.
Pyramid mountain, J. Marcou, iv,
162.
Pyroxene, Alteration to Hornblende,
C. H. Gordon, xxxiv, 40.
Q
Quaco, N. B., Beach phenomena
at, C. O. Whittle, vii, 183.
- Quantitative lassification of ig-
neous rocks, E. .B.. Mathews,
(ns:), xxx; 399; Ditto, (ed.
com.), xxxii, 48.
Quarries in the lava beds at Meri-
den, W. M. Davis, (rev.), xvil,
8954”
Quaternary, Use of the term, (Am.
cami Zale Limits, (prs-n.), 1,
867; And recent, report of C. H
Hitcheock, ii, 300; Definition of,
ii, 300; Atlantic coast, ii, 390;
..Lower Mississippi Valley, ii, 304;
Epochs and sub-epochs, ii, 305;
And recent elevation of mount-
ains in Brazil, J. E. Mills, lii,
345: History of the Mono Valley,
fe Gx Russells 212; -On Daimonelix. J.
F. James, xv, 337; Berner ober-
land sections. of Prof. G. Golliez
1894, A. Baltzer. xv, 62; On the
genus Nanno Clarke. A. Hyatt.
xvi, 1: On the classification of
the Mississipnian series. C. R.
Keyes, xxii, 108; On Heliolithide,
G. Lindstrom, (rev.), xxiii, 385.
Remolino suggested for pot hole,
©: H. Hershey, (p.s.n.), xxiv,
134.
Renevier, M., (cit.), ii, 367; (rem.),
iv, 53; 55; (rem.), v, 209; Geolog-
ical chronology, (ed. com.), xx,
318; The Taconic, (ed. com.),
xx, 405.
Rensselaer grit plateau, T. N. Dale.
(rev.), xiv, 54.
Reorganization of the Louisiana
survey, (p.s.n.), XXXVi, 197.
Report of Mich. survey, 1892, (rev.)
xi, 344; on Essex county, Mass..,
J. H. Sears, (rev.), xv, 264: Ge-
ology of the coastal Plain of Ala..
(rev.), E. A. Smith, xv, 266;
Coosa coal field, A M, Gibson,
(rev.), xvl,_ 260;° Inspector of
re of abe 5 J. Norwood,
Yh Xix, »65; fehl -
baunt, Kazan Saar cee
E Ferguson
rivers, J. B. Tyrrell, (rev.), xxi,
128; On the boundar et
the Potsdam and Se ee
H. P. Cushing, (rev.), xxiii, 330.
Reproduction of arm in crinoids
. F. Foerste, xii, 340.
Reptilian forms from the Cretace-
ous, O. C. Marsh, (rev.), v, 181.
epeeica ee The carboni-
rous, z ode
aol is: nbender, (rey.),
epublications, of descri tions
fossils, from the Hall mobeetion:
R. P. Whitfield, (rev.), xvi, 311.
Research work at Harvard Uni-
versity, (p.s.n.), xxvili, 399,
Researches, on Paleozoic fishes of
Belgium, Lohest, (rev.), lii, 196:
Into the Monograptidae, S. TL,
Tornquist, (rev.), xxiil, 383; On
the Visual organs of the Trilob-
ites, G. Lindstrom, (rey.), xxvll,
258; Phylogeny of rhinoceroses of
Hunops. Osborn, (rey.), Xxvil,
Resemblances between the Arch-
ean in Minn., and Finland, N. 1st
Winchell, (abs.), xxl, 136; ditto
xxi, 222. j
Residual coneentranlon, a mode of
genesis of iron ores, J. 5 im-
ball, xxi, 155. ernie
Resin, fossil from Burma
O. Helm, xl, 275. ‘
Restoration of the Antillean con-
tinent, J. Spencer,
xiv, 200. RN hana
Resumé, Stratigraphic relations, in
the Atlantic coastal plain, N. H.
(rev.),
Darton, (rev.), xvi, 238:
xvil, 108. Pasar
Reusch, H., Granite from Sedi-
ments, (rev.), ili, 335; Geology
of Norway, (cit.), Iv, 3143) 817:
(v.s.n:), vii, 208: Glacial striae
older- than the Quaternary, (p
s.n.), vii, 388;
CDySine)s sce 843%
Review of the geology of the
coast ranges, H. W. Fairbanks,
(abs.), xiv, 198; Of the history
of the great lakes, J. W. Spen-
cer, xiv, 289; Of _ titaniferous
magnetite, J. F. Kemp, (rev.),
xxvil, 119; Of the Glacial geology
of the southern Peninsula of
ee F. Leverett, (rev.), Xxxiv,
(cit.), viil, 243;
116 The American Geologist.
Revision, of the Cretaceous Echin-
oidea, W. B. Clarke, (rev.), viii,
56; Of the Cainozoic Echinoidea,
J. W. Gregory, (rev.), xi, 360;
Of the loop-bearing brachiopods,
C. E.. Beacher, (rev.), xii, 188;
Of the fauna of the Guelph for-
mation, J. F. Whiteaves, (rev.),
xvi, 312; of the moraines. of
Minn., (abs.), J. E. Todd, xviii,
225; Of the Puerco Fauna, W.
P. Matthew, (rev.), xxi, 190; Of
certain Bryozoan genera of the
Cincinnati group, R. Cumings,
xxix, 197; Of Blastoidea, G. Ham-
bach, (rev.), xxxiii,*"45.
Rhinoceros, median horned from
the Loup Fork beds, of Neb.,
J, B.. Hatcher, xiii, 149; -Dwo
horned and the White River beds,
of So. Dak., J. B. Hatcher, xiii,
360.
Rhine Valley, E. Holzapfel, (rev.), -
xlit a:
Rhode Island, Conglomerates in
Gneisses, C. H. Hitchcock, iii,
254; Boulder train from Iron
Hill, "N. “S-Shaler;) rev); ocd,
191; Ice sheet in the Narragansett
Bay, J. B. Woodworth, xviii, 150,
391; Orbicular granite, J. F.
Kemp, (rev.), xiv, 53.
Rhode Island, Insect fauna of, S.
H. Scudder, (rev.), xiv, 330; Ge-
ology of Conanicut Island, G. L.
‘Collie, (rev.), xv, 386; Glacia)
brick clays, N. S. Shaler, (rev.),
xx, 328; Submergence in Narra-
gansett Bay region, M. L. Ful-
ler, xxi, 310; Granites, J. F.
Kemp, (rev.), xxv, 122; Ditto
xxvii, 51
Rhodolite and associated minerals,
aden and Pratt, (rev.), xxiil,
328.
Rhombopora lLepidodendroides, G.
EB. Condra, xxxi, 22.
Rohn’s collection of Lake Superior
rocks, (ed. com.)y, xx, 322.
Rhynchopora and new species, D.
K. Greger, xxxili, 297.
Rhythmic accumulation of
aines by waning ice sheets, W.
Upham, xix, 411.
Rice, W. N., (p.s.n.). xvi, 132;
Theory of volcanic action,
(abs.), xx, 198; (p.s.n.), xxvi, 63;
Christian faith in an age of sci-
ence, (rev.), xxxiv, 55; (p.s.n.),
xxxiv, 68.
Richards, J. H., (p.s.n.), xxxil,
400.
Richards, R. H., Prismatic stadia
telescope, (abs.), xiii, 212.
Richardson, ¢. H., Washington
limestone in Vermont, (abs.).
xxIf. 257.
Richardson, G. M., Edward Wal-
bell, Taft and Mendenhall, (rev.)
-ler Claypole, xxix, 24.
Richmond folio, U. S. G. S., Camp-
xxiii, 198. .
Richmond group on the western
side of the Cincinnati anticline,
A. F. Foerste, xxxi, 333; In
Ohio and Indiana and its sub-
Mor-*
December, 1908.
Rickard, T. A., (p.s.n.), xix, 364.
Gtvistons, T. M. Nickles, xxxil,
202.
Richthofen, F., Structure of Shan-
tung, China, (rev.), xxi, 321.
Ries, H., Bauxite mines of Ga.
and Ala., (abs.), xvii, 263; (p.
s.n.), xvill, 62; (and Luquer), -
The Augen-Gneiss area, Bedford,
N. Y., xviii, 289; (abs.), xix, 292;
Clay and Kaolin of Europe, (p.
s.n); xxi, 266%" @p.s.n.), socwit a2:
Origin of Kaolin, (rev.), xxvii,
120; Sketch of Theodore Greely
White, xxviii, 269; (p.s.n.), xxx,
1; (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 270.
Riggs, E. S., (p:s.n:); xxiv, 134.
Rights of intelligence under paid
service, (ed. com.), -i, 240.
Rignon de la Viejo voleano, J.
Crawford, xxx, 130.
Riley, J. J., Guano deposits of
the islands of the southern Pa-
cific, (abs.), xxl, 73.
Ringueberg, E. N. 8., The Niagara
shales, i, 264; Crinoids of the
te at Lockport, (rev.), vi,
Rio-Tinto group of copper mines,
ppelt, J. Douglas, (cit.), xxix,
Ripple-marks, Some conditions of,
T. A. Jagger, Jr., xiii, 199; Os-
cillation and single current, J. E.
Spurr, 43, 201,
Ripple-marks and cross bedding, G.
K. Gilbert, (abs.), xxili, 102.
Riukiu coral reefs, S. Yoshiwara,
(rev.), xxix, 253; Some fossils
from, Newton and Holland, (rev.),
xxx, 122.
River-lake system of Mich., C. W.
Wooldridge, !, 43.
River profiles, (ed. com.), xxviii, 56.
Rivers and valleys of Penn., W.
M. Davis, (rev.), v, 60.
Rivers of North America, I. C.
Russell, (rev.), xxiii, 261.
River Valleys of the Ozark Pla-
teau, O. H. Hershey, xvi, 338.
Rizer;, HH. C., U. S: Geis: ‘andaits
origin, (rev.), xxxiv, 119.
Roads of the U. S.,.N. S. Shaler,
(rev.), xviii, 318.
Robergia microphthalmus, C. Wi-
man, (rev.), xxxii, 189.
Roberts, R. D., (p.s.n.), xvi, 400.
Robertson, J. D,. Lead and zinc
deposits of Missouri. xv, 235; Dit-
soe (rev), Xvi; als (pissne) eerie
Roches, Les Alcalines, A. Lacroix,
(rev.), xxx, 328.
Rochester, N. Y., Geololgy, H. L.
Fairchild, xv, 50.
Rocks, Some American norytes and
gabbros, Herrick et al. i, 393.
The original Chazy, Brainerd and
Seely, ii, 323; Green quartzite in
Neb: in BY JBicks: jit; sal: “che
Taconic as arranged by Dewey,
ii, 352; At Quebec. Ii, 134; A. R.
Cc. Selwyn, ii, 134, 355; Chalcedon-
ic in the Wealden of England,
(p.s.n.), li, 361; Green quartzite
in’ Neb. “J. He “fodd) ii; 59;
Index, Volumes I-XXXV I.
Schisis of northeastern Minn., H.
V. Winchell, iii, 18; Classifica-
tion of crystalline, Rosenbusch’s
new scheme, (rev.), iii, 43; 4'or-
aminiferal limestones, Re 2:
Hil., iv, 174; Camptonite dikes;
Kemp and Marsters, iv, 975
Adobe, I. C. Russell, (rem.), iv,
336; Metamorphism, A. Irving,
(rey.), v, 50; Subaerial dec:
and red color ot certain forma-
tions, I. C. Russell, (rev.), v, 10;
From the West Indies, J. H.
Kloos, (rev.), v, 183; Microscop-
ie characters of. north of Lake
Huron, A, C. Lawson, vi,
Non-teldspatuic ot Maryland, G.
H. Williams. vi, 35; Eruptive on
the north shore of Lak.
H. W. Fairbanks,
neous of the Mesozoic, Camp-
bell and Brown, (rev.), viii, 54;
White limestones of Sussex coun-
ty, F. L. Nason, -viii, 166; From
Corea T. H. Holland, (rev.), viii,
396; Voleanic from Tewan moun-
fans, J. £s Iddings: (rev-), ix,
264; Peculiar lava in northern
Galif., J. S. Diller, (rev.), ix, 265;
Traps of the Newark system, N.
H. Darton (rev.), ix, 266; Tabu-
lation of igneous, F. D. Adams,
(rev.),- ix, 268;° Basic eruptive in
Maine, G. P. Merrill, x, 49; Eleo-
lite syenite of Litchfield, Maine,
Ww. S. Bayley, (rev.), x, 64; Ne-
pheline in Brazil, Derby, (rev.),
x, 326; Variation of, J. M. Clem-
ents, (rev.), xxii, 381; Relation~
ships of igneous rocks, J. P. Ids
dings, (rev.), xxii, 379; Metamor-
phism and rock flowage, C. R.
Van Hise, (rev.), xxii, 378; Sed-
imentary rocks, Microscopical
etudyv, Ll. Cayeux, (rev.), xxl,
888; Intrusive in the Inwood lime-
stone. E. C. Eckel, xxiii, 122;
Specimens, Educational series, U.
PeaGe S-) Jeo. Diller. (rev.),. xml,
61: Batholitic granites B. K. Em-
~son, xxiii. 104: Lewinson- Les-
sing, classification, xxiii,. 346;
Weathering of diabase. T. L.
Watson, xxiv, 355; Gabbroid o
Minn... A. N. Winchell, xxvi, 151;
197, 261, 348; Scapolite of Alaska,
Tem esolurr: .(rev.); sxxvi,) 393:
Trav dikes of Georgia, S. W.
M-Callic. xxvii, 133: Shefford
mountain. J Odie irgleee WY ihene | aye Michigan,
(p.s.n.), xxxi, 395; Geology and
water resources of Snake River
plains, (rev:), xxxii, 121: (pism)>
xxxiii, 64; North America, (rev.),
xxxiv, 193: Biographical sketch
of W. H. Pettee, xxxv, 1; Drum-
lin areas in northern Mich.,
CDSS) pe DOOCVs eLlite
Russia, Map of, A. Karpinsky, etc.,
(rev.), xii, 194. '
Russia, Mountain building process
along the Don valley, A. V. Pav-
low, (rev.), xxxiv, 121.
Russlan Province of Kursk, (p.s.n.),
XxXI,; sal.
Rugsium, a new metal, (p.s.n.), Iv,
Rustless iron, (p.s.n.). v, 126.
Rutherford, E., Radioactivity.
(rev.), xxxiv, 264.
Rutley, F., Text-jook jon rock-
forming minerals, (rev.), ii, 343;
Origin of certain Novaculites and
Quartzites, (rev.), xiv, 253; Gran-
ites and_ greenstones, (rev.),
XV, 123.
Ruttan, H. N. Artesian wells at
Winnipeg, (cit.), xxxv, 287.
S
Saccharoidal sandstone, Gs aC:
Broadhead, xxxiv, 105.
Sacred Heart Geyser Spring, C,
P. Berkey, xxix, 87.
Safford, J. M. Orange sand, La-
Grange and Appamattox, viii, 129;
Megalonyx in Big Bone cave,
(p.s.n.). viii, 198; 195; 232; Mid-
dleton formation of Tenn., Miss.,
and Ala., ix, 63; The Middleton
Index, Volumes I1-XXXVI.
formation of Tenn., (rev.), xl,
119; Phosphate-bearing rocks in
middle ‘kennessee, xiii, 102; Phos-
phate rock in Tenn., xvill, 261.
Sakha.in, 1esources ot, B..Howard,
(apbs.), xxii, 261.
Saint Augustine and Haeckel, P.
brazer, xxix, 387.
Saint Louis, urckase exposition.
Award (p:S.5.), xxxv, 62; 130;
Academy of scienccs, (@pes-12);,
xix, 365.
Saint Peter sandstone, F. W. Sar-
deson, (iev.), xvii, 390.
Salient features in geology of Ari-
zona, W. P. Blake, xxvii, 160.
Salisbury, R. D., (and Chamber-
lin,), on the driftless area, (rev.),
i, 122; Kkorster on earthquakes,
iti, 182; (p.s.n.), iv, 254; 2nd drift-
less area (abs.), viii, 232; Prep:e-
istocene gravels, (avs.), viii, 2558;
extra morainic drift of N. J., (abs.),
viii, 38; Crowley Ridge (aps.), vii,
263; Drift of the North German
lowland, ix, 294; Man and the
Glacial period, xi, 138, 21; Dis-
tinct Glacial epoch, (abs.), xl,
171; 174; Drift of the Delaware
Valley, xi, 360; (rem.), xii, 171;
Drift near Madison, Wis., (abs.),
xii, 172; 179; 180; Reviews of the
ice age, (vem.), xii, 230; Surface
geology of New Jer. (rev.), xii,
336; L_e invasion, (rem.), Xv, 201;
Surface formations of New Jer-
sey, (abs.), xv, 203; (p.s.n.), xix,
68; (cit.), xx, 199; Physical ge-
Geraphy of .N. J., ~(rev.), xxti.
123; (and W. C. Alden), Geo-
graphy of Chicago, and its en-
virons, ‘(rev.), xxv, i174; Geo-
graphy and geology of Devil's
Lake and the Dalles of the Wis-
consin, (rev.), xxvi, 252; Glacial
geology of N. J. (rev.), xxxii,
316.
Salterain, don Pedro, (obit.), xi,
362.
Salter, Discoverer of the primordial
in the British Isles, vi, 80.
Salt Range, trilobites in the Neo-
Polne beds, W. King, (rev.), v,
Salt, well at Lincoln, Neb., F.. W.
Russell, i, 131; in Kansas City,
Hay, (rev.), iv, 309; making pro-
cesses in the U. S., Chatard,
(rey.), iv, 113; range of Punjab,
Taconic in, J. Marcou, iv, 60; de-
posite of northeastern Ohio, xxxv,
370.
Salt Lake basin (Lake Otero), C. L.
Herrick, xxxiv, 174.
Sand erg eri K. Ludwig, (obit.).
xxii, :
Sand, boulders in the drift, J. W.
Spencer, (rev.), I, 120; dunes, so-
ealled, J. Bryson. viii, 188.
Sandstone dikes of the Ute pass,
Colo., W. O. Crosby, (p.s.n.), xx
68; dikes near Columbus, Ga.,
S. W. McCallie, xxxil, 199.
San Francisco, lWLherzolite-serpen-
tine, ©. Palache, (rev.), xv, 52.
Sanguinite, a new mineral, H. A.
Miers, (rev.), vii, 196.
lIy
San Jacinto, Earthquake at, E. W.
Claypole, xxv, 106; 192.
San Jose district, Tamaulipas, Mex-
160, G. L. riniay, (rev.), XXXV, 55.
Sankaty Head, Mass., Pleistocene
launa, J. A. Cushman, xxxiv, 69;
tossils at, J. A. Cusnman, xxxvi,
194.
Sansi, F., Sulla serpentina, etc.,
(rev.)s xv, 49.
Santa Barbara channel, geology,
L. G. Yates, v, 43.
Sardessn, r. W., (and C. W. Hall.),
Paleozoic formations in south-
easiern Minn., (rev.), xX, 182;
Notes on Nanno, xiv, 402; (p.s.n.),
XVI; 0d Seis, osc. eeeLter osand—
stone, (rev.), xvii, 390; And Fos-
sil Tabulates, G. H. Girty, xviii,
332; The Galena and Maquoketa
series xviii, 356, Ditto, xix, 21,
91, 180; Relations of the fossil
tabulates to the Aleyonaria,
(rev.), xviii, 37; Tabulate corals,
Note on review, vxiii, 131; Fauna
of the Magnesian series, (rev.),
xviii, 184; Nomenclature of the
Galena and Maquoketa, xix, 330;
Streptelasma profundum, xx, 277;
Glacial deposits in the driftless
area, xx, 392; Intra-formational
conglomerates in the Galena ser-
ies, xxii, 315; Wind deposits of
eastein Minn., (abs.), xxiii, 103;
Cystociincidean f:om the Ordo-
vician, xxiv, 263; Meteorology of
the Ordovician, xxvi, 388; Pele-
cypod species and genus Bury-
mya, xxx, 39; Observations 0%
the genus Romingeria by Charles
S. Beecher, xxxii, 260.
Sarle, C. J., Reef structures in
Clinton and Niagara strata of N.
Wie KM, 252:
Saurian, new from Kansas, F. W.
Cragin, ii, 404.
Scapolite rocks of Alaska, J. E.
Spurr, (rev.), xxvi, 393.
Sceptropora a new senus of Bry-
a, &. O-—Ulrich, i, 228.
Schacffer, C. A. (p.s.n.), fii, 152.
Schematic ‘standard for the Amer-
ican Carboniferous, C. R. Keyes,
xxvill, 299.
Schists of northeastern Minn., H.
V. Winchell, iii, 18.
Schluter, C., Protospohgia rhenana,
(rev.), xil, 335.
Schmidt, F., (p.s.n.), vii, 194; Re-
vision of Trilobites, (rev.), xill,
428.
Schnelder, E. A. (and Clarke,), On
the natural silicates, (rev.), vii,
56. ,
Schoepff, J. D., Contributions to
North American Geology, G. H.
Williams, (abs.), xili, 140.
Bcholastic methods of modern ge-
ology. H. H. ffoworth, (rev.),
xxxvi, 125.
Schoolcraft, H. R., Sketch of, J.
S. Howard, v, 1.
School of mines, of Colo., A. Lakes,
(rev.)« v, 812.
Schrader, F. C., (p.s.n.), xviii, 335;
(p.s.n.), xxvi, 65; Mineral = re-
120 The American Geologist.
sources of the Mt. Wrangell dis-
trict, Alaska, (rev.), xxxii, 393;
(p.s.n.), xxxiii, 270; Reconnais-
sance in northern Alaska, (rev.),
xxxv, 247.
Schuchert, C., (and N. H. Win-
chell,), New brachiopoda from the
Trenton and Hudson River groups
of Minn., ix, 284; Classification
of the spire-bearing brachiopoda,
xi, 141; Ditto, xiii, 102; Develop-
ment of the shell Zygospira,
(rev.), xii, 262, (and N. H. Win-
chell) Sponges, graptolites and
corals of the lower _ Silurian,
(rev.), xli, 331; Brachiopoda of
the lower Silurian, (rev.), xil,
332; Brachial supports in Dielas-
ma and Zygospira, (rev.), xil,
394; Sponges, graptolites, and
corals, (rev.), xv, 385; Lower Si-
lurian .brachiopoda, (rey.), xv,
86; Directions for collecting fos-
sils, (rev.). xvi, 262; (p.s.n.), xvii,
59; (and White), collections made
in Greenland, (p.s.n.), xx, 343:
(and J. M. Clarke), Nomencla-
ture of formations of N. Y. xxv,
114; (p.s.n.), xxvi, 195; Helder-
berg fossils in Canada, near Mon-
treal. xxvii, 245; Morse on living
brachiopods, xxxi, 112; The I. H.
Harris collection of invertebrate
fossils, xxxi, 131; Manlius forma-
tions of N. Y., xxxi, 160; Faun-
al provinces of the middle De-
vonic of America and the De-
vonie of Russia, xxxii, 137: Si-
luric Cystoidea and a new Cam-
arocrinus, xxxii. 230: Dall’s con-
tributions to the Tertiary of
Florida, xxxiii, 143: Suess, Re-
marks at the closing banquet,
Int., Geol. Cong. ‘xxxilil; 658%
(p.s.n.), xxxiv, 132, 268: UWniver-
sal paleontology, *S- OI | PERO
Seren of J. B. Hatcher xxxv,
Pte
Schwartz, E. H. L., Question of the
permanence of the ocean basins,
(rev.), xxxvi, 126.
Schweinitz, E. A., (p.s.n.). xvii,
257.
Schwaitzer, Poul, Mineral waters
of Missouri, (rev.), xl, 205.
Science sarjes (p-s.n.). xxi, 202.
Scientific meetings at Washington,
(pss 3) De wale {62-
Scientific resnlts of the new Gi-
berion Tslands expedition, E. V.
Mol... Revs, xXViE olds
Scientific geography in education,
R. BH. Dodge: (abs.). xxi, 201,
Seo"thus. J. F. James, (p.s.n.),
viii, 194.
Scofield. W. H., (obit.). xiii, 440.
Score of paleontology, H. S. Wil-
liams, x, 148.
Scone of the Vuleanological sur-
vey of Japan, -B. Koto, (rev.),
XXV, 385.
Seot'and. sb-mergence during the
Glacial enoch, DD. Bell, (rev.), xii,
ER.
Scott, J. W., Fault in the Tipton-
run region, iv, 27.
December, 1905.
Scott, W. B., (and H. F. Osborn,),
Mammalia of the Uintah forma-
tion, (rev.), vi, 56; (and Osborn),
Fossil mammals from the White
River and Loup Fork formations
(rev.), vii, 184; Osteology of Poe-
brotherium, (rev.), viii, 327; Evo-
lution in the Mammalia, (rey.),
ix, 402; New insectivora from the
White River beds, (rev.), xv,
264; A question of priority, xvii,
58; (p.s.n.), xvii, 346; Later Ter-
tiary of the west, (rev.), xvll,
141; @pagn.);) xxvil; 263: Goisn:),
xxisc, Ze.
Scott, A. C., A brief summary of
glacier work, xxx, 215.
Scovell, J. T., Old channel of the
Niagara, (ed. com.), iii, 195;
Highest point in North America,
(p Sai.) xh ©2426.
Scudder, S. H., Fossil insects of
North America, (rev.), viii, 52;
Insect fauna of the Rhode Is-
land Coal field, (rev.), xiv, 3303:
American Tertiary Aphidae,
(rev.), xv, 123; Tertiary Rhynco-
porus Coleoptera, (rev.), xvi, 59;
Canadian fossil insects, (rey.),
xvii, 189.
Seacoast swamps, N. S. _ Shaler,
(rev.), i, 258.
Sea level, its dependence on super-
ficial masses normal to the earth’s
surface, R. S. Woodward, (rev.),
v, 109.
Seamills of Cephalonia, W. O.
Crosby, (abs.), xvii, 265.
Seamon, W. H., Present condition
of the earth’s interior, xiv, 20;
(p.s.n.), xvi, 129.
Sears, J. H., Essex county, Mass.,
(rev:),, XV; 2642 ((p:Sin:); Sxo). ily ots
(ed.
Simpson, C. T., Land mollusks of
the West India
XV) ZOU sO TSiineyien eXAVINIT prove
Simpson, G. B., New species of
fossils, (rev.), vi, 122; Hand book
of the North America Bryozoa,
(rev.), xx, 330.
region, (rev.);
Sioux quartzite, age of, C,. R.
Keyes, (rev.), xvi, 319; Beyer,
(LEV) XX eeiies
Sinhoneen aus dem Cambrium von
Schantung, Th. Lorenz, (rev.),
xxxiii, 383.
Siphonor-*nus, New genns. S. A.
Miller, 1, 263.
Siphuncle of Canadian Endocerati-
dae, J. F. Whiteaves, xxxv, 23:
Ditto (rev.), xxxvi, 186.
Sketch, of George H. Cook, Iv, 321;
Coastal topography of North Side
of Lake Superior, A. C. Lawson,
(rev.), xi, 356, 362; Of Dr. John
Jocke, N. H. Winchell, xiv, 341;
Of Geology of San _ Francisco
peninsula, A. C. Lawson, (rev.),
xvii, 319; Of the historical ge-
ology of Esmeralda county, Ne-
vada, H. W. Turner, xxix, 261;
Of the iron ores of Minn., N. H.
Winchell, xxix, 154; The life of
Zadoc Thompson. G. A. Perkins,
xxix, Gi: Of sa ivon) Roemer
W. Simonds, xxix, 131; Of Mi-
chael Tuomey, E. A. Smith, xx,
205; Of the Lake Superior iron
country, R. D. Williams, (rev.),
xxxvi, 188.
Slarpsbackens Dalgang, J. C. Mo-
Hers) ew.) Xoo, moe.
Slate-binders of the Pittsburg coal
beds, W. S. Gresley, xiv, 356.
Slatter, J. T., (obit.), xvi, 327.
Smith yGow Es, Cornell summer
school of field geology, (p.s.n.),
xxx, 396.
Smith, E. A.,
(Am. com.),
Johnson,),
Marine Cenozoic,
li; -269— Cand) aes
Tertiary and Creta-
ceous in -Alabama, (rev.), iv,
188; Geological map of Ala.,
(rev.), xv, 58; Geology of the
coastal plain of Ala., (rev.), xv,
266; (p.s.n.), xvii, 404; Sketch of
Michael Tuomey, xx, 205; Bio-
graphical sketch of H. McCalley,
xxxv, 198.
Smith, E. F., Electro-chemical an-
alysis. (rev.), vii, 331.
Smith, G. 1., (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 203.
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. [23
smith, G. O., Fox Islands of Maine,
(rev.), xix, 214; Study of the
Fox islands, (Gev.),, Ix. Ou
Eliensburg folio, Washington,
(rev.), xxxi, 255; Contributions
to the Geology of Washington,
(rev.), xxxiv, 54; Mt. Stuart fo-
lig, (rev.), xxxiv, 392; (and D. Solar heat, gravitation, and sun
White,), Perry basin in south- spots, J. H. Kedzie, (rev.), iv,
eastern Maine, (rev.), xxxvi, 127. 181, 246. 300, 379.
Smith, J. P., Jurabildungen des Sollas, Prof., W. J. (p.s.n.), xvii,
Kahlberges, (rev.), xiii, 71; Age 192; (p.s.n.), xix, 364.
of. the Auriferous slates of the Solosbergyte anjl tinguayte from
Sierra Nevada, (abs.), xiii, 215; Essex county, Mass., H. S. Wash-
Trias and Jura in Chaska coun- ington, (rev.), xxii, 380.
ty, Calif., (abs.), xiv, 200; Car- Solubility of Pnosphates, in iron
boniferous, (abs.), xiv, 203; Meta- ores; H. H. Taft, Ili, 402.
morphic series of the Chaska re- | Some, American Norites and gab-
aa of Calif., (p.s.n.,) xxzxiil bros, Herrick, Clarke and Dem-
‘ am aee eters
Smith, P. S.. tp.sin.). xxx, 336. ing, i, 339; Recent graptolitic lit
Seen eM ECs G.-Archacan rocks erature, R. R. Gurley, viii, 35;
\ Probl=ms, of the Mesabi iron ore,
west of Lake Superior, (abs.). N. H. Winchell, x, 169; Phenom-
Mi, las, 140; xitto, (rev.), xiii,
‘ ; ena of Metamorphism in the
ah Hunter’s Island, (rev.), xiii, Green mountains, C. L. Whittle,
Z rev.), i, 412; Recent criticism
Smith, W. S. Tangier, Islands of nee oe EF. Wright, (ed. com.),
Socorro Tripoli so-called), C. L.
Herrick, xviii, 135.
Soda-Rhyolite North of Berkeley,
C. Palache, (rev.), xil, 263.
Soils of Nebraska, L. E. Hicks,
iii, 36; Of Ill., F. Leverett, (rev.),
xvii, 119.
southern Calif., (rev.), xxvii, xi, 110; Recent contributions to
187; (p.s.n.), xxxiii, 59. the geology of Calif., H. W. Tur-
Smcck, J. C., Iron districts of N. ney, xi, 307; Elements of land
Y., (rev.), iv, 186; Height of the
Ice Sheet in N. J., (cit.), Iv, 212,
253; Building stone in N. Y
sculpture, UL. E. Hicks, xi, 412;
Dikes containing huronite, A. F.
Barlow, (abs.), xv, 68; Examples
(reve), vii, 196; Report of .N. J.,
for 1890. (rev.), : viii, 120 New
Jersey report, 1893, (rev.). xv,
329; Survey of N. J., Report for
1294, (rev.). xvii, 186; Survey of
Ne §J./)895, (rev.), xvill, 187;
(p.s.n.), xxi, 126; N. J. report for
Hor. anews). xxii, 239° NE J. re-
port 1898, (rev.), xxiv, 255: Pro-
tection of the Palisades of the
Eardson. (psin.), xxv, 330; (p:s.
me), xxix, 128)
Smvth. C. H. Jr.. Clinton iron ore,
Origin of, (rev.). x, 122; Lake
filing in the Adirondack region,
xi, 85: Basic rock derived from
granite, (abs.). xiv, 195; (p.s.n.),
15. 67; (p.s.n.), xvii. 407; Weath-
ering of alnovte, (rev.). xxii,
282: Tourmatine contact zones
peek Alexandria bay, N. Y. xxix,
387.
Smyth, H. L., Lower Menominee
and Marquette series in Mich.,
(rev.), xiii, 359; (v.s.n.). xvi, 267;
(with Finlay,), structure of the
Wermilion Range, (rev.), xvil,
247.
Snow, F. B., (o.s n.). iv, 320; (p.s.
yn). iii. 216° Sienifieance of sti-
pules. (rem.), v, 250; (p.s.n.), v,
320: (p.s.n.). xv, 400.
vsnow Pall, of natural history at
Lawrence, Kansas, (ed. com.),
vi, 244.
Sobra Algunas Formaciones Car-
boniferas. Argentina, “. Boden-
bender, (rev.), xviii, 49.
Societe Geologique Belgique (p.s.
n.), xxi, 330.
Society of naturalists,
xxiv, 326.
(p.s.n.)s
of stream-robbing in the Cats-
kill mountains, N. Darton,
(abs.), xvii, 98; Stages of Appa-
lachian erosion, A. Keith, (rev.),
xvii, 109; Stages in the develop-
ment of rivers, J. M. Clement,
(abs.), xvii, 126; Notes on the
occurrence of UOUranite, in Couo.,
R. Pearce, (rev.), xvii, 396; New
features in the geology of Min-
nesota, N. H. Winchell, xx, 41;
Causes of scenery of Yellowstone
Park,’ R. A. Crook, xx, 159; Erup-
tive rocks from the Black Hills,
Jo he Kemp, psn) xed, Loos
Resemblances between Archaean
of Minn, and Hiniand, N. H.
Winchell (abs), xxi, 136; Pregla-
cial soil, J. A. Udden, xxi, 262;
Features of the drift on Staten
Jsland, A. Hollick, (abs.), xxii,
249: New fossils from eastern
Mass., W. E. Hobbs, xxiii, 109;
Biotites and amphiboles, H. W.
Turner, (rev.), xxiv, 181; Analy-
ses of Italian volcanic rocks, H. S.
Washington, (rev.), xxiv, 321;
Glacial wash plains of southern
New England, J. B. Woodworth,
(rev.), xxiv, 381; Cretaceous drift
pebbles in northern lowa, J. A.
Udden, xxiv, 389; Italian volean-
ic rocks, H. S. Washington, (rev.),
xxv, 177; Higher levels in the
course of glacial development of
the Finger Lakes, T. L. Watson,
(rev.), xxv, 187; Curious matters
illustrative of geological phenom-
ena, B. K. Emerson, xxvi, 312;
Phenomena of the palisades dia-
base, J. D. Irving, (rev.), xxvil,
53: Trap dikes of Georgia, S.
W. McCallie, xxvil, 133; Princi-
124 The American Geologist. Decenber wear
ples of rock analyses, W. F. Hi -
lebrand, (rev.), xxvii; 315; New
and litle Known fo-esil vertevrates,
J. B. Hatcher, (rev.), xxvil, 379;
Tertiary formations of Southern
Calif., O. H. Hershey, xxix, 349;
Crystalline rocks of southern
Calif., O. H. Hershey, xxix, 273;
Evidence of two Glacial stages in
the Klamath mountains in Calif.,
O. H. Hershey, xxxl, 139; Re-
sults of the late Minn., Geological
Survey, N. H. Winchell, xxxi,
246; Paleontological facts bearing
on nomenclature and classifica-
tion of sedimentary formations,
H. §. Williams, (rev.), xxxvi,
49.
Soinwendgebirge im Unterinnthal,
F. Wahner, (rev.), xxxi, 185.
Source, of the Mississippi, J. V.
Brower, viii, 291; Of the Missis-
sippi, N. H. Winchell, xvi, 323;
Of the Mississippi, Report on
Willard Glazier’s claim, (p.s.n.),
ix, 266.
South African gold fields, (p.s.n.),
v, 191.
South Africa, Diamond mines, (ed.
com.), xxxi, 51.
South America, paleontological
exploration, (p.s.n.), xli, 205.
Sorth Carolina, Earthquake at
Charleston, E. W. Claypole, Ii
135; Earthquake at Charleston,
1886, (rev.), vii, 198; Coastal
plain series, N. H. Darton, (abs.)
xvii, 107.
South Dakota, report on the Min-
eral resources, F. R. Carpenter.
(rev.), iii, 202; Numerous flowing
wells. (p.s.n.), iv, 255; Irrigation
problem in, Iv, 389; Artesian
wells, Warren Upham, vi, 211;
New fishes from, E. D. ‘Cope,
(rev) 1x, -bs) Wossils sini 0. sere
Mebride, xii, 248; Bennettites in
the Black Hills, S. Calvin, xIlll,
79; Diceratherium, J. B. Hatch-
er, xiii, 360; geological survey,
fe i. Todd, (rev.), XV,
186; Bad Land, EK. Ge
Case, xv, 249; Insectivore from
the White River beds. W. B.
Seott, (rev.), xv, 264; Geological
work in 1895, J. E. Todd, xvi,
202;
Log-like concretions and fos-
sil shores), J.’ . ‘Todd, xvil; (347;
Silurian strata in the Black
Hills, C. FE. Beecher; xviii, 31;
Hydraulic gradient, J. KE. Todd,
(abs.), xviii, 219; Artesian wa-
ters, N.. H. Daron, (rev.), xix,
rae | Py
Fuller’s earth, H. Ries, (rev.),
xx, 135; Moraines of the Mis-
souri Coteau, J. E. Todd, (rev.),
xx, 829; Well-boring and _irri-
gation, N. H. Darton, (rev.), xxi,
Sep.
Fossil fish in the Jurassic, N.
H. Darton, (abs.), xxiii, 93; Ge-
ological survey, 1898, J. E. Todd,
(rev.), xxiii, 192; New Light on
the drift, J. E. Todd, xxv, 96.
Contribution to geology of the
Black “Hills; J. D:. Irving, (rev.);
xXvVi, 3822; Moraines of; Jo iee
Todd, (rev.), xxvi, 323; Calcites
from the Bad Lands, Penfield
and Ford, (rev.), xxvii, 51; School
of mimes, C: €. O’ Marra. (rev),
xxvii, 124. :
Geological survey of, (p.s.n.),
xxviii, 64; Mineral resources of,
Cc. C. O'HMarra,. (rev.), xxx; Sse
Newly discovered rock at Sioux
Balls, «J. BE. Todd? soocity sos
Lincoln county and = adjacent
portions, T. A. Bendrat, xxxiii, 65;
Olivet, Parker, Mitchell, and Al-
exandria folios, J. E. Todd and
C.-M. Hall, 1903, ° (rev) a) soxselir
381; Geology and water resources,
Todd and Hall, (rev.), xxxiv, 325;
Rosebud Indian reservation, A.
B. Reagan, xxxvi, 230.
Southeastern Michigan, recent
SHUG. | ewe bay Or (p.s.n.),
xxv, 196.
Southern Devonian formatitns, H.
S. Williams, (rev.), xx, 133.
South mountain glaciation, E. H.
Williams, (abs.), xii, 166.
Special, report on Kansas coal, 4.
Haworth, (rev.), xxii, 384; Sum-
mer meeting of the Am. An-
thropological association, 1905, (p.
S.n.), xxxvi, 64.
Species, causes of extinction, J. M.
McCreary, v, 100.
Specific characters in Orthoceras,
A. F. Foerste, xii, 232.
Specimen of Nematophyton in N.
Y. State Museum, C. S. Prosser,
xxix, 372.
Spencer, J. W.
Sand boulders in the _ drift,
(rev.), i, 120; Lake beaches at
sAnn' Arbor, ti, 62; ‘Om ‘Great
Lakes, Ancient outlets, (nev.),
il, 3465, (p-sin)s, iy. 370 Glacial
erosion in Norway, (rev-), il, 432;
(p.s.n.), iii, 152; Glacial erosion,
iii, 208; Survey of Georgia, Belt
of the Macon and Birmingham
rallway., (sev.), oV,- US8diss kGpsems)=
Vv, 125; (@p:s.me); -vi,_685) (Oni the
Iroquois beach, vii, 68; 266; Ori-
gin of basins of the Great Lakes,
vii, 86; Post-Pleistocene subsi-
dence vs. Glacial dams, (rev.).
viii, 186; Iroquois shore north of
the Adirondacks. (rev.), xi, 58;
Channels over divides, not evi-
dence of glacial lakes, xi, 58:
Terrestrial subsidence southeast
of North America (abs.), xii,
168, 171; Geological jsurvey of
Georgia, (rev.), xii, 267; 274; (p.
s.n.), xiii, 206; Rock basin of
Cayuga Lake, xiv, 134; Age of
Niagara Falls. xiv, 135; 204; Re-
storation of the Antillean conti-
nent. (abs.), xiv, 200; Progress
of the geological survey of the
lakes. (abs.). xiv, 204; Review
of the history of the Great Lakes,
xiv, 289; (p.s.n.), xv, 66: (rem.),
xv, 200; 203; (rem), xvi, 237; (rem)
.
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 125
xvi, .251; 256; Geological canals
between the Atlantic and Pacific
oceans, (abs.), xvi, 248; Recent
elevation of New England, (abs.),
xvi, 249; Duration of Niagara
Falls, (rev.), xvi, 316; (p.s.n.),
ixwvity 404> (p.S.n.), xx, 194, 196;
An account of Researches relat-
ing to the Great Lakes, xxi, 110;
Correlation of Moraines with
beaches on the border of Lake
Erie, xxi, 393; Another episode
in the history of Niagara River,
(abs.), xxii, 259; Recent great ele-
vation in New England, (abs.),
xxii, 262; (p.s.n.), xxviii, 399; (p.
s.n.), xxix, 396; Age of the West
Indian voleanic formations, xxxi,
48; (p.s.n.), xxxi, 65; Rejoinder to
Dr. Dall’s criticism, xxxiv, 110;
Submarine canyon of the Hud-
son River, xxxiv, 292; Prof Hull’s
sub-oceanic terraces, xxxv, 152;
Nansen’s bathymetrical feature
a the North Polar Sea, xxxv,
SEppalarott, prize, (p.s.n.), xxvii,
Sperrylite in North Carolina, W. D.
Hidden, (rev.), xxvii, 182.
Spheroidal basalt, origin, (ed.
com.), xiv, 321.
Sphinctozoan calcisponge from the
Carboniferous of Neb., J. M.
Clarke, xx, 387.
Spiral bivalve from the Waverly,
C. E. Beecher, (rev.), |, 60.
Spirals in brachiopoda, Norman
Glass, (rev.), i, 327.
Splre-bearing genera of the paleo-
zoic brachiopoda, C. Schuchert,
xiii, 128.
Spiriferes du Coblenzien Belge, F.
Béclard, (rev.), xvii, 249.
Spitzbergen, sponges from, J. G.
Hind, (rev.), ii, 128.
Spodumene from San Diego, W. T.
Schaller, (rev.), xxxii, 394.
Spongiaires in the pre-Cambrian, L.
Cayeux, (rev.), xvi, 59.
Sponges, from Spitzbergen, (rev.).
il, 128; Lower Silurian, E. O.
Ulrich, lil, 233; In the Lauren-
tian of New Brunswick, H. Rauff,
(rev.), xil, 261; Graptolites
and corals of the low-
er Silurian of Minn, Winch-
231. Graptolites and corals in
Minn., Winchell and Schuchert,
(rev.), xv, 385; Fossil, of flint
nodules in Cretaceous of Texas,
jy. Ae Merrill, (rev.),,.xvili, 52.
Sporangites, (p.s.n.), li, 280.
Springer, Frank, (p.s.n.), I, 135; (p.
s.m.), xv, 399; (p.s.n.), xxlii, 273.
Notice Gig sa new discovery
concerning Uintacrinus, xxiv, 92.
Pores in Fistulate Crinoids,
xxvi, 133; Further notes on
Uintacrinus, xxvi, 194; Structure
and relations of the Uinta-rinus,
(rev.), xxviil, 258; On the
crinoid genera Sagenocri-
nus, Forbesiocrinus and _ allied
forms, xxx, 88, Notice of a new
Comatula from the Florida
Tees; “Xxx, 983 (Cp.sms), -socxiil,
1345 (piS:ne), xcxxiv, 393.
Springs, Influence of stratigraphy,
T. 1C>. Hopkins? xiv, 365:
Spurr, J. Edward, False bedding in
stratified drift deposits, xiii, 43;
Oscillation and _ single-current
ripple-marks, xiii, 201; Iron ores
of the Mesabi range, xiii, 335;
Iron-bearing rocks of the Mesabi
range, “(rev.),; xiv, 251's> (p.s:n-),
xvili, 59; (p.S.n.),. xviii, 335; (p.
s.n.),. xxi, 202; Geology of the
Yukon gold district, (rev.), xxii, _
49; (p.s.n.), xxii, 395; Aspen Min-
ing ‘district, (rev), “ocxiv, “307:
Classification of igneous rocks ac-
cording to composition, xxv, 210;
Scapolite rocks of Alaska, (rev.),
MEV, oUes CD S.ll.)) CK VIL OO (Gp.
s.n.), xxvii, 197; Source of IT ake
Superior iron ores, xxix, 335;
Ore deposits of Monte Cristo,
Washington, (ed. ‘com.), SOS
113; Determination of feldspars in
thin section, xxxi, 376; (p.s.n.),
xxxiii, 63; Nevada south of the
40th parallel and adjacent por-
tions’ “of Calif:. Grey) socili,;
122; Goldfields district. of Nevada,
Sie xxxv, 196; (p.s.n.), xxxvl,
197.
St. Anthony Falls,
Ue, Sa Granibs se Vial yo
St. Croix, use of the term, N. H.
Winchell, (Am. com.), ii, 209.
St. Croix, Dalles, area,C. P. Ber-
key, xx, 345; Geology of, xxi, 139,
Recession of,
270; Age of, Warren Upham,
xxxv, 347.
St. Croix river valley, A. H. Elft-
man, xxii, 58
St. Elias and-— Mt. Orizaba. A.
Lindenkohl, xii, 213.
St. John group, new horizon, G.
F. Matthew, (rev.), Ix, 57.
St. Lawrence River, Its ancient
course, J. W. Spencer, (rev.), il,
346.
St. Paul, ‘Ind:.,, “Rocks “at, “S:¢€:
Beachler, vii, 178.
Stages, of recession of the North
American ice sheet, Warren Up-
ham, xv, 396; Of the ice age in
North America and Europe, W.
Upham, xvi, 100; Of Appalachian
erosion, A. Keith, (rev.), xvii,
109.
Stamme des Thierreichs, M. Neu-
mayr, (rev.), Iv, 58.
Standard dictionary, (p.s.n.), xxxiil,
61.
Stanford, E., geological excursions,
(rev:), viii, 398.
Stanley-Brown, J., Geology of the
Pribilof Islands. (rev.), xi, 57;
(and W. H. Dall), Appalachicola
River, (rev.), xii, 137.
126
Stanton, T. W., Cretaceous and
‘ertiary strata near Wilmington,
No. Car., vii, 333; Faunas of the
Shasta and Chico formation,
(abs.); xi; 139° ‘Ditto; \ xi) «220;
Mesozoic and Tertiary. exhibits
at the Columbian exposition, xiii,
289: Cretaceous faunas Shasta-
Chico series, «(abs.), xiii, 208;
Colorado formation, and its
invertebrata, (levee a KiV,, BLS
Coast ranges, xiv, 92; (rem.),
xvii, 346; Faunal relations of
Eocene and upper Cretaceous of
the Pacific coast (abs.), xviii;
61; Cretaceous paleontology of the
Pacific coast, (rev.), xix, 63.
State mining’ bureau of Calif., (p.
Sa.) sail ean:
State academies of
com.), xv, 46.
State and national geological sur-
science, (ed.
veys, M. Klittke, (p.s.n.), xviii,
334.
Staurolite, Penfield and Pratt,
(rev.),. xiii, 285.
Stefanescu, Gregolre, (rem.), iv, 55.
Steiger, Geo:, (and F. W. Clark),
Experiments on Pectolite, ete.,
(rev.),. xxiv,, 320; (and FEF. W.
Clark), Action of ammonium
chloride on natrolite, ete., (rev.),
xxvii, 49; On analcite and leucite,
(rev.), xxvii, 184.
Stein, R., Arctic expedition, (p.s.
n.), xili, 291.
Steinbruchindustrie, O. Hermann,
(cev.), xxiii, 387.
Steinkohlen, geology and distribu-
tion of, F. Toula, (rev.), iii, 50.
Steinmann, Gustave, Elements of
paleontology, (rev.), iii, 401; Ge-
o'ogy of South America, (abs.),
viif, 1938.
Stenjneger, L., (p.s.n.), xvi, 401.
Steps of research in geology of
Lake Superior region, prior to
tre Wisconsit survey, N. H.
Winchell, xvi, 12.
Sternberg, C. H., Sketch of Karl
von Zittel, xxxiii, 263; (p.s.n.),
yxxiii, 396.
Stevens, H. J., Copper Handbook,
a manual of the copper industry
of the world, Vol. V, 1904, (rev.),
xxxvi, 187.
Stevens, R. P., (cit.), iv, 211.
Stevenson, J. J., Report on_ the
upper paleozoic, (Am. com.), il,
248: Mesozoic rocks of Colo., Til,
391: Ditto, iv, 222; Chemung and
Catskill on the eastern side of
the Appalachian, ix, 6; Whites’
stratigraphy of bitumenous coal
field, iv, 352; Bulletin, .G. S. A.
1891, (rev.), viii, 261; Biography
of J. S. Newberry, xii, 1; (p.s-n.),
xvi, 129; Cerillos coal fields of
New Mexico, (abs.), xvii, 94, 128;
Geology of the Bermudas, (abs.),
xix, 224; (p.s.n.), xix, 365; (p.s.
n.), xx, 344; Ditto, xxi, 1385; Our
Society, presidential address, G.
S A.. (abs.), xxili, 87; (p.s.n-),
xxv, 393; (p.s.n.), xxvi, 259;
The American Geologist.
December, 1905.
(rem.), xxix, 320; Notes on the
Mauch Chunk, xxix, 242; Knowl-
edge of the composition of coals,
(abs:) 5 xxxv, 1192:
Stewart, A., New genus of fishes
from the Cretaceous of Kansas,
xxiv, is, (p-s.n:),, xxxiilyeGo:
Stillwater, Deep well, A. D. Meads,
(abs.), iii, 342.
Stockbridge limestone of lower
Cambrian age, N. H. and H. V.
Winchell, vi, 274; Ditto, J. EH:
Wolff, (rev.), viii, 117.
Stockbridge and Sparry limestones,
fossils of, Walcott, (cit.), ii, 16.
Stolicjkaria and Syringosphaeridae,
P. M: Duncan, (rev.), vi, 322
Stoiley, E., Silurische
@wev.) eocdlil 2a.
Stone, G. H., Glacial sediments of
Maine, (rev.), vil, 136; Extinct
glacier of the Salmon River,
range, xi, 406; Osar gravels of
the coast of Maine, (rev.), xii,
122; 200; (p.s.n.), xxv, o-1; Gla-
cial gravels of Maine, (rev.),
XXM,. OS0c) (DES ile)iae DOCG eum lees
Stone industry in 1894, W. C. Day,
(LEVs) > XViIE OSs
Stone capped pillars of earth, H.
B. Patten, (p.s.n:), xvity £22.
Stone reef at the mouth of the Rio
Grande, Brazil, Branner and Gil-
man, xxiv, 342.
Stone reefs of Brazil, J. C. Bran-
ner, ~'(p:Sin.),. *xxiv, is2 75 ede
com.), xxxiv, 319.
Siphoneen,
Stones, for building and decora-
son G. P. Merrill, (rev.), viii,
Story, of the Mississippi-Missouri,
EK. W. Claypole, iii, 361; Of the
hills, H. N. -Hutchinson, (rev.),
ixy 58: Of the Prairies, D. E.
Willard, (rev.), xxx, 123.
Story-Maskelyne, N., Crystallogra-
phy, (rev.), xvii, 53.
Straining of the earth under sec-
ular cooling, C. Davison, (rev.),
xviii, 188.
Straparollus in northeastern Iowa,
C. R. Keyes, v, 193.
Stratigraphischen der Bodhmischen
Stufen, Kayser and Holtzapfel,
(rev.), xv, 262.
Stratification of Glaciers,
Reid, (abs.), xxii, 249;
Stratification planes, C. R. Keyes,
xxiv, 294.
Stratigraphic, base of the Taconic,
N. H. Winchell, xv, 153; Meas-
urement of Cretaceous time, G.
K. Gilbert, (abs.), xv, 67.
Stratigraphie du massif Cambrien
de Stravelot, M. Lohest and H.
Korir, (rev.), Xxv, oT. (
Stratigraphy. and lithology of the
Taconic, Jules Marcou, if, 16; Of
the Carboniferous in Iowa, C. R.
Keyes, (rev.), vil, 377; Of the
Bituminous coal fields of Penn.,
Ohio, and West Va., I. C. White,
(rev.), ix, 264, 852; Of Appala-
chian Virginia, N. H. Darton, x,
SiG 3 he
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI.
10; Of the Sierra Nevada, J. E.
Mills, (rev.), x, 318; Of tne~Mis-
souri paleozoic, G. C. Broadhead,
xii, 74; Of Northwestern Louisi-
ana, T. W. Vaughan, xv, 205; and
paleontology, W. Cross, (abs.),
xvii, 345; Slate springs with
notes on the Golden Gate series,
H. W. fairbanks, xviii, 350; Of
the eastern outcrop of the Kan-
sas kermian, Beede and Sellards,
Xxxvi, 83.
Stream, robbing in the Catskill
mountains, N. H. Darton, (abs.),
xvii, 98; Capture, A. C. Lane,
(aps.), xxii, 252.
Streeruwitz, W. H., Ancieiuc min-
ing in Texas, (abs.), 1i, 361.
Streng, J. Aguste, (oObit.), «Ix,
223.
Streptelasma profundum, F.
Sardeson, xx, 277.
Streptindytes acervulariz, Calvin,
fys 20s
Striation of rocks by river ice, J.
BE. odd, ix, 396.
Striz and Slickensides at Aiton, J.
E. Todd, (abs.), viii, 236.
Striebly, origin and use of natural
avis
gas at Manitou, Colo., (rev.),
xvi, 116.
Strong, A. M., Crystalline rocks otf
San Gabriel mountains, (rev.),
XXX, ol.
Strong, W. S., (p-.s.n.), xvi, 327.
Structural, details in the Green
Mountains, T. N. Dale, (rev.),
xviii, 390; Relations of Amygdal-
_oidal melaphyrs of the Boston
basin, H. T. Burr, (rev.), xxvii,
319; Details in the Green Mount-
ain region, T. N. Dale, (rev.),
xxxi, 58; and field geology, J.
Geikie, (rev.), xxxvi, 320; Rela-
tions of the rocks of the Nepon-
_set Valley, W. O. Crosby, xxxvli,
34, 69.
Structure,. and Classification of
eruptives, M. Lévy, (rev.), Iv,
303; Of drumlins, W. Upham,
(rev.), v, 61; and affinities of
of Parkeria, (rev.), i, 255; Classi-
fication and arrangement of crin-
oids in families, S. A. Miller, vl,
275, 340; and probable affinities
of Cerionites dactyloides, S. Cal-
vin, xii, 53; Submergence in
Scotland during the Glacial epoch.
D. Bell, (rev.), xii, 58; Of acid
voleanic rocks of South Mountain.
_ F. Bascom, (rev.), xiii, 122; and
appendages of Trinucleus, C. E.
Beecher, (rev.), xvi, 259;. Of
paleozoic barnacles, J. M. Clarke,
xvii, 137; and age of the Cas-
cade range, J. S. Diller, (abs.).
xviii, 61; and texture of soils, M.
Whitney, (abs.), xviii, 62; Of the
Iola gas field, Kansas, E. Orton,
(abs.), xxiii, 101; and relations of
Tlintacrinus, F. Springer, (rev.),
xxviii, 258; Of the southern por-
tion of the Klamath mountains,
Calif., O. H. Hershey, xxxi, 231.
Studies, in the Indiana natural gas
fields, F. Leverett, iv, 6; On
Monticulipora, C. Rominger, vl,
127
102; J. M.- Nickles, vi, 396; Of
Muir glacier, H. F. Reid, (rev.),
x, 326; Of Palzwechinoidea, R. ‘T.
Jackson, (rev.), xvii, 329; Mel-
onites multiporus, Jackson and
Jaggar, Jr., (rev.), xvii, 326; In-
teresting Hornblende gabbro from
Italy, F. R. Van Horn, xxi, 370;
On Cambrian fauna, G. F. Mat-
thew, (rev.), xxii, 50; Ditto,
(rev.), xxiii, 262; In evolution,
C. E. Beecher,. (rev.), xxix, 182.
Study, of the Belvidere beds, fF.
W. Cragin, xvi, 357;- Natural pal-
impsests, G. P. Grimsley, xix, 15;
Examples of rock variation, J.
M. Clements, (rev.), xxii, 381.
Stur, D., Mesozoic beds of eastern
Wineinia, (rev.), iv; 1053 ((cit.), Vv,
380; Stylolitic structures in lime-
stone, J. D. Irving, (abs.), xxxiii,
266.
Sub-aerial decay of rocks, I. C.
Russell, (rev.), v, 110.
Sub-Agueous differential weather-
ing, an instance of, M. L. Fuller,
XXVE SoD:
Sub-Carboniferous rocks of north-
eastern Missouri, xxix, 303.
Sub-division, of the Devonian, (Am.
com.), ii, 242; of the upper Si-
lurian in Iowa, A. G. Wilson,
(rev.), xvi, 240.
Sub-generic groups of Naticopsis,
. R. Keyes, iv, 193.
Sub-glacial drift, Warren Upham,
viii, 376; Debris, O. Guthrie, ix,
283.
Sub-lacustrine ‘Till, Up-
ham, xvii, 371.
Submarine, valleys on continental
slopes, Warren Upham, (abs.), x,
222; Great canyon of the Hudson
River, J. W. Spencer, xxxiv, 292.
Submergence, recent of Siberia, (ed.
Warren
com.), xxviii, 53, Of the Asiatic
eontinent, H. F. Wright, xxviii,
131; In the Hudson-Champlain
Valley,
285.
Suboceanic terraces and river val-
leys of Europe, J. W. Spencer,
xxxv, 152.
Subscribers to the geological map of
Europe, i, 252; 337.
Subsidence and elevation in Essex
county, (rev.), xiv, 266; Ditto J.
H. Sears, (rev.), xv, 266.
Subterranean commotion near Ak-
ron, ©. W. Claypole, i, 190.
Succession, of Pleistocene forma-
tions, Warren Upham, (abs.), xil,
170; Glacial in Europe, J. Geikie,
Warren Upham, xxxvi,
xii, 223; Fossil faunas in the
Hamilton of N. Y.. A. W. Gra-
bau, (abs.), xvili, 220.
Sudbury, Ontario, Excursion to,
(p.s.n.), Iv, 256.
Sudbury mining district, R. Bell
(rev.), Ix, 269; Ditto, (rev.), xIlil,
430.
Suess, E., La face de la Terre,
(rey:);,— xxvil,- 56; Ditto; (rev.);
xxxv, 182; Remarks at banquet
of the 9th Int. Geol. Cong., C.
Schuchert, xxxiii, 58.
128 The Am rican Geologist.
Sulfoborit, A new mineral, H.
Bucking, (rev.), xiii, 359.
Sulla Serpentina D’Oira, ¥’.
(rev.), xv, 49.
Summary, of progress in mineral-
ogy and petrosrapny, W. 8. Bay-
ley, (ev.), xiv, 52; Of progress
in mineralogy and petrograpny 1n
1894, Bayley and Hobbs, (rev.),
xv, 186; Report o nsurvey of Can-
ada, in 1894; GM. Dawson,
(rev.), xvi, 198; Progress in pe-
trography in 1895, W. S. Bayley,
(rev.), xvii, 335; Of progress in
mineralogy in 185; W. H. Hobbs,
(rev.), xviii, 50; Progress in Pe-
trography 1896, W. 8S. Bayley,
(vev.), xix, 350; Report, survey of
Canada,- G. M. Dawson, (rev.),
xix, 417; Report of Canada, 1901,
(vev.), xxvii, 313.
Summer, courses in geology at
Harvard, (rev.), xvii, 342; Cours-
es in field geology, (ed. com.),
xxxv, 245, (p.s-n.), xxxv, 325;
Courses in geology, Intercollegi-
ate, (p.s.n.,) xxxvi, 198.
Summer scientific meetings at Den-
ver, (p.s.n.), xxviii, 265.
Summit plates in Biastoids, crin-
oidgd ani cystoids, Wachsmuth
and Spiinger, (rev.), i, -61.
Sundal drainage system in Central
Norway, Pee Barrett, (@mev);,
xxvii, 123.
Superior Mississippian in western
Missouri and Arkansas, C. EG:
Keyes, xvi, 86.
Supplementary list of the writings
of Alexander Winchell, ix, 273.
Supplementary notes on the Shasta
region, J. P. Smith, (rev.), xvi,
249.
Supplement to the bibliography of
paleozoic Crustacea, A. W. Vog-
des, (rev.), xvi, 262.
Supposed, Trenton fossil fish, (ed.
com.), viii, 178; Glacial man in
Sansi,
southwestern Ohio, F. Leverett,
xi, 186; Pre-Taconic organism,
(ed. com.), xviii, 123; Corduroy
road of the Glacial age at Am-
boy, Ohio, G. F. Wright, (abs.),
xxii, 259; Recent submergence of
Siberia, (ed. com.), xxviii, 53.
Surface, geology of southern New
Brunswick, R. Chalmers, (rev.),
viii, 394; Geology of N. J., R. D.
Salisbury, (rev.), xii, 386; Forma-
tions of southern N. J., R. D.
Salisbury, (rev.), xv, 203; Geolo-
gy of New Brunswick, Rk. Chal-
mers, (rev.), xviii, 46.
Sutton mountain, (ed. com.), xxx,
118; Deposits of western Missouri
and Kansas, G. C. Broadhead,
xxxiv, 66.
Swallow, G. C., cp.s.n.), xxi, 397;
(obit.), xxiii, 338; Sketch of, G.
C. Broadhead xxiv, 1.
Swank, J. M., Production of iron
in) thems So anvwiS&SaeGossns) iv,
63.
Sweden, Glacial movements in, G.
F. Wright, xxxvi, 260.
December, 1905.
Switzerland, Berner Oberland sec-
tion, or H. CGoliez, A. Baltzer,
XV, 62.
Syenite Gneiss from the Apatite of
Ottawa county, Canada, (rey.),
C. HH. Gordon, xvi, 241.
Syeniie-porphyry dikes in the Ad-
irondacks, H. P. Cushing, (rev.),
xxii, 3d2.
Syllabus, of general geology for
students, C. Ww. Hall, (rev.), xx,
323; Of a course of lectures, J. CU.
Branner, (rewi), xxx, 359.
Synchronism of the Lake Superior
region with other poitions of the
North American continent, N. H.
Winchell, xvi, zud.
Synclines, relation to shore lines,
Bailey Willis, (abs.), xiii, 140.
Synopsis, of the fiora of the Lar-
amie, ih. ES Ward), iG@ev.)), ites
Of the conclusions of C. D. Wal-
cott, On the use of the term ‘Va-
conics (Aims ‘com=)i sii, 921 oeeeOon
Kosenbusch’'s lassification of
massive rocks, W. S. Bayley,
(rev.), iii, 48, Of carbonic caly-
ptraeidae, C. R. Keyes, (rev.),
vi, 248; Of paleozoic land ani-
mals, J. W. Dawson, (abs.), xiv,
66; Drift deposits of Iowa, (ed.
com.), xix, 270.
Syrski, O. L., The Swindling na-
turalist, i, 67, 135, 262; (p:sim:),
iii, 152.
Systematic, mineralogy based on a
natural classification, T. Sterry
Hunt, (rev.), ix, 209; List of fos=
sils of the Hudson River forma-
tion at Stony mountain, Manito-
ba, J. F. Whiteaves, (rev.), xvi,
312; Position of the Trilobites,
Kingsley and Beecher, xx, 33.
System of Chronologic cartography,
T. C. Chamberlin, (rev.), viii, 260;
Systems, Of the Archaean, (Am.
com.), ii, 153; Of mineralogy, J.
D. Dana, (rev.), x, 64.
Szabo, J., (rem:.), v,; 209; (obit.);
xiii, 440; (p.s.n.), xvii, 192.
al
Tables, for the determination of
minerals, P. Frazer, (rev.), vill,
57; For the determination of com-
mon minerals, O. W. Crosby,
(rev.), xvi, 262; For the deter-
mination of minerals, P. Frazer,
(p.s.n.), xvi, 329; For the deter-
mination of minerals by physical
progenies! P. Frazer, (rev.), xix,
Tabulate corals, relations to the
Aleyonaria, F. W. Sardeson,
(rev.), xviii, 37; 131. .
Tabulation of igneous rocks, F. D.
Adams, ix, 268.
Taconic, system, N. H. Winchell,
i, 162; 173; Defined by Emmons,
i, 163, 235, 348; The lost map of
Emmons, i,+160; S. A. Miller on,
i, 235; And the Vermont report,
(rev.), i, 328; Of Georgia and re-
port on geology of Vermont, Jules
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 129
Marcou, (rev.), i, 328; Question,
the, A. Winchell, i, 347; System,
principles of its adversaries, Mar-
cous ii, 10; G7; Trilobites: of, De=-
scribed by Emmons, ii, 10; Fos-
siliferous limestones of, ii, 20;
Concerning the mistakes of Em-
mons, ii, 20; Compared to the
Quebee group, Selwyn, ii, 62;
135; Stratigraphy and nomencla-
ture of, Jules Marcou, ii, 67;
When first named ii, 352; Wal-
eott’s conclusions, (Amy com.),
ii, 210;.Note.on, by N. H. Win-
chell, ii, 220; Literature of, some
forgotten, A. W. Vogdes, ii, 352;
First publication, ii, 224; No-
menclature adopted at Boston, A.
Hyatt, ii, 1837; Rocks as arranged
by Dewey in 1888 and 1824, ii,
352; By Emmons in #842, ii, 352;
System, the, and Barrande, Jules
Marcou, iii, 118; In the Salt range
of Punjab, J. Marcou, iv, 60; In
Newfoundland, J. P. Howley, iv,
121; Lower and middle of Eu-
rope and North America, Mar-
‘IA ‘O}FIGM ‘LGg ‘A ‘noo
Range of mountains, what con-
stitues them, (ed. com.), vi, 247;
Iron ores of Minn., and western
New England, N. H. and H. V.
Winchell, vi, 263; Not in conflict
with Quebec, (ed. com.), vi, 310,
System, the, established by Em-
mons, Marcou, vii, 7; Fauna ol
Emmons compared with his St.
St. John group, G. F. Matthew,
Mill, 287;-Im northern N. J., J. Cc.
Smock, viii, 121; Environs ol
Quebec, Marcou, viii, 119; Repory
of Prof. Dewalque, 4th session
Int. Cong. Geol., (rev.), viii, 184;
Region, Pseudomorphs from, W.
H. Hobbs, x, 44; Eruptive epochs
of, N. H. Winchell, xv, 295; Can-
adian localities of eruptives, N.
H. Winchell, xv, 356; Stratigraph-
ic base of, N. H. Winchell, xv,
153; Paleozoic base of, N. H.
Winchell, xv, 229; Rules and mis-
rules in stratigraphic. classifica-
tion, J. Marcou, xix, 35, 111; ac-
cording to Renevier, (ed. com.),
xx, 405; Light in the East, (ed.
com.), xx, 128; Geological chro-
nology of Renevier, (ed. com.),
SMO Lois
- Taeniopteroid Fern and its allies,
D. White, (rev.), xi, 412.
Taff, J. A., Report on the Texas
Survey. (rev.), x, 311; Reply to
Prof. Hill, xi, 128; Albertite-dike
asphalt in the Choctaw nation,
(rev.), xxiv, 319; (and G IL
Adams), Geology of the eastern
Croctaw coal fields, (rev.), xxviii,
318.
Taft, H. H., Solubilty of phosphates
in iron ores, iii, 402.
Tafna rocks of Algeria, L. Gentil,
(rev.), xxxi, 253.
Tahitian barrier reefs, L. E. Hicks,
eel
Tariff, on geological map of Europe,
(p.s.n.), i, 253; On lLapidary’s
machine, i, 396.
Tarr, Ralph S., Drainage systems
of New Mex. v, 261; (p.s.n.), vili,
64; Cretaceous covering of Texas
Paleozoic, ix 09s) Coss) / Lx,
218; Secular decay of rocks and
formation of sediment, x, 25; Gla-
cial erosion, xii, 147; (p.s.n.), xIH,
206, 291; Economic geology of the
U. S., (rev.), xiii, 189; Ditto, Re-
ply to Dr. Penrose’s review, xiiiy,.
361; Lake Cayuga, (abs.), xiil,
216; Orign of Drumlins, xiii, 393;
Lake Cayuga, a rock basin, xiv,
194; Segregation illustrated in N.
J., (abs.), xiv, 196; Drumlinoid
hills near Cayuga, (abs.), xiv,
201; Elementary physical geogra-
phy, (rev.), xvi, 392; History of
the Chautauqua’ grape belt,
(reya)5, xvii, 250s) scpessm)),) Sculls
58; Evidences of glaciation in
Labrador and the Baffin Land,
xix, 191; Rapidity of weathering
and stream erosion in Arctic lat-
Itudes, xix, 131; Valley Glaciers
of the Nugsuak Peninsula, Green-
land, xix, 262; Elementary ge-
ology, (rev.), xix, 277; Changes
of level in the Bermuda Islands,
xix, 293; Margin of the Cornell
xlacier, xx, 139; The -Peneplain,
xxi, 351; Wave-formed Cuspate
forelands, sexi, 1%) )@p:sime)); sexil;
61; Great Lakes and Niagara
(rev.), xxv, 400; (p.s.n.), xxix,
401; New physical geography,
(rev.), xxxiii, 257; Hanging val-
leys in the Finger Lake Region
Of Central’ IN; Wi4) occxiil,s S271:
Drainage features of south cen-
tral N. Y., (abs.), xxxv, 52; Mor-
aines of Seneca and Cayuga Lake,
(DiS), Sock, 12.9)
Taylor, F. B. Shore line on Mac-
inac Island, (abs:), viii, 235; Del-
tas of the Mohawk, ix, 344; An-
cient strait at Nipissing, (abs.),
xiii, 220; Reconnoissances’ of
shore lines of Green Bay and
Lake Superior, xiii, 316, 365; Lim-
it of post Glacial submergence
east of Georgian Bay. xiv, 273;
The Munuscong islands, xv, 24;
The second Lake Algonquin, xv,
100, 162; Nipissing beach on the
north Superior shore, xv, 304;
A correction, xv, 394; Studies of
the Great Lakes. 1895, xvii, 253;
Algonquin and Nipissing beaches,
xvil, 256; 397; Quaternary of the
Mattawa and Ottawa _ valleys,
xviii, 108; Correlation of Warren
3eaches with moraines and out-
Tets in southeastern Mich.: xvili,
253: Glacial succession in eastern
Mich., (abs.), xviii, 234; Moraines
of recession and their significance
in Glacial theory, xix, 290; Lake
Adirondack, xix, 392; The Nipis-
sing-Mattawa river and outlet
of the Nipissing lakes, xx, 65;
130 The American Geologist. Detembeneiane
Abandoned beaches of the north
rae of Lake Superior, xx, 111,
95; (p.s.n.), 196; Ice dams of Terre avant L’A riti ,
nee LE é pparition de L
lakes Maumee, Whittlesey, and Homme, F. Pri ii
Warren, “xxiv, 6; (psn) x 295):
Shore lines of ancient’ gla-
cial lake, x, 298; Pleistocene
problems in Mo., (abs.), xiii,
216; Inequalities in the old Pal-
eozoic sea bottom, xv, 64; Vol-
caniec ash bed near Omaha, xv,
130; Preliminary report of South
Dakota, (rev.), xv, 186; Inter-lo-
essial Till near Sioux City, (rev.).
xvi, 61: Recent geological work
in S. D. xvi, 202; Log-like con-
eretions and fossil shores, xvii.
847: Hydraulic Gradient of the
main artesian basin of the North-
west, (abs.), xviil, 219; Revision
of the Moraines of Minn., (abs.),
December, 1905.
xxiii, 225; Quaternary deposits
of Mo., (rev.), xviii, 387; Mo-
raines of the Missouri Coteau,
(rev.), xx, 329; Survey of ‘So.
Dak. (rev.), xxiii, 400; New light
on the drift, xxv, 96; Moraines
of So. Dak., (rev.), xxvi, 323;
(p.s.n.), xxviii, 64; Mineral re-
sources of So. Dak., (rev.), xxx,
388; Pleistocene geology near
Lansing, Kan., xxxi, 291; (p.s.n.),
xxxii, 332; Newly discovered rock
at Sioux Falls, So. Dak. xxxiii,
35; (and Hall), geology and wa-
ter resources of the lower James.
Valley, (rev.), xxxiv, 325.
Todd’s Fork, Ohio, Geological sec-
tion, O. Hoerste, ii, 416.
Todd Valley, an old Platte channel,
G. E. Condra, xxxi, 361.
Toll, E. v., Scientific results of the
New Siberian islands expedition,
(rev.,) xvi, 314; Distribution of
Cambrian and Silurian in Siberia,
(rev.), xix, 188; Cambrian of Si-
beria, (vev.), xxvii, 54.
Tooth structure of Mesohippus wes-
toni, L. M. Lambe, xxxv, 243.
Top of the Devonian, (Am. com.),
lipe239:
Topaz chemical composition and
physical properties of, Penfield,
and Minor, Jr., xiii, 427; Crystals
in U. S., Nat. Mus. A. S. Hakle,
(rev.), xxiii, 125.
Topley, Wm., Secretary of com-
mittee of Int. Cong. Geol. (p.s.n.),
il} 66: (Ceit.); “Vv, “20859 ‘Obit|)y sciv,
406. \
Topographic, map of the U. S., H.
Gannett, (p.sn.), ix, 346; Forms,
classification of, S. H. Perry,
xii, 153; Nomenclature of Spanish
America, R. T. Hill, (@.s.m),
xviii, 62; Study of the Islands of
Southern Calif., W. S. Tangier
Smith, (rev.), xxvii, 187; Tillman,
S. E., Text book of important
minerals and rocks, (rev.), xxvil,
48.
Topographical, map of the U. S.,
(ed. com.), x, 304; Work of the
National geological survey, R. T.
Hill, xi, 64; Ditto. Henry Gan-
nett, xi, 127; Survey of Calif.,
proposed, (p.s.n.), xi, 2838; Sur-
vey of Ohio. (p.s.n.), xxv, 394.
Topography and geology of North-
ern Mexico, R. T. Hill, viii, 133.
Torfmoor, R. Sernander and K.
Kjellmark, (rev.), xx, 334; Ditto,
G. Hellsing, (rev.), xx, 336.
Tornquist, S. “‘L., Researches into
the Monograptidae of Scanian
beds, (rev.), xxiii, 3838; Grapto-
lites in upper Silurian, (rev.), XXvV,
DAG
Toronto and. Scarboro drift series,
Warren Upham, xxviii, 306 249
Torell, O., Olenellus, (p.s.n.), ii,
365: (cit.), Iv, 505 Gpts:m-)> sexi,
129.
Torrey, J. (and Barbour), Meteor-
ites of Iowa, vill, 65.
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 133
Tourmaline, and Tourmaline Schists
from Belcher Hill, Colo., H. B.
Patton, (abs.). xxii, 251; Occur-
mence im Calif. €. R. Orcutt,
(abs.), xxii, 165; Chemical com-
position of. Penfield, and Foote,
(rev.), xxiii, 325; Constitution of,
Hew. Clark, (rev:); xxiv, 318;
Contact zones near Alexandria
Poe ys, Cc. Ho. Smyth, Jr.,
RIX, 377.
Traces of the Ordovician system
on the Atlantic coast, G. F. Mat-
thew, (rev.), xviii, 50.
Tracks of invertebrate animals in
Paleozoic rocks, D. W. Dawson,
(rev.), vii, 55.
Training, the, of a geologist. J. C.
Branner, v, 147; And work of a
geologist, C. R. Van Hise, xxx,
150.
Transcontinental, series of gravity
measurements, Results of, G. R.
Putnam, (rev.), xv, 388; Notes on
the gravity determination report-
ed by Putnam, G. K. Gilbert,
(rev.), Xv, 388.
Transvaal, gold deposits,
400.
Trans-pecos country, Texas, R. T.
Hill, v, 76.
Traquair, Dr., Kelations of relics
of fossil fishes, (rev.), il, 133;
Silurian fish, (ed. com.), xxv,
244.
Travels amongst the great Andes
of the equator, E. Ihymper, Ix,
343.
Traverse of northern Labrador, A.
P. Low, (rev.),. xxii, 326.
Travertine and_ Siliceous' Sinter
from the Hot Springs, W. H.
Weed, (rev.), vii, 201.
Treadwell mine. Alaska, G. M.
Dawson, iv, 84: Microscopical
character of the ore, By Ds
Adams, Iv, 88.
Treatise, on rocks. rock weather-
ing and soils, G. P. Merrill. (rev!),
xx, 273; On geology, A. de Lap-
xviil,
porent, (rev.), xxv, 120; On zo-
ologev. #. R. lLankester, (rev.)
xxviii, 389.
Trelease, W., (v.s.n.). xxxii, 409.
Tremadoc fossils. J. F., Pompeckj.
(rev.), xviii, 264.
Trematis, new species, E. O. Ul-
rich, iiv,, (21:
Trematonolus rticulate brachio-
rod of the inarticulate order, G.
F. Matthew, (rev.), 396.
Trenton, Limestone as an oil rock,
(p.s.n.), 1, 133; Source of petrol-
eum and gas, E. Orton. (rev.),
v, 388; supposed fossil fish. (ed.
com.), viii, 178; New fossils from,
Winchell and Schuchert, Ix, 284;
Of the Winnipeg basin, J. F.
Whiteaves. (rev.). x, 124: Tri'o-
bites in, W. P. Blake, xiv, 123;
Gravels and glacial man, a dis-
cussion, xx, 199.
Treub, recent vegetation of Kraka-
toa, (p.s.n.), lil, 63.
Triarthrus, beckii, W. D. Matthew,
(rev.), xii, 193; Further observa-
tions on the ventral structure of,
C. E. Beecher, xv, 91; Beckii, C.
BH. Beecher, iii, 38; Appendages
of the Pygidium (rev.), xiii, 428.
Trias, plants, L. F. Ward, (abs.),
viil, 192; In northwest Texas, J..-
Marcou, x, 369; And Jura of the
western states, A. Hyatt, (abs.),
xiii, 148; And Jura of Shaska
county. Calif., J. P. Smith, (abs.),
xiv, 200.
Triassic, In America, (Am. com.),
ii, 257, 261; Of the Connecticut
Valley, W. M. Wavis, (rev.), iv,
112; Of Connecticut, Davis and
Toper, (rev.), viii, 118; Of Mass.
B. K. Emerson, (rev.), viji, 185:
Traps of Nova Scotia. #. V.
Marsters. v, 140: Flora of Rich-
mond, Va., J. Marcou.. v, 160.
Tribunal of final appeal should he
independent of all influence, (ed.
Gomi Kx, | 4: .
Duivate to Victoria, (p.s.n.), xxvil,
198.
Trilobite, new in North Wales. H.
Woodward, (rev.), ii, 132; Visual
area, J. M. Clarke, (rev.). lil, 146;
Of the Salt Range, India, W.
King. (rev.), v, 183; A. W]| Vog-
des’ ix, 377; Genus ampyx, A. W.
Vogdes, xi, 99; Triarthrus Beckii,
W. D. Matthew, (rev.), xii, 193;
J.arvyal forms from the lower Hel-
derberg, C. E. Beecher, (rev.),
xii, 334; Antennae and other ap-
pendages. C. E. Beecher. xiil,
88: 428: Revision of Silurian, F.
Schmidt, (rev.), xiii, 428: In the
oil rock horizon in Wis., W. P.
Rlake. xiv, 133; de l’Ordovicien
d’Ecalgrain. J. Bergeron, (rev.),
xv, 262: New. from Arkansas
lower Coal Measures, A. W. Vog-
des. (rev.), xvi, 262; Larval
Structure and anpendages' of
Trinucleus. C. E. Beecher, (rev.),
xvi, 259; Sunpnosed discovery of
the Antennae by Linnaeus in
1759, xvii, 303; New Ordovician,
J. Bergeron. (rev.), xvii, 395; Up-
ner Devonian in Moravia, F.
Smycka, (rev.), xvii, 396; Sys-
tematic nosition of. J. S. Kings-
ley, xx, 33; In Sweden, J. C. Mo-
berg, (rev.), xxiv. 59; Visual or-
gans, (rev.). G. Lindstrom xxvii,
258; Of Sweden, J. C. Moberg,
(rev.). xxxi, 316.
Triracromerum, F. W._ Cragin,
viii, 171.
Trionyx from Malta, Lydekker,
(rev.), vii, 381.
Tristan d’Acunha, rocks of, With
their bearing on the question of
the permanence of ocean basins,
BE. H. L. Schwarz, (rev.), xxxvi,
126.
Trowbridge, W. P., (obit.), x, 198.
Troost manuscript and J. Hall. J.
M. Clarke, xxxv, 256; Geological
134 The American Geologist. December, 1908
them, Thomas (rev.),
xxxvi, 122.
Type fossils, of the American mu-
map of the environs of Philadel-
phia (ed. com.), xxvi, 391; Dit-
to, S. H. Hamilton, xxvlil, 41;
Condon,
Gerard, Sketch of, L.-C. Glenn, seum of natural history, (p.s.n.),
xxxv, 72. \ xxix, 130; of Aviculipecten, W.
Truckee formation, (Am. com.), Ii, Hind, xxxiv, 200; Ditto, G. H.
293. Girty, xxxiv, 332.
True, F. W., (p.s.n.), xx, 204.
F Typical, eskers of southern Ne
True, H. L., Cause of the glacial gh ee a
England, H B. Woodworth,
period, (rev.), Xxxi, 384.
Tschernyschew, T. H., Devonian
pais of the Altai, (rev.), xii,
Tucumcari mountain, W. F. Cum-
mins, xi, 375; Cerro, Jules Mar-
cou, xii, 103.
Tuff beds of the Trias, the mud
enclosures and basic pit stones of
the Triassic traps, B. K. Em-
erson, (abs.), xviii, 220.
Turner, Peter von, (p.s.n.), xxxii,
264.
Tuovrey, Michael, (cit.), iv, 189;
Sketch of, BE. A. Smith, xx, 205;
Turner, H. W., Geology of Mt. Di-
ablo, Calif., (rev.), vili, 117; Re-
cent contributions to the geology
of Calif., xi, 8307; Mesozoic gran-
ite in Plumas county, xi, 425;
Notes on the Sierra Nevada,
xiii, 228; 297; (and T. W. Stan-
ton), Notes on the geology of the
coast ranges of Calif., xiv, 92;
Auriferous gravels of the Sier-
ra Nevada, xv, 371; Archaean
Gneiss in the Sierra Nevada,
(abs.), xvii, 844; Syenitic rocks
from Calif., xvii, 375; Rocks and
minerals from Calif., (rev.), xxii,
377; Igneous, metamorphic and
sedimentary rocks of the Coast
Ranges, (rev.), xxii, 381; Geology
of the Yosemite National park,
(abs.), xxiii, 100; Diamonds in
Calif., xxiii, 182; Some rock-
forming biotites and amphi-
boles, (rev.), xxiv, 181; Oc-
currence of Roscoelite, (rev.),
xxiv, 318: The Esmeralda forma-
tion, XXV, 168; Nomencla-
ture of feldspathic granolites
(rev.), xxvii, 53; Geology of
the great basin, in Calif.
end Nev. (abs.), xxvii, 1382;
Sketch of the historical geology
of Esmeralda county, Nev. xxix,
262.
Twitchell, M. W., (p.s.n.), xxxvi,
60.
_ Two, systems confounded with the
Huronian, A. Winchell, iii, 212;
Ditto, Selwyn, iii, 339;
Belts, Black shale in the Trias-
sic of Conn.. Davis and Loper,
(rev.), “vili; LES;
Montana coal fields. W. H.
Weed, (rev.). x, 181; New species
oflmichas, i. OF Ulrich hc sii
Neocene Rivers of Calif., W.
Lindgren, (rev.), xii, 121; New
occurrences of corundum in North
Carolina, J. H. Pratt, (rev.), xxvi,
393; New genera and new species
of fossils from the Paleozoic of
Missouri, R. R. Rowley, xxvii,
343: Islands and what came of
(rev.), xiv, 396; species of Avi- |
culipecten, G. H. Girty, xxs Sox, i Cusp eateoalke tnis der Phonolithe des Hegaus
George, F. N. Comstock, xxv, (rev.), xi, 274. :
192. Weller, Stuart, (p.s.n.), xix, 392;
Waverly group in Ohio. C. L. Her- Batesville .sandstone of Ar-
rick, (rev.), Ili, 50; 94. | kansas, (rev.), xxi, 129; Osage
(rev.), Xxxiv, 343.
Index, Volumes I-XXXV1. 143
vs. Agusta, xxii, 12; Fauna of try
Chonopectus Sandstone at Bur-
lington, Ia., (rev.), xxv, 378; Kin-
derhook faunal studies, (rev.),
xxix, 120; Upper Cretaceous for-
mation of N. a KV TD
Fauna of the Cliffwood plains,
Xxxv, 179.
Wells of northern Indiana, F. Lev-
erett, (rev.), xxiii, 385.
Wendt, A. F., Silver district of
Potosi, (rev.), viii, 397.
West coast of Greenland, (ed.
com.), xxii, 189.
Western Australian fossils, H. A.
Nicholson, (rev.), vi, 322.
Western Devonian area, (Am.
¢om.), il; 233:
Western society of Naturalists
organized, (p.s.n.), i, 136; 2nd
annual meeting, (p.s.n.), iv. 391;
1890 meeting, (p.s.n.), vi, 326.
Western interior coal fields, H. F.
Bain, -(rev.), xxx; 124.
Westgate, L. G., Geographic de-
velopement of the eastern part of
the Mississippi drainage system,
xi, 245; Mineralogical characters
of N. J. I.imestones, xiv, 308;
Age of the crystalline limestone
of Warren county,.N. J., xiv,
869; (p.s.n.), xviii, 266; (p.s.n.),
xxvi, 63: Granite Gneiss area in
Conn., (rev.), xxvii, 121.
West Indian eruptions of 1992; G.
Ga curtis, xxxi, 40: Voleanic
eruptions, J. W. Spencer, xxxi,
48
West‘ Indies, Rocks and minerals,
J. H. Kloos, (rev.), i, 61; Ditto
(rey.), v, 183; Phosphate deposits,
E. D’Invilliers, (rev.), vii, 202.
West Kootanie district. G. H. Daw-
son, (rev.), viil, 392.
West Virginia. Oil and gas re-
sources of, I. C. White, vii, 302;
Deep well at Wheeling. (p.s.n.),
Vili, 192° Oil field} I. C. White,
(abs), —-Ix, "216; Lower. Coal
Measures of, S. B. ‘Brown. ix,
224; Stratigraphy of the Bitum-
jnous fields. I. C. White. (rev.),
ix, 264; Ditto, J. J. Stevenson,
ix, 352; Mannington oil field, I. C.
Mines wax, Oo; (p.Sin.), x, 197;
High terrace deposits of the
Monongahela River I. C. White,
(abs:), xvili, 227: 368: Fossils
from the Conemaugh near Mor-
Fantown, I. C. White. xxx. 211;
Origin of the Grahamite in Ritch-
fe county, I. C. White. (abs.),
SH 10s Cp:s-n.)... xxiih, 206;
Geological report, Vol: 1, I. C.
White, (rev.), xxiii, 387; Fossil
plants. D. White, (rev.), xxvi, 59:
Second edition of the geological
map, I: :C: White, xxvill,,. 328%
Survey, report, Vol. iy IT. ;, Cc:
White, (rev.), xxxliii, 123.
Weston, T. C., (p.s.n.), xxvii, 66.
Wet woods, The, J. Bryson, vi,
254.
What constitutes the Taconic
range of mountains, (ed. com.),
vi, 247.
What is the Olenellus fauna? Gab.
Matthew, xix, 396.
What is an Echinoderm fauna? F.
A. Bather, (reyv.), XxXViii, 257.
What constitutes clay?, (ed. com.),
oo Bille ;
Where did life begin?, (ed. com.),
Xxxiii, 185.
Wheeler, Geo. M., Revort on the
seographical survey west of the
oe meridian, Vol. I, (rey.), vii,
Wheeling, W. Vir. Deep well, (p.
pie) Aller Gos Loos
When was the Mississippi valley
ada P. J. Farnsworth, xxviii,
Whirlpool, St. Davids Channel, G.
K. Gilbert, (rev.), xviii, 232.
Whiteaves, J. F., Fossils from
Manitoba, (rev.), v, 58; Con-
tributions to Canadian paleon-
tology, (rev.), v, 108: New fos-
sils, (rey.), ix, 56; 211; Hudson
River fossils in Manitoba, (abs.),
x, 67: Orthoceratidze of the Win-
nipeg basin, (rev.), x, 124: An-
omalocaris, (p.s.n.), x, 330: De-
vonian in Manitoba, (abs.), rab
132; Cretaceous in Canada, (rev.),
xisi, 193° Unio-like shal's in the
Coal measures, N. S., (rev.),
xiii, 193;; Cretaceous fossils col-
lected by Jane Hector, (abs.),
xiv, 68: Fossils from the Nana-
imo formation, (abs.), xiv; 68:
Revision. of the fauna of the
Guelph formation of Ontario,
(rev.), xvi, 312; Fossils of the
Hudson River formation at Stonv
mountain, Manitoba, (rey.}, xvl,
212; Galena, Trenten and Black
River fossils. of Lake Winnipeg,
(rev.), xx, 187; Devonian system
of Canada, xxiv, 210: (p.s.n.).
xxv, 392; Extinct bison from
Alaska. (p.s.n.). xxxi, 262: Ani-
cal end of the Siphunele in some
Canadian Endoceratidae, XxXXvV,
25: Notes on the end of the Si-
Phunecle in some Camadian En-
doceratidae, (revy.), xXxxvi 9 L8G:
White, C.. A.. Later Cretaceous in
Iowa. i, 221; Contributions to
Paleontology of Brazil, (rev. ye
Baepus (msn): li, 362; Inverte-
brate fossils, from the Pac‘ fie
coast, (rev.), v, 109: Biological
and _ geological: significance of
closely allied fossil forms. (rev.),
vii, 374; Geology and physiogravhy
of Northwest Colorado, (rev.),
vil. 57: Slab containing undes-
cribed footprints, (p.s.n.), vili,
190; Bear River formation. (rev.)
Ix, 266; Cretaceous fossils from
northern Minn., (cit.). xii, 221:
Correlation pavers, Cretaceous,
(réyv.)a. xiii, ~ 398: Biogrea nhieal
sketch of F. B. Meek, xviii, 337:
(p.s.n.), xxv, 328.
White. Cc: a Carboniferous
glaciation in southern and east-
ern Hemisnheres, iii, 299: Cre-
taceous plants from Martha's
Vineyard, (p.s.n.), V5. 121,
144 The American Geologist.
White, David, New Taeniopteroid
fern and its allies, (rev.), xi, 412;
Flora of Carboniferous basins,
Missouri, (rev.), xiii, 283; (p-s.
n.), xv, 67; The lower Carboni-
ferous, (abs.), xvii, 266; Fossil
flora of the lower Coal Measures
of “Missouri, (rev.), xxvi, 55;
Fossil plant from McAlester, Coal
Fields, Indian territory, (rev.),
xxvi, 58; Relative ages of the
Kanawha, and Allegheny series
as indicated by the fossil plants,
(rey.), xxvi, 59; (p.S.n.), xxxii,
395; Geology of the Perry basin
in southeastern Maine, (rev.),
xxxvi, 127.
White, I. C. Age of the Tipton-
run coal, iv, 25; Oil and gas re-
sources of West Virginia, vii, 302;
Sketch of James MacFarlane,
vii, 146; (p.s.n.), ix, 215; Bitum-
inous coal-fields of Penn, Ohio,
and W. Vir., (rev.), ix, 264, 352;
The Mannington oil field and
history of its development, (rev.),
x, 65; Fossil plants from the
Permian of Texas, (rev.), xX, 65;
(pisin:)3) x LOTS (ois: ye xii eds
Drainage systems of the upper
Ohio basin. (rem.), xiii, 219; (p-s.
Ne), exVilicots | CD'S me). oxCvill, LO,
192; Origin of the high terrace
deposits in the Monongahela
River, (abs.), xviii, , 227; 368;
Complete oil well record, xix,
22 -ANCpisens)),, XX Loe sm selctscbune
coal beds, xxi, 49; Origin of the
Grahamite in Ritchie county in
West Virginia, (abs.), xxiii, 101;
(pisin.),. ocx? 2063) Orizin= or
Grahamite, (rev.), xxiv, 253;
Sketch of Edward Orton, xxv,
19% (p-S.n.), xXxv, 38923 2 Second
edition of the geological map of
West Virginia, xxviii, 328; (p-s.
n.), xxx, 132; Fossils from the
Carboniferous, xxx, 211; West
Virginia report, Vol. II, (rev.),
xxxiii, 123; (p.s.n.), xxxiV, 202.
White, T. D., New York academy
of sciences, xxvii, 42.
White, T. G., Fauias of the Ordo-
vician strata at Trenton Falls,
N. Y., (abs.), xvii 62; Faunas of
the upper Ordovician in Lake
Champlain valley, (abs.), xxiii,
96: (obit.), xxviii, 134.
White clays of the Ohio region, F.
Leverett, x, 18.
Nhite chalk of the
region, INE OM ELol sit
xxxiii, 126.
Write cliff formation, (Am. com.),
ii S26
Welite, Hon. Peter, A biographical
sketch of the Lake Superior iron
country, R. D. Williams, (rev.),
oro WI AG
White-hot liquid earth and geo-
logical time, (ed. com.), XXV,
310.
WeFrite Mountains, Moraines. and
Eskers of the last’ glaciation,
Warren Upham, xxxiii, 7.
Tullstorp
(rev.),
December, 1905,
White River formation, Its char-
acters, (Am. com.), ii, 290.
White river and Loup Fork
formations, fossil mammals from,
pet and Osborn, (rev.),. vil,
White River Tertiary an Aeolian
formation, W. D. Matthew,
(rev.), xxiv, 250.
White, Z. L., Natural gas at Find-
lay, O., (rev.), i, 65.
Whitfield, R. P., Use of the term
Quaternary, (Am. com.), ii, 281;
Papers in the bulletin of Am.
Mus. Nat. Hist., (rev.), iv, 108;
Fort Cassin rocks and _ their
fauna, (p.s.n.), v, 120; Contribu-
tions to invertebrate Paleontol-
ogy, (rev.), vii, 382; New genus
and species of Brachiopod, (rev.),
viii, 397; (p.s.n.), x, 70; Discov-
ery of a second example of Pal-
aeopalaeomon newberryi, ix, 237;
Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of
the clays of N. J., (rev.), xil,
329; Lower Carboniferous Crin-
Oidea, (rev.), xiii, 124; (p.s.n.),
. 67, 187; Marine Algae from the
Trenton, (rev.), xv, 183; Repub-
lication of description of fossils
from the Hall collection, (rev.),
xvi, 311; Mollusca and crustacea
of the Miocene, of N. J., (rev.),
xvi, 391; (p.s.n:.), xxvii, 387; (and
E. O. Hovey), Catalogue of the
types and figured specimens in
the (Pajleontological collection,
Am: Mus! Nat. ist) Gey:
xxix, =252'5) (psi). 6 scxdogs Silt
Whitney and Wadsworth, The Azoic
system, (Am. com.), ii, 185.
Whitney, J. D., The United States,
Physical. geography and resourc-
es of, (rev.); xiv, 395; (obit.),
xviii, 194.
Whitney, M., Structure and tex-
ture of soils, (abs.), xviii, 62.
Whittle, C. L., Beach phenomena ~
at Quaco, New Brunswick, vii,
183; Some phenomena of meta-
morphism in the Green mour-
tains, (rev.), xi, 412.
Whittelsey, Charles, Sketch of life
and work, A. Winchell, iv, 257.
Whymper, travels among the great
Andes of the equator, (rev.), ix,
343.
Wilcox, H. A., (p.s.n.), viii, 64.
Wilder, EF. &., (p.S:n.), xxx, 398;
(Gon Eh tom) oe Silt wchls (Gee Sb tals),
Per ddiin PUR Gos She don Sed hig (08
Wilder, Di Gb: Ss ne xiv os
Wilkinson, C. S. (obit.), viii, 404;
Willamette meteorite, (ed. com:),
XxXvil, 2h
Willard, D. E., Landscape geology
of North Dakota, (rev.) XXX,
1@3'> -Gpis:n:).. ” XOCxi, 1925 \Cassel-
ton-Fargo folio, (rev.), xxxv, 394;
Second revort of North Dakota
survey, (rev.), xxv, 394.
Willcox, Joseph, Recent and fossil
Fuleurs, (p.s.n.), xvii, 263.
William Lowthian Green, sketch
of, C. H. Hitchcock, xxv, 1.
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI.
Williams, Albert, Useful minerals
ee United States, (rev.), iil,
Williams, E. H., Jr., Problems of
faulted beds and veins, (rev.),
v, 250; Datum for determining
earth movements, vi, 400; South
mountain glaciation, (abs.), “xii,
166; Extra Morainic drift, (abs.),
xiii, 221; Kansan drift in Penn.,
(bs), xviii, 237; (p.s.n.), xx,
137; (p-s.n.), xxvii, 129; Kansas
glaciation and its effect on the
River system of Northern Penn.,
(rev.), xxxii, 253.
‘Williams, G. H., The Bausch-Lomb
petrographical microscopes, (cit.),
fii, 229; Eruptive origin of ser-
pentine, (abs.), v, 118; Observa-
tions in southern and western
Norway, (abs.)s v, 120; (rem.),
v, 210; Non-feldspathic intrusive
rocks of Maryland, vi, 35; Pe-
trography and structure of the
Piedmont plateau in Marvland,
(rev.), vii, 330; (p.s.n.). viii, 64;
Elements of Crystallography,
(rev.), ix, 208; Guide to Balti-
more, (rev.), Ix, 210: (and W.
RB. Clark), Geoloxy of Maryland,
{rev.), x, 63; (and W. B. Clark,),
Marviand geology. (rev.). xii.
396; Notice of J. D. Schoepff and
his contributions to North Amer
ican geology, xIIl, 140; Anci~
voleanic rocks along the eastern
border of North America, (abs.),
xiii, 212; Columbian Exposition,
Notes on various exhibits relative
to mineralogy and petrography,
xiii, 345; (obit.), xiv, 136; Sketch
of. by J. M. Clarke. xv, 69; (p.s.
n.), xvi, 131; Memorial lectureship
established at Johns Hopkins
Universitv (n.s.n.). xvi, 400;
Memorial tablet, (p.s.n.), xvii.
841:. Relation of the granitic
- rocks in the Piedmont Platea1,
(rev.), xviii. 320; Memorial lec-
tures. (p-s.n.), xxvi, 328.
Williams. H. S., Revort on the Up-
per Paleozoic. fi. 225: (p.s.n.),
li. 4283: Devonian faunas in Iowa,
iii, 220: Cuboides zone and its
fauna. (abs.). v. 120; Error con-
cerning organizing committee of
Int. Cong. Geol., Correction, vii,
69: Relation of snecies to envi-
ronment. (abs.), viii, 253; Corre-
lation of Devonian and Carbon-
iferous, (rev.), Ix, 48; (p.s.n.),
ix. 346: Scone of Paleontology, x,
J48: 257: (rem.), xii. 178: Dual
nomenclature in Geologic classi-
fication, (abs.). xiii. 139: (p.s.n.),
xv &7: Southern Devonian for-
mation, (rev.). xx. 133; Occur-
rence of Paleotrochis in volcanic
reeks in Mexteo, (rev.). xxiv;
181: (and H. M. Gregorv.) Con-
tributions to cne geology of
Maine. (rev.). xxvii, 256: Paleo-
zoic faunas of Arkansas. (rev.).
xxvill, 254: (n.s.n.). xxwill. 199;
fand F. M. Kindle). Contribu-
tions to Devonian Paleontologv.
(rev.), xxxvi, 49; Bearing of
; 145
some paleontological facts on no-
menclature and classification of
sedimentary formations, (reyv.),
xxxvi, 49.
Williams, 1. A., Comparative ac-
curacy of methods for determin-
Ing percentages of the _ several
components of an igneous rock,
XxXXV, 34.
Williams, J. Francis, (p.s.n.), vill,
64; (obit.), viii, 404; Sketch of,
J. F. Kemp, ix, 149; (p.s.n.), Ix,
Williams, J. L. Cycles of sedimen-
tation, viii, 315.
Williams, R. D., The Hon. Peter
White, A biographical sketch of
the Lake Superior iron country,
(rev.), xxxvl, 188.
Williams, S. H., (p.s.n.), xiv, 204.
Willis, Bayley, Graphic field notes
for areal geology, (rev.), vii, 263;
(p.s.n.), viii, 194; Relations of
synclines of deposition to an-
cient shore lines, (abs.), xiii;
140; Mechanics of Appalachian
structure, (rev.), xv, 60; (p.s.n.),
xv, 68; (p.s.n.), xvi, 67, 131; An-
cient shores, (abs.), xvii, 265; (p.
s.n.), xvii, 346; (p.s.n.), xx, 194;
Reorganization of the geological
branch of the U. S. G. S., xxix,
188; Ames knob, North Haven,
Maine, a seaside note, xxxi, 159;
Expedition. to China, (pf.s.n.),
xxxl,, 394; “(p:sin.)s sSccdlit 203:
Contribution to the geology of
Washington, (rev.), xxxiv, 54;
(p.s.n.), xxxiv, 399; 400; Moun-
tain growth and mountain struc-
ture, xxxv, 52.
Williston, S. W., (p.s.n.), v, 320;
Voleanic dust in Kansas, and in
Indian Territory, x, 396; (p.s.n.),
x. 330; (p.s.n.), xv, 400; Sketch
- Mudge, xxiii, 340; (p.s.
n.), xxix, 395; Characters of the
Lansing skeleton, (ed. com.), xxx,
190: Arrow head with bone of
Bison occidentalis in Kansas.
XXX, Solos. (p.s.n), soccl, 291 S71'<
Sketch of Wilbur Clinton Knight,
xxxili, i>. Gps nt), socxith;, 132
On the Lansing man, xxxv, 342.
Wilmott, A. B., The Michipicoten
Huronian area, xxviii, 14.
WAeONs A. -W. °G:;. (p:S:n:), xxx,
Wilson, A. G., Subdivision of the
upper Silurian in northeast Iowa,
(abs.), xvi, 249; Upper Silurian
in northeastern Iowa, (abs.). xvi,
275; Frozen streams of the Iowa
drift border, xvii, 364.
Wilson, H. M., (p.s.n.). xv. 49.
Nilson, J. H., Noted localities of
pre-historic man. xxxiii, 267.
Willyamite, new mineral from Bro-
ken hill, E. F. Pittman, (rev.),
xiv, 253.
Winchel!, Alexander. Unconformi-
ties of the Animikie in Minne-
sota. i,- 14; Extinct _Peccary in
Mich, (p.s.n.), i, 67: Pressure of
a continental glacier, i, 139; The
Taconic qvestion, i, 347; Geology
146 The American Geologist.
as a means of culture, ii, 44,
100; On the ‘Taconic, (Am. com.),
li, 202; On the Tertiary, (Am.
com.), ii, 282; Need of an ele-
mentary work on Petrography,
ili, 57; Conglomerates in Gneissic
Terranes, iii, 153, 256; Foliation
and sedimentation, (ed. com.),
iii, 193; Two systems confounded
in the Huronian, iii, 212;. Shall
we teach geology?, (rev.), iii,
336; Sketch of Charles Whittle-
sey, iv, 257; Vrews on Pre-nebu-
lar conditions, {v, 196; Sketch of
DYouglass Houghton, iv, 129; In-
teresting Norwegian geology, iv,
314: Some results of Archaean
studies, (abs.), v, 121; Recent ob-
servations on some Canadian
rocks, vi, 360; Notice of death,
vii, 195; Last word with the
Huronian, vii, 261; Editorial tri-
bute to, ix, 71; Supplementary
list of writings, ix, 273; (p.s.n.),
xxvi, 196-
Winchell, A. N., Age of the Great
Lakes of North America, xix,
836; The Koochiching granite, xx,
293: Mineralogical and _ petro-
graphic study of the Gabbroid
rocks of Minn., and more par-
ticularly of the Plagioclasytes,
xxvi, “151, 297, 261, 348; (p.s.n-.),
xxviii, 64; Note on certain cop-
per minerals, xxviii, 244: Note
on Titaniferces Pyroxene, xxxi,
309; (p.s.n.), xxxli, 196; (p.s-n.),
xxxiii, 332; Montana exhibit at
the Lewis and Clark exposition,
(p.s.n.), xxXxv, 325.
Winchell, H. ¥V.. Additions to the
minerals of Minn. i, 132; Diabase
schists in northeast Minn., iii.
18; (and N. H. Winchell.), Chem-
ical origin of Kewatin iron oresy
IV.0 2911238255 (and) Nee Wan
chell.), Tacoxte iron ores of
Minn. and of western New Eng-
land, “xi; 2635 (and N; EC lWin-
chell.), The iron ores of Minn.,
Rulletin No. 6, (rev.), xii, 370;
Classification of the theories of
the origin of iron ores, x, 277; The
Mesahi iron range, (rev.), _ xi,
355; Cretaceous in northern Minn.
xii, 220: Additional facts about
Nicollet, xiii, 126; A bit of iron
range history, xiii, 164; Iron ore
deposits and Itabirite. of Nor-
way, (translation) xiii, 420; His-
torical sketch of mineral depos-
its of the Lake Superior region,
xiv, 330; Guide book of the iron
ranges, (p.s.n.), xv, 272; (p.s.n.),
xvi, 268: Corresponding American
editor of the Zeitschrift fur prak-
tische Geologie, (p.s.n.), xvil,
340: (v.s.n.). xxi, 397: Cubanite
in Butte, Montana, xxii, 245; (np.
gn). SOs so24s 3946" Goss mn.)
xxxiii, 60; Tour through Oregon,
California, and southern Nevada,
(DES). OL 262; Goldfield,
Nevada, (ed. com.), xxxv, 262.
Winchell, N. H. Animike slates and
Ogishke conglomerate equivalent
December, 1904
to the Huronian, ji, 11; Objec-
tions to the term Taconic con.
sidered, i, 162; A great primord-
ial quartzyte, i, 173; American
geological society, i, 394; Report
on the Lower Paleozoic, li, 193;
Review of Walcott on the Ta-
conic, (Am. com.), ii, 220; Nat-
ural science at the University of%
Minn. iii, 165; American petro-
graphical microscopes, iii, 225;
Methods of stratigraphy in study-
ing the Huronian, iv, 342; (and
H. V. Winchell.), Chemical ori-
gin of Keewatin iron ores, iv,
291, 388; Survey of Minnesota,
Report for 1888, (rev.), v, 58;
(and J. A. Dodge), Brenham, Ki-
owa County, Kansas, meteorite,
v, 309; Ditto, vi, 370; Sketch of
Richard Owen, vi, 135; (and Hy,
V.), Taconic iron ores of Min-
nesota and of western New Eng-
land, vi, 263; 18th report of the
geology of Minn., (rev.), vii, 198;
(and H. V. Winchell), The iron
ores of Minn. Bulletin No. 6,
(rev.), vii, 370; Memorial of A.
Winchell, (abs.), viii, 193; Sketch
of Jean N. WNtcollet, viii, 343;
(and C. Sichuchert,), Preliminary
description of new Brachiopoda
from the Trenton and the Hudson
River groups in Minn., ix, 284;
The Kawishiwin Agglomerate at
Ely, Minn., ix, 359; Approximate
interglacial chronometer, x, 69;
302; 19th report of the Minn. sur-
vey, (rev.), x, 124; Problems of
the Mesabi iron ore, x, 169; Fron-
descent Hematite, xi, 20; Profes-
sor Wright’s book, a service to
Sicience, xi, 194; 20th annual re-
port, (rev.), xi, 354; Super-Gla-
cial drift, xif, 41; Norian of the
Northwest, (rev.), xii, 60; (and
Cc. Schuchert,), Sponges, grapto-
lites and corals of the lower Si-
lurian, in Minn. (rev.), xii, 3381;
Lower Silurian brachionoda of
Minn., (rev.), xii, 332; Sketch of
TA] Lapham, iil ise 2s tein
nual report, 1892, (rev.), xiii,
425; Age of the Galena limestone,
(abs.), xiv, 203; Sketch of John
Locke, xiv, 341; (p.s.n.), xv, 326,
Vol. 3, Part’1 of the Final re-
port, (rev.), xv, 384; Age of the
Galena limestone, xv, 33; Strati-
graphic base of the ‘Taconic_or
Lower Cambrian. xv, 153; Pal-
eontologic base of the Taconic or
Low. Cambrian, xv, 229; Eruptive
enochs of the Taconic or Lower
Cambrian. xv, 295; Canadian lo-
ealities of the Taconic eruptives,
xv, 356; Historical sketch of in-
vestigation of the Lower Silur-
ian in the upper Mississippi val-
lev, (rev.), xv, 384; (hays! | (C4
Schuchert), Sponges. graptolites
and corals from the Lower Silur-
ian of Minn., (rev.), xv, 385; Steps
of progressive research in ge-
ology of the Lake Superior re-
gion prior to the Wisconsin sur-
vey, xvi, 12; The Keweenawan
Index, Volumes I-XXXV1. 147
-
according to Wisconsin geolo-
gists, xvi, 75; Rational view of
the Keweenawan, xvi, 150; Syn-
echronism of the Lake Superior
region with other portions of the
North American continent, xvl,
205; Latest eruptives of the Lake
Superior region, xvi, 269; Source
of the Mississippi, xvi, 323; Com-
parative taxonomy of the rocks
of the Lake Superior region, xvi,
331; Lacroix’ axial Goniometer,
xvii, 79; Microscopic characters
of the Fisher Meteorite, xvii, 173,
2342 (p.s.n.),' xvii, 340; Black
River limestone at Lake Nipis-
sing, xviii, 178; Sur un Cristal
de Labrador du zabbro de Minn-
esota, (rev.), xviii, 190; (and U.
S. Grant), Voicanic ash from the
North shore of Lake Superior,
xviii, 211; The Arlington iron,
xviii, 267; Some new features in
the geology of northeastern
Minn., xx, 41; The Fisher mete-
orite, chemical and mineral com-
position, xx, 316; Determination of
the Feldspars, xxi, 12: Signffi-
cance of the fragmental eruptive
debris at Taylors Falls, (abs.),
xxi, 136; Resemblance between.
the Archaean in Minn. and in
Finland, (abs.), xxi, 136, 222; (p.s.
n.), xxii, 62; Significance of the
fragmental -eruptive debris at
Taylors Falls, xxii, 72; Characters
of Mesolite from Minn., xxii,
228: Oldest known rock, (abs.),
xxii, 262; Origin of the Archaean
igneous rocks xxii, 299; Thom-
sonite' and lintonite from the
north shore ef Lake Superior,
xxii, 347; Thalite and bowlingite
from the north shore of Lake Su-
perior, xxiii, 41; © Chlorastrolite
and zonochlorite from Isle Roy-
- ale, xxiii, 116; Common zeolites
of the Minnesota shore of Lake
Superior, xxiii, 176; Optical char-
acters of jacksonite, xxiii, 350:
Adularia and other’ secondary
minerals of the copper-bearing
rocks, xxiii, 317; Sketch of the
iron ores of Minn., xxix, 154;
Some results of the late Minne-
sota Geological survey, xxxi, 246;
Pleistocene geology of the Con-
cannon farm near Lansing, Kan-
sas, xxxi, 263; Explorations in
Montana, (p.s.n.), xxxi, 394; The
Baraboo iron ore, xxxiv, 242:
Deep wells as a source of water
eupply for Minneapolis, xxxv,
Winchellia triphylla, lL. Lesquer-
eux, xii, 209.
Se eeellina fascina, H. Herzer, xi,
Wind blast, J. A. Simonds, (rev.)
132.
Wind deposits of eastern Minny
ee and Sardeson, (abs.), xxiii,
Wind River formation, (Am. com.),
ii, 287.
Wing, Augustus, Sketch of life
and work, H. M. Seely, xxviii,
ay
Winnebago meteorite, Torrey and
Barbour, viii, 65; E. N. Eaton,
viii, 385.
Winslow, A., (p.s.n.), iv, 253; 392;
Sketch of C. A. Ashburner, vi,
69; Geotectonic and physiographic
geology of ‘western Arkansas,
(rev.), vii, 259; Appropriation for
the Missouri survey, vii, 386; Mis-
souri report 1892, (rev.). x, 317)
Mapping of Missouri; (rev.), x,
323; Higginsville sheet of _the
Missouri survey, xi, 61; Mis-
souri report, sheets ee
(rev.), xv, 58; Geologic history
of Missouri, xv, 81; Zine and
lead deposits of Missouri. (rev.),
xvi. 118; (p.s.n.), xvi, 130; Dis-
seminated lead ores of south-
eastern Missouri, (rev.), xix, 63.
Wisconsin, Iron ores of the Peno-
kee-gogebic series, (rev.), _ iil,
197; Penokee iron-bearing series,
Irving and Van Hise, (rev.), ix,
207; Academy of science, summer
meeting at Green Lake, (p.s.n.),
ix, 412; Interglacial peat in, Bi
W. Thomas, (p.s.n.), xi, 283;
Glacial phenomena about Madi-
son, T. C. Chamberlin, (abs.)
xii, 176; Mineral deposits 0
southwest, W. P. Blake, xii, 237;
Maps of. by Lapham, xiii, 16;
Reconnoissance of the abandon-
ed shore lines of Green Bay, F.
B. Taylor, xiii, 316; Recent find
in, W. H. Hobbs, xiv, 31; Madi-
son type of Drumlins, W. Up-
ham, xiv, 69; Trilobites in the
Trenton, W. P. Blake, xiv, 133;
Research in the Lake Superior
region prior to the late survey,
N. H. Winchell, xvi, 12; Kewee-
nawan according to the geolo-
gists, N. H. Winchell, xvi, 75;
150; Contribution to the miner-
alogy, W. H. Hobbs, (rev.), xvi,
263: Academy of science, arts
and letters, (p.s.n.), xvi, 401.
Academy of sciences, annual
meeting 1895, (p.s.n.), xvii, 126;
Change of course with gorge
erosion of the St. Croix River,
W:. Upham, (abs:), -xvill, 223;
Academy of science, arts and let-
ters, list of papers at the annual
meeting 1896, (p.s.n.), xix, 67;
‘Blue mound quartzite, G. DD
Hubbard, xxv, 163; Building and
ornamental stones of, BE. R. Buck-
ley, (rev.), xxv, 179; Devils Lake
and the Dalles, Salisbury and At-
wood, (rev.), xxvi, 252; Copper-
bearing rocks of Douglas county,
and parts of Washburn and Bay-
field-counties, U. S. Grant, (rev.),
xxvili, 323; Clays and clay in-
dustries of, E. R. Buckley, (rev.),
xxx, 329; Academy of science,
Papers read at the 1902 meeting,
(psm.). xxx, -129%"" ales” of
southeastern, N. M. Fenneman,
(rev.), xxxi, 185; University, de-
partment of geology, (o:s.n:),
xxxi, 396; Survey work, (n.s.n.),
xxxi, 397; Glacial lake Nicolet.
Portage between the Fox and
148 The American Geologist. Decembernagne
Wisconsin Rivers, W. Upharg
xxxii, 105; Lead and zine depos-
its of southwestern, U. S. Grant.
(rev.), xxxii, 188; Glacial Lake
Nicolet, W. Upham, xxxii, 330;
Baraboo iron ore, N. H. Win-
chell, xxxiv, 242; Pre-Cambrian
rocks of the Wox River valley,
S. Weidman, (rev.). xxXxiv. 257:
Academy of science, annual
meeting for 1899 announced, (p.
s.n.), Xxxiv, 325.
Withrow, J. R., (and S. H. Ham-
ilton), Progress of mineralogy
in 1899, (vev.), xxvii, 48.
Witter, F. M., Loess at Musca-
tine, Iowa, ix, 276; Gas wells
near Letts, Iowa, ix, 319.
Wittmann, E., Geographical and
topographical features of the city
of Monterey. Mex., xxxv, 171.
Wolff, J. E., Crazy Mountains
of Montana, (p.s.n.), ix, 217;
Geology of the Crazy Mountains
of Montana, (rev), 7895
ower Cambrian age of ithe
Stockbridge limestone, (rev.),
xiii, 117: Hibernia fold, N.
Sho (Noses xiii, 142; Archean
rocks and _ their relation to
ore deposits, (rev.), XV, 329; Ge-
ology of the Green Mountains, in
Mass., (p.s.n.), xvi, 396; Hardy
stonite, a new calcium zine
silicate, (rev.), xxiii, 329, (p.S.
n.), xxiv, 66; (p.s.n.), xxvi, 63.
Wonderland 1902, (rev.), xxix, 254.
Wood, and lignite of the Potomac
formation, F. 18k, Knowlton,
(rev.), vi, 324.
Wood, Edgar, Eruption of Mauna
Loa, 1899, xxiv, 300; Eruption of
Mauna Loa, 1903, xxxiv, 62.
Wood, Elvira, (p-s.n.), xxxii, 393.
Wood, Harrie, Report of the de-
partment of mines, New South
Wales, (rev.). i, 122.
Wood, H. R., Gold in Placers, ix,
871: (p.s.n.), viii, 64.
Wood, J. W., (and W. M. Davis),
Geographic development of north-
ern N. J., (rev.), vi, 195.
Wosdhaven, L. I., Artesian well at,
J. Bryson, iii, 214.
Woodman, J. E., (p.S.n.), XXX, asin
Nomenclature of the gold-bear-
ing metamorphic series of Nova
Scotia. xxxiii, 364; Sediments of
the Maguma series, xxxiv, 13.
Woodruff, E. G., Unprincipled AS-
sayers, (p.S.n.), XXXV, 192.
Woodward, A., (and B. W. Thom-
as), Cretaceous foraminifera from
Minn., (rev.), xv, 384; (and B,
W. Thomas), Microscopical fauna
of the Cretaceous in Minnesota,
(rev.), xii, 330.
Woodward, A. E., (obit.), viii, 404.
Woodward, A. S., Lower Devonian
fish fauna of Campbellton, N. B.,
(rev.), ix, 263; (p.s.n.), ix, 346.
Woodward, H., New trilobite from
North Wales, (rev.). ii, 182; (and
T. R. Jones), British _paleozic
Phyllopoda, (rev.), xii, 332; (p.s.
n.), xvi, 66.
Woodward, R. S., Mathematical
theories of the earth, iv, 268;
ests xxiv, 392 (pismo,
Woodworth, J. B., Erratic Cam-
brian—fossils in _ the Neocene
gravels of Martha’s Vineyard, ix,
243; An attempt to estimate the
thickness of ice blocks which
gave rise to lakelets and kettle-
holes, xii, 279; Post-Glacial
Kolian action in southern New
Eng., (rev.), xill, 122; Relation
between base-levelling, and_ or-
ganic evolution, xiv, 209; Typi-
cal Eskers of southern New
Eng., (rev.), xiv, 396; Retreat of
the ice sheet in the Narragan-
sett Bay region; xviii, 150, 391,
(p.s.n.), xviii, 400; Sketch of Dr.
c. T. Jackson, xx; 69, (Gvrith IN:
S. Shaler), Glacial brick clays of
Rhode Island and Massachusetts,
(rev..)5 xx, (8285. (pissin. Sexiieeeoor
Ice contact in the classification
of Glacial deposits, xxiii, 80; (p.
s.n.), xxiv, 66; Glacial wash
plains of southern New Eng.,
(rev.), xxiv, 381; Mourlon’s bib-
liographica geologica, xxv, 57;
(p.s.n.), xxvi, 64; Original mi-
eaceous cross-banding of strata
by current action, xxvii, 281; (p.
Babe: XXVilF sSis) CDS) eKoOce
Wooldridge, C. W., River Take
system of Mich., i, 143; Post-
Glacial geology of Ann Arbor, ii,
35, 62.
Woolman, L., Artesian wells in N.
Jey (Leva) a XxX, 1304 IDiIttOmGsere)s
XVieeo los
Woolsey, T. D., (obit.), iv, 127.
Wooster, L. C., Permo-Carboni-
ferous, of Kansas, vi, 9; Glacial
strice in Kansas, x, 131.
World’s congress of geologists,
Chicago, 1893, (p.s.n.), x, 197;
Congress of geology, (p.s.n.), xii,
131, Reviews of the ice-age at,
xii, 223; List of papers read at,
(p:Sime) ny eli en2 tall:
Worth, Dr., discovers the primor-
dial in the salt range of India,
[Nereis
Worthen, A. Flies Biographical
sketch, E. O. Ulrich, ii, 114; (p.
s.n.). iv, 63; Illinois report Vol.
III, (rev.), vii, 203.
Wortman, G. L., (p.s.n.), xxili,
396.
Wright, A. A., Extra _morainic
drift, in N. J., x, 207; Older drift
in the Delaware Valley, (abs.),
xi, 184; Limit ofthe glaciated
area’ in N. J.,.(abs.), xii, 166;
Ventral armor of Dinichthys, xiv,
313: (p.s.n.), Xv, 187; (p.s-n.),
xxv, 394; (obit.), xxxv, 261; Bi-
ographical sketch, G. F. Wright,
xxxvi, 65.
Wright, C. E., (p.s.n.), ii, 66; Bi-
ographical sketch, C. D. Lawton,
He Bor
Index, Volumes I-XXXVI. 149
Wright, F. B., Origin of the wind
gap, xviii, 120; Erosion of moun-
tains in southern Calif., xxv, 326.
Wright, G. Frederitk, (p.s.n.), i,
68; (p.s.n.), iv, 64; Ice age in
North America, (rev.), iv, 106;
- Nampa image, (p.s.n.), iv, 387;
Moraine of retrocession in On-
tario, (abs.), v, 120: Quaternary
lava outilows, (rem.), v, 123;
Glacial boun in western
Penn:,, etc., “( mM, vi, 390; Gla-
cial Kelly’s Island, (p.s.n.), viii,
266, Cushing and the Muir Gla-
cier, viii, 330; Shells in Shrop-
shire. Eng., (rem.), ix, 217; An-
tiquity and origin of the human
race, (p.s.n.), ix, 280; Indica-
tions of submergence during the
Columbian era; (abs.), x, 195;
Another old outlet of Lake Hu-
ron, (p.s.n.), x, 262; Man and
the Glacial Period, (rev.), x, 387;
Supposed interglacial shel) beds,
at Shropshire, Eng., (rev.), xi,
57: Salisbury’s criticisms of Man
and the Glacial Period, xi, 121;
Glacial history of the upper Ohio
valley, xi, 195; Post-Glacial out-
let, of the Great Lakes, thru
Lake Nipissing and Mattawan
River, (abs.), xi, 243; (p.s.n.),
xii, 116; Extra-morainic drift in
N. J., (abs.); xii, 166; Evidence
of Glacial man in America, (abs.),
xii, 173; Esker at Lawrence,
Mass., (abs.), xii, 177; Additional
facts bearing on the unity of the
Glacial Period, (abs.), xii, 178;
(rem.), xii, 181; Rock-erosion of
the rivers during’ pre-Glacial
times, (rem.), xii, 229; Glacial
drift and Glacial man in Ohio,
(ed. com.), xiii, 112; Supposed
glaciated stone axe from Indiana,
(abs.), xiii, 217; Glacial history
of western Penn., (abs.), xiii, 219;
(rem.), xiii, 219; Continuity of the
Glacial period, (rev.), xiii, 286;
Expedition to Greenland, (p.s.n.),
xiii, 440; Glacial phenomena of
Newfoundland, Labrador and
southern Greenland, (abs.), xv,
198; (p.s.n.), xvi, 250; 401; Gla-
cial prenomena between Lake
Champlain, Lake George and the
Hudson, (abs.), xvi, 251: Dis-
covery of a chipped chert im-
plement in undisturbed Glacial
gravel near Siteubenville, Ohio,
(abs.), xvi, 255; Dr. Holst, on
the continuity of the Glacial pe-
riod, xvi, 396; High level terraces
of the middle Ohio and its tribu-
-taries, (abs.), xvii, 103; (and
Warren Upham), Greenland ice-
fields and life in the North At-
lantic with a new discussion of
the causes of the ice-age, (rev.),
muh 243: (p.sino; x